Loading...
The URL can be used to link to this page
Your browser does not support the video tag.
Home
My WebLink
About
Permit D19-0208 - AMAZON - STORAGE RACKS, REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT AND PREP ROOM
AMAZON 18323 ANDOVER PARK W FINALED 05/21/2020 019-0208 Parcel No: ��^�»x ^~� Tukwila "=�~� x�o v U�~^�mU�a Department of Community Development 63VVSouthcenterBoulevard, Suite #1UO Tukwila, Washington 9g1W8 Phvne;ZV6'431'3G7U Inspection Request Line: 206'4]8'935O Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov DEVELOPMENT PERMIT 3523049018 Permit Number: D19-0208 Issue Date: 8/21/2019 Permit Expires On: 2/17/2820 Project Name: AMAZON Contact Person: Name: Contractor: Nam*: PRIME NOW, LUC 4lOTERRY AVE N,SEATTLE WA, 98109 APR|LHOUSE 3617SVVCHARLE8TUNST.5EAlTL[ WA, 98126 8ERGMANKPRSLLC License No: BERGMKL857JP Lender: Name: PRIME NOW, LLC Address: 41OTERRY AVE N,SEATTLE,WA, 98109 Phone; (206)478'0844 Phone: (714)924-7000 Expiration Date: 4/14/2021 DESCRIPTION OF WORK: WAREHOUSE FOR NEW TENANT. ADDING WAREHOUSE RACKING, REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT, PREP ROOM. PUBLIC WORKS ACTIVITIES INCLUDE GENERATOR PAD PAVING ANHD EROSION CONTROL Project Valuation: $1,750000.00 Type ofFire Protection: Sprinklers: Fire Alarm: Type ofConstruction: Electrical Service Provided by: Fees Collected: $23.369.10 Occupancy per IBC: 6 Water District: Sewer District: Current Codes adopted by the City of Tukwila: international Building Code Edition: international Residential Code Edition: international Mechanical Code Edition: Uniform Plumbing Code Edition: international Fuel Gas Code: 2015 2015 2015 2015 2015 National Electrical Code: VVACities Electrical Code: WA[Z9646B: Code: ublic Works Activities: Chan ne|badon/StrpinQ: CurbCut/Acces$Sidewa|k: Fire Loop Hydrant: Flood Control Zone: Hou|inA/OversizeLoad: Land Altering: Landscape Irrigation: Sanitary Side Sewer: Sewer Main Extension: Storm Drainage: Street Use: Water Main Extension: Water Meter: Volumes: Cut: O Fill: O Number 0 No Permit Center Authorized r Date: cx «^' C�'�/~� �«� f I hearby certify that I have read and examined this permit and know the same to be true and correct. All provisions oflaw and ordinances governing this work will becomplied with, whether specified herein nrnot. The granting of this permit does not presume to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of any other state or local laws regulating construction or the performance of work. | am authorized to sign and obtain this developm nsattached tothis permit. Signature: Date: This permit shall become null and void if the work is not commenced within 180 days for the date of issuance, or if the work is suspended or abandoned for a period of 180 days from the last inspection. PERMIT CONDITIONS: 31: Installation of a generator requires a separate mechanical permit and the fuel tank will require a separate fire department permit. 4: The total number of fire extinguishers required for an ordinary hazard occupancy with Class A fire hazards is calculated atone extinguisher for each l'5U0sq. ft. ofarea, The oxdnQu|sher(s)should bpofthe "All Purpose" <3A,40R:Odry chemical type. Travel distance tnany fire extinguisher must be75'urless. (|FC 9063)(NFPA10\5.4) 1: Portable fire extinguishers, not housed in cabinets, shall be installed on the hangers or brackets supplied. Hangers orbrackets shall besecurely anchored tothe mounting surface inaccordance with the manufacturer's installation instructions. Portable fire extinguishers having a gross weight not exceeding 40 pounds (18 kg) shall be installed so that its top is not more than 5 feet (1524 mm) above the floor. Hand- held portable fire extinguishers having a grosweight exceeding 4Opounds (18kg) shall beinstalled sothat its top isnot more than I5feet (lO67mm)above the floor. The clearance between the floor and the bottom of the installed hand-held extinguishers shall not be less than 4 inches (102 mm). (|FC9O6.7and |FC 906.9) 2: Extinguishers shall be located in conspicuous locations where they will be readily accessible and immediately available for use. These locations shall bealong normal paths oftravel, unless the fire code official determines that the hazard posed indicates the need for placement away from normal paths of l Fire extinguishers require monthly and yearly inspections. They must have a tag or label securely attached that indicates the month and year that the inspection was performed and shall identify the company or person performing the service. Every six years stored pressure extinguishers shall beemptied and subjected tothe applicable recharge procedures. |fthe required monthly and yearly inspections ofthe fire extinguisher(s) are not accomplished or the inspection tag is not completed, a reputable fire extinguisher service company will be required to conduct these required surveys. (NFPA 10, 7.2, 7.3) 5: Maintain fire extinguisher coverage throughout. 6: Egress doors shall be readily openable from the egress side without the use of a key or special knowledge or effort. (|F[1OlDl9) 7: Dead bolts are not allowed on auxiliary exit doors unless the dead bolt is automatically retracted when the door handle isengaged from inside the tenant space. (|F[Chapter lO) D: Exit hardware and marking shall meet the requirements ofthe International Fire Code. (|PCChapter l0) 9: Door handles, pulls, latches, locks and other operating devices on doors required to be accessible by Chapter 11 of the International Building Code shall not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist tuoperate. (|F[1OlU.1.9l) lO: Exits and exit access doors shall be marked by an approved exit sign readily visible from any direction of egress travel. Access toexits shall bemarked byreadily visible exit signs incases where the exit nrthe path of egress travel is not immediately visible to the occupants. Exit sign placement shall be such that no point in an exit access corridor is more than 1O0feet (3q48U mm) or the listed viewing distance for the sign, whichever isless, from the nearest visible exit sign, (|FC101I1) 11: Every exit sign and directional exit sign shall have plainly legible letters not less than 6inches (15Znnnn)high with the principal strokes ofthe letters not less than UJ5 inch (19.lmm)wide. The word "EXIT"shall have letters having a width not less than 2 inches (51 mm) wide except the letter "I", and the minimum spacing between letters shall not beless than U.375inch (9.5mm). Signs larger than the minimum established in the International Fire Code shall have letter widths, strokes and spacing inproportion tntheir height. The word "EXIT" shall be in high contrast with the background and shall be clearly discernible when the exit sign illumination means isorisnot energized. |fanarrow isprovided aspart ofthe exit sign, the construction shall besuch that the arrow direction cannot bereadily changed. (|F[I0l161) 12: Exit signs shall beilluminated atall times. Toensure continued illumination for aduration ofnot less than 9Ominutes incase ofprimary power loss, the sign illumination means shall beconnected toanemergency power system provided from storage batteries, unit equipment or on -site generator. (|F[lO1l63) 13: Emergency lighting facilities shall be arranged to provide initial illumination that is at least an average of I foot-candle (11 lux) and a minimum at any point of 0.1 foot-candle (I lux) measured along the path of egress atfloor level, Illumination levels shall be permitted to decline to 0.6 foot-candle (6 lux) average and a minimum at any point of 0.06 foot-candle (0,15 lux) at the end of the emergency lighting time duration, A maximum -to -minimum illumination uniformity ratio of 40 to 1 shall not be exceeded. (|FClO08.l5) 17: Fire protection systems shall be maintained in accordance with the original installation standards for that system. Required systems shall beextended, altered uraugmented asnecessary tomaintain and continue protection whenever the building isaltered, remodeled oradded to. Alterations tnfire protection systems shall bedone inaccordance with applicable standards. (|F[9O1.4} lS: Sprinklers shall beinstalled under fixed obstructions over 4feet (12m)wide. (NFPA1]'8.h.5l3) 14: All new sprinkler systems and all modifications to existing sprinkler systems shall have fire department review and approval ofdrawings prior toinstallation ormodification, New sprinkler systems and all modifications tosprinkler systems involving more than SOheads shall have the written approval ofFactory Mutual or any fire protection engineer licensed by the State of Washington and approved by the Fire Marshal prior tosubmittal tothe Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau. Nusprinkler work shall commence without approved drawings. (City Ordinance No. Z436). 18: Afire alarm system isrequired for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of N.F.P'A. 72 and City Ordinance #2437, 19: All new fire alarm systems u,modifications toexisting systems shall have the written approval ofThe Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau, Nowork shall commence until afire department permit has been obtained. (City Ordinance #Z437)(|F[9Ol2) 20: An approved manual fire alarm system including audible/visual devices and manual pull stations is required for this project. The fire alarm system shall meet the requirements of Americans With Disabilities' Act (i8I.),N.F.P.A.7Zand the City ofTukwila Ordinance #Z437. 21: Maintain fire alarm system audible/visual notification, Addition/relocation of walls or partitions may require relocation and/or addition ofaudible/visual notification devices. (City Ordinance #Z437) 22: An electrical permit from the City of Tukwila Building Department Permit Center (206-431-3670) is required for this project. 23: All electrical work and equipment shall conform strictly to the standards of the National Electrical Code. (NFPA7D 24: The maximum flame spread class of finish materials used on interior walls and ceilings shall not exceed that set forth in Table No. 8O3.l1ofthe International Building [ode. 25: New and existing buildings shall have approved address numbers, building numbers orapproved building identification placed in a position that 15 plainly legible and visible from the street or road fronting the property. These numbers shall contrast with their background. Address numbers shall beArabic numbers oralphabet letters. Numbers shall boaminimum of4inches (l02mm)high with aminimum stroke width nfO.5inch (1ZJmm). (/FC5O5.1) 26: Clearance between ignition sources, such as light fixtures, heaters and flame -producing devices, and combustible materials shall bemaintained inanapproved manner. (|F[3O61) 27: Storage shall be maintained Zfeet nrmore below the ceiling in nonsphnk|nred areas ofbuildings ora minimum of 18 inches below sprinkler head deflectors in sprinklered areas of buildings. (|F[3163.l) 28: Flue spaces shall be provided in accordance with International Fire Code Table 3208.3. Required flue spaces shall bemaintained. 16: Contact The Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau to witness all required inspections and tests. (City Ordinances #2436 and #2437) 29: Any overlooked hazardous condition and/or violation of the adopted Fire or Building Codes does not imply approval ofsuch condition orviolation. 30: These plans were reviewed byInspector 51l. |fyou have any questions, please call Tukwila Fire Prevention Bureau at(ZO6)S7S44O7. 32: `BUILDING PERMIT [OND0ONS*~~ 33: Work shall beinstalled inaccordance with the approved construction document4andanychanOesmade during construction that are not in accordance with the approved construction documents shall be resubmitted for approval. 34: All permits, inspection record card and approved construction documents shall bekept atthe site ofwork and shall be open to inspection by the Building Inspector until final inspection approval is granted. 35: The special inspections and verifications for concrete construction shall beasrequired byIBC Chapter l7, Tob|e17O53. 36: The special inspection of bolts to be installed in concrete prior to and during placement of concrete. 37: When special inspection is required, either the owner or the registered design professional in responsible charge, shall employ a special inspection agency and notify the Building Official of the appointment prior to the first building inspection. The special inspector shall furnish inspection reports to the Building Official in atimely manner, 38: A final report documenting required special inspections and correction of any discrepancies noted in the inspections shall besubmitted tnthe Building Official. The final inspection report shall beprepared bythe approved special inspection agency and shall be submitted to the Building Official prior to and as a condition offinal inspection approval. 39: New suspended ceiling grid and light fixture installations shall meet the seismic design requirements for nonstructural components. AS[E71Chapter l3. 40: Partition walls shall not betied tnasuspended ceiling grid. All partitions greater than 6feet inheight shall belaterally braced tothe building structure. Such bracing shall beindependent ofany ceiling splay bracing. 41: All construction shall be done in conformance with the Washington State Building Code and the 42: Notify the City ofTukwila Building Division prior toplacing any concrete. This procedure isinaddition to any requirements for special inspection. 43: All rack storage requires aseparate permit issued through the City ofTukwila Permit Center. Rack storage over 8-feet in height shall be anchored or braced to prevent overturning or displacement during seismic events. The design and calculations for the anchorage orbracing shall beprepared byaregistered professional engineer licensed inthe State ofWashington. Periodic special inspection isrequired during anchorage ofstorage racks 8feet orgreater inheight. 44: There shall be no occupancy of a building until final inspection has been completed and approved by Tukwila building inspector. No exception. 45: Remove all demolition rubble and loose miscellaneous material from lot or parcel of ground, properly cap the sanitary sewer connections, and properly fill or otherwise protect all basements, cellars, septic tank5, wells, and other excavations. Final inspection approval will be determined by the building inspector based on satisfactory completion of this requirement. 46: All plumbing and gas piping work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City ofTukwila Building Department (2OG'43l-3570). 47: All electrical work shall be inspected and approved under a separate permit issued by the City of Tukwila Permit Center. 48: Preparation before cnncmtep|acement: Water shall be removed from place of deposit before concrete is placed unless atrpmieis to be used or unless otherwise permitted by the building official. All debris and ice shall be removed from spaces tobe occupied by concrete. 49: VALIDITY OFPERMIT: The issuance or granting of a permit shall not be construed to be a permit for, or an approval of, any violation of any of the provisions of the building code or of any other ordinances of the City of Tukwila. Permits presuming to give authority to violate or cancel the provisions of the code or other ordinances ofthe City ofTukwila shall not bevalid. The issuance ofapermit based onconstruction documents and other data shall not prevent the Building Official frpmreqvihn0thcoorrectivnvferrnoin the construction documents and other data. Bl All mechanical work shall beinspected and approved under aseparate permit issued bythe City ofTukwila Permit Center (Z06/43l'367O). 51: ~*~PU8UCWORKS PERMIT C0ND0ON5*~~ 52: Call to schedule mandatory pre -construction meeting with the Public Works Inspector, (206) 438-9350. 53: Schedule and attend a Preconstruction Meeting with the Public Works Department prior to start of work under this permit. Toschedule, call Public Works at(2U6)4]8'9]5O, 54: The applicant or contractor must notify the Public Works Inspector at (206) 438-9350 upon commencement and completion ufwork otleast I4hours inadvance. All inspection requests for utility work must also be made 24 hours in advance. 55: Prior toconstruction, all utilities inthe vicinity shall befield located. NOTE: For City ofTukwila utility locates, call 8llorl'800-4Z4`5555. 56: Permit is valid between the weekday hours of 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. only. Coordinate with the Public Works Inspector for any work after 5:0Op.m.and weekends. 57: No work under this permit during weekend hours without prior approval by Public Works. Coordinate with the Public Works Inspector. 58: Any material spilled onto any street shall becleaned upimmediately. 59: Temporary erosion control measures shall be implemented as the first order of business to prevent sedimentation off -site orinto existing drainage facilities. OO: The site shall have permanent erosion control measures in place as soon as possible after final grading has been completed and prior tnthe Final Inspection. 61: From October 1 through April 30, cover any slopes and stockpiles that are 3H:1V or steeper and have a vertical rise nf1Ofeet nrmore and will be unwnrkedfor greater than 12 hours. During this time period' cover or mulch other disturbed areas, if they will be unworked more than 2 days. Covered material must bestockpiled onsite atthe beginning nfthis period. Inspect and maintain this stabilization weekly and immediately before, during and following storms. / / 62: From May lthrough September 3linspect and maintain temporary erosion prevention and sediment ot least monthly. All disturbed areas of the site shall be permanently stabilized prior to final construction approval. 63: Prior to final Public Works permit sign -off, applicant shall obtain a separate Public Works permit for installation of a domestic water Reduced Pressure Principle Assembly (RPPA) and fire prevention Double detector Check Valve Assembly (DDCVA). Contact Mr. Jon Selbel Highline Water District Operations Supervisor at 206 592-8946 for coordination and existing water service plans, PERMIT INSPECTIONS REQUIRED Permit Inspection Line: (ZD6)438-935O 1700 8U|LD|NGF|NAL" 0301 CONCRETE SLAB 0611 EMERGENCY LIGHTING 5200 EROSION MEASURES 5200 EROSION MEASURES 1400 FIRE FINAL OZOl FOOTING OZOO FOUNDATION WALL 0409 FRAMING 0606 GLAZING OSOZ LATH/GYPSUM BOARD 1600 PUBLIC WORKS FINAL 5160 PUBLIC WORKS PRE -CON 0603 ROOF/C[|UNG|NSUL 4037 5|'[ASTiN'PLACE 4000 8'[ON[R[TECONST 4046 8'EPDXY/EXPCDNC 4034 S|'METALPLATE CONN 4025 B-STEELCONST 4026 S|'5TRU[TSTEEL 4004 5|'VVELD|NG 0601 WALL INSULATION CITY OF TUKWILA Community Development Department Public Works Department Permit Center 6300 Southcenter Blvd., Suite 100 Tukwila, WA 98188 http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Building Permit No. d og- Project No. Date Application Accepted: Date Application Expires: 1.9 (For office use only) CONSTRUCTION PERMIT APPLICATION Applications and plans must be complete in order to be accepted for plan review. Applications will not be accepted through the mail or by fax. **Please Print** SITE LOCATION Site Address: King Co Assessor's Tax No.: 8700210100 18323 Andover Park West, Tukwila, WA 98118 Tenant Name: Amazon PROPERTY OWNER Name: Prime Now, LLC Address: 410 Terry Avenue N. City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98109 CONTACT PERSON — person receiving all project communication Name: April House Paroline & Associates Address: 3617 SW Charlestown St City: Seattle State: WA Zip: 98126 Phone: (206) 478-0844 Fax: Email: april@parolineassociates.com GENERAL CONTRACTOR INFORMATION Company Name: Berman KPRS-Brett Newsham Address: 2850 Saturn Street City: Brea State: CA Zip: 92821 Phone: (253) 954-6000 Fax: Contr Reg No.: BERGMKL857JP Exp Date: 04/14/2021 Tukwila Business License No.: Suite Number: Floor: New Tenant: LZ Yes IJ ..No ARCHITECT OF RECORD Company Name: BRR Architecture Architect Name: James A. Hailey Address: 6700 Antioch Plaza, Ste. 200 City: Merriam State: KS Zip: 66204 Phone: (913) 236-9095 Fax: Email: james.hailey@brrarch.com ENGINEER OF RECORD Company Name: Henderson Engineers, Inc. Engineer Name: Tony Welter Address: 8345 Lenexa Drive, Ste. 300 City: Lenexa state: KS Zip: 66214 Phone: (913) 742-5000 Fax: Email: tony.welter@hendersonengineers.com LENDER/BOND ISSUED (required for projects $5,000 or greater per RCW 19.27.095) Name: Owner financed Address: City: State: Zip: HAApplicationsVonns-Appliostions On Line \ 2011 Applications \Permit Application Revised - 8-9-11.doo Revised: August 2011 bh Page 1 of 4 BUILDING PERMIT INFORMATIO — 206-431-3670 Valuation of Project (contractor's bid price): $ 1,750,000 Describe the scope of work (please provide detailed information): Warehouse for new tenant. Adding warehouse racking, refrigeration equipment, prep room. Will there be new rack storage? IZ Yes Existing Building Valuation: $ D.. No If yes, a separate permit and plan submittal will be required. Provide All Building Areas in Square Footage Below Existing Interior Remodel Addition to Existing Structure New Type of Construction per IBC Type of Occupancy per IBC 1st Floor 2nd Floor 3rd Floor Floors thru Basement Accessory Structure* Attached Garage Detached Garage Attached Carport Detached Carport Covered Deck Uncovered Deck PLANNING DIVISION: Single family building footprint (area of the foundation of all structures, plus any decks over 18 inches and overhangs greater than 18 inches) *For an Accessory dwelling, provide the following: Lot Area (sq ft): Floor area of principal dwelling: Floor area of accessory dwelling: *Provide documentation that shows that the principal owner lives in one of the dwellings as his or her primary residence. Number of Parking Stalls Provided: Standard: Compact: Handicap: Will there be a change in use? 0 Yes 0 No If "yes", explain: FIRE PROTECTION/HAZARDOUS MATERIALS: 0 Sprinklers 0 Automatic Fire Alarm El None 0 Other (specify) Will there be storage or use of flammable, combustible or hazardous materials in the building? 0 Yes .,...No If "yes', attach list of materials and storage locations on a separate 8-1/2" x 11" paper including quantities and Material Safety Data Sheets. SEPTIC SYSTEM 0 On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. HAApplicationaonns-Applications On Linel2011 ApplicationsTermit Application Revised - 8-9-11,dom Revised: August 2011 bh Page 2 of 4 PUBLIC WORKS PERMIT INFOOATION — 206-433-0179 Scope of Work (please provide detailed information): Call before you Dig: 811 Please refer to Public Works Bulletin #i for fees and estimate sheet. Water District ❑ ...Tukwila ❑... Water District #125 ❑ ...Water Availability Provided Sewer District ❑ ...Tukwila 0 ...Sewer Use Certificate ❑ ... Valley View ❑ ... Sewer Availability Provided 0 .. Highline ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Renton ❑ .. Seattle Septic System: 0 On -site Septic System — For on -site septic system, provide 2 copies of a current septic design approved by King County Health Department. Submitted with Application (mark boxes which apply): ❑ ...Civil Plans (Maximum Paper Size — 22" x 34") ❑ ...Technical Information Report (Storm Drainage) 0 ...Bond 0 .. Insurance 0 .. Easement(s) Proposed Activities (mark boxes that apply): ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - Nonprofit for less than 72 hours ❑ ...Right-of-way Use - No Disturbance ❑ ...Construction/Excavation/Fill - Right-of-way 0 Non Right-of-way 0 0 ...Total Cut 0 ...Total Fill cubic yards cubic yards ❑ .. Geotechnical Report ❑ .. Maintenance Agreement(s) ❑...Traffic Impact Analysis ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (SAO) ❑ ...Hold Harmless — (ROW) ❑ .. Right-of-way Use - Profit for less than 72 hours ❑ .. Right-of-way Use — Potential Disturbance ❑ .. Work in Flood Zone ❑ .. Storm. Drainage ❑ ...Sanitary Side Sewer 0 .. Abandon Septic Tank 0 .. Grease Interceptor ❑ ...Cap or Remove Utilities 0 .. Curb Cut 0 .. Channelization ❑ ...Frontage Improvements 0 .. Pavement Cut 0 .. Trench Excavation ❑ ...Traffic Control 0 .. Looped Fire Line 0 .. Utility Undergrounding ❑ ...Backflow Prevention - Fire Protection " Irrigation Domestic Water f) ❑ ...Permanent Water Meter Size... >5 WO # ❑ ...Temporary Water Meter Size .. WO # ❑ ...Water Only Meter Size " WO # 0 ...Deduct Water Meter Size ❑ ...Sewer Main Extension Public 0 Private 0 ❑ ...Water Main Extension Public 0 Private 0 ff FINANCE INFORMATION Fire Line Size at Property Line Number of Public Fire Hydrant(s) 0 ...Water 0 ...Sewer 0 ...Sewage Treatment Monthly Service Billing to: Name: Day Telephone: Mailing Address: City State Zip Water Meter Refund/Billing: Name: Mailing Address: Day Telephone: City State Zip H:1Applications\Forms•Applications On Line\201 I Applicatiotr,\Perrnit Application Revised - 8-111.doac Revised: August 2011 bh Page 3 of 4 • PERMIT APPLICATION NO 1`ES — Value of Construction — In all cases, a value of construction amount should be entered by the applicant. This figure will be reviewed and is subject to possible revision by the Permit Center to comply with current fee schedules. Expiration of Plan Review — Applications for which no permit is issued within 180 days following the date of application shall expire by limitation. The Building Official may grant one or more extensions of time for additional periods not exceeding 90 days each. The extension shall be requested in writing and justifiable cause demonstrated. Section 105.3.2 International Building Code (current edition). I HEREBY CERTIFY THAT I HAVE READ AND EXAMINED THIS APPLICATION AND KNOW THE SAME TO BE TRUE UNDER PENALTY OF PERJURY BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF WASHINGTON, AND I AM AUTHORIZED TO APPLY FOR THIS PERMIT. BUILDING OWNER t .' UTH t AGENT: Signature: r-,.-�� Date: 06/21/2019 Print Name: April House-Paroline & Associates Mailing Address: 3617 SW Charlestown St Seattle WA 98126 Day Telephone: (206) 478-0844 City State Zip H:1ApylimtionsWerns-Applications On L61e12011 Applications\Per iT A Revised: August 2011 bh Page 4 of 4 BULLETIN A2 TYPE C PERMIT FEE ESTIMATE PLAN REVIEW AND APPROVAL FEES DUE WITH APPLICATION PW may adjust estimated fees PROJECT NAME hl bt,c_..011 PERMIT # D 0 If you do not provide contractor bids or an engineer's estimate with your permit application, Public Works will review the cost estimates for reasonableness and may adjust estimates. 1. APPLICATION BASE FEE 2. Enter total construction cost for each improvement category: Mobilization 5,000 Erosion prevention 2,500 Water/Sewer/Surface Water 0 $250 ( Road/Parking/Access 25000 A. Total Improvements 32,500 Calculate improvement -based fees: B. 2.5% of first $100,000 of A. C. 2.0% of amount over $100,000, but less than $200,000 of A. D. 1.5% of amount over $200,000 of A. 4. TOTAL PLAN REVIEW FEE (B+C+D) Enter total excavation volume 0 cubic yards Enter total fill volume 0 cubic yards Use the following table to estimate the grading plan review fee. Use the reater of the excavation and fill volumes. QUANTITY IN CUBIC YARDS RATE Up to 50 CY Free 51 — 100 $23.50 101 — 1,000 $37.00 1,001 — 10,000 $49.25 10,001 — 100,000 $49.25 for 1ST 10,000, PLUS $24.50 for each additional 10,000 or fraction thereof. 100,001 — 200,000 $269.75 for 1ST 100,000, PLUS $13.25 for each additional 10,000 or fraction thereof. 200,001 or more $402.25 for 1ST 200,000, PLUS $7.25 for each additional 10 000 or fraction thereof. GRADING Plan Review Fees (4) (5) TOTAL PLAN REVIEW FEE DUE WITH PERMIT APPLICATION (1+4+5) $ The Plan Review and Approval fees cover TWO reviews: 1) the first review associated with the submission of the application/plan and 2) a follow-up review associated with a correction letter. Each additional review, which is attributable to the Applicant's action or inaction shall be charged 25% of the Total Plan Review Fee. Approved 09.25.02 Last Revised 01.01.19 CORRECTION LTR# to LOg nEcElvEn CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 02 2019 PERMIT CENTER BULLETIN A2 TYPE C PERMIT FEE ESTIMATE PLAN REVIEW AND APPROVAL FEES DUE WITH APPLICATION PW may adjust estimated fees 10. TOTAL OTHER PERMITS A. Water Meter — Deduct ($25) B. Flood Control Zone ($52.50 — includes Technology Fee) C. Water Meter — Permanent* D. Water Meter — Water only* E. Water Meter — Temporary* * Refer to the Water Meter Fees in Bulletin Al Total A through E $ (9) 11. ADDITIONAL FEES A. Allentown Water (Ordinance 1777) $ B. Allentown Sewer (Ordinance 1777) $ C. Ryan Hill Water (Ordinance 1777) D. Allentown/Foster Pt Water (Ord 2177) $ E. Allentown/Foster Pt Sewer (Ord 2177) $ F. Special Connection (TMC Title 14) $ G. Duwamish H. Transportation Mitigation I. Other Fees Total A through I $ (10) DUE WHEN PERMIT IS ISSUED (6+7+8+9+10+11) $ ESTIMATED TOTAL PERMIT ISSUANCE AND INSPECTION FEE This fee includes two inspection visits per required inspection. Additional inspections (visits) attributable to the Permittee's action or inaction shall be charged $70.00 per inspection. WATER METER FEE Permanent and Water Only Meters Size (inches) Installation Cascade Water Alliance RCFC 01,01.2019-1231.2019 Total Fee 0.75 2 $6,4 6 $7,Q41 1 $1125 $16,040 $17,165 1.5 $2425 $32 080 $34,505 2 $2825 $51,328 $54,153 3 $4425 02 656 $107,081 4 $7825 $160,400 $168,225 6 $12525 $320,800 $333,325 Approved 09.25.02 Last Revised 01.01.19 Temporary Mete 0.75" $300 2.5" $1,500 3 DESCRIPTIONS PermitTRAK ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID $15,198.11 D19-0208 Address: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W Apn: 3523049018 $15,198.11 Credit Card Fee $442.66 Credit Card Fee R000.369,908.00.00 0.00 $442.66 DEVELOPMENT $13,854.62 PERMIT FEE R000.322.100.00.00 0.00 $12,204.62 WASHINGTON STATE SURCHARGE B640.237.114 0.00 $25.00 PW PERMIT ISSUANCE/INSPECTION FEE R000.342.400,00.00 0.00 $812.50 PW CONSTRUCTION PLAN REVIEW R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 $812.50 PUBLIC WORKS $250.00 BASE APPLICATION FEE R000.322.100,00.00 0.00 $250.00 TECHNOLOGY FEE $650.83 TECHNOLOGY FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R18385 R000.322.900.04.00 0.00 $650.83 $15,198.11 Date Paid: Wednesday, August 21, 2019 Paid By: APRIL HOUSE Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 211283 Printed: Wednesday, August 21, 2019 10:38 AM 1 of 1 0 CO CITY OF TUKWILu Date: 08/21/2019 10:30:I8 AM CREDIT CARD SALE VISA CARD NUMBER: *****+***7738 K TRAN AMOUNT: $15,I98.11 APPROVAL [D: 211283 RECORD #: 000 CLERK ID: kandace Thank you! Customer Copy Cash Register Receipt City of Tukwila Receipt Number DESCRIPTIONS Per itTRAK ACCOUNT QUANTITY PAID $9,861.69 D19-0208 Address: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W Apn: 3523049018 $8,170.99 Credit Card Fee $237.99 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $237.99 DEVELOPMENT $7,933.00 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.345.830.00.00 0.00 $7,933.00 EL19-0532 Address: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W Apn: 3523049018 $934.91 Credit Card Fee $27.23 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $27.23 ELECTRICAL $907.68 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.345.832.00.00 0.00 $907.68 M19-0104 Address: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W Apn: 3523049018 $617.77 Credit Card Fee $17.99 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $17.99 MECHANICAL $599.78 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.322.102.00.00 0.00 $599.78 PG19-0090 Address: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W Apn: 3523049018 $138.02 Credit Card Fee $4.02 Credit Card Fee R000.369.908.00.00 0.00 $4.02 GAS $44.50 PLAN CHECK FEE R000.322.103.00.00 0.00 $44.50 PLUMBING $89.50 PLAN CHECK FEE TOTAL FEES PAID BY RECEIPT: R17983 R000.322.103.00.00 0.00 $89.50 $9,861.69 Date Paid: Monday, June 24, 2019 Paid By: ANDREW PAROLINE Pay Method: CREDIT CARD 714280 Printed: Monday, June 24, 2019 3:10 PM 1 of 1 YSTEMS Page 2 of 2 CO TUKWILA ETRAKIT 6200 SOUTHCENTER BLVD TUKWILA, WA 98188 206-433-1870 CITY OF TUKWILA Date: 06/24/2019 03:08:28 PM CREDIT CARD SALE VISA CARD NUMBER: **********6173 K TRAN AMOUNT: $9,861.69 APPROVAL CD: 714280 RECORD #: 000 CLERK ID: kandace Thank you! Customer Copy https://www.myvirtualmerchant.com/VirtualMerchant/transaction.do?dispatchMethod=pri... 6/24/2019 Lighting Summary LTG -SUM Revised Nov 2017 2015 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Project Info Compliance forms do not require a password to use. Instructional and calculating cells are write- protected. Project Title: UWA5 Seattle Date 6/19/2019 Applicant Information. Provide contact information for individual who can respond to inquiries about compliance form information provided. For SDCI Use "• 3;', ',;;s,'!A Company Name: Henderson Engineers Company Address: 8345 Lenexa Drive, Suite 300, Lenexa, ks 66214 Applicant Name: Samantha Hager Applicant Phone: 913-742-5000 Applicant Email: Samantha.Hager@hendersonengineers.com Project Description Li New Building 1:] Addition 0 AI inn [1No Liohtina Sco e Include PROJ-SUM form (included in envelope forms world) k) AENREWED/cFefit. Interior Lighting System Description E) Interior Lighting Plans Included IJUDE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 20 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION Interior Lighting Power Allowance Method [1] Building Area Method D Space -by -space Method Select method used in project. Interior Lighting Permit Date 0 Before January 1, 2018 f January 1, 2018 or after Select date range for the initial building permit application or initial TI permit acceptance Interior Lighting Controls 11 All C405.2.1 - 0405.2.8 Lighting Controls 0 C405.2 Exception 5 Luminaire Level Lighting Control (LLLC) 0 Additional Efficiency Package Option C406.4 Enhanced Digital Lighting Controls To comply with C406.4, no less than 90% of the total installed interior lighting power shall comply with the required controls per C406.4. Dwelling Unit Interior Lighting Permanently installed interior lighting fixtures in dwelling units comply with: C) No Dwelling 0 0405.2 thru C405,5 Commercial Lighting Controls and LPA Units 0 C406.3 High Efficacy Lighting 0 R404.1 Residential High Efficacy Lighting. Dwelling unit lighting complies with SEC Residential provisions in lieu of SEC Commercial provisions. Exterior Lighting System Description L] Exterior Lighting Plans Included N/A Building Additions Refer to Section C502.2,6 for additional requirements. rr re- • Compliance Method T-- 1interior lighting Exterior lighting i Lighting systems in addition area comply with all applicable provisions as a stand alone new construction project 0 E) I Lighting systems in addition are combined with existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance Addition is combined with existing: For interior lighting projects, include new + existing -to -remain interior lighting fixture wattage in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE form. For exterior lighting projects, include new + existing -to -remain exterior lighting fixture wattage in Proposed Tradable and Proposed Non -Tradable Lighting Wattage tables in LTG-EXT form. C" A PER:'iiiiT CENTER 1 0 • Lighting Summary, cont. LTG -SUM 2015 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: UWA5 Seattle Date 6 9/2019 Change of Space Use FA Existing interior lighting systems in areas under -going a change in space use are upgraded to "-' comply with LPAs for the new space types per Tables C405,4,2(1) or C405.4.2(2). Identify interior spaces requiring LPD upgrade to the current Code in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE form, Interior and Exterior Lighting Alterations Select all Lighting Power and Lighting Control elements that apply to the scope of the retrofit project. If project includes multiple spaces (rooms separated by ceiling height partitions), each space where less than 20% of the existing fixtures are added, altered or replaced can be combined on a single LTG-INT-SPACE form. Spaces where 20% or more of the fixtures are added, altered or replaced and additions may be combined onto one lighting power compliance form. Parking garages and exterior lighting have 50% thresholds. Refer to Section C503.6 for additional requirements. All alteration lighting controls shall be commissioned per C408.3. No changes are being made to the interior or exterior lighting systems and existing space uses and configuration are not changed. Lighting Power Interior lighting Parking garage Exterior lighting Spaces with more lighting than thresholdi added, altered or replaced D 0 0 (20% int., 50% garage, 50% ext.) Spaces with less lighting than threshold added, altered, or replaced (20% int„ 50% garage, 50% ext.) Lamp and/or ballast replacement only --I 1 [11 0 existing total wattage not increased . D ..i More lighting than threshold replaced - Total lighting power of new + existing -to -remain fixtures shall comply with total LPA per Sections C405.4.2 and C405.5.2. Include new + existing -to -remain fixtures in Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD, LTG-INT-SPACE or LTG-EXT form. Less lighting than threshold replaced - Total lighting power of new + existing -to -remain fixtures shall not exceed the total lighting power prior to alteration. Include new + existing -to -remain fixtures in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-BLD, LTG-INT-SPACE-or LTG-EXT form. The threshold for interior lighting is 20% of the luminaires within an enclosed space, for parking garages the threshold is 50% of the luminaires within the garage, and for exterior spaces the threshold is 50% of the total installed lighting power for the exterior luminaires. Lighting Controls Interior lighting Parldng garage Exterior lighting New wiring installed to serve added fixtures and/or fixtures relocated to new 0 El , circuit(s) [] . • New or moved lighting panel ' • I Interior space is reconfigured - El luminaires unchanged or relocated only i New wiring or circuit - For interior lighting, provide required manual controls per C405.2.3, occupancy sensor controls per C405.2.1, daylight responsive controls per C405.2.4 and application specific lighting controls per C405.2.5. For exterior lighting, provide required controls per C405.2.7. New or moved panel - Provide all applicable lighting controls as noted for New Wiring and automatic time .switch controls per C405.2.2. Reconfigured interior space - Provide all required lighting controls that apply to a new interior space. Application specific lighting control provisions per C405.2.5 do not apply to reconfigured spaces. Interior Lighting - Space -By -Space Method LTG-INT-SPACE 2015 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: UWA5 Seattle Date 6/19/2019 Calculation Area NOTE 9 0 New Construction 0 Addition - 0 Addition stand alone + existing 0 Spaces where e 20% of Spaces where a 20% of Spaces where the Use is luminaires are replaced luminaires are replaced changing (C505) For SDCI Use LPA Calculation Type ® Standard 0 Additional Efficiency Package Option C406.3 Reduced Interior Lighting Power To comply with C406.3, the Proposed LPD shall be 25% lower than the Target LPA. Refer to C406.3 for additional requirements. User Note Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage "'El Location (plan #, room #) Space Type Ceiling HeightNOTE 2 Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) Chilled Warehouse: Smaller, hand carried items 10 FEET 8505 0.680 5783 Transformation Food preparation 10 FEET 389 0.710 276 Frozen Warehouse: Smaller, hand carried items 10 FEET 3851 0.680 2619 Pickup/Retail Sales area 10 FEET 272 1.140 310 Restroom (Warehouse) Restroom: all other 10 FEET 56 0.700 39 Restroom (Warehouse) Restroom: all other 10 FEET 56 0.700 39 Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance from LTG-INT-DISPLAY NOTE 8 Total Area Retail Display 13129 LTG-INT-DISPLAY Allowed Watts Allowance from 9067 Proposed Lighting Wattage NOTE 3 Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE a, s, s Number of Fixtures Watts/ Fixture NOTE 7 Watts Proposed Chilled 4' Impact Resistant and Sealed Strip Fixture for Coolers 82 35 2870 Transformation 8" Diameter LED Downlight 12 42 504 Frozen 4' Impact Resistant and Sealed Strip Fixture for Coolers 54 35 1890 Pickup/Retail 2'x4' Recessed Troffer 3 33 99 Restroom (Warehouse) 2'x4' Recessed Troffer 1 33 33 Restroom (Warehouse) 2'x4' Recessed Troffer 1 33 33 Proposed Retail Display Lighting from LTG-INT-DISPLAY Total Proposed Watts may not exceed Total Allowed Watts for Interior Lighting Total Proposed Watts 5429 Interior Lighting Power Allowance COMPLIES Note 1 - List all unique space types per Table C405.4.2(2) that occur in the project scope. Select space type category from drop down menu. Note 2 - Indicate ceiling height for atriums and spaces utilizing the ceiling height adjustment per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnotes d thru f. Note 3 - List all proposed lighting fixtures including exempt lighting equipment and existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 5 - For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.4.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Note 6 - Existing -to -remain fixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaires with screw -in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 watts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance is independent of the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage. Enter all proposed lobby art/exhibit display fixtures in LTG-INT-DISPLAY form only. Note 9 - Calculation Area Details: a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project, or they may be combined with the overall existing building lighting systems to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C502.1. b. For alterations and building additions, provide Space Types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table. If a building addition will comply as combined with the overall existing building lighting systems, include all applicable existing Space Types and gross interior areas. c. If less than 50% of existing lighting fixtures will be replaced, provide total existing lighting wattage (prior to alteration) in the space provided in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table. d. If lighting alteration project includes some building areas or spaces where < 50% of luminaires are replaced, and other areas or spaces where ?_ 50% of luminaires are replaced, then these areas or spaces may be documented separately. If multiple forms will be completed to demonstrate compliance for the total scope of the alteration project, describe scope covered in form in User Note section. Interior Display Lighting - Space -by -Space LTG-INT-DISPLAY Revised Nov 2017 2015 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Project Title: UWA5 Seattle Date / 9/20 9 General Note - In Sales areas, an increase in lighting power allowance is permitted for lighting installed specifically for the purpose of highlighting merchandise. Only Sales areas illuminated with eligible merchandise display lighting may be included in the Gross Interior Area under each Retail category. This lighting power allowance is the Maximum Retail Display Allowance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts, whichever is less. Proposed retail display lighting wattage that exceeds this allowance is applied to general area lighting. Maximum Allowed Retail Display Lighting Wattage For SDCI Use User Note Location (plan #, room #) Retail Sales Area Type NOTE 1 Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 NOTE 2 Watts Allowed (watts/ft2 x area) NOTE 3 Total Retail With Display Area Maximum Total Watts ing Base Allowance Allowance NOTE 4 Retail Display Ligh Retail Display Proposed Retail Display Lighting Wattage "T" Retail Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE 5 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 7 Watts Proposed Proposed Retail Display Lighting Totals from LTG-INT-DISPLAY NOTES Total Retail Proposed Display Watts Retail Display Power Allowance NOTE 10 Retail 1 Retail 2 Retail 3 Retail 4 Note 1 - Select retail sales areas from drop down menu. Only retail sales areas that comply with C405.4.2,2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 2 - Retail display lighting power allowances per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 3 - Unlit Message - Enter lighting fixture information for this retail sales area in Proposed Lighting Wattage table to generate Lighting Power Allowance. Note 4 - Maximum retail display wattage allowance as calculated per C405.4.2.2.1, Equation 4-11. Note 5 - Only separately controlled retail display fixtures that are independent of general area lighting per C405.4.2.2.1 may be entered in this table. Note 6 - For proposed Fixture Description, list ALL proposed display lighting fixtures. Indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if included). For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaries with screw -in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached luminaire wattage or 50 watts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Total Retail Proposed Display Watts is automatically entered into the Proposed Fixture Wattage table in LTG-INT-SPACE. Note 9 - Retail display lighting power allowance is the lesser of the Maximum Retail Display Allowance OR the Total Retail Proposed Display Watts. Retail display wattage allowance is automatically entered in the Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table in LTG-INT-SPACE. Note 10 - Enter a unique title for each lobby area in the project that has seperately controlled art/exhibit display lighting. A lobby area title (Column A) and the gross interior sf of the lobby area are are both required to generate the maximum display allowance. Note 11 - Lobby art and exhibit display wattage allowance per Table C405.4.2(2), Footnote c 0.5 W/ft2. Note 12 - Proposed display lighting totals for each lobby area per information entered into Proposed Lobby Art/Display Lighting Wattage table. Note 13 - Only separately controlled display fixtures installed in lobbies for the purpose of highlighting art and exhibits, that are independent of general area lighting, may be entered in this table. Note 14 - Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Allowance is automatically entered in LTG-INT-SPACE. Interior Display Lighting - Space -by -Space LTG-INT-DISPLAY Revised Nov 20 7 2015 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Project Title: UWA5 Seattle Date 6/19/2019 General Note - In Lobby areas, an additional wattage allowance is permitted for lighting installed specifically for the purpose of highlighting art and exhibits. Only Lobby areas with eligible display lighting may use this additional allowance. Proposed display lighting for each Lobby area may not exceed this allowance. Maximum Allowed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage For Building Department Use Lobby Area NOTE 10 Lobby Description including (plan # & room #) Gross Interior Area in ft2 Maximum Display Watts Allowed Per Area "oM 11 Proposed Display Lighting Total Per Area NOTE 12 Total Lobby with Display Area Total Lobby ArUExhibit Display Allowance NOTE is Proposed Lobby Art/Exhibit Display Lighting Wattage "OTE'3 Lobby Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE 6 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 7 Watts Proposed Total Lobby Art/Exhibit Proposed Display Watts Interior Lighting Power Allowance See footnotes on previous page Interior Lighting - Building Area Method LTG 2015 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Date For SDCI Use Project Title: UWA5 Seattle Calculation Area NOTE B (--„, 0 New Construction \--1 Addition - stand alone 0 Spaces where < 20% of Spaces where 20% of luminaires are replaced luminaires are replaced n Addition s'"" + existing Spaces where the Use is changing (C505) LPA Calculation Type 0 Standard 0 Additional Efficiency Package Option C406.3 Reduced Interior Lighting Power To comply with C4063, the Proposed LPD shall be 25% lower than the Target LPA. Refer to C406.3 for additional requirements. User Note Maximum Allowed Lighting WattageNOTE 1 Building Area Location (plan #, room #, or ALL) Area Description Gross Interior Area in ft2 Allowed Watts per ft2 Total Proposed Lighting Wattage Building Area Location (plan #, room #) Fixture Description NOTE 3, 4, 5, 6 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 7 Compliance by Building Area "c"-E Building Area Warnings Total Allowed Watts Total Proposed Watts Totals Note 1 - List all unique building areas per Table C405.4.2(1) that occur in the project scope. Select building area category from di Note 2 - Unlit Message - Enter lighting fixture information for this building area surface in Proposed Lighting Wattage table to ger Power Allowance. Note 3 - Proposed fixtures must be listed in the building area in which they occur. List all proposed lighting fixtures including exen lighting equipment and existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type (e.g. T-8), number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast ty For track lighting, list the length of the track (in feet) in addition to the fixture, lamp, and ballast information. Note 5 - For lighting equipment eligible for exemption per C405.4.1, note exception number and leave Watts/Fixture blank. Note 6 - Existing -to -remain fixtures shall be included in the Proposed Lighting Wattage table in the same manner as new fixtures. existing in fixture description. Note 7 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approt, luminaires with screw -in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp watta! lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. For line voltage track/busway systems, enter the larger of the attached lum 50 watts/lineal foot, or enter the wattage limit of permanent current limiting device. Note 8 - Proposed Wattage for each Building Area type shall not exceed the Allowed Wattage for that Building Area type. Trading between Building Area types is not allowed under the Building Area Method compliance path. Note 9 - Calculation Area Details: a. Lighting fixtures in a building addition may comply as a stand alone project, or they may be combined with the overall lighting systems to demonstrate compliance. Refer to C502.1. b. For alterations and building additions, provide Building Area types and gross interior areas in the Maximum Allowed L table. If a building addition will comply as combined with the overall existing building lighting systems, include all apple Building Area types and gross interior areas. c. If less than 50% of existing lighting fixtures will be replaced, use LTG-INT-SPACE form to document compliance. INT-BLD Revised Nov 2017 Watts Proposed Interior Lighting Power Allowance -op down menu. nerate Lighting npt 'pe (if included). Identify as 'ed source. For ge). For low voltage Jinaire wattage or wattage ' existing building .ighting Wattage icable existing Exterior Lighting LTG-EXT Revised Nov 2017 2015 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Project Title: UWA5 Seattle Date 6/19/2019 Exterior Lighting Zone 0 Zone 1 Q Zone 2 0 Zone 3 Exterior Lighting Zone selection required to enable LTG-EXT form. Zones are defined in Table C405.5.2(1) and specified by the jurisdiction. For SDCI Use Calculation Area Q New construction 0 Addition - stand alone 0 Addition + existing n Alteration with < 50°/© 0 Alteration with 50% ext. ."-- ext. wattage replaced wattage replaced User Note Building Grounds Applies to individual luminaires > 100 Watts E Efficacy > 80 lumens/watt E Exemption E Controlled by motion sensor Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage NOTE ' Base Site Allowance: 0 Tradable Surfaces Surface Description Area (ft2), perimeter (If) or # of items Albwed Watts per ft2 or per If Allowed Watts x ft2 (or x If) NOTE 2 Total Allowed Tradable + Site Allowance Watts: Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage """ Tradable Surface Fixture Description NOTE 4, 5 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTES Watts Proposed Total proposed tradable watts may not exceed the sum of total allowed tradable Total Proposed Tradable Watts: watts nine thp hag,. citp allnutannP Any hacP 'it p allnwannP not nPerfPri in rnakP tradable watts comply can be applied to individual non -tradable categories. Non -Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage NOTE1 Site Allowance Remaining: o Non -Tradable Surfaces Surface Description Area (ft2), perimeter (If) or # of items Allowed Watts per ft2, If or item Allowed Watts x ft2 (or x If) NOTE 2 Non -Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage NOTE 3' 7 Non -Tradable Surface Fixture Description NOTE 4, 5 Number of Fixtures Watts per Fixture NOTE 6 Watts Proposed Automated Teller Machines Not Defined Non -tradable proposed watts may not exceed allowed watts for any individual surface unless the total excess watts for all non -tradable surfaces are less than the remaining site allowance. Non -Tradable Watts Exceeding LPA: Remaining Site Allowance: Exterior Lighting Note 1 - List all exterior surfaces per Table C405.5.2(2) that occur in the project scope. Select exterior surface categones from drop down menu. Note 2 - Unlit Message - Enter lighting fixture information for this surface in Proposed Lighting Wattage table to generate Lighting Power Allowance, Note 3 - List all proposed lighting fixtures including existing -to -remain fixtures. Note 4 - For proposed Fixture Description, indicate fixture type, lamp type, number of lamps in the fixture, and ballast type (if applicable). Note 5 - Existing -to -remain fixtures shall be included in the Tradable and Non -Tradable Proposed Lighting Wattage tables in the same manner as new fixtures. Identify as existing in fixture description. Note 6 - For proposed Watts/Fixture enter the luminaire wattage for installed lamp and ballast using manufacturer or other approved source. For luminaires with screw -in lamps, enter the manufacturer's listed maximum input wattage of the fixture (not the lamp wattage). For low voltage lighting, enter the wattage of the transformer. Note 7 - Automated Teller and Night Depositories - For each location, enter the number of ATM machines or depositories within that location. !f there are multiple locations in the project, enter each location individually in the Non -Tradable Maximum Allowed Lighting Wattage table , Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 1 LTG-CHK 2015 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forrns for Commercial Buildings including R2, R , R4 over stories and all Ri Revised Nov 20 7 Project Title: UWA5 Seattle Date / 2019 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents SDCI Notes LIGHTING CONTROLS Yes C405.2 Lighting controls, general For all lighting fixtures, indicate lighting control method on plans for spaces and lighting zone(s) served, or exception taken Yes C405.2 Luminaire level lighting controls (LLLC) Indicate on plans all fixtures provided with LLLC in lieu of C405.2 lighting controls; provide description of control capabilities and performance parameters NA C405.1 Lighting in dwelling units Indicate that at least 75% of the lamps in permanent light fixtures within each dwelling unit are high -efficacy lamps per Chapter 2 definition. If less than 75%, then comply with all requirements of C405.2 — C405.5. Yes C405.2.3 C405.2.1.1 C405.2.2.2 C405.2.4 C4052.5 Manual controls Indicate on plans the method of manual lighting control (whether combined with occupancy sensor, automatic light reduction, daylight responsive or specific application controls), location of manual control device and area or specific application it serves Yes C405.2.2.1 C405.2.2.2 C405.2.3 Manual interior light reduction controls Indicate on plans which method of manual 50% lighting load reduction is provided, or whether lighting load is reduced via occupancy sensors or daylight responsive controls Yes C405.2.2 Method of automatic shut-off control Indicate on plans the method of automatic shut-off control during unoccupied periods (occupancy sensor, time switch or digital timer switch) for all lighting zones or which time switch control exception applies Yes C405.2.1 C405.2.1.1 Occupancy sensor controls Indicate on plans the spaces served by occupancy sensors; Indicate whether occupancy sensor controls are configured to be manual -on, automatic 50%-on, or serve a space eligible for automatic 100%-on per exception Yes 05.2.1.2 Occupancy sensor controls - warehouses lndicate a sleways and open areas in warehouse spaces provided with occupancy sensor controls that reduce lighting power by 50% NA C405.2.2.1 Automatic time switch controls Indicate locations of override switches on plans and the lighting zone(s) served, include area sq. ft. NA C405.2.6 Digital timer switch tndicate digital timer switch control includes: manual on/off, time delay, audible and visual indication of impending time-out NA C405.2.4.2 C405.2.4.3 Daylight zones - Sidelight and toplightFor Indicate primary and secondary sidelight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft. of each zone; Indicate toplight daylight zone areas on plans, include sq. ft.; small vertical fenestration assemblies (rough opening less than 10 percent of primary daylight zone) where daylight responsive controls are not required, provide fenestration area to daylight zone calculation(s) NA C405.2.4 Daylight responsive controls Indicate on plans lighting zone(s) served by daylight responsive controls; Identify sidelight and toplight daylight zones that are not provided with daylight sensing controls and the exception(s) that apply; Indicate on plans the lighting load reduction method - continuous dimming, or stepped dimming that provides at least two even steps between 0%-100% of rated power; Indicate that daylight sensing controls are configured to completely shut off all controlled lights in the lighting zone NA C405.2.5 Additional controls - Specific application lighting controls Identify spaces and lighting fixtures on plans that require specific application lighting controls per this section NA C405.2.5 - Items 1&2 Display and accent lighting Indicate on plans that display and accent lighting, and display case lighting are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate manuat and automatic lighting control method __.... Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 2 LTG-CHK 2015 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: UWA5 Seattle (Date 6/19/2019 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents SDCI Notes NA C405.2.5 - Item 3 Hotel/motel guest rooms Indicate method of automatic control - vacancy or captive key control of all installed luminaires and switched receptacles in guest room NA G405.2.5 - Item 4 Supplemental task lighting Indicate method and location of automatic shut-off vacancy control for supplemental task lighting, including under -shelf or under -cabinet lighting NA C405.2.5 - Item 5 Lighting for non- visual applications Indicate on plans eligible non -visual lighting applications, include sq. ft. area of each lighting control zone; Indicate on plans that non -visual lighting is (state form changed "is" to "are") controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control NA C405.2.5 - Item 6 Lighting equipment for sale or demonstration Indicate on plans that lighting equipment for sale or demonstration are controlled independently from both general area lighting and other lighting applications within the same space; Indicate method of manual lighting control and applicable automatic lighting control Yes C405.2.5 - Item 7 Means of egress lighting Provide calculation of lighting power density of egress lighting excluding normally off lighting; If total egress lighting power density is greater than 0.02 W/sq. ft., indicate on plans egress fixtures requiring automatic shut-off during unoccupied periods; Indicate method of automatic shut-otf control NA C405.2.5 - Item 8 Stairways Indicate on plans that each stairway has automatic controls to reduce lighting by >_ 50% when no occupants detected; Indicate that lighting maintains Seattle Building Code compliant lighting when lighting power reduced NA C405.2.5 Item 9 Parking Garages Indicate on plans that garage lighting has automatic controls to reduce lighting by >_ 50% when no occupants detected; Indicate on plans required control sequence and configuration NA C405.2.7 Exterior lighting controls Indicate on exterior lighting plans and fixture schedules the automatic lighting control method, control sequence, and locations served; For building facade and landscape lighting, indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of dawn/dusk and fixed opening/closing time; For all other exterior lighting, indicate automatic controls shut off lighting as a function of available daylight; include control sequence that also reduces lighting power by at least 30% between 12am-6am, or from 1 hour after closing to 1 hour before opening, or based upon motion sensor NA C405.5.1 Exterior building grounds lighting controls For building grounds fixtures greater than 100 watts, indicate on plans whether fixtures have efficacy greater than 80 lumens or; are controlled by motion sensor, or are exempt lighting per C405.5.2 NA C405.2.5 (listed after C405.2.7 Area controls - Master control switches and circuit power limit Indicate location(s) of master control switch(es) intended to control multiple independent switches; circuit breaker may not be used as a master control switch; Verify that no 20 amp circuit controlled by a single switch or automatic control is loaded beyond 80% ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTION - ENHANCED DIGITAL LIGHTING CONTROLS NA C406.4 Enhanced digital lighting controls To comply with additional efficiency package option, indicate on plans all interior lighting fixtures that are individually addressed and provided with continuous dimming, or exception taken; Include calculation of percent total installed interior lighting power that is configured with required enhanced lighting control functions (min 90% to comply with additional efficiency package option) Page 3 of 5 3. Modified handicap accessible parking stall and curb. (Item #2) 4. Added NEW CONCRETE CURB note. (Item #2) 5. Added NEW STEEL HANDRAIL note. (Item #2) 6. Modified stairs and landing to be the same width. (Item #2) 7. Added handrail and guardrail to both sides of ramp. (Item #2) 8. Added new bollard. (Item #2) 9. Added PER CIVIL DRAWINGS to notes. (Item #2) 10. Added CLEAR to landing dimension. (Item #2) 11. Adjusted parking curb to correct position. (Item #2) GENERAL ITEMS - NOTES 1. Added Keynote text. (Item #2) 2. Added BUILT IN FUEL TANK ABOVE GROUND to generator note. (Item #1), GENERAL ITEMS - GENERAL NOTES 1. Added general note about erosion/sediment control. (Item #1) SHEET A102 - DEMOLITION PLAN DETAIL 1- DEMOLITION PLAN 1. Added demolished door to pickup/retail room. (Item #2) 2. Added 071 keynote. (Item #2) 3. Added demolished double door at entrance. (Item #2) 4. Added 073 keynote. (Item #2) 5. Added D72 keynote. (Item #2) 6. Added demolished wall along with associated 075 keynote. (Item #2) 7. Added E71 keynotes to existing stairs. (Item #2) 8. Added E72 keynote to existing restroom. (Item #2) 9. Added E74 keynote to existing rooms. (Item #2) 10. Added E73 keynote to existing transformer. (Item #2) 11. Added E70 keynote to existing landing. (Item #2) 12. Added DOS keynote to demolished door in office area. (Item #2) 13. Took out dimensions for trenching. (Item #2) 14. Removed wrapping around columns in cooler. (Item #2) 15. Changed phasing on wrapping around columns in freezer, (Item #2) SHEET A103 - ARCHITECTURAL PLANS DETAIL 1- FIXTURE PLAN 1. Added ADA ramp to front entrance. (Item #2) 2. Added racks where column wrap in cooler was taken out. (Item #2) DETAIL 8 - DIMENSION PLAN 1. Added room tag to Pickup/Retail room. (Item #2) 2. Changed door tag on Dutch door in retail room to 101B. (Item #2) 3, Changed tag to Door 101A. (Item #2) 4. Changed columns in cooler to existing phase. (Item #2) 5. Modified spacing of man door and overhead door in cooler. (Item #2) 6. Modified spacing of man door and overhead door in cooler. (Item #2) 7. Changed tag to Door 100A. (Item #2) 8. Moved note to contractor outside the plan. (Item #2) 9. Added ramp outside office area. (Item #2) 10. Added NEW HARDWARE note. (Item #2) 11. Added room tag to Break room. (Item #2) 12. Added room tag to HR room. (Item #2) 13. Added room tag to Mother's room. (Item #2) 14. Moved A501-15 callout tag. (Item #2) 15. Added tag to Door 100C. (Item #2) 16. Changed tag to Door 104A. (Item #2) www.brrarch.com 6700 Antioch Plaza, Suite No, Merriam, KS 66204 MAIN 913,262,9095 Kansas City - Bentonville - Phoenix - San Francisco - Philadelphia - Atlanta - Austin - Miami - Los Angeles - Chicago Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist,Pg. 3 1 LTG-CHK R1 Revised Nov 2017 2015 e le Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R , R4 over 3 stories and all Project Title: UWA5 Seattle Date 6/19/2019 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents SDCI Notes INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY Yes C405.4.1 C405.4.2 Total connected interior lighting power Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; Identify spaces eligible for lighting power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; indicate the exception applied; Identify lighting equipment eligible for lighting power exemption in fixture schedule and in compliance forms; indicate the exception applied; Indicate that exempt lighting equipment is in addition to general area lighting and is controlled independently NA C405.4.1 Total connected interior lighting power alternative Indicate on plans any areas where proposed wattage is calculated as the total dedicated lighting branch wattage; detail rated wattage and proposed lighting power for each branch Yes C405.3 Exit signs Indicate location of exit signs on plans and rated watts per fixture in lighting fixture schedule (maximum 5 watts per side) NA C405.1 Lighting in dwelling units - lamp efficacy Indicate installed lamp efficacy (lumens/watt) in the lighting fixture schedule; calculate percentage lamps in permanently installed fixtures with high efficacy lamps per R404.1 (min 75% to comply); If < 75% then indicate compliance with all lighting control provisions Interior Ligh ing Power Calculation - Indicate compliance path taken NA C405.4.2.1 Building Area Method Complete required compliance forms — proposed wattage per building area does not exceed maximum allowed wattage per building area. Identify locations of building areas on plans Yes C405.4.2.2 Space -By -Space Method Complete required compliance forms — total proposed wattage does not exceed maximum allowed wattage; Identify locations of space types on plans, including retail display areas, lobby art & exhibit display areas, and ceiling heights as applicable ADDITIONAL EFFICIENCY PACKAGE OPTION - REDUCED INTERIOR LIGHTING POWER DENSITY NA C406.3 Reduced lighting power density To comply with additional efficiency package option, demonstrate in compliance forms that total connected interior lighting wattage is 25% less than the total maximum allowed lighting wattage via Building Area Method or Space -By -Space Method NA C406.3lamps Reduced lighting power density - dwelling unit lamp efficacy For project with dwelling units, to comply with additional efficiency package option indicate in lighting fixture schedule if in interior fixtures have efficacy rating of 60 lumens per watt or more. Calculate percentage of fixtures with lamps that have this efficacy rating (min 95% to comply with option). EXTERIOR LIGHTING POWER & EFFICACY NA C405.5.2 Total connected exterior lighting power Include all luminaires in lighting fixture schedule; indicate fixture types, lamps, ballasts, and manufacturer's rated watts per fixture; Identify exterior applications eligible for lighting power exemption on plans and in compliance forms; indicate exception applied; Indicate that exempt exterior lighting is controlled independently from non-exempt exterior lighting; include exception claimed for each fixture or group of fixtures under exception category NA Table C405.5.2(1) Exterior lighting zone Indicate building exterior lighting zone as defined by the SDCI NA C405.5.1 Exterior building grounds fighting For building grounds fixtures rated at greater than 100 watts that are complying based on efficacy, indicate rated lamp efficacy (in lumens per watt) in fixture schedule NA C405.5.2 Exterior lighting power calculations Complete required compliance form — proposed wattage for exterior lighting plus base site allowed does not exceed maximum allowed NA C405.5.3 Full cutoff luminaires For open parking, outdoor area, and roadway luminaires mounted more than 15 above the ground, indicate fixture with zero candela at an angle of 90 degrees. Lighting, Motor, , and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 4 LTG-CHK 2015 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: UWA5 Seattle Date 6/19/2019 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions, Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents SDCI Notes LIGHTING ALTERATIONS Yes C503.6.1 Interior and parking garage lighting fixture alterations Where z 20% of existing luminaires in interior space(s) or a 50% of existing luminaires in parking garage are replaced; indicate compliance path (building area or space -by -space method); include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in compliance form (LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE); indicate proposed lighting wattage does not exceed maximum allowed per compliance path Where a 20% of existing luminaires in interior space(s) or z 50% of existing luminaires in parking garage are replaced; indicate total existing lighting wattage in each space prior to alteration; include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in LTG-INT-SPACE form; indicate proposed total lighting wattage in alteration area does not exceed total existing lighting wattage prior to alteration NA C503.6.1 Exterior lighting fixture alterations Where z 50% of existing exterior lighting wattage is replaced; include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in LTG-EXT form; indicate proposed total exterior lighting wattage does not exceed maximum allowed Where < 50% of existing exterior lighting wattage is replaced; indicate total existing lighting wattage prior to alteration; include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in LTG-EXT form; indicate proposed total exterior lighting wattage does not exceed total existing wattage prior to alteration NA C503.6.2 Interior lighting wiring alterations Where new wiring is installed to serve new interior luminaires and /or luminaires are relocated to a new circuit; indicate lighting controls are provided (as applicable) - manual (C405.2.3); occupancy sensor (C405.2.1); daylight responsive (C405.2.4); specific application (C405.2.5); exit signs (C405.3) NA C503.6.2 Exterior lighting wiring alterations Where new wiring is installed to serve new exterior luminaires and /or luminaires are relocated to new circuit; indicate exterior lighting controls are provided (C405.2.7) NA C503.6.3 Lighting panel alterations Where a new lighting panel is installed or an existing panel is moved (all new raceway and conductor wiring); indicate lighting controls are provided (as applicable) - same provisions as wiring alterations; time switch controls and manual light reduction controls (C405.2.2) NA C503.6.4 Newly -created rooms Where new walls or ceiling -height partitions are added to existing rooms; indicate lighting controls are provided (as applicable) - same provisions as lighting panel alterations NA C505.1 Change of space use Identify spaces on plans where the building area type or space use type is being changed from one type to another per Tables C405.4.2(1) or (2) Indicate compliance path (building area or space -by -space method); include all new and existing -to -remain luminaires in compliance form (LTG-INT-BLD or LTG-INT-SPACE); indicate proposed lighting wattage does not exceed maximum allowed per compliance path RECEPTACLES C405.10 Controlled receptacles Identify all controlled and uncontrolled receptacles on electrical plans in each space in which they are required; include receptacle configuration such as spacing between controlled and uncontrolled, duplex devices, etc,; _ ._.. ___ Indicate on plans whether the method of automatic control for each controlled receptacle zone is by occupant sensor or programmable time -of -day control Lighting, Motor, and Electrical Permit Checklist, Pg. 5 LTG-CHK 2015 Seattle Energy Code Compliance Forms for Commercial Buildings including R2, R3, R4 over 3 stories and all R1 Revised Nov 2017 Project Title: UWAS Seattle Date 6/19/2019 The following information is necessary to check a permit application for compliance with the lighting, motor, and electrical requirements in the Washington State Energy Code, Commercial Provisions. Applicability (yes,no,na) Code Section Component Compliance information required in permit documents Location in Documents SDCI Notes MOTORS, TRANSFORMERS, ELECTRIC METERS, INTERIOR TRANSPORTATION NA C405.6 Electrical transformers Include electrical transformer schedule on electrical plans; indicate transformer size, efficiency, or exception taken Yes C405.7 Dwelling unit electrical energy consumption Indicate on electrical plans that each dwelling unit in Group R-2 has a separate electrical energy meter Yes C405.8 Electric motor efficiency Include all motors, including fractional hp motors, in electric motor schedule on electrical plans; indicate hp, rpm, rated efficiency, or exception applied NA C405.9.1 Elevator cabs For luminaires in each elevator cab, provide calculated average efficacy of combined fixtures that indicates efficacy is not less than 35 lumens per watt; Indicate rated watts per cfm for elevator cab ventilation fans do not exceed 0.33 watts per cfm; Indicate automatic controls that de -energize lighting and ventilation fans when elevator is stopped and unoccupied for a period of 15 minutes or more NA C405.9.2 Escalators and moving walks Indicate escalators comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44; automatic controls are configured to reduce operational speed to the minimum permitted when not in use NA C405,9.3 Regenerative drive Indicate all one-way down or reversible escalators are provided with a variable frequency regenerative drive DOCUMENTATION AND SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS TO SUPPORT COMMISSIONING (Cx) NA C408.3 Scope of controlled receptacle and lighting systems commissioning Indicate that all controlled receptacles are required to be commissioned; Where total building lighting load is > 20 kW, or where total lighting load of luminaires requiring daylight sensing and / or occupancy control > 10 kW, indicate that all automatic lighting control systems are required to be commissioned; or provide building lighting power calculation demonstrating eligibility for exception; NA C405.13 C408.1.1 C408.1.2 C408.1.4.2 C103.6 Commissioning requirements in construction documents Indicate Cx requirements in plans and specifications for all applicable electrical and lighting control systems per C408; Include general summary with at minimum Items 1 thru 4 of the Cx plan per C408,1.2 including: narrative description of activities, responsibilities of the Cx team, schedule of activities including verification of project close out documentation per C103.6, and conflict of interest plan (if required); Include in general summary that a Cx project report or Compliance Checklist (available online) shall be completed by the Certified Cx Professional and provided to the owner prior to the final electrical inspection NA C408.3.1 Functional performance testing criteria Identify in plans and specifications the intended operation of all equipment and controls during all modes of operation, including interfacing between new and existing -to -remain systems PROJECT CLOSE OUT DOCUMENTATION Yes C103,6.3 Project close out documentation requirements Indicate in plans that project close out documentation is required including WSEC lighting compliance forms and calculations that document all interior and exterior lighting area and / or surface types, lighting power allowances and installed densities If "no" is selected for any question, provide explanation: End of Lighting, Motor & Transformer Permit Documents Checklist CITY OF TuKvvi PERMIT CENTER J JOHNSTON BURKHOLDER ASSOCIATES consulting structural engineers STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS FOR PROJECT LEO UWA5 Tukwila, WA Project #19253 06/20/19 6/2o/ i b 101.o FILE REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 20 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION 930 CENTRAL • KANSAS CITY, MO 64105 (816) 421-4200 • WWW.JRAENGR.COM JOHNSTON. BURKHOLDER ASSOCIATES consulting structural engineers 930 CENTRAL KANSAS CITY, MO 64105 1116 421 4200 • WWW JBAENGR COM PROJECT NO: SHFET NO: OF: PROJECT NAME: MADE BY: .• DATE: CHECKED BY: DATE: (-0 A-P LL • f 5 I Sr — GEIT put 7Opsi (1)Prry 6a (2.7 (5r Fr). 3,4, (2.f- -76" eCywoop = esc a.7,5F Lor (uffL -7: p5 p.4 1.7, _ rrr. rt( - • TL ai pi.,F AT Gek:m f-j-tilt-L,4.)c t P51 r cavi.Ert pApELS -1- f5f AT FitC6 ?El{ (AA',CL Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Description : Existing 4x14 purlin (cooler/freezer panel and CU) CODE REFERENCES Printed: 19 JUN 2019, 2:16PM File = \19251--1119253--11Engr119253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Calculations per NDS 2015, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method : Allowable Stress Design Load Combination ASCE 7-10 Wood Species : Douglas Fir - Larch Wood Grade : No.1 & Better Ft Beam Bracing : Beam is Fully Braced against lateral -torsional buckling Fb + 1,550.0 psi Fb - 1,550.0 psi Fc - PrII 1,550.0 psi Fc - Perp 625.0 psi Fv 180.0 psi 800.0 psi D(01,. 14) D(0.04) a-- DIDT08) Kl6EStC1716) Applied Loads 4x14 Span = 19.438 ft E : Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx 1,800.0 ksi Eminbend - xx 660.0 ksi Density 31.210pcf Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Uniform Load : D = 0.080, Lr = 0.160, S = 0,160 , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.040 , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft, (cooler/freezer panels) Point Load : D = 0.9140 k @ 1.80 ft, (CU) DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio Section used for this span fb : Actual FB : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection 0.924 1 4x14 1,647.35psi 1,782.50psi +D+S+H 9,435ft Span # 1 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio Section used for this span fv : Actual Fv : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs 0.423 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = 0.796 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Segment Length Span # M V Cd C FN C i Cr 551 >=240 0 <240 293 >=180 0<180 Design OK 0.508 : 1 4x14 105.21 psi 207.00 psi +D+S+H 0.000ft Span # 1 Moment Values Cm C t CL M fb F'b Shear Values V fv F'v +D+H Length = 19.438 ft 1 0.548 0,373 +D+L+H Length = 19.438 ft 1 0.493 0.336 +D+Lr+H Length = 19.438 ft 1 0.850 0.468 +D+S+H Length = 19.438 ft 1 0.924 0.508 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 0.90 1.000 1.000 1.00 1.000 1.000 1.25 1.000 1.000 1.15 1.000 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1 00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1 00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 6.52 763.94 6.52 763.94 14.06 1,647.35 14.06 1,647.35 0.00 1395,00 0.00 1550.00 0.00 1937.50 0.00 1782,50 0.00 0.00 1.87 0,00 1.87 0.00 3.25 0.00 3.25 0.00 0.00 60.42 0.00 60.42 0.00 105.21 0.00 105.21 0.00 0.00 162.00 0.00 180.00 0.00 225.00 0.00 207.00 0.00 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Description : Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 19 JUN 2019, 2:16PM Existing 4x14 purlin (cooler/freezer panel and CU) Load Combination Segment Length Span # Max Stress Ratios M v Cd Length = 19.438 ft 1 +D+0.750L+0,750S+H Length = 19.438 ft 1 +D+0.60W+H Length = 19.438 ft 1 +D+0.70E+H Length = 19.438 ft 1 +0+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H Length = 19.438 ft 1 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450VV+H Length = 19.438 ft 1 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H Length = 19.438 ft 1 +0,60D+0.60VV+0.601-1 Length = 19.438 ft 1 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H Length = 19.438 ft 1 C FN 0.736 0.418 1.25 1.000 1.000 0.800 0.454 1.15 1.000 1.000 0.308 0.210 1.60 1.000 1.000 0.308 0.210 1.60 1.000 1.000 0.575 0.326 1.60 1.000 1.000 0.575 0.326 1.60 1.000 1.000 0.575 0.326 1.60 1.000 1.000 0.185 0.126 1.60 1,000 1.000 0.185 0.126 1.60 1.000 Overall Maximum Deflections Load Combination Span +D+S+H Vertical Reactions Load Combination Ci Cr Cm 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 G t 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 File = 0:119251--1119253--11Engr\19253,ec6 e copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11,30 Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Moment Values G L 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 M fb F'b Shear Values V fv F'v 12.17 1,426.25 1937.50 0,00 12.17 1,426.25 1782.50 0.00 6.52 763.94 2480.00 0.00 6.52 763.94 2480.00 0.00 12.17 1,426.25 2480.00 0.00 12.17 1,426,25 2480.00 0.00 12.17 1,426.25 2480.00 0.00 3.91 458.36 2480.00 0.00 3.91 458.36 2480.00 Max. "-" Defl Location in Span Load Combination 2.91 94.01 225.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.91 94.01 207.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.87 60.42 288.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.87 60.42 288.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.91 94.01 288.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.91 94.01 288.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 2.91 94.01 288.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.12 36.25 288.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.12 36.25 288.00 Max. "+'' Defl Location in Span Overall MAXimum Overall MINimum +D+H +D+L+H +D+Lr+H +D+S+H -0:)+0.750Lr+0.750L+H +0+0.750L+0.750S+H +D+0.60W+H +D+0.70E+H +D+0.750Lr+0,750L+0.450W+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H +0.600+0.60W+0.60H +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H D Only Lr Only L Only S Only W Only E Only H Only 1 0.7956 9 648 Support notation : Far left is #1 Support 1 Support 2 3.551 1.555 1.996 1,996 3.551 3.551 3.162 3.162 1.996 1.996 3.162 3.162 3.162 1.197 1.197 1.996 1.555 2.806 1.555 1.251 1.251 2.806 2.806 2,417 2.417 1,251 1.251 2.417 2.417 2.417 0.751 0.751 1,251 1.555 1.555 1.555 0.0000 0.000 Values in KIPS Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Lic. #KW-06001782 Description Existing 4x14 purlin (RTU-1) CODE REFERENCES Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 10:45AM File = 0:119251--1\19253--11Engn19253.ec6 are copyrightERCALC, INC,1983-2018, udd:10.18.11.30 Licensee JOHNSTON -BURKHOLDER. Calculations per NDS 2015, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method : Allowable Stress Design Load Combination ASCE 7-10 Wood Species Wood Grade Beam Bracing : Douglas Fir - Larch : No.1 & Better Fb + Fb - Fc - PrII Fc Perp Fv Ft Beam is Fully Braced against lateral -torsional buckling D(,0.0481 a D(0.08) Lr(00.16) S(0.16) 1,550.0 psi 1,550.0 psi 1,550.0 psi 625.0 psi 180.0 psi 800.0 psi Density E Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx 1,800.0 ksi Eminbend - xx 660.0 ksi 31.210pcf 4x14 Span = 21.720 ft Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Uniform Load D = 0.080, Lr = 0.160, S = 0.160 , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft Uniform Load D = 0.0480 kik Extent = 0.0 -->> 7.0 ft, Tributary Width = 1.0 ft DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio Section used for this span fb : Actual FB : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection 0.969 1 4x14 1,727.95psi 1,782.50psi +1D+S+H 10.622ft Span # 1 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio Section used for this span fv : Actual Fv : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs 0.660 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = 1.036 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Segment Length Span # M V Cd C FN C iCr 394 >=240 0 <240 251 >=180 0 <180 Design OK 0.405 : 1 4x14 83.82 psi 207.00 psi +D+S+H 0.000ft Span # 1 Cm C t CL Moment Values M fb Shear Values F'b V fv Fv +D+H Length = 21.720 ft 1 0.447 0.203 +D+L+H Length = 21.720 tt 1 0.402 0.183 +D+Lr+H Length = 21.720 ft 1 0.892 0.373 +0+S+H Length = 21.720 ft 1 0.969 0.405 +D+0.750U+0,750L+H Length = 21.720 ft 1 0.749 0.316 +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 0,90 1.00 1.25 1.15 1.25 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1,000 1,000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1 GO 1.00 1 00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1 00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1 00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 5.32 623.82 5.32 623.82 14.75 1,727.95 14.75 1,727.95 12.39 1,451.69 0.00 1395.00 0.00 1550.00 0.00 1937.50 0,00 1782.50 0.00 1937.50 0.00 0.00 1.02 0.00 1.02 0.00 2.59 0.00 2.59 0.00 2.20 0.00 0.00 32.95 0.00 32.95 0,00 83.82 0.00 83,82 0.00 71.10 0.00 0.00 162.00 0,00 180,00 0.00 225.00 0.00 207.00 0.00 225.00 0.00 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 10:4 5AM File 0:09251-1119253--1 Engrk19253.ec6 Software copynghtENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Lic. # : KW-06001782 Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Description : Load Combination Existing 4x14 purlin (RTU-1) Max Stress Ratios Moment Values Shear Values Segment Length Span it M V Cd C FN C Cr Cm C t C L M fb F'b V fv F'v Length = 21.720 ft 1 0.814 0.343 1.15 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 12.39 1,451,69 1782.50 2.20 71.10 207,00 +D+0.60W+H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 21.720 ft 1 0.252 0.114 1.60 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 5.32 623.82 2480.00 1.02 32.95 288.00 +D+0.70E+H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 21,720 ft 1 0.252 0.114 1.60 1,000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 5.32 623.82 2480.00 1.02 32.95 288.00 +0+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 1,000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 21.720 ft 1 0.585 0.247 1.60 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 12.39 1,451.69 2480.00 2.20 71.10 288.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 21.720 ft 1 0.585 0.247 1.60 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 12.39 1,451.69 2480.00 2.20 71.10 288.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 1.000 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 21.720 ft 1 0.585 0.247 1.60 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 12.39 1,451.69 2480.00 2.20 71.10 288.00 +0.600+0.60W+0,60H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 21.720 ft 1 0.151 0.069 1.60 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.19 374.29 2480.00 0,61 19.77 288.00 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 21.720 ft 1 0.151 0.069 1.60 1.000 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 3.19 374,29 2480.00 0.61 19.77 288.00 Overall Maximum Deflections Load Combination Span Max. "-" Defl Location in Span Load Combination Max. "+" Deft Location in Span +D+S+H Vertical Reactions Load Combination 1 1.0359 10.860 0,0000 0.000 Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Support 1 Support2 Overall MAXimum 2.888 2.661 Overall MlNimum 1.738 1.738 +D+H 1.151 0.923 +D+L+H 1.151 0.923 +D+Lr+H 2.888 2.661 +D+S+H 2.888 2,661 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 2.454 2,226 +0+0,750L+0.7505+H 2.454 2.226 +D+0.60W+H 1.151 0.923 +D+0.70E+H 1.151 0.923 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0,450VV+H 2.454 2.226 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450VV+H 2.454 2.226 +D+0.750L+0.7505+0.5250E+H 2.454 2.226 +0.600+0,60VV+0.60H 0.690 0.554 +0,60D+0,70E+0.60H 0.690 0.554 D Only 1,151 0,923 Lr Only 1.738 1.738 L Only S Only 1.738 1.738 W Onty E Only H Only Load Combination Segment Length Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Lic #: KW-06001782 Description : Existing 6x14 purlin (RTU-3,4 CODE REFERENCES Printed: 19 JUN 2019, 2:16PM File - 0:119251--1119253--11Engr119253,ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licensee;,: JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Calculations per NDS 2015, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method : Allowable Stress Design Load Combination ASCE 7-10 Wood Species Wood Grade Fb + Fb- Fc - PrII Fc - Perp Fv Ft Beam Bracing : Beam is Fully Braced against lateral -torsional buckling : Douglas Fir - Larch : No.1 & Better D(0,456) -s D(0.08)Lr(16) S(0.16) 1,550.0 psi 1,550.0 psi 1,550.0 psi 625.0 psi 180.0 psi 800.0 psi E : Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx 1,800.0 ksi lEminbend - xx 660,0 ksi Density 31.210 pct Applied Loads Uniform Load : D = 0.080, Lr = 0.160, S = 0.160 , Point Load : D = 0.4560 k @ 5.270 ft, (RTU) DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio = Section used for this span fb : Actual = FB : Allowable = Load Combination Location of maximum on span = Span # where maximum occurs = Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection 6x14 Span = 26.0 ft Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Tributary Width = 1.0 ft 0.87& 1 Ma 6x14 1,544.29 psi 1,759.32 psi +D+S+H 12.620ft Span # 1 0.815 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = 1.305 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Max Stress Ratios Span# M V Cd CFN Ci Cr ximum Shear Stress Ratio Section used for this span fv ; Actual Fv : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs 382 >=240 0 <240 239 >=180 0 <180 +D+H Length = 26.0 ft +D+L+H Length = 26.0 ft +D+Lr+H Length = 26.0 ft +D+S+H Length = 26.0 ft +D+0,750Lr+0,750L+H Length = 26,0 ft +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 1 0.418 0.165 0.90 1 0.376 0.148 1.00 1 0.808 0.290 1.25 1 0.878 0.316 1.15 1 0.681 0.247 1.25 0.987 0.987 0.987 0.987 0.987 0.987 0.987 0.987 0.987 0,987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 ct Moment Values Design OK 0.316:1 6x14 65.31 psi 207.00 psi +D+S+H 0.000 ft Span # 1 M fb Shear Values F'b V hi F'v 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 8.01 575.71 8.01 575.71 21.50 1,544.29 21.50 1,544.29 18.12 1,301.76 0.00 1376.86 0.00 1529.85 0.00 1912.31 0.00 1759.32 0.00 1912.31 0.00 0.00 1.32 0.00 1.32 0.00 3.23 0.00 3.23 0.00 2.75 0.00 0.00 26.67 0.00 26.67 0.00 65.31 0.00 65.31 0.00 55.65 0.00 0.00 162.00 0.00 180.00 0.00 225.00 0.00 207.00 0.00 225.00 0.00 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Lic. # : KW-06001782. Description Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Existing 6x14 purlin (RTU-3,4) Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Segment Length Span # M V C d C FN C i Cr Cm C t C L M fb F'b V fv F'v Length = 26.0 ft 1 0.740 0.269 1.15 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 18.12 1,301.76 1759.32 2.75 55.65 207.00 +D+0.60W+H 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 26.0 ft 1 0.235 0.093 1.60 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 8.01 575.71 2447.76 1.32 26.67 288.00 +D+0.70E+H 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 26.0 ft 1 0.235 0.093 1.60 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 8.01 575.71 2447.76 1.32 26.67 288.00 +0+0,750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 26.0 ft 1 0.532 0.193 1.60 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 18.12 1,301.76 2447.76 2.75 55.65 288.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 26.0 ft 1 0.532 0.193 1.60 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 18.12 1,301.76 2447.76 2.75 55.65 288.00 +D+0.750L+0.7505+0.5250E+H 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 26.0 ft 1 0.532 0.193 1.60 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 18.12 1,301.76 2447,76 2.75 55.65 288.00 +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 26.0 ft 1 0.141 0.056 1.60 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 4.81 345.43 2447.76 0.79 16.00 288.00 +0.600+0.70E+0.60H 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 26.0 ft 1 0.141 0.056 1.60 0.987 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 4.81 345.43 2447.76 0.79 16.00 288.00 Overall Maximum Deflections Printed: 19 JUN 2019, 2:16PM File = 0:119251-1119253--11Engr119253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licensee:_JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Moment Values Shear Values Load Combination Span Max. "" Defl Location in Span Load Combination Max. "+" Defl Location in Span +D+S+H Vertical Reactions Load Combination Overall MAXimum Overall MINimum +D+H +D+L+H +D+Lr+H +D+S+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+H +D+0.60W+H +D+0.70E+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H +D+0.750L+0.7505+0.450W+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H D Only Lr Only L Only S Only W Only E Only H Only 1 1.3052 12.905 0.0000 0.000 Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Support 1 Support 2 3.484 2.080 1.404 1.404 3.484 3.484 2.964 2.964 1.404 1.404 2.964 2.964 2.964 0.842 0.842 1.404 2.080 3.212 2.080 1.132 1.132 3.212 3.212 2.692 2.692 1.132 1.132 2.692 2.692 2.692 0.679 0.679 1.132 2.080 2.080 2.080 Load Combination Segment Length +D+H Length = 38.0 ft Length = 8.0 ft +D+L+H Length = 38.0 ft : DF/DF : 24F - V8 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 3:14PM Description : 6.75x28.5 w/ new RTU- CODE REFERENCES File = 0:119251--1119253--11Eng619253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licensee : JOHNSTON-- BURKHOLDER Calculations per NDS 2015, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method : Allowable Stress Design Load Combination ASCE 7-10 Wood Species Wood Grade Fb + Fb - Fc - PrIl Fc - Perp Fv Ft Beam Bracing : Beam is Fully Braced against lateral -torsional buckling 0(0.2) Lr(0.24) S(0.41 2,400.0 psi 2,400.0 psi 1,650.0 psi 650.0 psi 265.0 psi 1,100.0 psi E : Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx 1,800.0 ksi Eminbend - xx 950.0 ksi Ebend- yy 1 ,600.0 ksi Eminbend - yy 850.0 ksi Density 31.210pcf I12) 0(5.04) Lr(4.32) S(7.2) D(0.2) Li(0.24) S(0.4) a + + + Applied Loads 6.75x28.5 Span = 38.0 ft 6.75x28.5 Span = 8.0 ft Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Load for Span Number 1 Uniform Load : D = 0.20, Lr = 0.240, S = 0.40 , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft Point Load : D = 2.0 k @ 36.0 ft Load for Span Number 2 Uniform Load : D = 0.20, Lr = 0.240, S = 0.40 , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft Point Load : D = 5.040, Lr = 4.320, S = 7.20 k @ 8.0 ft DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio Section used for this span fb : Actual FB : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection 0.670 1 6.75x28.5 1 ,555.57 psi 2,320.73 psi +D+S+H 38.000ft Span # 1 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio Section used for this span fv : Actual Fv : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs 0.348 in Ratio = 1311 >=240 0.000 in Ratio = 0 <240 0.548 in Ratio = 831 >=180 -0.000 in Ratio = 374740 >=180 Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Max Stress Ratios Span # M V Cd CFN Ci C Design OK 0.406 : 1 6.76)(28.5 123.61 psi 304.75 psi +D+S+H 38.000ft Span #1 Moment Values Cm ct 0L 1 0.347 0.209 0.90 0.841 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 2 0.297 0.209 0.90 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1 0.313 0.188 1.00 0.841 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Shear Values F'b V fv F'v 0.00 48.05 631.06 1816.23 48.05 631.06 2122.46 0.00 48.05 631.06 2018.03 0.00 0.00 6.40 49.91 6.40 49.91 0.00 0.00 6.40 49.91 0.00 238.50 238.50 0.00 265.00 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 3:14PM Lic# : KW-06001782 1 Description Load Combination Segment Length Span # M V C d C FN C Cr Cm C t C L M fb F'b V fv F'v Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.268 0.188 1.00 0,983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 48.05 631.06 2358,29 6.40 49.91 265,00 +D+Lr+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1,00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 Length = 38.0 ft 1 0.470 0.284 1.25 0.841 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 90.29 1,185.77 2522,54 12.07 94,13 331.25 Length = 8,0 ft 2 0.402 0.284 1.25 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 90.29 1,185.77 2947.86 12.07 94.13 331.25 +D+S+H 0,983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 38,0 ft 1 0.670 0.406 1.15 0.841 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 118.45 1,555.57 2320,73 15.85 123.61 304.75 Length = 8,0 ft 2 0.574 0.406 1.15 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 118,45 1,555,57 2712.03 15.85 123.61 304.75 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 Length = 38.0 ft 1 0,415 0,251 1.25 0.841 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 79.73 1,047.09 2522.54 10.65 83.08 331,25 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0,355 0.251 1.25 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 79.73 1,047.09 2947.86 10.65 83.08 331,25 +D+0.750L+0,750S+H 0.983 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 38.0 ft 1 0.571 0.345 1.15 0.841 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100.85 1,324.44 2320.73 13.49 105.19 304.75 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.488 0.345 1.15 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100.85 1,324.44 2712.03 13.49 105.19 304.75 +D+0.60W+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 38.0 ft 1 0.195 0.118 1.60 0.841 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 48.05 631.06 3228.85 6.40 49,91 424.00 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.167 0.118 1.60 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 48.05 631.06 3773,26 6.40 49.91 424.00 +D+0.70E+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 38.0 ft 1 0.195 0.118 1.60 0.841 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 48.05 631.06 3228.85 6.40 49.91 424.00 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.167 0.118 1.60 0.983 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 48.05 631.06 3773.26 6.40 49.91 424.00 +D+0.750Lr+0,750L+0.450W+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 38.0 ft 1 0.324 0,196 1.60 0.841 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 79.73 1,047.09 3228.85 10.65 83.08 424,00 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.278 0.196 1,60 0.983 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 79.73 1,047.09 3773.26 10.65 83.08 424.00 +D+0,750L+0.750S+0.450VV+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 38.0 ft 1 0.410 0.248 1.60 0,841 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100.85 1,324.44 3228,85 13.49 105.19 424.00 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.351 0.248 1.60 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 100.85 1,324.44 3773.26 13.49 105,19 424.00 +D+0.750L+0,750S+0.5250E+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 38.0 ft 1 0.410 0.248 1.60 0.841 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100.85 1,324.44 3228.85 13.49 105.19 424.00 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.351 0.248 1.60 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100.85 1,324.44 3773.26 13.49 105.19 424.00 +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 Length = 38.0 ft 1 0.117 0.071 1.60 0,841 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 28.83 378.64 3228.85 3.84 29.95 424.00 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.100 0.071 1.60 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 28.83 378.64 3773.26 3.84 29.95 424.00 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 38.0 ft 1 0.117 0.071 1.60 0.841 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 28.83 378.64 3228.85 3.84 29.95 424.00 Length = 8,0 ft 2 0.100 0.071 1.60 0,983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 28.83 378.64 3773,26 3.84 29.95 424.00 Overall Maximum Deflections Load Combination Span Max, "-" Deft Location in Span Load Combination Max, "+" Def Location in Span 6.75x28.5 w/ new RTU-8 File = 0:119251--1119253-1 \Eng\ 19253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 = Licemsee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Momen Values Shear Values Max Stress Ratios +D+S+H 1 0,5485 16,134 0,0000 +D+S+H 2 0.1696 8.000 S Only -0.0003 Vertical Reactions Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Support 3 Overall MAXimum 9,180 34.578 Overall MINimum 5.747 19.853 +D+H 3.433 14,725 +D+L+H 3.433 14.725 +D+Lr+H 6.881 26.637 +D+S+H 9.180 34.578 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 6.019 23.659 +0+0.750L+0.750S+H 7.743 29.615 +D+0.60W+H 3.433 14.725 +D+0.70E+H 3.433 14.725 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 6.019 23.659 +D+0.750L+0,750S+0.450W+H 7.743 29.615 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 7.743 29.615 +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 2.060 8.835 +0.60D+0.70E+0.601-1 2.060 8.835 D Only 3.433 14.725 Lr Only 3.448 11.912 L Only 0.000 0.268 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings.' menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 3:14PM # : KW-06001782 Description : 6.75x28.5 w/ new RTU-8 Vertical Reactions Load Combination S Only W Only E Only H Only Support notation Far left is #1 File = 0:119251-1119253-11Engr119253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licetisee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Values in KIPS Support 1 Support 2 Support 3 5.747 19.853 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Lic;ft:KW-06001782 Description : 6.75x22.5 w/ new cooler panel CODE REFERENCES Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Software copyrigh Printed*, 20 JUN 2019, 3:18PM File 0: \ 19251-1 \19253-11Engrk19253.ec6 ERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 . Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Calculations per NDS 2015, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method : Allowable Stress Design Load Combination ASCE 7-10 Wood Species Wood Grade Beam Bracing : DF/DF : 24F - V4 Fb + Fb - Fc - PrIl Fc - Perp Fv Ft : Beam is Fully Braced against lateral -torsional buckling D(0.26)1_11(0).24) S(0.4) _ 2,400.0 psi 1,850.0 psi 1,650.0 psi 650.0 psi 265.0 psi 1,100.0 psi E Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx 1 ,800.0 ksi Eminbend - xx 950,0 ksi Ebend- yy 1 ,600.0 ksi Eminbend - yy 850.0 ksi Density 31.210pcf Applied Loads Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Uniform Load : D = 0.280, Lr = 0.240, S = 0. DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio Section used for this span fb Actual FB : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection 6 75x22 5 Span = 36.0 ft Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. 40 , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft 1.01 6.75x22.5 2,433.42 psi 2,389,1 3 psi +D+S+H 18.000ft Span # 1 SEE BELOW FOR LOCATIONS OF NEW MOMENT REINFORCING Maximum Shear Stress Ratio Section used for this span fv Actual Fv Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs 1.318 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = 2.350 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Segment Length Span # M v Cd C FN C C +D+H Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.571 0.209 +D+L+H Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.514 0.188 +D+Lr+H Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.727 0.266 +D+S+H Length = 36,0 ft 1 1.019 0.373 +D+0,750Lr+0.750L+H Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.648 0.238 +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 0.90 0.866 0.866 1.00 0.866 0.866 1.25 0.866 0.866 1.15 0.866 0.866 1.25 0.866 0.866 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 327 >=240 0 <240 183 >=180 0080 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 C CL t 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Moment Values M fb F'b 50.69 1,068.09 50.69 1,068.09 89.57 1,887.29 115.49 2,433.42 79.85 1,682.49 Design N.G. 0.373 : 1 6.75x22.5 113.79 psi 304.75 psi +D+S+H 34.161 ft Span # 1 Shear Values V fv F'v 0.00 1869.75 0.00 2077.50 0.00 2596.88 0.00 2389.13 0.00 2596.88 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.06 49.94 238.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 5.06 49.94 265.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 8.94 88.25 331.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 11.52 113.79 304.75 0.00 0.00 0.00 7.97 78.67 331.25 0.00 0.00 0.00 Title Block Line You can changes this area using the ^8oMnOs"menu item and then using the "Printing & Title B|nuk^selection. Title Block Line Wood Beam Project Title: Project ID: Project Descr: 6.75x22.5 wl new cooler panel Beam Span Moments & Shears atIncremental Locations Load Combination Span Location +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H ( Fiw^O:\1o251--xmo3-1�Engr�1om3,oc6 Shear (k) Moment (ft-k) 17/47 Span 0.291 89A98 18.39 Span '0.218 89.530 19.31 Span '0.726 89.095 20.23 Span '1.235 88193 2115 Span '1.744 8U24 22.07 Span -2.252 84.986 22.99 Span -2761 82.681 23.91 Span -3269 79,808 24]83 Span '3J78 76.668 2575 Span 4286 72,960 26.87 Span -4705 88784 27.50 Span '5,303 64.141 28.51 Span '5.812 59.029 20.43 Span '6.320 53450 3U5 Span '6.820 47404 31.27 Span '7337 40.890 32.18 Span '7.846 33.908 33.11 Span '6.354 28.458 34.03 Span -8.883 18.541 34.95 Span -9.371 10.156 35.87 Span 8,880 1.303 +D+S+H 0,00 Span 12.833 0.000 +D+S+H 0.92 Span 12177 11.501 +D+S+H 1.84 Span 11.521 22.398 +D+S+H 2.70 Span 10.885 32.093 +D+S+H 3.68 Span 10210 42.384 +D+S+H 4.60 Span 0.554 51.473 +D+S+H 5.52 Span 8.888 59.858 +D+S+H 644 Span 8,243 67.841 +D+S+H 7,36 Span 7.587 75,120 +D+S+H 828 Span 8.831 81797 +D+S+H 9.20 Span 6.276 87.870 +D+S+H 10.12 Span 5020 93.340 +D+S+H 11.04 Span 4.864 38.208 +D+S+H 11.96 Span 4.300 102.472 +D+S+H 12,88 Span 1653 106.133 +D+S+H 13.80 Span Z987 109.191 +D+S+H 1472 Span 2,342 +D+S+H 15.04 Span 1.888 +D+S+H 10.55 Span 1.030 +D+S+H 17.47 Span 0,375 +D+S+H 18.30 Span '0.281 +D+S+H 10,31 Span -0.937 +D+S+H 2023 Span '1,502 +D+S+H 2115 Span 'Z248 111,647 113.409 114.748 115.394 115.437 114.877 113714 111.848 REINFORCE FOR ADDITIONAL MOMENT IN GIRDER AT THIS LOCATION Title Block Line You can changes this area using the ^Settingu^menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line G Wood Beam Description : V75x22.5wVnew cooler panel Project Title: Project ID: Project Deser: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, o:mnw Beam Span Moments & Shears mtIncremental Locations Load Type/ Combination Span Location +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+0750Lr+0.750L+H +D+0790Lr+0,750L+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H +D+0J50Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0.750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750b+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+8J50L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+M +D+0750Lr+0J50L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0J50Lr+0750L+H +D+0.75OLr+0J50L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0J50Lr+0750L+H +D+075ULr+0T50L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0J50Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H 22.07 22.99 2101 24]83 25.75 26.67 27.59 28,51 29.43 30.35 31.27 3219 %l11 34.03 34.95 35�O7 O]J0 192 1.84 %.78 3.68 4.6O 5.52 6.44 7.30 8.28 9.20 10.12 11.04 11.00 12,80 13.80 1472 15.64 16�55 17.47 10.39 19.31 20.23 3115 22.07 22.99 2181 24.83 25.75 (ft) Span ID mo~ono251--nmo3--l«EngAlV25zec6 Licensee i JOHN3TOm�UgKHOLo�, Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span 1 Span Span Span Span Span Span 1 Span Span Span Span Span 1 Span 1 Span Span Span Span Span Span Span 1 Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span 1 Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span 1 Span Shear (k) Moment (ft-k '2.904 100.570 -3.559 10G.607 4215 103.032 4{71 98.854 ~5.520 94.073 '8.182 88.588 '6.838 82.701 '7.403 76111 -0149 68.918 -UO5 61121 -9.40 52.722 '10116 43J20 '10772 34114 '11.427 28.906 '12,083 11094 '12739 1.680 8.873 UOO 8.419 7.852 7.908 15.486 7.512 22.604 7,059 29305 0.606 35.589 0152 41.456 5.099 46,906 5.246 51,939 4.732 58.555 4.338 60J54 3.885 04�536 3.432 67.902 2.979 70.050 2.528 71381 2�072 75.480 1.019 77193 1186 78.474 0713 79.338 0259 79.784 '0.194 78.814 -0.648 79.427 -1]01 78,623 -1.554 77.402 -2.008 75.704 '2.461 73709 '2.014 71.237 '3.308 08.348 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 , Wood Beam Description : 6,75x24 wi new cooler panel and RTU-11 CODE REFERENCES Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 3:12PM File = 0M9251--1 \19253-11Engr119253.ec6 Software copyright EIiERCALC, INC 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Calculations per NDS 2015, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method : Allowable Stress Design Load Combination ASCE 7-10 Wood Species Wood Grade Fb + Fb - Fc - PrII Fc Perp Fv Ft Beam Bracing : Beam is Fully Braced against lateral -torsional buckling : DF/DF : 24F - V4 2,400.0 psi 1,850.0 psi 1,650.0 psi 650.0 psi 265.0 psi 1,100.0 psi D( 4, D(0 024) D(0.23ar(0:27§) S(0.746L E : Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx 1,800.0 ksi Eminbend - xx 950.0 ksi Ebend- yy 1,600.0 ksi Eminbend - yy 850.0 ksi Density 31,210pcf 6.75x24 Span = 36.0 ft Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Uniform Load : D = 0.230, Lr = 0.2760, S = 0.460 , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.0240 , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft, (Cooler panel) Point Load : D = 0.80 k @ 14.0 ft, (RTU) DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio Section used for this span fb : Actual FB : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection 0.991: 1 Ma 6.75x24 2,352.23 psi 2,373.76 psi +D+S+H 17.606ft Span # 1 1.249 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = 2.124 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Segment Length Span # M V C d C FN C Cr +D+H Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.524 0.199 +D+L+H Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.472 0.179 +D+Lr+H Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.698 0.267 +D+S+H Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.991 0.380 0.90 0.860 0.860 1.00 0.860 0.860 1.25 0.860 0.860 1.15 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 ximum Shear Stress Ratio Section used for this span fv : Actual Fv Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 345 >=240 0 <240 203 >=180 0<180 Ct 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 oment Values 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 Design OK 0.380 : 6.75x24 115.71 psi 304.75 psi +D+S+H 0.000 ft Span # 1 hear Values M fb F'b V fv F'v 52.60 52.60 97.23 127.02 974.14 974.14 1,800.62 2,352.23 0.00 1857.73 0.00 2064.14 0.00 2580.17 0.00 2373,76 0.00 0.00 5.12 47.44 0.00 0.00 5.12 47.44 0.00 0.00 9.55 88.40 0.00 0.00 12.50 115,71 0.00 238.50 0.00 265.00 0.00 331.25 0.00 304.75 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Lic # 'KW-06001782:` Description Load Combination Segment Length Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: 6.75x24 wl new cooler panel and RTU-11 Span # Max Stress Ratios M V Cd CFN Ci Cr Cm C t CL Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 3:12PM File = 0:119251-1119253--11Engr119253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11 30 Licensee JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER, Moment Values Shear Values M fb F'b V fv F'v +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 36.0 ft 1 0,618 0.236 1.25 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 86.07 1,593.84 2580.17 8.44 78.16 331.25 +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.846 0.324 1.15 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 108.40 2,007.44 2373.76 10.65 98.64 304.75 +D+0.60W+H 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.295 0.112 1.60 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 52.60 974.14 3302.62 5.12 47.44 424.00 +D+0.70E+H 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 36,0 ft 1 0.295 0.112 1.60 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 52.60 974.14 3302.62 5.12 47.44 424.00 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.483 0.184 1.60 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 86.07 1,593.84 3302.62 8.44 78.16 424.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.608 0.233 1.60 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 108.40 2,007.44 3302.62 10.65 98.64 424.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0,5250E+H 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.608 0.233 1.60 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 108.40 2,007.44 3302.62 10.65 98.64 424.00 +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.177 0.067 1.60 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 31.56 584.48 3302.62 3.07 28.46 424.00 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 36.0 ft 1 0.177 0.067 1.60 0.860 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 31.56 584.48 3302.62 3.07 28.46 424.00 Overall Maximum Deflections Load Combination Span Max. "-" Defl Location in Span Load Combination Max. "+" Defl Location in Span +D+S+H Vertical Reactions 1 2.1244 18.000 0.0000 0.000 Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Overall MAXimum 13.973 13.795 Overall MINimum 8.280 8.280 +D+H 5.693 5.515 +D+L+H 5.693 5.515 +D+Lr+H 10.661 10.483 +D+S+H 13.973 13.795 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 9.419 9.241 +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 11.903 11.725 +D+0.60W+H 5.693 5.515 +D+0.70E+H 5.693 5.515 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 9.419 9.241 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 11.903 11.725 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 11.903 11.725 +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 3.416 3.309 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 3.416 3.309 D Only 5.693 5.515 Lr Only 4.968 4.968 L Only S Only 8.280 8.280 W Only E Only H Only Load Combination Segment Length +D+H Length = 44.0 ft +D+L+H Length = 44.0 ft +D+Lr+H Length = 44.0 ft +D+S+H Length = 44.0 ft Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Lic..# KW706001782 Description : 6.75x28.5 w/ new CODE REFERENCES ooler panel and RTU-6 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 10:21AM File =O:\19251--1\19253--1\Engrl19253.ec8 pyright EMERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 - - - Licensee JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Software Calculations per NDS 2015, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method : Allowable Stress Design Load Combination ASCE 7-10 Wood Species Wood Grade Fb + Fb - Fc - PrII Fc - Perp Fv Ft Beam Bracing : Beam is Fully Braced against lateral -torsional buckling •fr : DF/DF : 24F - V4 D(0 2) Lr(0 24) S(0 4) 2,400.0 psi 1,850.0 psi 1,650.0 psi 650.0 psi 265.0 psi 1,100.0 psi D(2) E Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx 1 ,800 .0 ksi Eminbend - xx 930,0 ksi Ebend- yy 1,600.0 ksi E minbend - yy 830.0 ksi Density 31.210pcf 6.75x28.5 Span = 44.0 ft Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Uniform Load : D = 0.20, Lr = 0,240, S = 0.40 , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft Uniform Load : D = 0.10 kift, Extent = 0.0 --» 4.0 ft, Tributary Width = 1.0 ft Point Load : D = 2.0 k @ 32.0 ft DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio Section used for this span fb : Actual FB : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection 0.964: 1 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio 6.75x28.5 Section used for this span 2,204.99 psi fv : Actual 2,286.96 psi Fv: Allowable +D+S+H Load Combination 22,803ft Location of maximum on span Span # 1 Span # where maximum occurs 1.448 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = 2.524 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Max Stress Ratios Span # M V Cd 364 >=240 0 <240 209 >=180 0 <180 Design OK 0.362 : 1 6.75x28.5 110.31 psi 304.75 psi +D+S+H 41.752 ft Span # 1 Moment Values C FN C Cr Cm C t CL Mfb Shear Values F'b V fv F'v 0.524 0.204 0.90 0.472 0.184 1.00 0.683 0.259 1.25 0.964 0.362 1.15 0.829 0.829 0.829 0.829 0.829 0.829 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1 00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 71.46 71.46 129.26 167.91 938,49 938.49 1,697,45 2,204.99 0.00 1789.79 0.00 1988.66 0.00 2485.83 0.00 2286.96 0.00 0.00 6.25 48.71 0.00 0.00 6.25 48.71 On 0.00 10.99 85.67 0.00 0.00 14.15 110.31 0.00 238.50 0.00 265.00 0.00 331.25 0.00 304.75 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Lic. #: KW=06001782 Description : 6.75x28.5 w/ new cooler panel and RTU-6 Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Segment Length Span # M V Cd C FN C Cr Cm C t C LM fb F'b V fv F'v Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 10:21AM File = 0119251-1119253-1 \Engr119253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licensee : JOHNSTON --BURKHOLDER- Moment Values Shear Values +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.606 0.231 1.25 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 114.78 1,507.31 2485.83 9.80 76.43 331,25 +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.825 0.311 1.15 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 143.75 1,887.72 2286.96 12.17 94.91 304.75 +D+0.60W+H 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.295 0.115 1.60 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 71.46 938.49 3181.86 6.25 48.71 424.00 +D+0.70E+H 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.295 0.115 1.60 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 71.46 938.49 3181.86 6.25 48.71 424.00 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.474 0.180 1.60 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 114.78 1,507.31 3181.86 9.80 76.43 424.00 +D+0.750L+0,750S+0,450W+H 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.593 0.224 1.60 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 143.75 1,887.72 3181.86 12.17 94.91 424.00 +D+0.750L+0.7505+0.5250E+H 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.593 0.224 1.60 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 143.75 1,887.72 3181.86 12.17 94.91 424.00 +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.177 0.069 1.60 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 42.88 563.10 3181.86 3.75 29.22 424.00 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.177 0.069 1.60 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 42.88 563.10 3181.86 3.75 29.22 424.00 Overall Maximum Deflections Load Combination Span Max. "-" Defl Location in Span Load Combination Max. "+" Defl Location in Span +D+S+H 1 2.5235 22.321 0.0000 0.000 Vertical Reactions Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Overall MAXimum 15.045 15.590 Overall MlNimum 8.800 8.800 +D+H 6.245 6.790 +D+L+H 6.245 6.790 +D+Lr+H 11.525 12.070 +D+S+H 15.045 15.590 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 10.205 10.750 +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 12.845 13.390 +0+0.60W+H 6.245 6.790 +D+0.70E+H 6.245 6.790 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 10.205 10.750 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 12.845 13.390 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 12.845 13.390 +0,60D+0,60W+0.60H 3,747 4.074 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 3.747 4.074 D Only 6.245 6.790 Lr Only 5.280 5.280 L Only S Only 8.800 8.800 W Only E Only H Only Load Combination Segment Length +D+H Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Description : 6.75x31.5 w/ ne CODE REFERENCES cooler panel and CU Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 9:24AM File = 0:\19251--1119253--11Engri19253,ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10,18.11. Licensee:JOHNSTON 13URKHO,LDER. Calculations per NDS 2015, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method Allowable Stress Design Load Combination ASCE 7-10 Wood Species Wood Grade Beam Bracing DF/DF : 24F - V8 Fb + Fb - Fc - PrII Fc - Perp Fv Ft Beam is Fully Braced against lateral -torsional buckling D(5.633) Lr(4, 2) 2 7) D(1,31) D(0.56) D(0 2E30 0 240) S(0 40) 2,400.0 psi 2,400,0 psi 1,650,0 psi 650.0 psi 265.0 psi 1,100.0 psi E : Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx 1 ,800.0 ksi Eminbend - xx 950.0 ksi Ebend- yy 1,600.0 ksi Eminbend - yy 850.0 ksi Density 31.210pcf D(4.4) Lr(5.28) S(8.6) 6.75x31,5 Span .= 10.0 ft Applied Loads Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Loads on all spans... Uniform Load on ALL spans : D = 0.280, Lr = Load for Span Number 1 Point Load : D = 5.633, Lr = 4,320, S = 7.20 Point Load : D = 0.6570 k @ 6,0 ft, (CU) Load for Span Number 2 Point Load: D = 1.310 k @ 4.0 ft Point Load : D = 0.6560 k © 12.0 ft Load for Span Number 3 Point Load: D = 4,40, Lr = 5.280, S = 8.80 k @ 10.0 ft DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio Section used for this span fb : Actual FB : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection 6.7531.5 Span = 54.0 ft .75x31.5 Span = 10.0 ft Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. 0.240, S = 0.40 k/ft k@O.Oft 0.816 1 6.75x31.5 1,809.27 psi 2,218.29 psi +D+S+H 54.000ft Span # 2 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio Section used for this span fv : Actual Fv : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs 0.267 in Ratio = 898 >=240 -0.005 in Ratio = 119559 >=240 1.181 in Ratio = 548 >=180 -0.166 in Ratio = 1442 >=180 Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Max Stress Ratios Span # M V Cd C FN C iCr CM C t CL Moment Values Design OK 0.455 : 6.75x31.5 138.70 psi 304.75 psi +D+S+H 10.00011 Span # 1 Shear Values fb F'b V fv F'v 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 9:24AM File = 0:119251-1119253-1\Engn19253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 # : KW-06001782 Description : Load Combination 6.75x31.5 w/ new cooler panel and CU Max Stress Ratios Segment Length Span # M V Cd C FN C i Cr C m C t C L M fb F'b V fv F'v Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.394 0.298 0.90 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 75.26 809.07 2054.95 10.06 71.00 238,50 . , Length = 54.0 ft 2 0,466 0,298 0.90 0.804 1,00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1,00 75.26 809.07 1736,05 10.06 71.00 238,50 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0,315 0.298 0,90 0,951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 60.30 648.27 2054.95 6.81 71.00 238.50 +D+L+H 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0,00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0,354 0.268 1.00 0.951 1.00 1,00 1.00 1,00 1.00 75.26 809.07 2283.28 10,06 71,00 265.00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.419 0,268 1,00 0.804 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 75.26 809.07 1928.95 10,06 71.00 265.00 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0,284 0,268 1.00 0,951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 60,30 648.27 2283.28 6.81 71.00 265.00 +D+Lr+H 0,951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0,491 0.337 1.25 0,951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 130.46 1,402.47 2854.10 15,82 111.62 331.25 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.582 0,337 1.25 0,804 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 130.46 1,402.47 2411.18 15,82 111.62 331,25 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.471 0.337 1.25 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 125.10 1,344.87 2854.10 13.87 111.62 331.25 +D+S+H 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.685 0,455 1.15 0.951 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1,00 167.26 1,798.06 2625.77 19.66 138.70 304.75 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.816 0,455 1.15 0.804 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 168.30 1,809.27 2218.29 19.66 138.70 304.75 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.689 0.455 1.15 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 168.30 1,809.27 2625.77 18.57 138.70 304.75 +D+0,750Lr+0.750L+H 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.439 0.306 1.25 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 116.66 1,254,12 2854.10 14.38 101.47 331.25 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.520 0.306 1.25 0,804 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 116.66 1,254.12 2411,18 14.38 101.47 331,25 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0,410 0.306 1.25 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 108.90 1,170.72 2854.10 12.10 101.47 331.25 +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 0.951 1,00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.591 0,400 1.15 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 144.26 1,550.82 2625.77 17,26 121,78 304.75 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.699 0.400 1.15 0.804 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 144.26 1,550.82 2218.29 17.26 121,78 304.75 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.579 0.400 1.15 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 141.30 1,519,02 2625.77 15.63 121.78 304.75 +D+0.60W+H 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.221 0.167 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 75.26 809.07 3653.25 10.06 71.00 424.00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.262 0.167 1.60 0.804 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 75.26 809.07 3086.31 10.06 71.00 424.00 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.177 0.167 1.60 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 60,30 648.27 3653.25 6.81 71.00 424,00 +D+0.70E+H 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.221 0.167 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 75.26 809,07 3653.25 10.06 71.00 424.00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.262 0.167 1.60 0.804 1,00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 75.26 809,07 3086.31 10.06 71.00 424.00 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.177 0,167 1.60 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 60.30 648.27 3653.25 6.81 71.00 424.00 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 0.951 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.343 0.239 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 116.66 1,254.12 3653.25 14.38 101.47 424.00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0,406 0.239 1.60 0.804 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 116.66 1,254.12 3086.31 14.38 101.47 424.00 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.320 0.239 1.60 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 108.90 1,170.72 3653.25 12.10 101.47 424.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.425 0.287 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1,00 144.26 1,550,82 3653.25 17.26 121.78 424.00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.502 0.287 1.60 0,804 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 144.26 1,550,82 3086.31 17.26 121.78 424.00 Length 7- 1 0 . 0 f t 3 0,416 0.287 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 141.30 1,519,02 3653.25 15.63 121.78 424.00 +D+0,750L+0.750S+0,5250E+H 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.425 0.287 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 144.26 1,550.82 3653.25 17,26 121.78 424,00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.502 0.287 1.60 0.804 1,00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 144.26 1,550.82 3086.31 17.26 121.78 424,00 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0,416 0.287 1.60 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 141.30 1,519.02 3653.25 15.63 121,78 424.00 +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 0,951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.133 0.100 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 45.16 485.44 3653.25 6.04 42.60 424.00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0,157 0.100 1.60 0.804 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 45.16 485.44 3086.31 6.04 42.60 424.00 Length =- 10.0 ft 3 0.106 0.100 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 36.18 388.96 3653.25 4.09 42.60 424.00 +0.600+0.70E+0.601-i 0,951 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0,133 0.100 1.60 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 45.16 485,44 3653.25 6.04 42.60 424.00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0,157 0,100 1.60 0.804 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 45.16 485.44 3086.31 6,04 42.60 424,00 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.106 0,100 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 36.18 388.96 3653.25 4,09 42.60 424,00 Overall Maximum Deflections Load Combination Span Max. "2 Defl Location in Span Load Combination Max. "+" Defl Location in Span ; Licerisee : JOHNSTON -13URKHOLDER Moment Values Shear Values S Only 1 0.1613 0.000 D Only -0.0869 3.277 +D+S+H 2 1.1806 26.773 0.0000 3.277 S Only 3 0.2669 10.000 0 Only -0.1035 5.126 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 9:24AM Lic. # t KW-06001782 # Description ; 6.75x31.5 w/ new cooler panel and CU Vertical Reactions Load Combination Support notation : Far left is #1 File = 0:119251=-1\19253--1\Engr119253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licensee JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Values in KIPS Support 1 Support 2 Support Support 4 Overall MAXimum Overall MINimum +D+H +D+L+H +D+Lr+H +D+S+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+H +D+0.60W+H +D+0.70E+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H +D+0.750 L+0.7508+0.45 0 W+ H +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H D Only Lr Only L Only S Only W Only E Only H Only 42.059 40.327 21.704 23.896 20.355 16.431 20.355 16.431 33.377 30.769 42.059 40.327 30.122 27.184 36.633 34.353 20.355 16.431 20.355 16.431 30.122 27.184 36.633 34.353 36.633 34.353 12.213 9.859 12.213 9.859 20.355 16.431 13.022 14.338 21.704 23.896 Load Combination Segment Length +D+H Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Software Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 0:06AM File = 0:119251-1\ 1 9253--11EngrI19253.ed ynght ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Description : 6.75x33 wi new cooler panel and RTU-7 CODE REFERENCES Calculations per NDS 2015, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Licensee JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Analysis Method : Allowable Stress Design Load Combination ASCE 7-10 Wood Species Wood Grade Fc - Perp Fv Ft Beam Bracing : Beam is Fully Braced against lateral -torsional buckling : DF/DF : 24F - V8 D(4 97) Lr(4 97) B(3lit87) D(1,31)D(2) D(0.280) Lr(0.240) S(0.40 Fb + 2,400.0 psi Fb - 2,400.0 psi Fc - PrH 1,650.0 psi 650.0 psi 265.0 psi 1,100.0 psi E : Modulus of Elasticity Bend- xx 1,800.0 ksi E minbend - xx 950.0 ksi E bend- yy 1 ,600.0 ksi E minbend yy 850.0 ksi Density 31.210pcf D(5 06) Lr(6 07) S(10 1) ) 6.75x33 ISpan =100 ft 6.75x33 Span = 54.0 ft 6 75x33 Span = 10.0 ft Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Loads on all spans... Uniform Load on ALL spans : D = 0.280, Lr = 0.240, S = 0.40 k/ft Load for Span Number 1 Point Load : D = 4.970, Lr = 4.970, S = 8.280 k @ 0.0 ft Point Load : D = 0.6570 k @ 6.0 ft, (CU) Load for Span Number 2 Point Load : D = 1.310 k @ 4.0 ft Point Load : D = 2.0 k @ 8.0 ft Load for Span Number 3 Point Load : D = 5.060, Lr = 6.070, S = 10.10 k @ 10.0 ft DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio Section used for this span fb : Actual FB : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection 0.834 1 6.75x33 1,841.58 psi 2,207.99 psi +D+S+H 54.000ft Span # 2 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio Section used for this span fv : Actual Fv : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs 0.410 in Ratio = -0.055 in Ratio = 0.902 in Ratio = -0.196 in Ratio = Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Max Stress Ratios Span # M V Cd C FN 584 >=240 11681 >=240 718 >=180 1226 >=180 Moment Values M fb Design OK 0.453 6.75x33 137.94 psi 304.75 psi +D+S+H 54.000 ft Span # 2 Shear Values F'b V fv F'v 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection, Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Lic# ; KW-06001782 Description : 6.75x Load Combination Segment Length Length = 10.0 ft Length = 54.0 ft Length = 10.0 ft +D+L+H Length = 10.0 ft 1 Length = 54.0 ft 2 Length = 10.0 ft 3 +D+Lr+H Length = 10.0 ft 1 Length = 54.0 ft 2 Length = 10.0 ft 3 +D+S+H Length = 10.0 ft 1 Length = 54.0 ft 2 Length = 10.0 ft 3 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H Length = 10.0 ft 1 Length = 54.0 ft 2 Length = 10.0 ft 3 +D+0.750L+0,750S+H Length = 10.0 ft 1 Length = 54.0 ft 2 Length = 10.0 ft 3 +D+0.60W+H Length = 10.0 ft 1 Length = 54.0 ft 2 Length = 10.0 ft 3 +D+0.70E+H Length = 10.0 ft 1 Length = 54.0 ft 2 Length = 10,0 ft 3 +D+0,750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H Length = 10.0 ft 1 Length = 54.0 ft 2 Length = 10.0 ft 3 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H Length = 10.0 ft 1 Length = 54.0 ft 2 Length = 10,0 ft 3 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H Length = 10.0 ft 1 Length = 54.0 ft 2 Length = 10.0 ft 3 +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H Length = 10.0 ft 1 Length = 54.0 ft 2 Length = 10.0 ft 3 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.111 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.132 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.108 w/ new cooler panel and RTU-7 Span # 2 3 Max Stress Ratios M V Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 10:06AM File = 0:19251--1119253--11Engr119253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10,18.11.30 Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Moment Values Shear Values Cd CFA/ Ci Cr Cm C t Ct_ M fb rb V fv F'v 0.329 0.308 0.90 0,947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 68.74 673.32 2045.41 10,92 73.52 238.50 0.390 0.308 0.90 0.800 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 68.74 673.32 1727.99 10.92 73.52 238.50 0.321 0.308 0.90 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 67.01 656.40 2045.41 7.46 73.52 238.50 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.296 0.277 1.00 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 68.74 673.32 2272.68 10.92 73.52 265.00 0.351 0.277 1.00 0.800 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 68.74 673.32 1919.99 10.92 73.52 265.00 0.289 0.277 1.00 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 67.01 656.40 2272.68 7.46 73.52 265.00 0,947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,450 0.336 1.25 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 130.44 1,277.67 2840,85 16,54 111.39 331.25 0,570 0.336 1.25 0.800 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 139.71 1,368.49 2399.99 16,54 111.39 331.25 0.482 0.336 1.25 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 139.71 1,368.49 2840.85 15.28 111.39 331.25 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.643 0.448 1.15 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 171.54 1,680.24 2613,59 20.29 136.65 304.75 0.834 0.453 1.15 0.800 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 188.01 1,841.58 2207.99 20.48 137.94 304.75 0.705 0.453 1.15 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 188.01 1,841.58 2613.59 20.48 137,94 304.75 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.397 0.308 1.25 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 115.02 1,126.58 2840.85 15.14 101.92 331.25 0.496 0,308 1.25 0.800 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 121.54 1,190.46 2399.99 15.14 101.92 331.25 0.419 0.308 1.25 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 121.54 1,190.46 2840,85 13.33 101.92 331.25 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,547 0.397 1.15 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 145.84 1,428,51 2613.59 17.95 120.87 304.75 0.700 0.397 1.15 0.800 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.76 1,545.28 2207.99 17.95 120.87 304.75 0,591 0.397 1.15 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.76 1,545.28 2613,59 17.23 120.87 304.75 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.185 0.173 1.60 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 68.74 673.32 3636.29 10.92 73.52 424,00 0.219 0.173 1.60 0,800 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 68.74 673.32 3071.99 10.92 73.52 424.00 0.181 0.173 1.60 0.947 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 67.01 656.40 3636.29 7.46 73.52 424.00 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0,00 0.185 0.173 1.60 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 68.74 673.32 3636.29 10.92 73,52 424,00 0.219 0.173 1.60 0.800 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 68.74 673.32 3071.99 10.92 73.52 424.00 0.181 0.173 1.60 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 67.01 656.40 3636.29 7.46 73.52 424.00 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.310 0.240 1.60 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 115.02 1,126.58 3636.29 15.14 101.92 424.00 0.388 0.240 1.60 0.800 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 121.54 1,190.46 3071.99 15.14 101.92 424.00 0.327 0.240 1.60 0.947 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 121.54 1,190.46 3636.29 13.33 101.92 424.00 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.393 0.285 1.60 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 145.84 1,428.51 3636.29 17.95 120.87 424.00 0.503 0.285 1.60 0.800 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.76 1,545,28 3071.99 17.95 120.87 424.00 0.425 0.285 1.60 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.76 1,545.28 3636,29 17.23 120,87 424.00 0.947 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 0.00 0.393 0.285 1.60 0,947 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 145.84 1,428.51 3636.29 17,95 120.87 424.00 0.503 0,285 1.60 0.800 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.76 1,545.28 3071.99 17.95 120.87 424.00 0.425 0.285 1.60 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 157.76 1,545.28 3636.29 17.23 120.87 424.00 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.111 0.104 1.60 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 41.25 403.99 3636.29 6.55 44.11 424.00 0,132 0.104 1.60 0.800 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 41.25 403.99 3071.99 6.55 44.11 424.00 0.108 0.104 1.60 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 40.21 393.84 3636.29 4.48 44.11 424.00 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.104 1.60 0.947 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 41.25 403.99 3636.29 6.55 44.11 424.00 0.104 1.60 0.800 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 41.25 403.99 3071.99 6.55 44.11 424,00 0.104 1.60 0.947 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 40.21 393.84 3636.29 4,48 44.11 424.00 Overall Maximum Deflections Load Combination Span Max. "-" Defl Location in Span Load Combination Max. "+" Defl Location in Span S Only +D+S+H S Only 1 2 3 0.3054 0.9019 0.4099 0.000 26.319 10.000 D Only D Only -0.1004 0.0000 -0.0101 5,798 5.798 0.420 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 10:06AM = 0:119251--1119253-1\Engr119253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Description : 6.75x33 w/ new cooler panel and RTU-7 Vertical Reactions Load Combination Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Support 1 Support 2 Support 3 Support 4 Overall MAXimum Overall MlNimum +D+H +D+L+H +D+Lr+H +D+S+H +D+0.750Lr+0,750L+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+H +D+0.60W+H +D+0,70E+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H +D+0.750L+0.7505+0,450W+H +D+0,750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H +0,60D+0.60W+0.60H +0,60D+0.70E+0.60H D Only Lr Only L Only S Only W Only E Only H Only 43.465 42.805 22.743 25.237 20.722 17.568 20.722 17.568 34.368 32.721 43.465 42.805 30.957 28.933 37.779 36.495 20.722 17.568 20.722 17.568 30.957 28.933 37.779 36.495 37.779 36.495 12.433 10.541 12.433 10.541 20.722 17.568 13.646 15.154 22.743 25.237 Load Combination Segment Length +D+H Length = 48.0 ft Length = 8.0 ft +D+L+H Length = 48.0 ft Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: 0 Lic. # : K -06001782 Description : 6.75x28.5 wi new RTU- 0 CODE REFERENCES Printed: 20 ,JUN 2019, 3:11PM File = 0:119251--1119253--11Eng619253.ec6 e pyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licessee : JOHNSTON -BURKHOLDER Calculations per NDS 2015, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method : Allowable Stress Design Load Combination ASCE 7-10 Wood Species : DF/DF Wood Grade : 24F - V8 Fb Fb - Fc- PrII Fc Perp Fv Ft Beam Bracing : Beam is Fully Braced against lateral -torsional buckling Lr(0 24)_B(0 4) 2,400.0 psi 2,400.0 psi 1,650,0 psi 650.0 psi 265.0 psi 1,100.0 psi E : Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx 1,800.0 ksi Eminbend - xx 950.0 ksi Ebend- yy 1,600.0 ksi Eminbend - yy 850.0 ksi Density 31.210pcf D(5.04) Lr(4.32) 5(7.2) _92.2) Lr(0 24) s(P.4) 6.75x28.5 Span = 48.0 ft ) 6.75x28.5 Span = 8.0 ft Applied Loads Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Load for Span Number 1 Uniform Load : D = 0.20, Lr = 0.240, S = 0.40 Point Load : D = 1.50 k @ 38.0 ft Load for Span Number 2 Uniform Load : D = 0.20, Lr = 0.240, S = 0.40 Point Load : D = 5.040, Lr = 4.320, S = 7.20 k DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio Section used for this span fb : Actual FB : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft @ 8.0 ft 0.792 1 6.75x28.5 1,795.18 psi 2,267.15 psi +D+S+H 20.648ft Span # 1 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio Section used for this span fv Actual Fv : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs 1.313 in Ratio = -0.318 in Ratio = 2.196 in Ratio = -0.549 in Ratio = Maximum Forces 84 Stresses for Load Combinations Max Stress Ratios Span # M V Cd C FN C CrC M 438 >=240 604 >=240 262 >=180 348 >=180 C t CL Design OK 0.452 : 1 6.75x28.5 137.85 psi 304.75 psi +D+S+H 45.855 ft Span # 1 nt Values Shear Values 1 0.400 0.244 0.90 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 2 0.297 0,244 0,90 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1 0.360 0.220 1.00 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 54.06 fb V fv F'v 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 54.06 709.95 1774.29 7.47 58.25 238.50 48.05 631.06 2122.46 6.40 58.25 238.50 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 709.95 1971.43 7.47 58.25 265.00 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Lic. # : KW-06001782 - - _ Description : 6.75x28.5 w/ new RTU-10 Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 3:11PM File = 0:119251--1119253--11Engr119253.ec6 Software copydght ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Moment Values Shear Values Segment Length Span 4 M V C d C FN C i C C01 C C t L M fb Ft V fv Pv Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.268 0.220 1.00 0.983 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1,00 48.05 631.06 2358.29 6.40 58.25 265.00 +D+Lr+H 0.983 1,00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1,00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.552 0.320 1.25 0.821 1.00 1,00 1,00 1.00 1.00 103,63 1,360.93 2464.29 13.60 106.01 331.25 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0,402 0.320 1.25 0.983 1,00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1,00 90,29 1,185.77 2947.86 12.07 106.01 331.25 +D+S+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1,00 1,00 1,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.792 0.452 1.15 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 136.70 1,795.18 2267.15 17,68 137.85 304.75 Length It 8.0 ft 2 0.574 0.452 1.15 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 118.45 1,555.57 2712.03 15.85 137.85 304.75 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 0.983 1.00 1,00 1,00 1.00 1,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.486 0.284 1.25 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 91,23 1,198.12 2464.29 12.06 94.07 331.25 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.355 0.284 1,25 0.983 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 79,73 1,047.09 2947.86 10.65 94.07 331,25 +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.672 0.387 1.15 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 116.03 1,523.78 2267.15 15.13 117.95 304.75 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.488 0.387 1.15 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100.85 1,324,44 2712.03 13.49 117.95 304.75 +D+0.60W+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.225 0.137 1.60 0.821 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 54.06 709.95 3154.29 7.47 58.25 424.00 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.167 0.137 1.60 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 48.05 631.06 3773.26 6.40 58.25 424.00 +D+0.70E+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.225 0.137 1.60 0.821 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 54.06 709.95 3154,29 7.47 58.25 424,00 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.167 0.137 1.60 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 48.05 631.06 3773.26 6.40 58.25 424.00 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48,0 ft 1 0.380 0.222 1.60 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 91.23 1,198.12 3154.29 12.06 94.07 424,00 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.278 0.222 1.60 0.983 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 79.73 1,047.09 3773.26 10.65 94.07 424.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.483 0.278 1.60 0,821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 116.03 1,523,78 3154,29 15.13 117.95 424.00 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.351 0.278 1.60 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100.85 1,324.44 3773.26 13.49 117.95 424.00 +D+0.750L+0.7505+0,5250E+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.483 0.278 1.60 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 116.03 1,523.78 3154.29 15.13 117.95 424.00 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.351 0.278 1.60 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 100.85 1,324.44 3773.26 13.49 117.95 424.00 +0.60D+0,60W+0.60H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.135 0.082 1.60 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 32.44 425.97 3154.29 4.48 34.95 424.00 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.100 0.082 1.60 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 28.83 378.64 3773.26 3.84 34.95 424.00 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.135 0.082 1.60 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 32.44 425.97 3154.29 4.48 34.95 424,00 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.100 0.082 1.60 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 28.83 378.64 3773.26 3.84 34.95 424.00 Overall Maximum Deflections Load Combination +0+S+H Span Max. "." Dell Location in Span Load Combination Max. '+" Deft Location in Span Vertical Reactions 1 2,1959 22.525 0.0000 2 0.0000 22.525 +D+S+H -0.5491 Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Load Combination Support 1 Overall MAXimum 13.245 36.430 Overall MINimum 8.133 21,467 +D+H 5.112 14.963 +D+L+H 5.112 14.963 +D+Lr+H 9,992 27.843 +D+S+H 13.245 36.430 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 8.772 24.623 +D+0.750L+0,7505+H 11.212 31.063 +D+0.60W+H 5,112 14.963 +D+0.70E+H 5.112 14.963 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 8.772 24.623 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 11.212 31.063 +D+0.750L+0.7505+0.5250E+H 11.212 31.063 +0.60D+0,60W+0.60H 3.067 8.978 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 3.067 8.978 D Only 5.112 14.963 Lr Only 4,880 12.880 L Only Support 2 Support 3 0.000 8.000 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Lic. # : KVV-06001782 Description : 6.75x28.5 wl new RTU-10 Vertical Reactions Load Combination S Only W Only E Only H Only Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 3:11PM Support notation : Far left is #1 Support 1 Support 2 Support 3 8.133 21.467 File = 0:119251--1119253--1Ingr119253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11,30 1 Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Values in KIPS Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 i Wood Beam Lio, # KVV-06001782 Description : 675x31.5 w/ new RTU-9 CODE REFERENCES Calculations per NDS 2015, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method : Allowable Stress Design Load Combination ASCE 7-10 Wood Species Wood Grade Fc - Perp Fv Ft Beam Bracing : Beam is Fully Braced against lateral -torsional buckling DF/DF : 24F - V8 D(0 23) Lr(0.i2761 S(0.46) Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: rinted: 20 JUN 2019, 3:11PM File = 0:\19251--1119253--11Engr119253,ec6 oftware copyight ENERCALC. INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18,11.30 Licensee JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Fb + 2,400.0 psi Fb 2,400.0 psi Fc - PrIl 1,650.0 psi 650.0 psi 265.0 psi 1,100.0 psi D( .5) E : Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx 1,800.0 ksi Eminbend - xx 950.0 ksi Ebend- yy 1,600.0 ksi Eminbend - yy 850.0 ksi Density 31.210pcf D(5,8) Lr(4,97) S(8.28) 0 0.0 Lr(0.276),S(0146) 7 1 6.75x28.5 Span = 48.0 ft 6.75x28.5 Span =80ft 1 Applied Loads Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Load for Span Number 1 Uniform Load : D = 0.230, Lr = 0.2760, S = 0.460 , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft Point Load: D = 1.50 k @ 38.0 ft Load for Span Number 2 Uniform Load : D = 0.230, Lr = 0.2760, S = 0,460 , Tributary Width = 1.0 ft Point Load : D = 5.80, Lr 4.970, S = 8.280 k @ 8.0 ft DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio Section used for this span fb Actual FB : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection 0.895 1 6.75x28.5 2,029.51 psi 2,267.15 psi +D+S+H 20.648ft Span # 1 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio Section used for this span fv : Actual Fv : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs 1.510 in Ratio = -0.365 in Ratio = 2.473 in Ratio = -0.601 in Ratio = Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Segment Length Span # M V Cd C FN C Cr +D+H Length = 48.0 ft Length = 8.0 ft +D+L+H Length = 48.0 ft 381 >=240 524 >=240 232 >=180 318 >=180 Design OK 0.512 : 1 6.75x28.5 156.05 psi 304.75 psi +D+S+H 45.855 ft Span # 1 omont Values Shear Values 1 0.440 0.270 0.90 0.821 2 0.341 0.270 0.90 0.983 0.983 1 0.396 0.243 1.00 0.821 fb F'b V fv F'v 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 59.48 781.17 1774.29 8.27 64.51 238.50 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 55.09 723.51 2122.46 7.33 64.51 238.50 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 59.48 781.17 1971.43 8.27 64.51 265.00 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Description 6,75x .5 w/ new RTU-9 Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 3:11PM File = 0:119251= 1119253--11Engr119253.ec6 re copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Moment Values Segment Length Span # M V Cd C FN C i Cr CM C t CL M fb F'b Shear Values V fv F`v Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.307 0.243 1.00 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 55,09 723.51 2358.29 7.33 +D+Lr+H 0.983 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.621 0.361 1,25 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 116.51 1,530.03 2464.29 15.32 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.462 0.361 1.25 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 103.69 1,361.63 2947.86 13.85 +D+S+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.895 0.512 1.15 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 154.54 2,029.51 2267.15 20.01 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.659 0.512 1,15 0.983 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 136,05 1,786.70 2712,03 18.20 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.545 0.319 1.25 0.821 1,00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 102,25 1,342.78 2464,29 13.56 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.408 0.319 1.25 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 91.54 1,202.10 2947.86 12.22 +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 0.00 0,00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.758 0.437 1.15 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 130,78 1,717.39 2267,15 17.08 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.561 0.437 1.15 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 115,81 1,520.90 2712.03 15.48 +D+0.60W+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0,00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.248 0.152 1.60 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 59.48 781.17 3154.29 8.27 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.192 0.152 1.60 0.983 1,00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 55.09 723.51 3773.26 7.33 +D+0.70E+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.248 0.152 1.60 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 59.48 781.17 3154.29 8.27 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.192 0.152 1.60 0.983 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 55,09 723.51 3773.26 7.33 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.426 0.249 1,60 0.821 1,00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 102,25 1,342.78 3154.29 13.56 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.319 0.249 1.60 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 91.54 1,202.10 3773.26 12.22 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0,00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.544 0.314 1,60 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 130,78 1,717.39 3154.29 17.08 Length = 6.0 ft 2 0.403 0.314 1.60 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 115.81 1,520.90 3773.26 15,48 +D+0,750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 0.983 1,00 1,00 1.00 1,00 1.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.544 0.314 1.60 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 130.78 1,717.39 3154.29 17.08 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.403 0.314 1.60 0.983 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 115.81 1,520.90 3773.26 15.48 +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.149 0.091 1.60 0.821 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 35.69 468.70 3154,29 4.96 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.115 0,091 1.60 0.983 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 33.06 434.11 3773.26 4.40 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0,00 0.00 Length = 48.0 ft 1 0.149 0.091 1.60 0.821 1,00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 35.69 468.70 3154.29 4.96 Length = 8.0 ft 2 0.115 0.091 1.60 0.983 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 33.06 434.11 3773.26 4.40 Overall Maximum Deflections 64.51 0.00 119.43 119.43 0.00 156.05 156.05 0.00 105.70 105.70 0.00 133.16 133,16 0.00 64.51 64,51 0.00 64.51 64.51 0.00 105.70 105.70 0.00 133.16 133.16 0.00 133.16 133.16 0.00 38.70 38.70 0.00 38.70 38.70 265.00 0.00 331.25 331.25 0.00 304,75 304.75 0.00 331.25 331.25 0,00 304.75 304.75 0.00 424.00 424.00 0.00 424.00 424.00 0.00 424.00 424.00 0,00 424,00 424.00 0,00 424.00 424,00 0.00 424.00 424.00 0.00 424.00 424.00 Load Combination Span Max. "-" Defl Location in Span Load Combination Max. "+" Defl Location in Span +D+S+H Vertical Reactions 1 2.4729 22.525 0.0000 2 0.0000 22.525 +D+S+H-0.6011 Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Load Combination Support 1 Support 2 Support :3 Overall MAXimum 15.039 41.516 Overall MINimum 9.353 24.687 +D+H 5.685 16.830 +D+L+H 5.685 16,830 +D+Lr+H 11.297 31.644 +D+S+H 15.039 41.516 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 9.894 27.940 +0+0.750L+0.750S+H 12.700 35.345 +D+0.60W+H 5.685 16,830 +D+0.70E+H 5.685 16.830 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 9.894 27.940 +D+0.750L+0.7505+0.450W+H 12.700 35.345 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 12.700 35.345 +0.60D+0.60W+0,60H 3.411 10.098 +0.600+0.70E+0.60H 3.411 10.098 D Only 5.685 16.830 Lr Only 5.612 14.814 L Only 0.000 8.000 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection, Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Description : 6.75x31.5 w/ new RTU-9 Vertical Reactions Load Combination S Only W Only E Only H Only Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Support notation : Far left is #1 Support 1 Support 2 Support 3 9.353 24.687 Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 3:11PM File = 0:119251--1119253--11Engr119253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Values in KIPS Title Block Line You can changes this area using the ^So8ingx"menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Project ID: Project Descr: Description : 07501.5w/new Freezer panel and CUs CODE REFERENCES Calculations per NDS2015. |BC2O15. C8C2O1U.ASCE7'1O Load Combination Set �ASCE7'10 Material Properties Analysis Method: Allowable Stress Design Wood Species : DFXDF Beam Bracing : Beam is Fully Braced against lateral -torsional buckling File ^onoswnn253~l\Eogr\1o253.om Licensee: JOHNSTON,- BURKHOLDER o(5.633u(4.32mKDqP7o(I ) o(0.556 Fb+ 2,4000pd Rb 2,400.0psi Fc'Rrll 1.650.0psi Fu'Porp 650.O psi Fv 265.0poi Ft 1, 100,0 psi o��o�� I ' E:Modulus ofBa Ebend-xx Eninbend xx Ebmnd'yy Eminbend'yy Density 0(131) icity 1.8OO.Ukd 950.0ksi 1,60.0 ksi 850.0 ksi 31.21Opd 6.7501-5 Applied Loads 6.7501,5 L} 6.7501.5 Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations, Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Loodnonal|spmnn— UnifomoLnadunALLspan D=U20. b=0240 S=O,4Ok/ft Partial Length Uniform Load D=0.10WM.Extent =37�U748M Load for Span Number 1 Point Load D=5.633.Lr=4.32O.S=720k@O.0h Point Load O=O,O57Ok@68k.(CU) Load for Span Number 2 Point Load D=1.31Uk@4.UM Point Load D=O.O5GOk@12.Oft Point Load D=1.31Ok@52.0h Point Load D=O.6580k@448ft Load for Span Number 3 Point Load D=63U. Lr=5.200. S=88Uk@108h Point Load D=O.657Ok@8.0ft DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio = 0.948 1 Section used for this span 6.75m31.5 fh:Actual = 2.038.80poi F8: Allowable = 2.21O29pn\ Load Combination +D+3+H Location nfmaximum onspan = 54.00ft Span # where maximum occurs = Span #2 Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection Maximum Shear Stress Ratio Section used for this span m: Actual Fv:AUpwwWo Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs 0.287 in nahv= 098'=240 '0.005in Ratio~ 119559^240 0.405 in Ratio~ 582'=180 '0.004 in Ratio~ 67466180 Design OK 0.48$:1 6.7Sx3t5 152.2Opd 304.75psi +D+G+H 54.00M Span #2 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block"' selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam # : KW-06001782 i Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 10:28AM Description : 6.75x31.5 w/ new Freezer panel and CUs Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations File 0:119251--1119253--11Engr119253.ec6 Software copyright EWERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10,18,11.30 t Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER- Load Combination Max Stress Ratios Moment Values Shear Values Segment Length Span # M V Cd C FN 0 Cr C m C t C L Mfb F'b V fv F.Nr +D+H 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0,373 0.247 0.90 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 71.26 766,07 2054.95 8.36 58.96 238.50 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.540 0.290 0.90 0,804 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 87,25 937,89 1736.05 9.82 69.25 238.50 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0,456 0.290 0.90 0,951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 87,25 937.89 2054.95 9.82 69.25 238.50 +D+L+H 0.951 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 0,00 0.00 0,00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.336 0.223 1.00 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 71.26 766,07 2283.28 8.36 58.96 265.00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.486 0.261 1.00 0.804 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 87.25 937.89 1928.95 9.82 69.25 265.00 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.411 0.261 1.00 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 87.25 937.89 2283.28 9.82 69.25 265.00 +D+Lr+H 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.476 0.303 1.25 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 126.46 1,359.47 2854,10 14.20 100.21 331.25 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.678 0.359 1.25 0.804 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 152.05 1,634.49 2411.18 16.87 119.02 331.25 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.573 0.359 1.25 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 152.05 1,634.49 2854.10 16.87 119.02 331.25 +D+S+H 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10,0 ft 1 0.668 0.423 1.15 0,951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 163.26 1,755.06 2625.77 18.27 128.87 304.75 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.946 0.499 1.15 0.804 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1,00 195.25 2,098.89 2218.29 21.57 152.20 304.75 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0,799 0.499 1.15 0,951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 195.25 2,098.89 2625.77 21.57 152,20 304.75 +D+0,750Lr+0.750L+H 0.951 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0,424 0.270 1.25 0,951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 112.66 1,211,12 2854.10 12.68 89.46 331.25 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.606 0.322 1.25 0.804 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 135.85 1,460.34 2411.18 15.11 106.58 331.25 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.512 0.322 1.25 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 135.85 1,460.34 2854.10 15.11 106.58 331.25 +D+0,750L+0.750S+H 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.574 0.364 1.15 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 140.26 1,507.82 2625.77 15.73 110.96 304.75 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.815 0.431 1.15 0.804 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 168.25 1,808.64 2218.29 18.63 131.46 304.75 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.689 0.431 1.15 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 168.25 1,808.64 2625.77 18.63 131.46 304.75 +D+0.60W+H 0,951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.210 0.139 1.60 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 71.26 766.07 3653.25 8.36 58.96 424.00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.304 0.163 1.60 0.804 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 87.25 937.89 3086.31 9.82 69.25 424.00 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.257 0.163 1.60 0,951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 87.25 937,89 3653,25 9.82 69.25 424,00 +D+0.70E+H 0.951 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1,00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.210 0.139 1.60 0.951 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1,00 71.26 766.07 3653.25 8.36 58,96 424,00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.304 0.163 1.60 0.804 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 87.25 937,89 3086.31 9.82 69.25 424,00 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.257 0.163 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 87.25 937.89 3653.25 9.82 69,25 424.00 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.332 0.211 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 112.66 1,211.12 3653.25 12.68 89.46 424.00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.473 0.251 1.60 0.804 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 135.85 1,460,34 3086.31 15.11 106.58 424.00 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.400 0.251 1.60 0.951 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1,00 135.85 1,460.34 3653.25 15.11 106.58 424.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.413 0.262 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 140.26 1,507.82 3653.25 15,73 110.96 424.00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.586 0,310 1.60 0.804 1,00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 168.25 1,808.64 3086.31 18.63 131.46 424.00 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.495 0310 1.60 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 168.25 1,808.64 3653.25 18,63 131.46 424.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10,0 ft 1 0.413 0.262 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 140.26 1,507.82 3653.25 15.73 110.96 424.00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.586 0.310 1,60 0.804 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 168.25 1,808.64 3086.31 18.63 131.46 424.00 Length 10.0 ft 3 0.495 0.310 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 168.25 1,808.64 3653.25 18.63 131.46 424.00 +0.60D+0,60W+0.60H 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.126 0.083 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 42.76 459.64 3653.25 5.01 35.38 424.00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.182 0.098 1.60 0.804 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 52.35 562.74 3086.31 5,89 41.55 424.00 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.154 0.098 1.60 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 52.35 562.74 3653.25 5.89 41.55 424.00 +0,600+0.70E+0.60H 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 10.0 ft 1 0.126 0.083 1.60 0.951 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 42.76 459.64 3653.25 5,01 35.38 424.00 Length = 54.0 ft 2 0.182 0.098 1.60 0.804 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 52.35 562.74 3086.31 5.89 41.55 424.00 Length = 10.0 ft 3 0.154 0.098 1.60 0.951 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 52.35 562.74 3653.25 5.89 41.55 424.00 Overall Maximum Deflections Load Combination Span Max. "2 Defl Location in Span Load Combination Max. "+" Defl Location in Span +D+S+H 1 0.2313 0.000 D Only -0.0034 8.908 +D+S+H 2 0,8555 26.773 S Only -0.0038 53.546 +D+S+H 3 0.4051 10.000 0.0000 53.546 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Lic. # KVV.060017/32 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Description 6.75x31.5 w/ new Freezer panel and CUs Vertical Reactions Load Combination Overall MAXimum Overall MINimum +D+H +D+L+H +D+Lr+H +D+S+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H +D+0,750L+0.750S+H +D+0.60W+H +D+0.70E+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0,450W+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H D Only Lr Only L Only S Only W Only E Only H Only Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 10:28AM Support notation : Far left is #1 File = \19251--1\19253--11Engrt19253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18,11,30 Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Values in KIPS Support 1 Support 2 Support 3 Support 4 39.371 45.618 21.704 23.896 17.667 21.722 17.667 21.722 30.689 36.060 39.371 45.618 27.434 32.475 33.945 39.644 17.667 21.722 17.667 21.722 27.434 32.475 33.945 39.64.4 33.945 39.644 10.600 13.033 10.600 13.033 17.667 21.722 13.022 14.338 21.704 23.896 Load Combination Segment Length Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Lic. # : KW-06001782 1' - Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Description : 6.75x28.5 w/ new Freezer panels CODE REFERENCES Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 3:19PM P ile = 0:\19251--1119253--1\Engr119253.ec6 .� Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 . Licensee JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Calculations per NDS 2015, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Load Combination Set : ASCE 7-10 Material Properties Analysis Method : Allowable Stress Design Load Combination ASCE 7-10 Fb + Fb Fc - Prll Wood Species : DF/DF Fc - Perp Wood Grade : 24F - V4 Fv Ft Beam Bracing : Beam is Fully Braced against lateral -torsional buckling 311 24) Sj0.4j 2,400.0 psi 1,850.0 psi 1,650.0 psi 650.0 psi 265.0 psi 1,100.0 psi E : Modulus of Elasticity Ebend- xx 1,800.0 ksi Eminbend - xx 930.0 ksi Ebend- yy 1,600.0 ksi Eminbend - yy 830.0 ksi Density 31.210pcf Applied Loads Beam self weight calculated and added to loads Uniform Load : D = 0.30, Lr = 0.240, S = 0.40 , DESIGN SUMMARY Maximum Bending Stress Ratio = Section used for this span fb : Actual = FB : Allowable = Load Combination Location of maximum on span = Span # where maximum occurs Maximum Deflection Max Downward Transient Deflection Max Upward Transient Deflection Max Downward Total Deflection Max Upward Total Deflection 6.75x28.5 Span =44.0ft Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Tributary Width =l.OftSEE BELOW FOR LOCATIONS OF NEW MOMENT REINFORCING rU 6.75x28.5 2,357.11 psi 2,286.96psi +D+S+H 22.000ft Span # 1 Maximum Shear Stress Ratio Section used for this span fv : Actual Fv : Allowable Load Combination Location of maximum on span Span # where maximum occurs 1.448 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = 2.684 in Ratio = 0.000 in Ratio = Maximum Forces & Stresses for Load Combinations Max Stress Ratios Span# M V Cd CFN Ci Cr +D+H Length = 44.0 ft +D+L+H Length = 44.0 ft +D+Lr+H Length = 44.0 ft +D+S+H Length = 44.0 ft +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H Length = 44.0 ft +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 364 >=240 0 <240 196>=180 0<180 Design N.G. 0.375 : 1 6.75x28.5 114.23 psi 304.75 psi +D+S+H 41.752 ft Span # 1 Cm Ct CL Moment Values M fb F'b Shear Values V fv F'v 1 0.607 0.221 0.90 0.829 0.829 1 0.546 0.199 1.00 0.829 0.829 1 0.744 0.270 1.25 0.829 0.829 1 1,031 0.375 1.15 0.829 0.829 1 0.667 0.243 1.25 0.829 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 82.69 82.69 140.77 179.49 126.25 1,085.91 1,085.91 1,848.63 2,357.11 1,657.95 0.00 1789.79 0.00 1988.66 0.00 2485.83 0.00 2286.96 0.00 2485.83 0.00 0.00 6.75 0.00 6.75 0.00 11.49 0.00 14.65 0.00 10.30 0.00 0.00 52.62 0.00 52.62 0.00 89.59 0.00 114.23 0.00 80.35 0.00 0.00 238.50 0.00 265.00 0.00 331.25 0.00 304.75 0.00 331.25 0.00 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Bock Line 6 Wood Beam Lic, # : KVV706001782 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 3:19PM Description : 6.7 x28.5 w/ new Peozer panels Load Combination Segment Length Max Stress Ratios Span # M V Cd CFN Ci Cr Cm C t CL File = 0: \19251-1\19253--1 Engr119253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 , Licensee JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDEB Moment Values Shear Values V 6/ F'v Length = 44.0 ft 1 0,892 0.324 1.15 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 155.29 2,039,31 2286.96 12.67 98.83 304.75 +D+0.60W+H 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.341 0.124 1.60 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 82.69 1,085.91 3181.86 6.75 52.62 424.00 +D+0,70E+H 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.341 0.124 1.60 0.829 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 82.69 1,085.91 3181.86 6.75 52.62 424.00 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.521 0.189 1.60 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 126.25 1,657.95 3181.86 10.30 80.35 424.00 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.641 0.233 1.60 0.829 1,00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 155.29 2,039,31 3181.86 12.67 98.83 424.00 +D+0,750L+0,7505+0,5250E+H 0.829 100 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.641 0.233 1.60 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 155.29 2,039,31 3181.86 12.67 98,83 424.00 +0,60D+0.60W+0.60H 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0,00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.205 0.074 1.60 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 49.61 651.54 3181.86 4.05 31.57 424.00 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 0.829 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 Length = 44.0 ft 1 0.205 0.074 1.60 0.829 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 49.61 651.54 3181.86 4.05 31.57 424.00 Overall Maximum Deflections Load Combination Span Max. "2 Defl Location in Span Load Combination Max. "+" Defl Location in Span +D+S+H Vertical Reactions Load Combination 1 2.6842 22.161 0.0000 0.000 Support notation : Far left is #1 Values in KIPS Support 1 Support 2 Overall MAXimum 16.317 16.317 Overall MINimum 8.800 8.800 +D+H 7.517 7.517 +D+L+H 7.517 7.517 +D+Lr+H 12.797 12.797 +D+S+H 16.317 16.317 +D+0,750Lr+0.750L+H 11.477 11.477 +D+0,750L+0.750S+H 14.117 14.117 +D+0.60W+H 7.517 7.517 +D+0.70E+H 7.517 7.517 +D+0,750Lr+0.750L+0.450VV+H 11.477 11.477 +D+0,750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 14.117 14.117 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 14.117 14.117 +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 4,510 4.510 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 4.510 4.510 D Only 7.517 7.517 Lr Only 5,280 5.280 L Only S Only 8,800 8.800 W Only E Only H Only Summary of Values per Beam Span Beam Span Moments & Shears at Incremental Locations Load Type/ Combination Span Location (ft) Span ID Shear (k) Moment (ft-k) +D+H 0,00 Span 1 7.517 0.000 +D+H 1.12 Span 1 7.133 +D+H 2.25 Span 18234 6.749 '16,037 +D+H 3.37 Span 1 6.365 23.407 +D+H 4.50 Span 1 5.981 30.346 +D+H 5.62 Span 1 5.597 36.853 +D+H 6.74 Span 1 5.213 42.929 +D+H 7.87 Span 1 4.829 48.573 +D+H 8.99 Span 1 4.445 53.784 Title Block Line You Gan changes thisoma using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection, Title Block Line 6 Wood Beam Project Title: Project Descr: Description : 6,75x28.5 w/ new Freezer panels Beam Span Moments & Shears atIncremental Locations LnadType Combination +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H +D+Lr+H Span Location (ft) 21�3O 22/48 23.61 24.73 25.85 28.08 28.10 2023 30.35 81/47 32.60 33.72 34.85 35.97 37�U9 W22 39.34 40.47 41.59 42.72 43.84 +D+S+H UO +D+S+H 1A2 +D+S+H 225 +D+S+H 3.37 +D+S+H 4.50 +D+S+H 5.62 +D+S+H 0.74 +D+S+H 7.87 +D+S+H 8,00 +D+S+H 10.12 +D+S+H 11.24 +D+S+H 12.38 +D+S+H 1349 +D+S+H 14.61 +D+S+H 15.74 +D+S+H 10.88 +D+S+H 17.99 +D+S+H 1911 +D+S+H 20,23 +D+S+H 21.36 +D+S+H 22.48 +D+S+H 23.61 +D+S+H 24.73 +D+S+H 25�85 File~o:�1o251~mmo3--Engr\1ms3.*c6 ' - JOHNSTON - BUmmHOLDEft.� Span ID Shear (k) Moment (ft-k) Span 0.374 140.650 Span '0.280 140,703 Span '0.834 140,820 Span '1.588 138.803 Span -2242 136.450 Span -2886 133,562 Span '3.550 129.840 Span 4203 125.582 Span 4,857 120490 Span -5.511 114.682 Span -6165 108.009 Span -8]819 100.802 Span '7.473 92.769 Span -8127 84.002 Span '8781 74A89 Span '9.434 64261 Span -.1U88 53.288 Span -10.742 41.581 Span '11.398 29138 Span -12,050 15.960 Span '12.704 2.048 Span 16.317 0.000 Span 15.484 17.873 Span 14.650 34.810 Span 13.818 50.809 Span 12.982 65.871 Span 12.149 79.995 Span 11.315 93.183 Span 10.481 105.433 Span 8.647 116.747 Span 8.814 127.122 Span 7.980 136,581 Span 7.146 145,083 Span 0.313 152.627 Span 5479 159.255 Span 4�645 164,945 Span 1811 Span 2g8 Span 2144 Span 1,310 Span 0,476 Span '0.357 Span '1181 Span -2,025 Span '2.859 loy.by/ 173.513 176,392 178.333 179.337 179.404 178�584 176.726 173982 REINFORCE FOR ADDITIONAL MOMENT IN GIRDER AT THIS LOCATION Title Block Line You can changes this area using the ^SmUngs"menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 8 Wood Beam Project Title: Project ID: Project Descr: omwarecopyright sws*oxLC.INC. 1om-208,oum:1u1u1/3m, Description : 6.75x28.5 w/ new Freezer panels Beam Span Moments & Shears odIncremental Locations Load Type/ Combination +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+S+H +D+0750Ln0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0.750L+H +D+0J50Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +U+075OLr+8J50L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0J50Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr0750L+H +D+0.750Lr+0T50L+H +D+0750L,+0750L+H +D+0J50Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0.750Lr+0J50L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0J50Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+8750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0J50L+H +D+0750Lr+0J50L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H +O+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H +D+0750Lr+0750L+H REINFORCE FOR ADDITIONAL MOMENT IKjGIRDER AT THIS LOCATION Span Location (f0 Span ID 26.98 28]O 2023 30.35 31.47 32.60 3372 34.85 35.97 37.09 38.22 39.34 40.47 41.59 42.72 43.84 0.00 112 225 3.37 4.50 5.62 8.74 7.87 8.99 10.12 11.24 12.36 13.49 14.61 15.74 16.86 17.90 1&11 20.23 2136 2248 23.61 24.73 25.85 26.98 28]O 29.23 30.35 31.47 Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Span Shear 0d -3.GS2 -4.520 '5.36U '6.1Q3 -7.U27 '7.8G1 -8.8A5 'O.5%8 '1O.382 '111Q8 '12.O3O -12.883 '13.007 '�4.531 '1[i384 '1S1Q8 �1477 �0.891 10.304 9.718 9.132 8.545 7.959 7.372 8.780 6.199 5.613 5027 4.440 3.854 3.267 2.681 2.094 1.508 0.922 0,335 -O.251 -O.838 -1.424 -2.011 �.597 -3183 �.770 4.35O 4.Q43 105.681 160.125 153.031 146.201 137.833 128.528 118.288 107.107 94.990 81.937 67.946 53.018 37.153 20.350 2.611 0.00 12.572 24.485 35.738 46.332 50207 05.543 74.160 82.117 89,416 {6.055 102.035 107.355 112.017 116.019 119.362 122.046 124.071 125430 126142 126.190 125.577 124.306 122.370 119.786 116,537 112.629 108.062 102.835 Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Steel Column Lic. # : KWr06001782 Description : Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 11:06AM Existing stl col (max new loads) Code References File = 0:119251--1119253--11EngrI19253.ec6 oftware copyrightENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build10.18.11.30 Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Calculations per AISC 360-10, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Load Combinations Used : ASCE 7-10 General Information Steel Section Name : Analysis Method : Steel Stress Grade Fy : Steel Yield E : Elastic Bending Modulus Applied Loads Pipe6 Std Allowable Strength 36.0 ksi 29,000.0 ksi Overall Column Height 25.380 ft Top & Bottom Fixity Top & Bottom Pinned Brace condition for deflection (buckling) along columns : X-X (width) axis : Unbraced Length for X-X Axis buckling = 25.380 ft, K = 1.0 Y-Y (depth) axis : Unbraced Length for Y-Y Axis buckling = 25.380 ft, K = 1.0 Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Column self weight included :484.349 lbs * Dead Load Factor AXIAL LOADS ... Axial Load at 25.380 ft, D = 18.70, LR = 12.960, S = 21.60 k DESIGN SUMMARY Bending & Shear Check Results PASS Max. Axial+Bending Stress Ratio = Load Combination Location of max.above base At maximum location values are ... Pa : Axial Pn / Omega : Allowable Ma-x : Applied Mn-x / Omega : Allowable Ma-y : Applied Mn-y / Omega : Allowable PASS Maximum Shear Stress Ratio = Load Combination Location of max.above base At maximum location values are. Va : Applied Vn / Omega : Allowable Load Combination Results 0.9524 : 1 +D+S+H 0.0 ft 40.784 k 42.822 k 0.0 k-ft 19.042 k-ft 0.0 k-ft 19.042 k-ft 0.0 : 1 0.0 ft 0.0 k 0.0 k Maximum Load Reactions .. Top along X-X Bottom along X-X Top along Y-Y Bottom along Y-Y Maximum Load Deflections ... Along Y-Y 0.0 in for load combination : Along X-X 0.0 in for load combination : 0.0 k 0.0 k 0.0 k 0.0 k at 0.0 ft above base at 0.0ft above base Maximum Axial + Bending Stress Ratios Load Combination Stress Ratio Status Location +D+H +D+L+H +D+Lr+H +D+S+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H +D+0,750L+0,750S+H +D+0.60W+H +D+0,70E+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H +D+0.750L+0.7505+0.450W+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H +0,60D+0.70E+0.60H Maximum Reactions Load Combination +D+H +D+L+H 0.448 0.448 0.751 0.952 0.675 0.826 0.448 0.448 0.675 0.826 0.826 0.269 0.269 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Axial Reaction @ Base 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0,00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft Cbx Cby KxLx/Rx KyLy/Ry 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1,00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 135.36 Maximum Shear Ratios Stress Ratio Status Location 0.00 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Note: Only non -zero reactions are listed. X-X Axis Reaction @ Base @ Top k Y-Y Axis Reaction Mx - End Moments k-ft My - End Moments 19.184 19.184 @ Base @ Top @ Base @ Top @ Base @ Top Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Panting & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Steel Column Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 11:06AM File = 0:119251-1119253--11Engr119253.ec6 ott are copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10,18.11,30 Lic. # KW-06001782 ' 1. -i Licensee ; JOHNSTON BURKHOLDER Description : Existing stl col (max new loads) Maximum Reactions Load Combination Note: Only non -zero reactions are listed. Axial Reaction X-X Axis Reaction k Y-Y Axis Reaction Mx - End Moments k-ft My - End Moments @ Base @ Base @ Top @ Base @ Top @ Base @ Top @ Base @ Top +D+Lr+H +D+S+H +0+0.750Lr+0.750L+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+H +D+0.60W+H +D+0.70E+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H D Only Lr Only L Only S Only W Only E Only H Only Extreme Reactions Item Extreme Value 32.144 40.784 28,904 35.384 19.184 19.184 28.904 35,384 35.384 11.511 11.511 19.184 12.960 21.600 I Reaction @ Base X-X Axis Reaction k Y-Y Axis Reaction @ Base @ Top @ Base @ Top Mx - End Moments k-ft My - End Moments @ Base @ Top @ Base @ Top Axial @ Base Maximum Minimum Reaction, X-X Axis Base Maximum Minimum Reaction, Y-Y Axis Base Maximum Minimum Reaction, X-X Axis Top Maximum Minimum Reaction, Y-Y Axis Top Maximum Minimum Moment, X-X Axis Base Maximum Minimum Moment, Y-Y Axis Base Maximum Minimum Moment, X-X Axis Top Maximum Minimum Moment, Y-Y Axis Top Maximum Minimum 40.784 19.184 19.184 19.184 19.184 19.184 19.184 19.184 19.184 19.184 19.184 19.184 19.184 19.184 19.184 19.184 19.184 Maximum Deflections for Load Combinations Load Combination Max, X-X Deflection Distance Max, Y-Y Deflection Distance +D+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+L+H 0.0000 in 0,000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+Lr+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+S+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 f. +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+0.60W+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+0.70E+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 1 +D+0.750L+0.7508+0.5250E+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft D Only 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft Lr Only 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft L Only 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Steel Column Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Lic. # : KW-060017 2 Description : Existing stl col (max new loads Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 11:06AM File = 0119251-1119253-11Eng619253.ec6 Software pyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Maximum Deflections for Load Combinations Load Combination Max. X-X Deflection Distance Max. Y-Y Deflection Distance 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft 0.0000 in 0,000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft S Only W Only E Only H Only Steel Section Properties : Pipe6 Std Depth = 6.625 in I xx S xx Diameter = 6.625 in R xx Wall Thick = 0.280 in Zx Area = 5.220 inA2 I yy Weight = 19.084 plf S yy R yy Yc,g = 0.000 in Sketches 26.50 inA4 7.99 103 2.250 in 10.600 in^3 26.500 inA4 7.990 inA3 2.250 in 52.900 inA4 +y • Load 1 • 4 6.63in +X Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Steel Column Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Description : Existing stl col (max new loads) - Larger trib Code References Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 11:07AM File = \19251--1119253--11Engh19253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licen-see : JOHNSTON - BLJRKHOLDER Calculations per AISC 360-10, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Load Combinations Used : ASCE 7-10 _ General Information Steel Section Name : Analysis Method : Steel Stress Grade Fy ; Steel Yield E : Elastic Bending Modulus Applied Loads Pipe6 Std Allowable Strength 36.0 ksi 29,000.0 ksi Overall Column Height 24.67 ft Top & Bottom Fixity Top & Bottom Pinned Brace condition for deflection (buckling) along columns : X-X (width) axis : Unbraced Length for X-X Axis buckling = 24.67 ft, K = 1.0 Y-Y (depth) axis : Unbraced Length for Y-Y Axis buckling = 24.67 ft, K = 1.0 Service loads entered. Load Factors will be applied for calculations. Column self weight included : 470.799 Ibs * Dead Load Factor AXIAL LOADS ... Axial Load at 24,670 ft, D = 20.720, LR = 13.650, S = 22,740 k DESIGN SUMMARY Bending & Shear Check Results PASS Max. Axial+Bending Stress Ratio = Load Combination Location of max.above base At maximum location values are . Pa : Axial Pn / Omega : Allowable Ma-x : Applied Mn-x / Omega : Allowable Ma-y : Applied Mn-y / Omega : Allowable PASS Maximum Shear Stress Ratio = Load Combination Location of max.above base At maximum location values are Va : Applied Vn / Omega : Allowable Load Combination Results 0.9712 :1 +D+S+H 0.0 ft 43.931 k 45.233 k 0.0 k-ft 19.042 k-ft 0.0 k-ft 19.042 k-ft 0.0 :1 0.0 ft 0.0 k 0.0 k Maximum Axial + Bending Stress Ratios Load Combination Stress Ratio Status Location Maximum Load Reactions .. Top along X-X Bottom along X-X Top along Y-Y Bottom along Y-Y Maximum Load Deflections ... Along Y-Y 0.0 in for load combination : Along X-X 0.0 in for load combination : 0.0 k 0.0 k 0.0 k 0.0 k at 0.0 ft above base at 0.0 ft above base Maximum Shear Ratios Cbx Cby KxLx/Rx KyLy/Ry Stress Ratio Status Location +D+H +D+L+H +D+Lr+H +D+S+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+H +D+0.60W+H +D+0.70E+H +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0,450W+H +D+0,750L+0.7505+0.450W+H +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H Maximum Reactions Load Combination 0.468 0.468 0.770 0.971 0.695 0.846 0.468 0.468 0.695 0.846 0.846 0.281 0.281 +D+H +D+L+H PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS Axial Reaction @ Base 21.191 21.191 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0,00 ft 0.00ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 X-X Axis Reaction @ Base @ Top 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 131.57 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS PASS 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 ft Note: Only non -zero reactions are listed. k Y-Y Axis Reaction @ Base @ Top Mx - End Moments k-ft My - End Moments @ Base @ Top @ Base @ Top Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection, Title Block Line 6 Steel Column Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Description : Existing stl col (max new loads) - Larger trib Maximum Reactions Load Combination Axial Reaction @ Base Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 11:07AM File = 0:119251-1119253--11Engn19253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Note: Only non -zero reactions are listed. X-X Axis Reaction k Y-Y Axis Reaction @ Base @ Top @ Base @ Top Mx - End Moments k-ft My - End Moments @ Base @ Top @ Base @ Top +D+Lr+H 34.841 +D+S+H 43.931 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+H 31.428 +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 38.246 +D+0.60W+H 21.191 +0+0.70E+H 21.191 +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 31.428 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 38.246 +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 38.246 +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 12.714 +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 12.714 D Only 21.191 Lr Only 13.650 L Only S Only 22.740 W Only E Only H Only Extreme Reactions Item Axial Reaction X-X Axis Reaction k Y-Y Axis Reaction Mx - End Moments k-ft My - End Moments Extreme Value @ Base @ Base @ Top @ Base @ Top @ Base @ Top @ Base @ Top Axial @ Base Maximum 43.931 Minimum Reaction, X-X Axis Base Maximum 21.191 Minimum 21.191 Reaction, Y-Y Axis Base Maximum 21.191 Minimum 21.191 Reaction, X-X Axis Top Maximum 21.191 Minimum 21.191 Reaction, Y-Y Axis Top Maximum 21.191 Minimum 21.191 Moment, X-X Axis Base Maximum 21.191 Minimum 21.191 Moment, Y-Y Axis Base Maximum 21.191 Minimum 21.191 Moment, X-X Axis Top Maximum 21.191 Minimum 21.191 Moment, Y-Y Axis Top Maximum 21.191 Minimum 21.191 Maximum Deflections for Load Combinations Load Combination Max. X-X Deflection Distance Max. Y-Y Deflection Distance +D+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+L+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 fi +D+Lr+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+S+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+0.750Lr+0,750L+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+0.750L+0.750S+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 fi +D+0.60W+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+0.70E+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+0.750Lr+0.750L+0.450W+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 fi +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.450W+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +D+0.750L+0.750S+0.5250E+H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +0.60D+0.60W+0.60H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft +0.60D+0.70E+0.60H 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft D Only 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft Lr Only 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft L Only 0.0000 in 0.000 ft 0.000 in 0.000 ft Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Steel Column Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 20 JUN 2019, 11:07AM File= 0:119251--1119253--1tEngr119253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, BeiId.10.18.11.30 Lie. #:„. KW-06001782 - - _- Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Description : Existing stl col (max new loads - Larger trib Maximum Deflections for Load Combinations Load Combination Max. X-X Deflection Distance S Only W Only E Only H Only Max. Y-Y Deflection Distance 0.0000 in 0.0000 in 0.0000 in 0.0000 in Steel Section Properties : Pipe6 Std 0.000 ft 0,000 ft 0.000 ft 0.000 ft Depth = 6.625 in I xx = 26.50 inA4 S xx = 7.99 inA3 Diameter = 6.625 in R xx = 2.250 in Wall Thick = 0.280 in Zx = 10.600 inA3 Area = 5.220 inA2 I yy = 26.500 inA4 Weight = 19,084 plf S yy = 7.990 inA3 R yy = 2.250 in Ycg Sketches 0.000 in 0,000 in 0.000 in 0.000 in 0.000 in 0.000 0,000 0.000 0.000 52.900 inA4 +y • Load 1'. 6.63in +X Pit% Slut. Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 19 JUN 2019, 4:16PM Cantilevered Retaining Wall Description : Ramp retaining wall - high Criteria Retained Height Wall height above soil Slope Behind Wall Height of Soil over Toe Water height over heel 4.00 ft 0.00 ft 0.00 : 1 12.00 in 0.0 ft Vertical component of active Lateral soil pressure options: NOT USED for Soil Pressure. NOT USED for Sliding Resistance. NOT USED for Overturning Resistance. Surcharge Loads Soil Data Allow Soil Bearing = 3,000.0 psf Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Heel Active Pressure Toe Active Pressure Passive Pressure Soil Density, Heel = 45.0 psf/ft = 30.0 psf/ft = 389.0 psf/ft = 110.00 pcf Soil Density, Toe = 110.00 pcf Friction Coeff btwn Ftg & Soil = 0.300 Soil height to ignore for passive pressure = 12.00 in Lateral Load Applied to Stem Surcharge Over Heel = 0.0 psf Used To Resist Sliding & Overturning Surcharge Over Toe = 0.0 psf Used for Sliding & Overturning Axial Load Applied to Stem Axial Dead Load Axial Live Load Axial Load Eccentricity = 0.0 lbs 0.0 lbs 0.0 in Design Summary Wall Stability Ratios Overturning = 2.72 OK Sliding = 2.19 OK Slab Resists Al! Sliding! Total Bearing Load = 1,334 Ibs ...resultant ecc. = 6.10 in Soil Pressure Soil Pressure Toe Heel • 668 psf OK 61 psf OK Allowable = 3,000 psf Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable ACI Factored @ Toe ACI Factored @ Heel Footing Shear @ Toe Footing Shear @ Heel Allowable • 802 psf 73 psf • 2.6 psi OK • 3,3 psi OK • 82.2 psi Sliding Calcs Slab Resists All Sliding ! Lateral Sliding Force = 544.2 lbs less 100% Passive Force = - 790.2 Ibs less 100% Friction Force = - 400.0 Ibs Added Force Req'd = 0.0 lbs OK ....for 1.5 : 1 Stability = 0.0 Ibs OK Load Factors Dead Load 1.200 Live Load 1.600 Earth, H 1.600 Wind, W 1.600 Seismic, E 1.000 Lateral Load = 0.0 plf ...Height to Top = 0.00 ft ...Height to Bottom = 0.00 ft Wind on Exposed Stem = 20,0 psf File = 0:119251-1119253-11Engr119253.ec6 Software copyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Calculations per ACI 318-14, ACI 530-11, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Stem Construction Top Stem Design Height Above Ftg ft = Wall Material Above "Ht" = Thickness in = Rebar Size Rebar Spacing in = Rebar Placed at Design Data fb/FB + fa/Fa Total Force @ Section Moment....Actual Moment Allowable Shear Actual Shear Allowable Wall Weight Rebar Depth 'd' Lap splice if above Lap splice if below Hook embed into footing Concrete Data fc Fy Adjacent Footing Load Adjacent Faring Load Footing Width Eccentricity Wall to Ftg CL Dist Footing Type Base Above/Below Soil at Back of Wall Poisson's Ratio Stem OK 3.00 Concrete 8.00 # 4 18.00 Edge lbs = ft-I = ft-I = psi = psi = psf = in = in = in = in = 0.003 36.0 12.0 3,632.0 0.5 67.1 100.0 6.25 20.93 7,67 7.67 • 0.0 Ibs • 0.00 ft • 0.00 in • 0.00 ft Line Load • 0.0 ft • 0.300 psi = 2,000.0 psi = Item Heel Active Pressure Surcharge over Heel Toe Active Pressure Surcharge Over Toe Adjacent Footing Load Added Lateral Load Load @ Stem Above Soil Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Cantilevered Retaining Wall Description : Ramp retaining wall - high Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 19 JUN 2019, 4:16PM File = 0:119251 -1\19253--11Engr119253.ec6 ENERCALC, INC.1983-2018, Build:10.18.11.30 Licensee ;- JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Footing Dimensions & Strengths Toe Width Heel Width Total Footing Width Footing Thickness Key Width Key Depth Key Distance from Toe 2.33 ft 1.33 • 3.66 • 15.00 in • 0.00 in • 0.00 in • 0.00 ft fc = 3,000 psi Fy = 60,000 psi Footing Concrete Density = 150.00 pcf Min. As % = 0.0018 Cover @ Top 2.00 @ Btm.= 3.00 in Footing Design Results Toe Heel Factored Pressure = 802 73 psf Mu' : Upward = 0 0 ft-lb Mu' : Downward = 0 0 ft-lb Mu: Design = 12 12 ft-lb Actual 1-Way Shear = 2,63 3.33 psi Allow 1-Way Shear = 82.16 82.16 psi Toe Reinforcing = # 7 © 16.00 in Heel Reinforcing = # 6 @ 16.00 in Key Reinforcing = None Spec'd Other Acceptable Sizes & Spacings Toe: Not req'd, Mu < S " Fr Heel: Not req'd, Mu < S ' Fr Key: No key defined Summary of Overturning & Resisting Forces & Moments OVERTURNING Force Distance Moment Ibs ft ft-lb 620.2 1.75 -75.9 0.75 Total ResistinglOvertuming Ratio Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure = 5.25 RESISTING Force Distance Moment Ibs ft ft-lb 1,085.3 Soil Over Heel = 291.9 3.33 Sloped Soil Over Heel = -57.0 Surcharge Over Heel = Adjacent Footing Load = Axial Dead Load on Stem = * Axial Live Load on Stem = Soil Over Toe Surcharge Over Toe = Stem Weight(s) _ Earth @ Stem Transitions = 544.2 O.T.M. = 1,028.3 = 2.72 1,334.4 Ibs Footing Weight = Key Weight Vert. Component 256.3 100.0 686.3 971.4 1.17 298.6 2.66 266.3 1.83 1,255.8 Total = 1,334.4 Ibs R.M. = 2,792.2 Axial live load NOT included in total displayed, or used for overturning resistance, but Is included for soil pressure calculation. Title Block Line 1 You can changes this area using the "Settings" menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection. Title Block Line 6 Project Title: Engineer: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 19 JUN 2019, 4:12PM Cantilevered Retaining Wall Description : Criteria Ramp retaining wall - Low Retained Height = 2.50 ft Wail height above soil = 0.00 ft Slope Behind Wall = 0.00 : 1 Height of Soil over Toe • 12.00 in Water height over heel = 0.0 ft Vertical component of active Lateral soil pressure options: NOT USED for Soil Pressure. NOT USED for Sliding Resistance. NOT USED for Overturning Resistance. Surcharge Loads Surcharge Over Heel 7 0.0 psf Used To Resist Sliding & Overturning Surcharge Over Toe = 0.0 psf Used for Sliding & Overturning Axial Load Applied to Stem Axial Dead Load • 0.0 lbs Axial Live Load 0.0 lbs Axial Load Eccentricity • 0.0 in Design Summary Wall Stability Ratios Overturning = 2.74 OK Sliding = 4.26 OK Slab Resists All Sliding! Total Bearing Load = 780 lbs ...resultant ecc. = 3.91 in Soil Pressure @ Toe = 686 psf OK Soil Pressure @ Heel = 34 psf OK Allowable = 3,000 psf Soil Pressure Less Than Allowable ACI Factored © Toe = 824 psf ACI Factored @ Heel = 41 psf Footing Shear @ Toe Footing Shear @ Heel Allowable Sliding Calcs Slab Resi Lateral Sliding Force less 100% Passive Force less 100% Friction Force Added Force Req'd .,..for 1.5 : 1 Stability Load Factors Dead Load Live Load Earth, H Wind, W Seismic, E • 0.0 psi • 2.5 psi • 82,2 psi s All Sliding = 240.5 lbs = - 790.2 lbs = - 238,9 Ibs OK OK Wall Weight Rebar Depth 'd' Lap splice if above Lap splice if below Hook embed into footin Concrete Data Soil Data Allow Soil Bearing = 3,000.0 psf Equivalent Fluid Pressure Method Heel Active Pressure Toe Active Pressure Passive Pressure Soil Density, Heel Soil Density, Toe Friction Coeff btwn Ftg & Soil = Soil height to ignore for passive pressure = 12.00 in ,Lateral Load Applied to Stem Lateral Load ...Height to Top „,Height to Bottom = 0.0 plf 0.00 ft 0.00 ft Wind on Exposed Stem = 20.0 psf Stem Construction Design Height Above Ftg Wall Material Above "Ht" Thickness Rebar Size Rebar Spacing Rebar Placed at Design Data 0.0 lbs OK 0.0 lbs OK 1.200 1.600 1,600 1.600 1.000 fbIFB + fa/Fa Total Force @ Section Moment....Actual Moment.....Allowable Shear.....Actual Shear.....Allowable fc Fy 45.0 psf/ft 30.0 psf/ft 389.0 psf/ft 110.00 pcf 110.00 pcf 0.300 Fie . 0M9251-1119253--1lEngr119253.ec6 Softwarecopyright ENERCALC, INC. 1983-2 ild:10.1 . Licensee : JOHNSTON - BURKHOLDER Calculations per ACI 318-14, ACI 530.11, IBC 2015, CBC 2016, ASCE 7-10 Top Stem Adjacent Footing Load Adjacent Footing Load Footing Width Eccentricity Wall to Ftg CL Dist Footing Type Base Above/Below Soil at Back of Wall Poisson's Rabo w -1 0.0 Ibs • 0.00 ft • 0.00 in 0,00 ft Line Load • 0.0 ft • 0.300 Stem OK ft = 1.50 = Concrete in = 8,00 • # 4 in = 18.00 • Edge 0.003 lbs = 36.0 ft-I = 12.0 ft-I = 3,632.0 psi = 0.5 psi = 67.1 psf = 100.0 in = 6.25 in = 20.93 in = 7.67 in = 7.67 psi = 2,000,0 psi = Title Block Line You can changes this area using the ^SettinQo^menu item and then using the "Printing & Title Block" selection, Title Block Line 6 Cantilevered Retaining Wall Project Title: Project ID: Project Descr: Printed: 19Jow2019, 4:12pm -- zile^Vo92o1'-1n92o3--ievgAI92�3aw Description : Ramp retaining wall - Low , Footing Dimensions & Strengths Toe Width Heel Width Total Footing Width Footing Thickness Key Width Key Depth Key Distance from Toe fc = 3.0U0Pu Footing Concrete Min. Ao% Cover @Top 2.00 = U83h 1.33 Fy= 60,000[si = 1%lNpcf = 0.0018 _ | Footing Design Results Toe Heel Factored Pressure = 824 41psf Mu': Upward = O UM -lb Mu': Downward = U OA-lb Mu: Design = 12 12#'|b Actual 1-Way Shear = 0.00 Z45psi Allow 1'WbyShear = 8210 8216pni Toe Reinforcing =#7@16.0Oin Heel Reinforcing =#G@ 16.00|n Key Reinforcing = NunaSpon'd Other Acceptable Sizes &Spacings Toe: Not mq'd.Mu<S`Fr Heel: Not mq'd.Mu<S^R Key: No key defined Summary of Overturning Heel Active Pressure Surcharge over Heel Toe Active Pressure Surcharge Over Toe Adjacent Footing Load Added Lateral Load Load @ Stem Above Soil Resisting Forces &Moments —.VVsu7uww|wG—' Force Distance Moment |bn # fAh TotalResisting/Overturning Ratio Vertical Loads used for Soil Pressure = = 316.4 1.25 395.5 �5.9 075 -50 375 = %J4 7798 |bs Soil Over Heel Sloped Soil Over Heel Surcharge Over Heel Adjacent Footing Load Axial Dead Load unStem °Axial Live Load onStem Soil Over Toe Surcharge Over Toe S(amWeiyht(o) Earth @ Stem Transitions Footing Weight Key Weight Vert, Component ..... Force Distance Moment 182.4 1.83 3341 91.6 0.42 100.0 117 Total = 779.6 0* �M.= Axial live load NOT included in total displayed, or used for overtuming resistance, but is included for soil pressure calculation. JOHNSTON BURKHOLDER ASSOCIATES consulting structural engneers 930 CENTRAL KANSAS CITY, MO 64105 X I 421 4200 • WWW JBAENGR COM PROJECT NO, SHEET NO: OF: PROJECT NAM: /Hey, - 6 L MADE BY DATE: CHECKED BY: DATE: (L erf-114.:Yr c, &J.-0 2 L E-fr EP° F Cs 1 A r r r)(:-.; r Ti.: ' = 43041 Ar t-tf-fcr-r-r Czj L ‘1`" r A- '5 P I CI I _ 7 113 if — /L1 or, 6:;•., (t-JCAA r & r0 ?\,) /-• (c„. -r' z) (( NC.) r 512 57) City of Tukwila Allan Ekberg, Mayor Public Works Deportment Henry Hash, Director September 6, 2019 Prime Now, LLC 410 Terry Ave N Seattle, WA 98109 RE: AMAZON Tenant Improvement 18323 Andover Pk West, Tukwila, WA Permit Number: D19-0208 To Whom It May Concern: In accordance with Washington State Department of Health guidelines for Group A Public Water Systems, Public Works has implemented a cross -connection control program to protect the public water system from contamination via cross -connection. Since the project includes alterations to the existing plumbing system, the entire plumbing system must be brought up to the current standards as set forth in the Uniform Plumbing Code including installation of an approved backflow prevention on the domestic, fire prevention and irrigation water supply lines to the building. The program requires elimination or control of any cross -connection between the distribution system and a consumer's water system by the installation of an approved backflow device. The City has determined that the building at the above address has deficiencies on the domestic water and fire prevention service. a) Domestic Water The domestic 1.5" water service is unprotected and requires installation of a Reduced Pressure Principle Assembly (RPPA) backflow. This can be installed inside the building but will need to have a floor drain installed or vented outside away from the building. The drain will need to be at least as large as the incoming pipe. A City of Tukwila Plumbing permit will be required. The size/manufacturer/model number of the proposed RPPA shall be called out on plans and a backflow cut sheet shall be included. Near the SE corner of the building is a 1.5" water service thought to be irrigation only, however, it can also serve as a domestic water source and needs to be protected with an RPPA (drain required). b) Fire Prevention The existing 8" fire service has 2 single check valves and a bypass with no backflow installed. This assembly is located in the parking lot under a manhole cover and cannot be tested. It needs to be replaced with a Double Detector Check Valve Assembly (DDCVA) to meet State law requirements. Plans shall be prepared, stamped signed and dated by a Level III certificate of competency holder per Highline WD standards. A City of Tukwila Public Works Type C Construction permit is required. If you need assistance locating the above backflow deficiencies in the field, please contact Mr. Jon Seibel, Highline Water District Supervisor at (206) 592-8946, or emalljseibel@highlinewater.org. Tukwila City Hall • 6200 Southcenter Boulevard • Tukwila, WA 98188 • 206-433-1800 • Website: TukwilaWA.gov Prime Now LLC Page 2 September 6, 2019 • The Public Works Director will withhold final signoff of the Amazon Tenant Improvement Permit until a separate Public Works Type C Construction permit for the DDCVA and Plumbing Permit for RPPAs are applied for. For a Type C permit, Public Works collects a base application and plan review fee ($250.00 plus 2.5% of construction cost for backflow installation). An additional 2.5% of subject construction cost and small technology fee will be assessed at the time of permit issuance. The Applicant also has an option to post a bond or other financial guarantee for backflow installations in the amount equal to 150% of the design, installation and testing cost of the subject backflow, together with a letter confirming the installation in no more than 120 days. I have enclosed Public Works Bulletin C5 to help you. Please contact me at (206) 431-2440 or via email at Joanna.spencerAtul•cwilawa.00v. Sincerely, ,A00/14/ Joanna Spence Development Engineer enclosures: Public Works Bulletins #A1,2, and C5 Public Works Permit Application cc: Jon Seibel, Highline Water District April House, Applicant Madison Young, Henderson Engineers (W:PW Eng/Other/Joanna S/Letter Amazon 090619) W:\PW Eng\OTHERUoanna STetter Amazon 090619.Docx Revision Request Permit Comments DESCRIPTION: PROJECT: PROJECT NO. DOCUMENT DATE: brr Revision Request Leo - UWA5 Tukwila, WA 62300960 08/01/19 Page 1 of 5 SCOPE: The scope of this Revision is to revise the originally issued contract documents of UWA5 Tukwila, WA Build -out dated 06/21/19 and all subsequent contract modifications to reflect the following: SUMMARY: Item #1: Permit directed changes. Item #2: General clarification items. ARCHITECTURAL SHEET G001- COVER SHEET GENERAL ITEM - PROJECT CONTACTS 1. Shifted Project Contact block towards the top of the page. (Item #2) GENERAL ITEM - CODE SUMMARY 1. Shifted Code Summary block to the left. (Item #2) 2. Changed Applicable Codes per Codes in City Permit Comments (Item #1) 3. Changed Maximum Travel distance in S-1 buildings to 250' max. (Item #2) GENERAL ITEM - DRAWING INDEX 1. Added Sheet G003 to index. (Item #2) 2. Added Sheet A104 to index. (Item #2) GENERAL ITEM -TITLE 1. Changed Seattle to Tukwila. (Item #2) CORRECTION LTR# SHEET G002 - GENERAL INFORMATION DETAIL 1- RESTROOM DOOR SYMBOLS 1. Took out CBC reference in Restroom Sign note. (Item 1) 2. Changed CBC to ICC A117.1 703.2 in signage note. (Item 1) 3. In item 1 of Signs and Identification, changed Title 24. (Item 1) bl DETAIL 1 - TACTILE SIGN REQUIREMENTS 1. In item 1, changed CBC to IBC. (Item 1) 2. In item 2A, changed CBC to IBC. (Item 1) 3. In item 3E, changed 60 percent to 55 percent and took out CBC reference. (Item 1) www.brrarch.com RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 02 2019 PERMIT CENTER 6700 Antioch Plaza, Suite 300, Merriam, KS 86204 MAIN 913.262.9095 Kansas City - Bentonville - Phoenix - San Francisco - Philadelphia - Atlanta - Austin - Miami - Los Angeles - Chicago Page 2 of 5 GENERAL ITEM -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. In item 9, changed CBC to IBC. (Item #1) GENERAL ITEM -SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 1. In item 1, changed CBC to IBC. (Item #1) GENERAL ITEM - MANEUVERING CLEARANCES AT MANUAL SWINGING DOORS 1. Replaced California door clearances with correct ICC/ANSI clearances. (Item #2) GENERAL ITEM -ABBREVIATION 1. Inserted FRT Fire Retardant Treated. (Item #2) SHEET G003 - ADA DETAILS GENERAL ITEM 1. Added Sheet G003 which includes fixture heights and clearances. (Item #2) SHEET G101 - LIFE SAFETY PLAN DETAIL 1- LIFE SAFETY PLAN 1. Modified travel path and travel distance in cooler 165'-11". (Item #2) 2. Modified travel paths and distances in freezer. One is adjusted to 192'-6". The other is a new path at 129'-1". (Item #2) 3. Removed welded door note. (Item #2) SHEET G201- SITE PLAN DETAIL 1- SITE PLAN 1. Modified property line to be darker. (Item #2) 2. Added bollards around generator. (Item #2) 3. Added reference G201-2 to bollard. (Item #2) 4. Added Keynote 1. (Item #2) 5. Added Keynote 2. (Item #2) 6. Added Keynote 3. (Item #2) 7. Added five Keynotes 4s. (Item #2) 8. Added two Keynotes 5s. (Item #2) 9. Added Keynote 6. (Item #2) 10. Added six Keynote 7s. (Item #2) 11. Added Keynote 8. (Item #2) 12. Added Keynote 9. (Item #2) 13. Added Keynote 10. (Item #2) 14. Added Keynote 11. (Item #2) 15. Increased visibility of site plan and surrounding buildings. (Item #2) 16. Made handicap signs full tone. (Item #2) 17. Adjusted parking curbs to correct position. (Item #2) DETAIL 3 - ENLARGED SITE PLAN 1. Combined notes into one note concerning van accessible sign. (Item #2) 2. Modified van accessible parking stall, surrounding parking stalls, and striping. (Item #2) 3. Moved dimension strings away from building footprint line. (Item #2) 4. Added wall thickness and door. (Item #2) 5. Changed handicap sign to be on a pole. (Item #2) 6. Adjusted parking curb to correct position. (Item #2) 7. Added PER CIVIL DRAWINGS to notes. (Item #2) DETAIL 4 - ENLARGED SITE PLAN 1. Modified ramp so that it is equal distance on both sides. (Item #2) 2. Combined notes into one note concerning van accessible sign. (Item #2) www.brrarch.cam 670o Antioch Plaza. Suite 300, Merriam. KS 66204 MAIN 913.262.9095 Kansas City - Bentonville - Phoenix - San Francisco - Philadelphia - Atlanta - Austin - Miami - Los Angeles - Chicago Page 3 of 5 3. Modified handicap accessible parking stall and curb. (Item #2) 4. Added NEW CONCRETE CURB note. (Item #2) 5. Added NEW STEEL HANDRAIL note. (Item #2) 6. Modified stairs and landing to be the same width. (Item #2) 7. Added handrail and guardrail to both sides of ramp. (Item #2) 8, Added new bollard. (Item #2) 9. Added PER CIVIL DRAWINGS to notes. (Item #2) 10. Added CLEAR to landing dimension. (Item #2) 11. Adjusted parking curb to correct position. (Item #2) GENERAL ITEMS - NOTES 1. Added Keynote text. (Item #2) 2. Added BUILT IN FUEL TANK ABOVE GROUND to generator note. (Item #1), GENERAL ITEMS GENERAL NOTES 1. Added general note about erosion/sediment control. (Item #1) SHEET A102 - OEMOLMON PLAN DETAIL 1 - DEMOLITION PLAN 1. Added demolished door to pickup/retail room. (Item #2) 2. Added D71 keynote. (Item #2) 3. Added demolished double door at entrance. (Item #2) 4. Added D73 keynote. (Item #2) 5. Added D72 keynote. (Item #2) 6. Added demolished wall along with associated D75 keynote. (Item #2) 7. Added E71 keynotes to existing stairs. (Item #2) 8. Added E72 keynote to existing restroom. (Item #2) 9. Added E74 keynote to existing rooms. (Item #2) 10. Added E73 keynote to existing transformer. (Item #2) 11. Added E70 keynote to existing landing. (Item #2) 12. Added DOS keynote to demolished door in office area. (Item #2) 13. Took out dimensions for trenching. (Item #2) 14. Removed wrapping around columns in cooler. (Item #2) 15. Changed phasing on wrapping around columns in freezer. (Item #2) SHEET A103 - ARCHITECTURAL PLANS DETAIL 1- FIXTURE PLAN 1. Added ADA ramp to front entrance. (Item #2) 2. Added racks where column wrap in cooler was taken out. (Item #2) DETAIL 8 - DIMENSION PLAN 1. Added room tag to Pickup/Retail room. (Item #2) 2. Changed door tag on Dutch door in retail room to 101B. (Item #2) 3. Changed tag to Door 101A. (Item #2) 4. Changed columns in cooler to existing phase. (Item #2) 5. Modified spacing of man door and overhead door in cooler. (Item #2) 6. Modified spacing of man door and overhead door in cooler. (Item #2) 7. Changed tag to Door 100A. (Item #2) 8. Moved note to contractor outside the plan. (Item #2) 9. Added ramp outside office area. (Item #2) 10. Added NEW HARDWARE note. (Item #2) 11. Added room tag to Break room. (Item #2) 12. Added room tag to HR room. (Item #2) 13. Added room tag to Mother's room. (Item #2) 14. Moved A501-15 callout tag. (Item #2) 15. Added tag to Door 100C. (Item #2) 16. Changed tag to Door 104A. (Item #2) www.brrarchocom 670o Antioch Plaza, Suite 300, Merriam, KS 66204 MAIN 913.2624095 Kansas City - Bentonville - Phoenix - San Francisco - Philadelphia - Atlanta - Austin - Miami - Los Angeles - Chicago f -1 Page 4 of 5 17. Changed tag to Door 1048. (Item #2) 18. Modified egress stair and rail and added a callout. (Item #2) 19. Added dimension string between egress stair and exterior of building. (Item #2) DETAIL 10 - EGRESS STAIRS 1. Added enlarged egress stair plan along with dimensions and notes. (Item #2) SHEET A104 - ARCHITECTURAL PLANS DETAIL 1- ROOF PLAN 2. Added Sheet A104 which includes Roof plan and roof details. (Item #2) SHEET A501- WALL TYPES AND INTERIOR DETAILS GENERAL ITEM - DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE 1. Modified schedule to accurately represent new doors, detail, and hardware set. (Item #2) 2. Added SFA storefront door to Door Types. (Item #2) 3. Added SFB Storefront with Sidelite door to Door Types. (Item #2) 4. Added D Dutch Door to Door Types. (Item #2) 5. Added E Existing door to Door Types. (Item #2) GENERAL ITEM - ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 1. Modified schedule to accurately represent room finishes. (Item #2) 2. Added note E. (Item #2) GENERAL ITEM - PARTITION TYPES 1. Added B2 and 83 note to steel studs. (Item #2) 2. Added 83 detail symbol. (Item #2) DETAIL 1: SECTION 1. Changed ceiling height note. (Item #2) 2. Took out dimensions. (Item #2) 3. Modified detail to show insulation. (Item #2) DETAIL 2: HARD LID CEILING AT WALL 1. Added FRT to plywood note. (Item #2) 2. Replaced STUD with JOIST in ceiling joist note. (Item #2) DETAIL 15: ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN 1. Added drinking fountains. (Item #2) 2. Tagged all walls. (Item #2) 3. Shifted toilet an inch to the left. (Item #2) 4. Took out unnecessary dimensions. (Item #2) DETAIL 16: ENLARGED RESTROOM PLAN 1. Flipped position of door and fixtures in Restroom 1. (Item #2) 2. Tagged all walls. (Item #2) 3. Took out unnecessary dimensions. (Item #2) SHEET AS003 - ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS GENERAL ITEM - HARDWARE SCHEDULE 1. Added correct hardware sets for doors part of new construction. (Item #2) GENERAL ITEM - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 1. Added new items. (Item #2) GENERAL ITEM - PRODUCTS 1. Added SCHLAGE. (Item #2) www.brrarch.com 670o Antioch Plaza. Suite 300, Merriam, KS 66204 MAIN 913.262.9095 Kansas City - Bentonville - Phoenix - San Francisco - Philadelphia - Atlanta - Austin - Miami - Los Angeles - Chicago 7 Page 5 of 5 STRUCTURAL SHEET 5000 - GENERAL NOTES GENERAL NOTES 1. Add foundation notes. (Item #2) 2. Add concrete compressive strength notes for footings and foundation walls. (Item #2) 3. Add cast -in -place concrete notes for foundation walls. (Item #2) 4. Remove deferred submittal notes. (Item #2) 5. Add concrete notes as shown to special inspections. (Item #2) 6. Add shop fabrication notes for special inspections. (Item #2) SHEET 5100 - SLAB PLAN AND DETAILS DETAIL 1- SLAB PLAN 1. Remove ramp per scope change. (Item #2) 2. Add door opening and stairs at rear. (Item #2) DETAIL 3 - GENERATOR PAD/LANDING PAD 1. Update detail per typical section. (Item #2) DETAIL 5 - RETAINING WALL AT RAMP 1. Update detail for updated site conditions. (Item #2) DETAIL 6 - PARTIAL SITE PLAN 1. Add to sheet. (Item #2) DETAIL 7 - LANDING FRAMING 1. Add to sheet. (Item #2) DETAIL 8 - LANDING FRAMING 1. Add to sheet. (Item #2) SHEET S101- FRAMING PLAN AND DETAILS DETAIL 1- ROOF FRAMING PLAN 1. Add exhaust fan to plan and notes. (Item #2) End of Permit Comments www.brrarch.com 6700 Antioch PlaZa, SLAB 300, Merriam, KS 66204 MAIN 913262,9095 Kansas City - Bentonville - Phoenix - San Francisco - Philadelphia - Atlanta - Austin - Miami - Los Angeles - Chicago r )Cityo Tukwila Department of Community Development July 09, 2019 APRIL HOUSE 3617 SW CHARLESTON ST SEATTLE, WA 98126 RE: Correction Letter # 1 DEVELOPMENT Permit Application Number D19-0208 AMAZON - 18323 ANDOVER PARK W Dear APRIL HOUSE, Allan Ekberg, Mayor Jack Pace, Director This letter is to inform you of corrections that must be addressed before your development permit can be approved. All correction requests from each department must be addressed at the same time and reflected on your drawings. I have enclosed comments from the following departments: BUILDING DEPARTMENT: Allen Johannessen at 206-433-7163 if you have questions regarding these comments. • (GENERAL INFORMATION NOTE) PLAN SUBMITTALS: (Min. size 11 x 17 to a preferably maximum size of 24x36; all sheets shall be the same size; larger sizes may be negotiable. "New revised" plan sheets shall be the same size sheets as those previously submitted.) "STAMP AND SIGNATURES" (If applicable) For Engineers: "Every page of a plan set must contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee(s) who prepared or who had direct supervision over the preparation of the work, and date of signature. Specifications that are prepared by or under the direct supervision of a licensee shall contain the seal/stamp, signature of the licensee and the date of signature. If the "specifications" prepared by a licensee are a portion of a bound specification document that contains specifications other than that of an engineering or land surveying nature, the licensee need only seal/stamp that portion or portions of the documents for which the licensee is responsible." It shall not be required to have each page of "specifications" (calculations) to be stamped and signed; Front page only will be sufficient (WAC 196-23-010 & 196-23-020). Architects: "date" only not required (WAC 308-12-081). (BUILDING REVIEW NOTES) 1. Code references and General notes are not consistent with the locally adopted codes, in various portions of the plan set. On sheet G220 some codes refer to 2010 accessible codes, CBC and 2016 codes. All code note references and details shall reference and show compliance with current 2015 State and International codes with Washington State code amendments as follows: 2015 Tukwila Municipal Codes (TMC) 2015 International Building codes (IBC) 2015 Uniform Plumbing codes (UPC) 2015 International Mechanical codes (IMC) 2017 National Electrical codes (NEC) 2015 Washington State Energy codes (WSEC) 2009 ICC/ANSI A 117.1 (barrier free codes) Revise plan notes as necessary including any details to show compliance with locally amended codes. 2. FYI -Separate Mechanical Permit shall be required for: Coolers, freezers, walk-in coolers and freezers, i.e. assembled and hardwired. Self-contained "plugin" coolers or freezers (appliance type) shall not require a mechanical permit. Note: Contingent on response to these corrections, further plan review may request for additional corrections. 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 PW DEPARTMENT: Joanna Spencer at 206-431-2440 if you have questions regarding these comments. • 1) Temporary erosion/sediment control is required during construction. All existing storm drainage catch basins affected by this project shall have socks installed to prevent debris entering the storm drainage system on site. 2) Plans show a generator pad, but there is no info regarding the generator fuel tank. Will the fuel tank be underground or above ground. 3) Since Public Works permit fee is based on % of the site construction cost please enter cost of work outside the building on the 1st page of attached Public Works Bulletin A2. Please address the comments above in an itemized format with applicable revised plans, specifications, and/or other documentation. The City requires that two (2) sets of revised plan pages, specifications and/or other documentation be resubmitted with the appropriate revision block. In order to better expedite your resubmittal, a 'Revision Submittal Sheetmust accompany every resubmittal. I have enclosed one for your convenience. Corrections/revisions must be made in person and will not be accepted through the mail or by a messenger service. Sincerely, Bill Rambo Permit Technician File No. D19-0208 6300 Southcenter Boulevard Suite #100 • Tukwila Washington 98188 • Phone 206-431-3670 • Fax 206-431-3665 IJERMIT COORD COPY PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D19-0208 PROJECT NAME: AMAZON SITE ADDRESS: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W Original Plan Submittal X Response to Correction Letier # DATE: 08/02/19 Revision # before Permit Issued Revision # after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: 1A;Y AlAi (1 Building Division Public Works PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Fire Prevention Structural Planning Division Permit Coordinator Not Applicable (no approval/review required) DATE: 08/06/19 Structural Review Required REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Corrections Required (corrections entered in Reviews) Notation: Approved with Conditions Denied (ie: Zoning Issue DUE DATE: 09/03/19 REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg 0 Fire El Ping PW D Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 e" PEFMIT COORD COP( PLAN REVIEW/ROUTING SLIP PERMIT NUMBER: D19-0208 PROJECT NAME: AMAZON SITE ADDRESS: 18323 ANDOVER PA X Original Plan Submittal Response to Correction Letter # DATE: 06/24/19 Revision # Revision # before Permit Issued after Permit Issued DEPARTMENTS: Pc-J NO_ qVto 161 Building Division • \\\1 CIO ill* Public Works Attic 7 Fire Prevention Structural 1\M, Planning Division Permit Coordinator III 11 PRELIMINARY REVIEW: Not Applicable (no approval/review required) REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: 06/25/19 Structural Review Required DATE: APPROVALS OR CORRECTIONS: Approved Corrections Required (corrections entered in Reviews Approved with Conditions Denied (ie. Zoning Issues DUE DATE: 07/23/19 Notation: REVIEWER'S INITIALS: DATE: Permit Center Use Only CORRECTION LETTER MAILED: Departments issued corrections: Bldg Fire Ping E] PWV Staff Initials: 12/18/2013 J City of Tukwila REVISION SUBMITTAL Department of Community Development 6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite #100 Tukwila, Washington 98188 Phone: 206-431-3670 Web site: http://www.TukwilaWA.gov Revision submittals must be submitted in person at the Permit Center. Revisions will not be accepted through the mail, far, etc. Date: 07/29/19 Plan Check/Permit Number: Di 9-0208 O Response to Incomplete Letter # I Response to Correction Letter # O Revision # after Permit is Issued 0 Revision requested by a City Building Inspector or Plans Examiner O Deferred Submittal # 1 Project Name: UWA5 RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 0 2.2019 PERMIT CENTER Project Address: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W, TUKWILA, WA 98188 Contact Person: APRIL HOUSE Phone Number: (206) 478-0844 Summary of Revision: BUILDING DEPARTMENT: 1) Clarify and correct Code references and notes discrepancies on sheets G001 & G002. Corrected. Please see sheets G001 & G002 - new note under General Notes" added. 2) An FYI Comment about separate permits being required for Coolers. Freezers. Walk-in Coolers and freezers. No revision necessary for drawings. PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT: 1) Comment regarding erosion and sediment control required on site. Please see note added to sheet G201 under "General Notes". 2) Question regarding generator pad shown on drawings and no info regarding generator fuel tanks. Tanks are built into the generator and above ground. See added note to sheet G201 under "Notes". 3) Question regarding valuation of project site work to determine site work permit cost. Please see attached Public Works Bulletin A2 for site work valuation. Sheet Number(s): G001, G002, G101, G201, A102, A103, A104, A501, AS003 "Cloud" or highlight all areas of revision including date of revision Received at the City of Tukwila Permit Center by: rg...--Entered in TRACT on WAPermi CenteATemplmaaorrroAltevision Submittal Porm.doc Revised: August 2015 110111e ESN 01 Contact Safety & Health Claims & Insurance Washington State Department of Labor & Industries Search L&I I J A.-Z I ndex e p Niy 141 Workplace Rights Trades & Licensing BERGMAN KPRS LLC Owner or tradesperson, Principals BERGMAN, MARK CURTIS, PARTNER/MEMBER STENSBY, JOEL HANS, PARTNER/MEMBER Doing business as BERGMAN KPRS LLC WA UBI No 603 404 906 2850 SATURN ST BREA, CA 92821 714-924-7000 Business type Limited Liability Company Governing persons MARK CURTIS BERGMAN JOEL H STENSBY; Certifications & Endorsements OMWBE Certifications No active certifications exist for this business. Apprentice Training Agent Not allowed to have apprentices. License Verify the contractor's active registration / license / certification (depending on trade) and any past violations. Construction Contractor Active, Meets current requirements. License specialties GENERAL License no. BERGMKL857JP Effective — expiration 04/14/2015— 04/14/2021 Bond Fidelity & Deposit Ins Co of Maryland Bond account no. 9220688 $12,000.00 Received by L8I Effective date 07/19/2016 06/20/2016 Expiration date Until Canceled Bond history Insurance EXECUTIVE RISK INDEMNITY INC Policy no. $1,000,000.00 Help us improve 54309467 Received by L&I Effective date 06/28/2019 07/01/2017 Expiration date 07/01/2020 Federal Ins Go $1,000,000.00 Policy no. 54309506 Received by L&I Effective date 09/18/2018 10/01/2018 Expiration date 10/01/2019 Insurance history Savings No savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. Lawsuits against the bond or savings No lawsuits against the bond or savings accounts during the previous 6 year period. L&I Tax debts No L&I tax debts are recorded for this contractor license during the previous 6 year period, but some debts may be recorded by other agencies, License Violations No license violations during the previous 6 year period. Workers' comp Public Works Requirements Workplace safety and health ;tt Washington State Dept of Labor & industries. Use of this site is subject to the lows of the slate of Washngton. Help us improve brr ARCHITECT OF RECORD JAMES A. BAILEY 6700 ANTIODH Pl SUITE 300 MERRIAM, KS 66204 —brrarch,c OWNEWTENANT MECHANICAL ENGINEER PRIME NOW, LLC HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC 410 TERRY AVE N. SEAN EISLER SEATTLE, WA 98109 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LEO HERNANDEZ LENEXA, KANSAS 66214 (760) 834-9020 (913) 742-5000 ARCHITECT PLUMBING ENGINEER JAMES A. HAILEY HENDERSON ENGINEERS, IC 6700 ANTIOCH PLAZA SEAN EISLER SUITE 300 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 MERRIAM, KS 66204 LENEXA, KANSAS 66214 (913)262-9095 (913)742-5000 STRUCTURAL ENGINEER JOHNSTON SUKHOLDER ASSOCIATES JOSEPH N. FLANAGAN 930 CENTRAL KANSAS CITY, MISSOURI 64106 REFRIGERATION ENGINEER HENDERSON ENGINEERS, INC SEAN EISLER 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KANSAS 66214 (913) 742-5000 BUILDING DEPARMENT CITY OF TUKWILA BUILDING DIVISION 6300 SOUTHCENTER BOULEVARD, SUITE 100 TUKWILA, WA JASON WOLLUM 8345 LENEXA DRIVE, SUITE 300 LENEXA, KANSAS 66214 (913) 742-5000 IA APPLICABLE O/ T BUILDING CODE: 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE MUNICIPAL CODE: 2015 TUKWILA MUNICIPAL CODES MECHANICAL CODE: 2015 INTERNATIONAL MECHANICAL CODE PLUMBING CODE: 2015 UNIFORM PLUMBING CODE ELECTRIC CODE: 2017 NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE FIRE CODE: 2015 INTERNATIONAL FIRE CODE ENERGY CODE: 2015 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY CODE ACCESSIBILITY CODE: 2009 [CC/ANSI A117.1 BUILDING CODE ANALYSIS USE GROUP PROPOSED USE: WAREHOUSE STORAGE (NO CHANGE IN USE) MIXED OCCUPANCIES PRIMARY OCCUPANCY GROUP: S-1 MODERATE HAZARD STORAGE B BUSINESS ACCESSORY OCCUPANCY GROUP: F-1 FACTORY MODERATE HAZARD INDUSTRIAL (FOOD PREP) BUILDING AREA TOTAL GROSS SQUARE FOOTAGE 55,445 SF NUMBER OF LEVELS 1 + Mezzanine CONSTRUCTION TYPE CONSTRUCTION TYPE: 11- B FULLY SPRINKLERED TRAVEL DISTANCE MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE: B 00' (ACCESSORY USE) MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE: S-1 250' MAX 1 OCCUPANT LOAD CALCULATIONS: F G002 FIRE PROTECTION HOURLY FIRE -RESISTANCE RATING REQUIREMENTS PER TABLE 601 STRUCTURAL FRAME ROOF CONSTRUCTION EXTERIOR NONBEARING WALLS EXTERIOR BEARING WALLS INTERIOR BEARING WALLS INTERIOR NONBEARING WALLS AND PARTITIONS FLOOR CONSTRUCTION -1-1\ A d GENERAL SCOPE OF WORK INSTALL NEW COOLER AND FREEZER ADD NEW ROOF TOP UNITS • NEW TRANSFORMATION ROOM NEW MOTHERS ROOM NEW RACKS & PALLETS AS SHOWN • NEW BREAKROOM AREA NEW PICKUP AREA NOTE: ALL PLYWOOD AND BLOCKING TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED ZONING INFO ZONING DISTRICT: HEAVY INDUSTRIAL APN# 8700210100 NOTE: FOR STRUCTURAL BASIS OF DESIGN AND STATEMENT OF SPECIAL INSPECTIONS REF S000 REQUIRED PROVIDED 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS 0 HOURS A REMODEL PROJECT OF: U f i<s,x:.�I OWAA5ommWUKLA e rt x ��Iq v... ,rz,ka.. s.°:i k r�,vw "i.�., v>;4 fi..;lid »I„fin "� {"?n milliffik— -- _ ANDOVER PARK W. , BLDG 6, TUKWILA,18323 , °' i► 1 1. 'J �• `�� is 1 , �,` 1 LOCATION 1i :.�,I L o1 z�1tt- I I f�YI �t16re 'm anvt y:.Gt ,td�.FR�. flnnr n� a>j e iGo 'tlnqx's AB'd V"Mch do t'at adopted stant92iru, Or "&J=ea5 TrlO �s gnst�ilCnty for the adequacy of tbf b sl � aats r�tski iutllt ttlli� designer. Additions, d leacals for trViKons tfJD Ithm draNynngs after this date will Vold 4131's 1--pxatlee and will require a resubmittal, of revised d mow'`: for subsequent approval. Final acceptance is subject to field inspection by the Public Works utilities inspector• -- Date: `. By f — a� GENERAL G001 COVER SHEET G 110 G I TION G003 G10 ADAD TAIL Q LIFE SAFETY PLAN SEPARATE PERMIT REQU RED FOR: echa^iCot G201 SITE PLAN Vteeiri., C3 Plumbing 1.� Gas Piping ARCHITECTURAL CdyofTOU"'o A102 DEMOLITION PLAN 6UILDINGDJVIS10N A103 ARCHT C U A P NS A104 ARCHITECTURAL PLANS 0 5501 ALL TYPE A DINTERIOR DETAILS AS001 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS AS002 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS -- AS003 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATIONS REVISIONS AS004 ARCHITECTURAL SPECIFICATION No cnFi aes snarl be made to the scope Of WOrK WltnOut prior aporovat of the Tukwila Building Division. STRUCTURAL NOTE: Revisibns will require a new plan S000 GENERAL NOTES submittal and may include additional plan rev=. S100 SLAB PLAN AND DETAILS ------ S101 FRAMING PLAN AND DETAILS ELECTRICAL E001 ELECTRICAL SYMBOLS AND GENERAL NOTES E002 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E003 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E004 ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS E005 ELECTRICAL COMPLIANCE E101 LIGHTING PLAN E102 OVERALL POWER PLANS E501 ELECTRICAL DETAILS E601 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES E602 ELECTRICAL SCHEDULES E603 ELECTRICAL ONE -LINE DIAGRAM ED101 ELECTRICAL DEMO PLAN FILE CAPY » Permit No. 'lj,I- - C7a-0 T) Plan review approval is subject to erf015 and omissions Approval of construction Documents dbe6 toi aut"rize the violation of any adopted cafe or ordinance Receipt of approved Field Copy and y-gnditlons lg aCrcnowledged: By Date: 3/21 I tci City of TuKwila BUILDING DIVISION MECHANICAL M001 MECHANICAL SYMBOLS AND GENERAL NOTES M002 MECHANICAL SPCIFICATIONS M003 WASHINGTON STATE ENERGY FORMS M101 HVAC PLAN M501 MECHANICAL DETAILS M601 MECHANICAL SCHEDULES PLUMBING P001 PLUMBING GENERAL NOTES P002 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P003 PLUMBING SPECIFICATIONS P101 OVERALL PLUMBING PLAN P401 ENLARGED CONDENSATE PLANS P402 ENLARGED WATER WASTE AND VENT PLANS P403 PLUMBING RISER DIAGRAMS P501 PLUMBING DETAILS P601 PLUMBING SCHEDULES REFRIGERATION R001 REFRIGERATION SYMBOLS & GENERAL NOTES R002 REFRIGERATION SPECIFICATIONS R003 REFRIGERATION SPECIFICATIONS R004 REFRIGERATION SPECIFICATIONS R005 REFRIGERATION SPECIFICATIONS R101 REFRIGERATION PLAN R102 REFRIGERATION CONTROLS PLAN R501 REFRIGERATION DETAILS R502 REFRIGERATION CONTROLS DETAILS R601 REFRIGERATION SCHEDULES REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED S AUG 20 2019( City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION CORRE TION LTR# nECEIVEn CITY OF _` UMILA AN 02 2019 PERMIT CENTER DID• ��� � TEL: 913-262-9095 FAX: 913-262.9044 CONSULTANT COPYRIGHT NOTICE ThIs drawing was prepared Por use on a specific site contemporaneously with Its Issue date and it is not s.1tabie for use on a different project, site or at a later time. Use of this drawing for reference or example on another project requires the services of properly licensed architects and engineers. Rep[�ruction of this drawing for reuse on eject Is not authorized antl may be otNoY to the law. ISSUES & REVISIONS PROJECT NAME — UWAS TUKWILA, WA PROJECT ADDRESS 18323 ANDOVER PARK W., BLDG TUKWILA, WA 98188 ISSUED FOR PERMIT PRCUECT MANAGER: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY: S3 DOCUMENT DATE: 08/01/19 PROJECT NO. _ 62300960 PROFESSIONAL SEAL ,;9921, REGISTERED RCHITECT JAMLSALL It. STATE OF WASHINGTON PROTECT NAME: UWAS TUKWILA, WA BUILDING ADDRESS: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W., BLDG 6, TUKWILA, WA 98188 FILENAME: PROJECTYEAR: WIN REGION: 2019 TODAYS DATE: DMWN BY: 7/31/2019 1:53:04 Phi S7 BLDG FLOOR: DMWN DATE: 1 08/01/19 BUILDING TYPE: APPROVED BY: UWAS SCALE: APPROVED DATE: VARIES AMAZON DISCLAIMER 13RR Original printed on recycled paper \." 'ABBREVIATION LEGEND 20151 C NOTES ACCESSIBILITYNOTES ABBR -DEFINITION AB ANCHOR BOLT ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE 1. ADDRESS IDENTIFICATION, NEW AND EXISTING BUILDINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH APPROVED ADDRESS NUMBERS OR LETTERS, AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR EACH CHARACTER SHALL BE NOT LESS THAN 4 INCHES IN HEIGHT AND NOT LESS THAN 0.5 INCH IN WIDTH. THEY SHALL BE 1. THIS PROJECT MUST COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT. ON BACKGROUND AND BE PLAINLY VISIBLE FROM THE STREET OR ROAD FRONTING THE INSTALLED A CONTRASTING AHU AIR HANDLING UNIT THE FIRE CODE OFFICIAL ADDRESS NUMBERS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN ADDITIONAL APPROVED PROPERTY. WHEN REQUIRED BY S 2. THE JURISDICTIONS HAVING AUTHORITY WILL NOT REVIEW THE PROJECT DOCUMENTS CONSTRUCTION F CONFORMANCE AIS AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION RTS OR CO STRUCT ON OR C ARCH ARCHITECTURAL LOCATIONS TO FACILITATE EMERGENCY RESPONSE. WHERE ACCESS IS BY MEANS OF A PRIVATE ROAD AND THE BUILDING WITH THE CBC. COMPLIANCE WITH THE ADA IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE ENTIRE PROJECT TEAM. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR'S ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY OF TESTING AND MATERIALS ADDRESS CANNOT BE VIEWED FROM THE PUBLIC WAY, A MONUMENT, POLE OR OTHER APPROVED SIGN OR MEANS SHALL BE USED RESPONSIBILITY TO CONFIRM COMPLIANCE PRIOR TO INSTALLATION OF FINISHED PRODUCTS. IF THERE ARE QUESTIONS AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY TO IDENTIFY THE STRUCTURE. ADDRESS NUMBERS SHALL BE MAINTAINED. (SECTION 501.2) REGARDING COMPLIANCE: DO NOT PROCEED WITH THE WORK, REQUEST CLARIFICATION FROM THE ARCHITECT AND AFTER BD BOARD RECEIPT OF RESPONSE, WORK MAY COMMENCE. BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR 2. FIRE BLOCKING IN CONCEALED WALL SPACES. IN COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION, FIREBLOCKING SHALL BE PROVIDED IN BL BLOCK LINTEL CONCEALED SPACES OF STUD WALLS AND PARTITIONS, INCLUDING FURRED SPACES, AND PARALLEL ROWS OF STUDS OR 3. CHANGES IN LEVEL ON ACCESSIBLE ROUTES. CHANGES IN LEVEL OF 1/4 INCH MAXIMUM IN HEIGHT SHALL BE PERMITTED TO BE BLDG BUILDING STAGGERED STUDS, AS FOLLOWS: (1) VERTICALLY AT THE CEILING AND FLOOR LEVELS. (2) HORIZONTALLY AT INTERVALS NOT VERTICAL. ICC/ANSI A117.1 - 2009 SECTION 303.2 CHANGES IN LEVEL GREATER THAN 114INCH IN HEIGHT AND NOT MORE THAN 1/2 INCH BO BOTTOM OF EXCEEDING 10 FEET. (SECTION 718.2.2) WHERE THE CONSTRUCTION IS NONCOMBUSTIBLE, FIRE BLOCKING IS NOT REQUIRED. MAXIMUM IN HEIGHT SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NOT STEEPER THAN 1:2. ICC/ANSI A117.1 -2009 SECTION 303.3 CHANGES IN BOB BOTTOM OF STEEL OR BOTTOM OF STUD LEVEL GREATER THAN 1/2 INCH IN HEIGHT SHALL BE RAMPED AND SHALL COMPLY WITH [CC/ANSI A117.1 - 2009 SECTION 405/406 OR BTM BOTTOM 3. FIRE BLOCKING CONNECTIONS BETWEEN HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL SPACES. IN COMBUSTIBLE CONSTRUCTION, FIREBLOCKING ICC/ANSI A11T1 - 2009 SECTION 303.4. BRG BEARING SHALL BE PROVIDED AT INTERCONNECTIONS BETWEEN CONCEALED VERTICAL STUD WALL OR PARTITION SPACES AND CJ CONTROL JOINT CONCEALED HORIZONTAL SPACES CREATED BY AN ASSEMBLY OF FLOOR JOISTS OR TRUSSES, AND BETWEEN CONCEALED 4. DOOR HARDWARE ON ACCESSIBLE DOORS. HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS, AND OTHER OPERABLE PARTS ON ACCESSIBLE CIL CENTERLINE VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL SPACES SUCH AS OCCUR AT SOFFITS, DROP CEILINGS, COVE CEILINGS AND SIMILAR LOCATIONS. DOORS SHALL HAVE A SHAPE THAT IS EASY TO GRASP WITH ONE HAND AND DOES NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, PINCHING, OR CUR CLEAR (SECTION 718.2.3) WHERE THE CONSTRUCTION IS NONCOMBUSTIBLE, FIRE BLOCKING IS NOT REQUIRED. TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE, OPERABLE PARTS OF SUCH HARDWARE SHALL BE 34 INCHES MINIMUM AND 48 INCHES CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. ICClANSI A117.1 - 2009 SECTION 404.2.2. COL COLUMN 4. INTERIOR FINISH REQUIREMENTS BASED ON GROUP. INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH OF ROOMS SHALL HAVE A CLASS C FLAME CONC CONCRETE SPREAD INDEX (FLAME SPREAD INDEX NOT GREATER THAN 200 AND A SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX NOT GREATER THAN 450) WHEN 5. DOOR CLOSERS ON ACCESSIBLE DOORS. DOOR CLOSERS SHALL BE ADJUSTED SO THAT FROM AN OPEN POSITION OF 90 CONST CONSTRUCTION TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84 OR UL 723. (SECTION 803.1.1) DEGREES, THE TIME REQUIRED TO MOVE THE DOOR TO AN OPEN POSITION OF 12 DEGREES SHALL BE 5 SECONDS MINIMUM. CONT CONTINUOUS ICC/ANSI A117.1 - 2009 SECTION 404.2.7.1. DIA DIAMETER 5, TEXTILE WALL AND CEILING COV ERINGS VERINGS AND EXPANDED VINYL WALL AND CEILING COVERINGS SHALL HAVE A CLASS A FLAME INDEX FLAME SPREAD INDEX NOT GREATER T 25 AND A SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX NOT GREATER THAN 450 IN SPREAD HRN 6. DOOR SURFACE OF ACCESSIBLE DOORS. DOOR SURFACES WITHIN 10 INCHES OF THE FL MEASURED VERTICALLY, ( FLOOR EA RED VERTI L SHALL BE A CIS DOWNSPOUT WITH ASTM E 84 OR UL 723 AND BE PROTECTED BY AN AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM ACCORDANCES SMOOTH SURFACE ON THE PUSH SIDE EXTENDING THE FULL WIDTH OF THE DOOR. PARTS CREATING HORIZONTAL OR VERTICAL 20 IBC SECTION 903.3.1.1. TEST SPECIMEN PREPARATION AND MOUNTING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 2404. WITH 12 C JOINTS IN SUCH SURFACE SHALLBE WITHIN 1116 INCH O THE SAME PLANE AS THE EJ EXPANSION JOINT F S OTHER. CAVITIES CREATED BY ADDED KICK EL ELEVATION SECTION 803.1.4 17 PLATES SHALL BE CAPPED. ICCIANSI Al .1- 2009 SECTION 404 .2.9. T ELEC ELECTRICAL 6 EGRESS ILLUMINATION EMERGENCY POWER. THE POWER SUPPLY FOR MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION SHALL NORMALLY BE EQ EQUAL S 7. VISION LITES INACCESSIBLE DOORS. DOORS AND SIDELITES ADJACENT TO DOORS CONTAINING ONE OR MORE GLAZING PANELS ES EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER PROVIDED BY THE PREMISES ELECTRICAL SUPPLY. IN THE EVENT OF POWER SUPPLY FAILURE, AN EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL THAT PERMIT VIEWING THROUGH THE PANELS SHALL HAVE THE BOTTOM OF AT LEAST ONE PANEL ON EITHER THE DOOR OR AN ETR EXISTING TO REMAIN SYSTEM SHALL AUTOMATICALLY PROVIDE ILLUMINATION. (SECTION 1008.2) EMERGENCY LIGHTING FACILITIES SHALL BE ARRANGED ADJACENT SIDELITE 43 INCHES MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR. ICC/ANSI A117.1 - 2009 SECTION 404.2.10. EW EACH WAY TO PROVIDE INITIAL ILLUMINATION THAT IS AT LEAST AN AVERAGE OF 1 FOOT-CANDLE AND A MINIMUM AT ANY POINT OF 0.1 EXT EXTERIOR FOOT-CANDLE MEASURED ALONG THE PATH OF EGRESS AT FLOOR LEVEL. ILLUMINATION LEVELS SHALL BE PERMITTED TO DECLINE 8. EXPOSED PIPES AND SURFACES AT ACCESSIBLE SINKS, WATER SUPPLY AND DRAINPIPES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS SHALL FON FOUNDATION TO 0.6 FOOT-CANDLE AVERAGE AND A MINIMUM AT ANY POINT OF 0.06 FOOT-CANDLE AT THE END OF THE EMERGENCY LIGHTING BE INSULATED OR OTHERWISE CONFIGURED TO PROTECT AGAINST CONTACT. THERE SHALL BE NO SHARP OR ABRASIVE FFr-'W, FINISHED FLOOR TIME DURATION. A MAXIMUM -TO -MINIMUM ILLUMINATION UNIFORMITY RATIO OF 40 TO 1 SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED. (SECTION SURFACES UNDER LAVATORIES AND SINKS. ICC/ANSI A117A - 2009 SECTION 604.6. t FRT FIRE RETARDANT TREATED 1008.3.5) THIS LIGHTING IS NOT ALLOWED TO BE CONTROLLED BY AN AUTOMATIC LIGHTING SHUTOFF DEVICE. FS '../"�-^' FAR SIDE 1Q 9. GRAB BAR CROSS SECTION. GRAB BARS WITH A CIRCULAR CROSS SECTION SHALL HAVE AN OUTSIDE DIAMETER OF 1-1A INCH FIG FOOTING 7. DOOR OPENING FORCE. THE FORCE FOR PUSHING OR PULLING OPEN INTERIOR SWINGING EGRESS DOORS SHALL NOT EXCEED 5 MINIMUM AND 2 INCHES MAXIMUM. ICClANSI A117.1 - 2009 SECTION 609.2.1. GRAB BARS WITH A NONCIRCULAR CROSS SECTION SHALL FV FIELD VERIFY POUNDS. FOR OTHER SWINGING DOORS (E.G. EXTERIOR DOORS), THE DOOR LATCH SHALL RELEASE WHEN SUBJECTED TO A HAVE A CROSS SECTION DIMENSION OF 2 INCHES MAXIMUM, AND APERIMETER DIMENSION OF 4 INCHES MINIMUM AND 4.8 INCHES GA GAUGE 15-POUND FORCE. THE DOOR SHALL BE SET IN MOTION WHEN SUBJECTED TO A 30-POUND FORCE. THE DOOR SHALL SWING TO A MAXIMUM. ICCIANSI A117.1 - 2009 SECTION 609.22. GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR FULL -OPEN POSITION WHEN SUBJECTED TO A 15-POUND FORCE. (SECTION 1010.1.3) GYP BD GYPSUM BOARD 10. GRAB BAR SPACING. THE SPACE BETWEEN THE WALL AND THE GRAB BAR SHALL BE 1-1/2 INCHES. THE SPACE BETWEEN THE GRAB H HEIGHT 8. UNLATCHING OF DOORS. THE UNLATCHING OF ANY DOOR OR LEAF SHALL NOT REQUIRE MORE THAN ONE OPERATION. (SECTION BAR AND PROJECTING OBJECTS BELOW AND AT THE ENDS OF THE GRAB BAR SHALL BE 1-1/2 INCHES MINIMUM. THE SPACE HORIZ HORIZONTAL 1010.1.9.1) BETWEEN THE GRAB BAR AND PROJECTING OBJECTS ABOVE THE GRAB BAR SHALL BE 12 INCHES MINIMUM, ICC/ANSI A117A - 2009 HSA HEADED STUD ANCHOR SECTION 609.3 EXCEPTION 1. HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SECTION INTER NALLY E NALLY ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGNS. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE LISTED AND LABELED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL 924 AND SHALL BE INFO INFORMATION INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND 2012 IBC CHAPTER 27. EXIT SIGNS SHALL BE ISO ISOLATION ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES. (SECTION 1013.5) 11. GRAB BAR STRUCTURAL STRENGTH. ALLOWABLE STRESSES SHALL NOT BE EXCEEDED FOR MATERIALS USED WHERE A VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL FORCE OF 250 POUNDS IS APPLIED AT ANY POINT ON THE GRAB BAR FASTENER MOUNTING DEVICE JBE JOIST BEARING ELEVATION : OR JST JOIST 10. FLOORS AND WALL BASE FINISH MATERIALS IN TOILET ROOMS, TOILET ROOM FLOOR FINISH MATERIALS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, SUPPORTING STRUCTURE, [CC/ANSI A117.1 - 2009 SECTION 609.8. JT JOINT HARD, NONABSORBENT SURFACE. THE INTERSECTIONS OF SUCH FLOORS WITH WALLS SHALL HAVE A SMOOTH, HARD, KSI KIPS PER SQUARE INCH NONABSORBENT VERTICAL BASE THAT EXTENDS UPWARD ONTO THE WALLS AT LEAST 4 INCHES. (SECTION 1210.2.1) " L LENGTH LB POUNDS 11. GLAZING INDOORS. GLAZING IN ALL FIXED AND OPERABLE PANELS OF SWINGING DOORS SHALL BE CONSIDERED A HAZARDOUS LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LOCATION FOR HUMAN IMPACT REQUIRING SAFETY GLAZING MATERIALS. (SECTION 2406.4.1) LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL LONG LONGITUDINAL 12. INSULATION: ALL INSULATION MATERIALS, INCLUDING FACINGS SUCH AS VAPOR BARRIERS AND BREATHER PAPERS, SIMILAR NOTES g' MAX MAXIMUM COVERINGS, AND ALL LAYERS OF SINGLE AND MULTI -LAYER REFLECTIVE FOIL INSULATIONS, SHALL COMPLY WITH THE GENERAL PROJECT 1 ES MDF MEDIUM DENSITY FIBERBOARD REQUIREMENTS OF IBC SECTION 719.1. INSULATING MATERIALS SHALL HAVE A FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 25 AND A MECH MECHANICAL SMOKE -DEVELOPED INDEX OF NOT MORE THAN 450 IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84. MFR MANUFACTURER 13. GYPSUM BOARD: GYPSUM BOARD AND GYPSUM PLASTER CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE OF THE MATERIALS LISTED IN TABLES 2506.2. 1. CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPLICABLE CITY, STATE AND NATIONAL CODES AS WELL AS RULES AND REGULATIONS MIN MINIMUM FROM GOVERNMENTAL AGENCIES HAVING JURISDICTION. CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PER MANUFACTURER'S REQUIREMENTS, MISC MISCELLANEOUS THESE MATERIALS SHALL BE ASSEMBLED AND INSTALLED IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE APPROPRIATE STANDARDS LISTED IN TABLES SPECIFICATIONS AND ACCEPTED GENERAL PRACTICES. MO MASONRY OPENING 2508.1 AND CHAPTER 35. MTL METAL NIC NOT IN CONTRACT 14. EXIT DOORS SHALL BE SO MARKED THAT THEY ARE READILY DISTINGUISHABLE FROM THE ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION, SECTION 2. CONSTRUCT FROM JURISDICTIONAL APPROVED AND STAMPED CONSTRUCTION DRAWINGS, THE CONTRACTOR AND NRP NON -FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC 1010.1. SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL OBTAIN AND PAY FOR ALL PERMITS, INSPECTION FEES, AND DEPOSITS REQUIRED FOR THE NO NUMBER INSTALLATION OF ALL WORK THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE TO OBTAIN INSPECTIONS AND APPROVAL FROM CITY NS NEAR SIDE 15. FLOOR ELEVATION AT DOORS SHALL BE THE SAME ON EACH SIDE OF THE DOOR. LANDINGS SHALL BE LEVEL EXCEPT FOR INSPECTORS. NTS NOT TO SCALE EXTERIOR LANDINGS, WHICH ARE PERMITTED TO HAVE A SLOPE NOT TO EXCEED 114" VERTICAL IN 12" HORIZONTAL. SECTION OC ON CENTER 1010.1.5. EXCEPTION 4. VARIATIONS IN ELEVATION DUE TO DIFFERENCES IN FINISH MATERIALS, BUT NOT MORE THAN 1/2" VERTICAL. 3. ANY DISCREPANCIES BETWEEN DRAWINGS, SPECIFICATIONS, AND/OR EXISTING BUILDING CONDITIONS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO OCH ON CENTER HORIZONTALLY 16. FLOOR ELEVATION AT DOORS SHALL BE THE SAME ON EACH SIDE OF THE DOOR. LANDINGS SHALL BE LEVEL EXCEPT FOR THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH THE WORK, ORDERING MATERIALS, OR OCV ON CENTER VERTICALLY FABRICATION. OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER EXTERIOR LANDINGS, WHICH ARE PERMITTED TO HAVE A SLOPE NOT TO EXCEED 114" VERTICAL IN 12" HORIZONTAL: SECTION " 1010.1.5, EXCEPTION 4. VARIATIONS IN ELEVATION DUE TO DIFFERENCES IN FINISH MATERIALS, BUT NOT MORE THAN 112VERTICAL. OH OPPOSITE HAND 4. WHEN CONCEALED OR UNKNOWN CONDITIONS ARE DISCOVERED THAT WILL AFFECT THE FINAL DESIGN OR CHANGE THE. SCOPE - OPCI OWNER PROVIDED CONTRACTOR INSTALLED 17. THRESHOLDS AT DOORWAYS SHALL NOT EXCEED 314" IN HEIGHT. RAISED THRESHOLDS AND FLOOR LEVEL CHANGES GREATER OF WORK CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR OWNER FOR RESOLUTION PRIOR TO STARTING WORK. PAF POWDER ACTUATED FASTENER THAN 1/4SHALL BE BEVELED WITH A SLOPE NOT GREATER THAN ONE UNIT VERTICAL IN TWO UNITS HORIZONTAL. SECTION PCF POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT " 5. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MEANS, METHODS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCING, PROCEDURES, SHORING, BRACING PLAM PLASTIC LAMINATE 1010.1.7. SAFETY AND INSURANCE IN CONNECTION WITH THE WORK. INCLUDING THE WORK OF ALL TRADES AND COORDINATION BETWEEN PL PLATE TRADES. PLF POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT SS DOORS 18. EGRESS SHALL BE READILY OPERABLE FROM THE EGRESS SIDE WITHOUT THE USE OF A KEY OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT. SECTION 1010.1.9. J PREM LDED EXPANSION JOINT PME O 6. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFYEXSTINC CONDITIONS AND COORDINATE ALL DRAWINGS ANDDIMENSIONS; DATUMS; LEVEL; PT PRESSURE TREATED SIZE AND LOCATION OF ALL OPENINGS AND ROUGH OUTS FOR DUCTS, PIPES, CONDUITS, CABINETS AND EQUIPMENT; AND PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT 19. MANUALLY OPERATED FLUSH BOLTS OR SURFACE BOLTS ARE NOT PERMITTED. SECTION 1010.1.9.4. EXCEPTION 2. WHERE A PAIR COORDINATE SAME WITH ALL TRADES PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH ANY WORK OR FABRICATION. PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH OF DOORS SERVES A STORAGE OR EQUIPMENT ROOM, MANUALLY OPERATED EDGE OR SURFACE MOUNTED BOLTS ARE PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PERMITTED ON THE INACTIVE LEAF. T THE DRAWINGS INDICATE LOCATIONS, DIMENSIONS AND TYPICAL DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION. WHEN CONSTRUCTION DETAILS QTY QUANTITY ARE NOT SHOWN FOR PORTIONS OF THE WORK, DETAILS SHALL BE THE SAME AS FOR SIMILAR WORK. IF QUESTIONS CANNOT BE REF REFER TO 20. ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL MEET ALL OF THE APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF ICC/ANSI Al IT - SECTION 404 FOR DOOR RESOLVED IN THIS MANNER, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. REINF REINFORCING MANEUVERING SPACE, DOOR HARDWARE, DOOR CLOSERS AND DOOR OPENING FORCE. REQD REQUIRED 8. THE CONTRACTOR AND EACH SUBCONTRACTOR SHALL DO ALL THE NECESSARY CUTTING, PATCHING AND FITTING AS REQUIRED REV REVERSE 21. THE MEANS OF EGRESS SHALL BE ILLUMINATED AT ALL TIMES THE BUILDING SPACE SERVED BY THE MEANS OF EGRESS IS TO PERFORM THE WORKAND SHALL BE DONE WITH APPROPRIATE MATERIALS AND TOOLS TO INSURE THE HIGHEST QUALITY OF RI REACH -IN OCCUPIED. SECTION 1008.2. WORK. RO ROUGH OPENING RTU ROOF TOP UNIT 22, THE MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION LEVEL SHALL NOT BE LESS THAN 1 FOOT-CANDLE AT THE FLOOR LEVEL. SECTION 1008.2.1. 9 ALL MATERIALS STORED ON THE SITE, EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHED CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM SCHED SCHEDULE WEATHER, VANDALISM AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES TO PREVENT DAMAGE AND DETERIORATION UNTIL SUBSTANTIAL SDI STEEL DECK INSTITUTE 23. THE POWER SUPPLY FOR THE MEANS OF EGRESS ILLUMINATION SHALL NORMALLY BE PROVIDED BY THE PREMISE'S ELECTRICAL COMPLETION. FAILURE TO PROTECT MAY BE CAUSE FOR REJECTION OF WORK SIM SIMILAR SUPPLY IN THE EVENT OF POWER SUPPLY FAILURE, AN EMERGENCY ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SHALL AUTOMATICALLY ILLUMINATE ALL SJI STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE REQUIRED COMPONENTS OF THE EGRESS SYSTEM FOR A DURATION OF NOT LESS THAN 90 MINUTES. SECTION 1008.3 10, CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE ALL NECESSARY TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION REQUIRED TO COMPLETE THE PROJECT IN THE SP SPACES 24. EXITS AND EXIT ACCESS DOORS SHALL BE MARKED BY AN INTERNALLY ILLUMINATED EXIT SIGN COMPLYING WITH SECTIONS BIDDING PRICE. SPECS SPECIFICATIONS ( SS STAINLESS STEEL 1011.5.1 THROUGH 1011.5.3) READILY VISIBLE FROM ANY DIRECTION OF EGRESS TRAVEL. EXIT SIGN PLACEMENT SHALL BE SUCH 11, ALL WORK REQUIRED SHALL BE FURNISHED, INSTALLED COMPLETE AND IN OPERATION. THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR STRUC STRUCTURAL THAT NO POINT IN AN EXIT ACCESS IS MORE THAN 100'AR THE LISTED VIEWING DISTANCE FOR THE SIGN, WHICHEVER IS LESS, ALL INSTALLATION AND/ OR CONNECTION OF EQUIPMENT FOR A COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL FACILITY UNLESS NOTED T&B TOP AND BOTTOM FROM THE NEAREST VISIBLE EXIT SIGN. SECTION 1013.1. OTHERWISE. THK THICKNESS 25. OPERABLE PARTS OF CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS SHALL BE OPERABLE WITH ONE HAND AND SHALL NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, TO TOP OF 12. SHOP DRAWINGS ARE TO COMPLIMENT AND SUPPLIMENT CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. REVIEW OF SHOP DRAWINGS DOES NOT TOCITC TOP OF CONCRETE PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST. THE FORCE REQUIRED TO ACTIVATE OPERABLE PARTS SHALL BE 5 POUNDS MAXIMUM. RELIEVE CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR OF RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONFORMANCE WITH CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. TOF TOP OF FOOTING ICC/ANSLA117.1 - SECTION 3022. TOGS TOP OF GRADE BEAM 13. CONTRACTOR MUST HAVE THE LOCATIONS OF ALL UNDERGROUND UTILITIES IDENTIFIED AND MARKED PRIOR TO COMMENCING TOM TOP OF MASONRY 26. COUNTERS FOR SALES OR DISTRIBUTION OF GOODS AND SERVICES TO THE PUBLIC SHALL HAVE A PORTION OF THE COUNTER 36' ANY EXCAVATION. TOP/TP TOP OF PAVING LONG MINIMUM BY 36" HIGH MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FLOOR OR GROUND. ICCtANSI A11T1 - SECTION 904.2. TOS TOP OF STEEL OR TOP OF STUD 14. DRAWINGS SHALL NOT BE SCALED FOR DIMENSIONS. WRITTEN DIMENSIONS GOVERN. DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE TO THE FACE OF 11 TRANS TRANSVERSE 27. CARPET: CARPET OR CARPET TILE SHALL BE SECURELY ATTACHED AND SHALL HAVE A FIRM CUSHION, PAD OR BACKING OR NO STUD, METAL PANEL, CONCRETE AND CMU. U.N.O. TYP TYPICAL CUSHION OR PAD. CARPET OR CARPET TILE SHALL HAVE A LEVEL LOOP, TEXTURED LOOP, LEVEL CUT PILE, OR LEVEL CUT/UNCUT r ( LINO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE PILE TEXTURE. PILE HEIGHT SHALL BE \" MAXIMUM. EXPOSED EDGES OF CARPET SHALL BE FASTENED TO THE FLOOR OR GROUND 15. IF DIMENSIONS ARE IN QUESTION, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING CLARIFICATION FROM THE VERT VERTICAL SURFACES AND SHALL HAVE TRIM ALONG THE ENTIRE LENGTH OF THE EXPOSED EDGE. CARPET EDGE TRIM SHALL COMPLY WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE CONTINUING CONSTRUCTION. ALL MEASUREMENTS ARE SUBJECT TO VERIFICATION IN THE FIELD BY THE VCR VENT THROUGH ROOF ICC/ANSI A117.1-SECTION 302.2. CONTRACTOR, AND THEY SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES PRIOR TO FABRICATION OR CONSTRUCTION. W WIDTH WD WOOD 28. AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH SMOKE DETECTORS LISTED AND LABELED FOR INSTALLATION IN AIR 16. DIMENSIONS NOTED AS "CLEAR" SHALL BE MAINTAINED AND SHALL ALLOW FOR THE THICKNESS OF ALL FINISHES. DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS. IMC SECTION 606. SMOKE DETECTORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN RETURN AIR SYSTEMS WITH A DESIGN CAPACITY GREATER THAN 2,000 CFM, IN THE RETURN AIR DUCT OR PLENUM UPSTREAM OF ANY FILTERS, EXHAUST AIR 17. THESE DOCUMENTS ARE NOT TO BE USED FOR ANY PURPOSE OTHER THAN ORIGINALLY ISSUED UNLESS AUTHORIZED IN WRITING CONNECTIONS, OUTDOOR AIR CONNECTIONS, OR DECONTAMINATION EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES. IMC SECTION 606.2.1. BY THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD. 29. BUILDINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH NATURAL VENTILATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 1203.4 OR SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH 18. REFER TO ALL DRAWING SHEETS FOR ADDITIONAL GENERAL NOTES. MECHANICAL VENTILATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE IMC. SECTION 1203.1. 30. A MECHANICALLY OPERATED EXHAUST SYSTEM CAPABLE OF PROVIDING A COMPLETE CHANGE OF AIR EVERY 15 MINUTES SHALL 19. SMOKING IS NOT TO BE ALLOWED WITHIN THE FACILITY UNDER CONSTRUCTION / REMODEL OR IN ANY AREA DESIGNATED AS NON SMOKING BY OTHERS. BE PROVIDED IN EACH BATHROOM. EXHAUST SYSTEM SHALL BE CONNECTED DIRECTLY TO THE OUTSIDE AND THE POINT OF DISCHARGE SHALL BEAT LEAST 3 FEET FROM ANY OPENING THAT ALLOWS AIR ENTRY INTO OCCUPIED PORTIONS OF THE BUILDING SECTION 1203.4.2.1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1. ALL WORK SHALL BE DONE IN A SAFE AND WORKMANLIKE MANNER AND IN STRICT DEFERRED SUBMITTALS ACCORDANCE WITH THE LOCAL AND/OR STATE (IF APPLICABLE) BUILDING CODES, NATIONAL ELECTRIC CODE, APPLICABLE AA L AND OTHER ADOPTED , ACCESSIBILITY 1. THE FOLLOWING ITEMS ARE CONSIDERED TO BE DEFERRED SUBMITTALS PER SECTION 107.3.4.1 OF THE BUILDING CODE AND STANDARDS, OSHA, AND ALL APPLICABLE CODES, REGULATIONS, ORDINANCES AND SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE REGISTERED DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN RESPONSIBLE CHARGE FOR REVIEW, WHO SHALL REVIEW AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. THEM AND FORWARD THEM TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL WITH A NOTATION INDICATING THAT THE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL 2. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR HAVING A THOROUGH KNOWLEDGE DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN REVIEWED AND FOUND TO BE IN GENERAL CONFORMANCE TO THE DESIGN OF THE BUILDING. THE ACQUAINT HIMSELF WITH THIS KNOWLEDGE DOES NOT RELIEVE HIM OF ANY OF ALL DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS THEIR RELATED FIELD. THE FAILURE TO DEFERRED SUBMITTAL ITEMS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED UNTIL THE DEFERRED SUBMITTAL DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN APPROVED RESPONSIBILITY FOR PERFORMING HIS WORK PROPERLY. NO ADDITIONAL BY THE BUILDING OFFICIAL. COMPENSATION SHALL BE ALLOWED BECAUSE OF CONDITIONS THAT OCCUR DUE TO FAILURE TO FAMILIARIZE WORKERS WITH THIS KNOWLEDGE. A. FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM DESIGN & ENGINEERING 3. ANY DAMAGE TO PROPERTY WHICH OCCURS DURING THE PROCESS OF B. FIRE ALARM DESIGN & ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE REPAIRED/REPLACED TO MATCH EXISTING AT NO C. RACKING ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE WORK AREA CLEAN AND FREE OF DEBRIS AND REMOVE ALL TRASH AND DEBRIS FROM THE CONSTRUCTION AREA DAILY. NO FLAMMABLE MATERIALS OR LIQUIDS MAY BE STORED IN THE EXISTING BUILDING OR IN ANY NEW ADDITION. MUD AND DEBRIS TRACKED ONTO OWNER PAVING OR CITY r STREETS TO BE CLEANED IMMEDIATELY. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS 5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE TIMELY ORDERING OF L 1� MATERIALS TO PROHIBIT DELAYS OF THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE OF THIS PROJECT. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE DELIVERY OF MATERIALS IN A TIMELY MANNER. 1. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED*CON 1704.1 AND SHALL BE PERFORMED BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY. 6. THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL RESPOND TO ALL REQUIREMENTS OF THE THE AGENCY WILL BE HIRED BY THHE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE OWNER AS TO THE ALLOWANCE IN THE ARCHITECT AND CONSULTANTS FOR VERIFICATIONS, RESPONSES, AND BUDGET FOR TESTING. PAYMENTSIRECT TO THE AGENCY FROM THE OWNER FOR TESTING. /� SUBMISSIONS. /� T REPAIR, RE-ROUTE, AND EXTEND ALL SERVICESIUTILITIES, PIPING, AND CONDUIT OF 2. SPE ALINSPECTION IS EQUIREDLAC ENT AND EINFORCING BARS. EXISTING ITEMS AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS FOR THE COMPLETE INSTALLATION AND OPERATIONS OF NEW 3. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED ON PLACEMENT OF ANCHOR BOLTS IN DIRECT CONTACT WITH THE STRUCTURAL FRAME OF EQUIPMENT. THIS INCLUDES ALL ITEMS SHOWN OR NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. THE BUILDING. RESET EXISTING EQUIPMENT OR RELATED ITEMS AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER OPERATION. 4. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED ON ALL WELDING OF THE MOMENT RESISTING CONNECTIONS AND GENERAL STRUCTURAL 8. DURING ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD, PROVIDE ONE U.L. LISTED 2A:20BC DRY WELDING. ALL WELDING OF REINFORCEMENT WILL REQUIRE INSPECTION. CONTINUOUS INSPECTION MAY BE REQUIRED DUE TO CHEMICAL FIRE EXTINGUISHER, OR ONE STANDARD U.L. LISTED 2-1/2 GALLON PROJECT SCHEDULE OR BY THE ENGINEER. ( ) WATER (E-10) AND ONE U.L. LISTED 1 OBC CARBON DIOXIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHER MOUNTED TOGETHER IN EACH 3000 SO. FT. OF WORK AREA OR FRACTION THEREOF 5. SPECIAL INSPECTION WILL BE REQUIRED ON FOOTING EXCAVATIONS AND COMPACTION TESTING FOR THE BUILDING. (MINIMUM OF TWO AVAILABLE IN ALL CONSTRUCTION AREAS AT ALL TIMES). 9. 1F MODIFICATION TO SPRINKLER SYSTEM IS REQUIRED THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR 6. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED FOR ALL HIGH STRENGTH BOLTING. SHALL HIRE A LICENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT SIGNED AND SEALED SPRINKLER DRAWINGS FOR APPROVAL PRIOR TO ANJ 7. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL TESTING. SEE SHEET S-000 ALTERATION OF THE AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER SYSTEM. WORK TO BE DONE SEPARATE PERMIT. SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR TO BE RESPONSIBLE FOR A PERMITS, PLAN SUBMITTALS, AND FEES ASSOCIATED WITH THIS PROJECT REQUIRED BY LOCAL FIRE CODES. NEW BUILDING TO BE INSTALLED THRO WITH AN IBC APPROVED AUTOMATIC FIRE SPRINKLER SYSTEM, FURNISHE INSTALLED BY A LICENSED SPRINKLER CONTRACTOR. 10. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO PROVIDE AND INSTALL LOCK BOX GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO COORDINATE TYPE OF BOX AND LOCATION WITH FIRE DEPARTMENT OFFICIAL. 11. IT IS IMPERATIVE THAT THE ROOF FRAMING AND ROOFING SYSTEM BE KEPT INTACT TO ELIMINATE POTENTIAL WATER DAMAGE OR MOISTURE INFILTRATION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL KEEP THE BUILDING WATERTIGHT AT ALL TIMES AND MAKE REPAIRS IMMEDIATELY SHOULD ANY DAMAGE OCCUR TO THE ROOFING SYSTEM. 12.THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS ARE A PART OF THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AND MUST BE REFERRED TO FOR COMPLETE DOCUMENTATION. 13. GC TO FOLLOW CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS AS DETAILED AND DIMENSIONED. DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. i x 3 . FA, I i•) ' IIII [214191-0-1ill, 1. THE ARCHITECT HAS MADE A SCOPE VISIT WITH MEASUREMENTS AND PHOTOGRAPHS OF. EXISTING CONDITIONS AND THE ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS INDICATE EXISTING CONDITIONS VERIFIED IN THE FIELD, IT, HOWEVER, REMAINS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY ALL EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO THE SUBMISSION OF HIS BID AND TO THE COMMENCEMENT OF ANY WORK NO ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION WILL BE PAID DUE TO THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO ACQUAINT HIMSELF WITH EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS WHICH INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, GRADES, EXTENT OF PAVING, OR UTILITIES. 2. ANY DISCREPANCY WITH THE EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS AND/OR THE DRAWINGS SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ARCHITECT FOR CLARIFICATION AND INSTRUCTION, THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS HAVE BEEN DESIGNED AND DRAWN ASSUMING EXISTING BUILDING CONDITIONS MATCH THE ORIGINAL DRAWINGS. THE CONTRACTOR IMMEDIATELY UPON ARRIVAL AT THE SITE SHALL VERIFY ALL EXISTING STRUCTURAL COLUMN O UMN DIMENSIONS STRUCTURAL BEARING HEIGHTS AND EXISTING DIMENSIONS. IF DISCREPANCIES ARE FOUND BETWEEN WHAT IS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS AND EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS CONTACT THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE ARCHITECT IMMEDIATELY TO DETERMINE WHAT ACTION SHOULD BE TAKEN TO MATCH EXISTING CONDITIONS. THE BEGINNING OF CONSTRUCTION BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR MEANS ACCEPTANCE OF THE EXISTING CONDITIONS. 3. ALL UTILITY LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE APPROXIMATE. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY THE EXACT LOCATION OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES (WHETHER SHOWN OR NOT) PRIOR TO THE SUBMISSION OF HIS BID OR THE COMMENCEMENT OF CONSTRUCTION. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND ARCHITECT OF THE DISCOVERY OF EXISTING UTILITIES NOT SHOWN OR NOTED ON DRAWINGS. 4. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND DEPTHS OF UNDERGROUND UTILITY SERVICES PRIOR TO ANY EXCAVATION. 5. BEFORE BEGINNING WORK AT THE SITE, THE CONTRACTOR MUST INSPECT THE EXISTING BUILDING AND DETERMINE THE EXTENT OF EXISTING FINISHES SPECIAL TIES, CASEWORK BUILT-IN FURNITURE, EQUIPMENT, AND OTHER ITEMS WHICH MUST BE REMOVED AND/OR REINSTALLED IN ORDER TO PERFORM THE WORK UNDER THIS CONTRACT, 6. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE EXISTING FINISH FLOOR ELEVATION AT ALL OPENINGS OF THE EXISTING BUILDING PRIOR TO ESTABLISHING THE FINISH FLOOR ELEVATIONAEPORT ANY DISCREPANCIES FOUND IN THE FIELD IMMEDIATELY TO THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER AND THE ARCHITECT PRIOR TO MAKING ANY STRUCTURAL MODIFICATIONS OR ORDERING OF ANY MATERIALS. TACTILE SIGN LEGEND SYMBOL SIGNAGE EXIT -- -- -1 II o I Z I 5 m \ 18" MIN O FRONT APPROACH, PULL SIDE I V I z \ M o- \ I v; O HINGE APPROACH, PULL SIDE , \, r --� z \\ � 24" MIN I 0 LATCH APPROACH, PULL SIDE, DOOR PROVIDED WITH CLOSER 3 `Y �41'-6"MIN 1/4" = T-0" � M WALL TYP TACTILE EXIT SIGN TYP SIGNS CONTAINING TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT THERE IS AN 19' CLEAR FLOOR AREA CENTERED ON THE TACTILE CHARACTERS DOUBLE DOOR TYP WALL TYP TACTILE EXIT SIGN TYP 1. THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY SHALL BE THE STANDARD USED TO IDENTIFY FACILITIES THAT ARE ACCESSIBLE TO AND USABLE BY PHYSICALLY DISABLED PERSONS ASSET FORTH IN THE 2015 IBC AND AS SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED IN THIS SECTION 1 2. REQUIRED ACCESSIBLE ELEMENTS SHALL BE IDENTIFIED BY TH TERN TIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY AT THE FOLL0 NG LOCATIONS: A. ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCES WHERE NOT ALL ENTRANCES ARE ACCESSIBLE. A TACTILE SIGN STATING "EXIT' AND COMPLYING WITH IBC 1013.4 SHALL BE PROVIDED ADJACENT TO EACH DOOR TO AN EXIT PASSAGEWAY AND THE EXIT DISCHARGE. REF DOOR SCHEDULE FOR LOCATIONS. MULTILETS ARE Q, B. ACCESSIBLE ROOMS ERE PLE SINGLE -USER TOICLUAT A STERED SINGLE LOCATION C. ACCESSIBLE CHECK-OUT AISLES WHERE NOT ALL AISLES ARE ACCESSIBLE. THE SIGN, WHERE PROVIDED, SHALL BE ABOVE THE CHECK-OUT AISLE IN THE SAME LOCATION AS THE CHECK-OUT AISLE NUMBER OR TYPE OF CHECK-OUT IDENTIFICATION D. UNISEX TOILET AND BATHING ROOMS E. ACCESSIBLE DRESSING, FITTING AND LOCKER ROOMS WHERE NOT ALL SUCH ROOMS ARE ACCESSIBLE F. DIRECTIONAL SIGNAGE INDICATING THE ROUTE TO THE NEAREST LIKE ACCESSIBLE ELEMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED AT EACH SEPARATE SEX TOILET INDICATING THE LOCATION OF THE NEAREST UNISEX TOILET 3. CHARACTERS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: A. CHARACTERS, SYMBOLS AND PICTOGRAMS AND THEIR FIELDS SHALL SHALL CONTRAST THEIR FIELDS AND HAVE A NON -GLARE FINISH. CONTRAST CAN BE ACHIEVED WITH EITHER A LIGHT PICTOGRAM ON A DARK FIELD OR A DARK PICTOGRAM ON A LIGHT FIELD. B. WHEN PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION IS PROVIDED FOR ROOMS AND SPACES, RAISED LETTERS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY BRAILLE. C. LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32" MINIMUM AND SHALL BE SANS -SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2 BRAILLE D. CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE SHALL BE USED, DOTS SHALL BE TO 0.1w' (2.5 MM) ON CENTER IN EACH CELL WITH 0.300" (7.6 MM) SPACE BETWEEN CELLS. OT SHALL BE RAISED MINIMUM OF 0.025" (0.6 MM) TO 0.037" (0.9 MM) ABOVE THE BACKGROUND. E. FOR CHARACTER SIZE, THE UPPERCASE LETTER "O" SHALL BE USED TO DETERMINE THE ALLOWABLE WIDTH OF ALL CHARACTERS OF A FONT. THE WIDTH OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "O"OF THE FONT SHALL BE 55 PERCENT MINIMUM AND 110 PERCENT MAXIMUM OF THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE "I" OF 1 THE FONT. CHARACTER HEIGHT MEASURED FROM THE BASELINE OF THE CHARACTER SHALL BE 5/8" (16 MM) MINIMUM AND 2 INCHES (51 MM) MAXIMUM BASED ON THE HEIGHT OF THE UPPERCASE LETTER "I". F. PICTORIAL SYMBOL SIGNS (PICTOGRAMS) SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY THE EQUIVALENT VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE BORDER DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM SHALL BE.A MINIMUM OF 6" IN HEIGHT 4, SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, INCLUDING DOUBLE LEAF DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEARESTADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT, WHERE A TACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED AT A DOOR, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ALONGSIDE THE DOOR AT THE LATCH SIDE. WHERE A TACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED AT DOUBLE DOORS WITH ONE ACTIVE LEAF, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE INACTIVE LEAF, WHERE A TACTILE SIGN IS PROVIDED AT DOUBLE DOORS WITH TWO ACTIVE LEAFS, THE SIGN SHALL BE LOCATED TO THE RIGHT OF THE RIGHT HAND DOOR. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE AT THE LATCH SIDE OF A SINGLE DOOR OR AT THE RIGHT SIDE OF DOUBLE DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE LOCATED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL. SIGNS CONTAINING TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE LOCATED SO THAT A CLEAR FLOOR SPACE OF 18 INCHES (455 MM) MINIMUM BY 18 INCHES (455 MM) MINIMUM, CENTERED ON THE TACTILE CHARACTERS, IS PROVIDED BEYOND THE ARC OF ANY DOOR SWING BETWEEN THE CLOSED POSITION AND 45 DEGREE OPEN POSITION. EXCEPTION: SIGNS WITH TACTILE CHARACTERS SHALL BE PERMITTED ON THE PUSH SIDE OF DOORS WITH CLOSERS AND WITHOUT HOLD -OPEN DEVICES. 5' MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE LOCATED 48 INCHES (1220 MM) MINIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE, MEASURED FROM THE BASE OF THE LOWEST BRAILLE CELLS AND 60 INCHES (1525 MM) MAXIMUM ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR OR GROUND SURFACE, MEASURED FROM THE BASELINE OF THE HIGHEST TACTILE CHARACTER. UNWROV"wUl ► z o ►/ ►, O FRONT APPROACH, PUSH SIDE z tV v \ \ \ O HINGE APPROACH, PUSH SIDE '� ���24" MI 4 , _ LATCH APPROACH, PUSH SIDE O FRONT APPROACH, PUSH SIDE, DOOR PROVIDED WITH BOTH CLOSER AND LATCH z MIN v �I 00 i 22" MIN \ \ 'A HINGE APPROACH, PUSH SIDE, DOOR PROVIDED WITH BOTH CLOSER AND LATCH 0 aD 24"Mill N C -- \ \ \ Q K LATCH APPROACH, PUSH SIDE, DOOR PROVIDED WITH CLOSER - - - \:: - I 0 0 z ,2 Z \ I o m I 0 HINGE APPROACH, PULL SIDE - 2;I \ 24" MIN O LATCH APPROACH, PULL SIDE SYMBOL DESCRIPTION ON DOORWAYS LEADING TO MEN'S SANITARY FACILITIES, 2" MIN. a 10 AN EQUILATERAL H IC Q E 1!4 INC THICK WITH EDGES 12 INCHES LONG TYP. AND A VERTEX POINTING UPWARD AND AT THE WOMEN'S FACILITIES WOM MEN A CIRCLE 1/4 INCH THICKAND 12 INCHES IN DIAMETER, WHERE 1' - 0" A UNISEX RESTROOM IS PROVIDED A COMBINED CIRCLE AND TRIANGLE SIGN SHALL BE USED AS SHOWN ABOVE. THESE GEOMETRIC SYMBOLS SHALL BE CENTERED ON THE DOOR ATA HEIGHT OF 60 INCHES FROM THE FINISH FLOOR AND THEIR COLOR AND CONTRAST SHALL BE In DISTINCTLY DIFFERENT FROM THE COLOR AND CONTRAST OF THE WALL. ALSO ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO STRIKE SIDE OF DOOR, MOUNT U_ ' SINGLE -USER A GRADE 2 BRAILLE SIGN WITH LETTERING/BRAILLE SYMBOLS RAISED 1' - 0" ¢ Q TOILET FACILITY 1/32", 5/8" - 2" HIGH AT HEIGHT OF 48 INCHES MIN AND 60 INCHES MAX 0 b ALL -GENDER WALL MOUNTED SIGNAGE TO BE LOCATED - ON LATCH SIDE OF DOOR CLEAR OF DOOR - SWING (LOCATE ON CORRESPONDING SIDE WALL AT DOORLESS CONDITION). MOUNT BETWEEN 48" AND 69 ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR TO THE RAISED CHARACTERS AND DOOR BRAILLE. MOUNTING LOCATION SHALL BE MOUNTED DETERMINED SO A PERSON MAY SIGNAGE APPROACH WITHIN W OF SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS THE SWING OF A DOOR, ( �(��r �� . % "... I _� IGNS SHAIGNS SHALL BE- BEZ ED,OR MEN CEASEDWITHCH RADIUS /� 1 CTERS ON L COMPLY �1 1 703.2 :R BED 1/3Z' o PPERCASE o to LETTERIN `° z 2 RAI= I v HEIGHT OF LETTER e 518" MIN. TO 2" MAX. � - FINISH FLOOR 0 BRAILLE SHALL BE PLACED v D A MIN. OF 318" AND MAX I , , / OF 10DIRECTLY BELOW ORRE PONDNG TACTILE CHARACTERS GRADE II BRAILLE FLUSH LEFT OR CENTERED. _ 1. THE INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESSIBILITY SHALL BE THE STANDARD USED TO IDENTIFY FA�FRTH HAT ARE A�S��I LE BY P�ILR �ED D PERSONS AS Q SEN 2009 ICC/IFICALIN T. SECTI N. 2. THTIONAL SHALLOE FIGURE ON A BLUE BACKGROUND. THE BLUE SHALL BE EQUAL TO COLOR NO. 15090 IN FEDERAL STANDARD595C 3. VISUAL LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL HAVE A WIDTH -TO -HEIGHT RATIO OF BETWEEN 3:5 AND 1:1 AND A STROKE WIDTH -TO -HEIGHT RATIO BETWEEN 1:5 AND 1:10. 4. CHARACTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE SIZED ACCORDING TO THE VIEWING DISTANCE FROM WHICH THEY ARE TO BE READ. THE MINIMUM HEIGHT IS MEASURED USING AN UPPER CASE LETTER "I". LOWER CASE CHARACTERS ARE PERMITTED FOR NON TACTILE SIGNS ONLY, FOR SIGNS SUSPENDED OR PROJECTED ABOVE THE FINISH FLOOR IN COMPLIANCE, THE MINIMUM CHARACTER HEIGHT SHALL BE 3". 5. CHARACTERS AND SYMBOLS SHALL CONTRAST WITH THEIR BACKGROUND. 6. RAISED CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING: A. LETTERS AND NUMBERS ON SIGNS SHALL BE RAISED 1/32" MINIMUM AND SHALL BE SANS -SERIF UPPERCASE CHARACTERS ACCOMPANIED BY GRADE 2 BRAILLE. B. RAISED CHARACTERS OR SYMBOLS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 5/8" HIGH. C. PICTORIAL SYMBOL SIGNS (PICTOGRAMS) SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY, THE EQUIVALENT VERBAL DESCRIPTION PLACED DIRECTLY BELOW THE PICTOGRAM. THE BORDER DIMENSION OF THE PICTOGRAM SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6'IN HEIGHT, 7. CONTRACTED GRADE 2 BRAILLE SHALL BE USED WHEREVER BRAILLE SYMBOLS ARE SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED IN OTHER PORTIONS OF THESE REGULATIONS. DOTS SHALL BE 1/19' ON CENTER IN EACH CELL WITH 3/10" SPACE BETWEEN CELLS. DOTS SHALL BE RAISED A MINIMUM OF 1/40" ABOVE THE BACKGROUND. 8. WHEN PERMANENT IDENTIFICATION IS PROVIDED FOR ROOMS AND SPACES, RAISED LETTERS SHALL BE ACCOMPANIED BY BRAILLE. SIGNS SHALL BE INSTALLED ON THE WALL ADJACENT TO THE LATCH SIDE OF THE DOOR. WHERE THERE IS NO WALL SPACE ON THE LATCH SIDE, INCLUDING DOUBLE LEAF DOORS, SIGNS SHALL BE PLACED ON THE NEAREST ADJACENT WALL, PREFERABLY ON THE RIGHT. MOUNTING HEIGHT SHALL BE BETWEEN 48" AND 60" ABOVE THE FINISHED FLOOR TO THE RAISED CHARACTERS AND BRAILLE. MOUNTING LOCATION SHALL BE DETERMINED SO THAT A PERSON MAY APPROACH WITHIN 3" OF THE SIGNAGE WITHOUT ENCOUNTERING PROTRUDING OBJECTS OR STANDING WITHIN THE SWING OF A DOOR. E # ____ G00%& 5i0G 1J:• �ll �" REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED 7 AUG 20 2019 9d � . City Of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION I RECEIVED CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 02 2019 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT OF RECORD: JAMES A. HAILEY 6700 ANTIOCH PLAZA SUITE 300 ' MERRTAM, KS 66204 wwvr.hrcarch-uh TEL- 913-262-9095 PAX: 913-262-9044 CONSULTANT COPYRIGHT NOTICE O CE This trawln w area far use h a spog as prep date an sites ,It suitable use with its Issue date and it Is not site or for use on a different project site or at a later time. Use of thisdrawing for reference e,ulcef example another project requires th.ctlon of this ea and ergi c Property draw n9 far reuse on .-the, Project Is not authorized and may be cone , to the law. ISSUES & REVISIONS ®' .. IIIIIIIIIII�e IIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII ®_ IIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIII IIIIIIIIIII PROJECT NAME UWA5 TUKWILA, WA PROJECT ADDRESS 18323 ANDOVER PARK W., BLDG E TUKWILA, WA 98188 . ■ . PRC3ECT MANAGER: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY: CEM DOCUMENT DATE: O$/OS/19 PROJECT NO. 62300960 PROFESSIONAL SEAL 9921, REGISTERED ARCHITECT JAMESA HA EY I STATE OF ASHI TON I PROJECT NAME: UWA5 TUKWILA, WA BUILDING ADDRESS: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W., BLDG 6, TUKWILA, WA 98188 FILENAME PROJECTYEAR: WIN REGION: 2019 I TODAYS DATE: DRAWN BY: 7/31/2019 1.53:14 PM CEM BLDG FLOOR: DRAWN DATE: 1 08/01/19 BUILDING TYPE: APPROVED BY: UWA5 SCALE: APPROVED DATE: VARIES *y+ AMAZON DISMIMER aMROrgiddlPrinted Onrecycled paper B (2,562 SF) OCCUPANCIES MERCANTILE (292 SF) (25) B OFFICE (GROUND) 2,447 SF (1:100 SF) (26) B OFFICE (MEZZANINE) 2,562 SF (1:100 SF) (98) S1 STORAGE 48,880 SF (1:500 SF) (1) F1 FOOD PREP (TRANS) 137 SF (1:500 SF) (5) MERCANTILE 292 SF (1:60 SF) (155) TOTAL OCCUPANTS 54,318 SF .;1 148,880 SR i r- � I � 1 I i 1 I i 1 I I I I MEZZANINE n 201 i - Ch i 1 i I _---_- I ; I j 160'-8" I � I I L-- - 64'-10" ; J f V LEGEND FE EXISTING FIRE EXTINGUISHERS 100' - - TRAVEL DISTANCE 32" MINIMUM CLEAR WIDTH AT DOOR SHEET NOTES 1. EXACT LOCATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS TO BE CONFIRMED BEFORE INSTALLATION. PROVIDE ADDITIONAL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS AS REQUIRED BY THE FIRE DEPT FIELD INSPECTORS. 2. ALL EXITS SHALL HAVE EXIT SIGNS AND ALL BLIND CORRIDOR TURNS SHALL HAVE DIRECTIONAL EXIT SIGNS, 3. AT LEAST ONE (1) FIRE EXTINGUISHER WITH A MINIMUM RATING OF 2-A-1OB-C SHALL BE PROVIDED WITHIN 76 MAXIMUM TRAVEL DISTANCE FOR EACH 3,000 SQFT OR PORTION THEREOF. 4. LOCATIONS AND CLASSIFICATIONS OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH STATE AND LOCAL FIRE CODE AND IS SUBJECT TO THE APPROVAL OF THE FIRE INSPECTOR. VERIFY QUANTITY AND EXACT LOCATION WITH FIRE DEPARTMENT INSPECTOR PRIOR TO ORDERING. 5. CHANGE OF LEVEL AT ALL EXITS AND ENTERANCES SHALL NOT EXCEED 112". NOTIFY ARCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES. STORAGE AND COMMODITY DESCRIPTION OCCUPANCY AREA NO. 1: CHILLED FOOD PRODUCT STORAGE. CLASS III COMMODITY (FOOD IN PLASTIC CONTAINERS) OPEN SHELF STORAGE TO MAX 94T, TEMP OF COOLER WILL BE 40 DEGREES F. FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN CRITERIA: ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 11(DENSITY 0.02 GPMi1,500 SF) OCCUPANCY AREA NO, 2: FROZEN FOOD PRODUCT STORAGE. CLASS III COMMODITY (FOOD IN PLASTIC CONTAINERS) OPEN SHELF STORAGE TO MAX 8'-0". TEMP OF FREEZER WILL BE -10 DEGREES F. FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN CRITERIA: ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 11.(DENSITY 0.02 GPMH,500 SF) OCCUPANCY AREA NO. 3: FOOD PROCESSING AREAS: CLASS III COMMODITY (FOOD IN COMBUSTIBLE AND PLASTIC CONTAINERS), MEAT, CHEESE, FRESH FRUITS & VEGETABLES IN PLASTIC AND NON -PLASTIC TRAYS OR CONTAINERS, NONCOMBUSTIBLE LIQUID IN PLASTIC CONTAINERS HAVING LESS THAN 5-GALLON CAPACITY. FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN CRITERIA: ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 11(DENSITY 0.02 GPWI,500 SF) OCCUPANCY AREA NO. 4: AMBIENT STORAGE AREA: OPEN SHELF TYPE STORAGE TO MAX 9-0" OF CLASS IV COMMODITIES. FOODS IN COMBUSTIBLE (CARDBOARD & PLASTIC) AND NONCOMBUSTIBLE LIQUIDS IN PLASTIC CONTAINERS HAVING LESS THAN 5-GALLON CAPACITY. FIRE SPRINKLER DESIGN CRITERIA: ORDINARY HAZARD GROUP 11(DENSITY 0.02 GPW1,500 SF) CLEANING PRODUCTS: STORED IN AMBIENT STORAGE AREA: 1. (2-6) 2.5L CONTAINERS OF CLASS 11 COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID TINAL STEP SANITIZER (PER NFPA 30 AND IFC 50 120 GALS IN MAX 5L CONTAINERS ARE ALLOWED.) 2. (5-10) 5L CONTAINERS OF CLASS IIIA COMBUSTIBLE LIQUID'ALPHA-HP MULTI SURFACE CLEANER. (PER NFPA 30 AND IFC 501585 GALS IN MAX 5L CONTAINERS ARE ALLOWED.) 3. (5-10) 5L CONTAINERS OF MISC NON HAZARDOUS CLEANERS AND DETERGENTS ALSO STORED. QUANTITIES NOT LIMITED. ESTIMATED EMPLOYEE COUNT TOTAL ESTIMATED EMPLOYEES DURING LARGEST SHIFT = 50 +/- 0 i p 1 I I I 32" i %_______________________________________________- g I �12 I I y 1 1 - I I 1 I 1 , 1 I I _ I I i I i I I i I i 1 _ i i FREEZE-- - 1 10 1 -10 F OCCUPANCY AREA NO. 2i I ( i COOLER ; 180,_0„ AREA N0.4 ! --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- �------------------------ F �--- i -------------------------------------1 1 OCCUPANCY AREA NO. 1 101'-11' ; ; i i i - ; i IL___________________________________________________________________ i o I I FFY 1 I I I 1 I Lxi! I I I I I i I i OCCUPANCY AREA NO.4 I i I I I 1 i i t 1 I I 1 1 I i f I"'------------- 1 I I i I I O I , 153'_1„ �,-2„ i I---------------.-------------r---`----------------------1III - -; ___________________________________J 1 RESTROOM 1 I 1 I I I I i 1 Hi R 77 164'4' -- ; 1----------------------- --� _ i FROMMEZZ. -J RESTROOM 2 , - - 5 ®1" o I I ; i 1-------------------------------------------------------- 0 17U-6„ I ------ # 136-9' I TRANSFORMATION i RESTROOM 3 ROOM 102 148 I ,IF -III 75 F OCCUPANCY BREAK ROOM ; i i RRFIF ; AREA NO. 3 103 ;Il- 1 1 I i 1 I 1 I 1 2016 IBC SECTION 1008 MEANS OF EGRESS Fth MERGENCY ILLUMINATION FORIsquare ILDINGS AND ILLUMINATION REQUIRED o URATION OF ILLUMINATION (1.3.2-1008.3.5) o The means of egress serving a room or space shall be 1 1 1 I the event of power supply failure inoms and spaces, illuminated at all times that the room or space is occupied; I i I mergency electrical system shall amatically illuminate ------�----------- illumination level shall be not less than 1 footcandle at the f the following areas: 1. Electrical eqment rooms, 2. Fire walking; surface% mand centers, 3. Fire pump rooms. Generator rooms, The power supply for means of egress illumination shall ublic restrooms with an area greaten 300 square feet.normally be provided by the premises' electr cal supply.he emergency power system shalrovide power for a In the event of power supply failure in rooms and spaces that jj77tion of not less than 90 minutesd shall consist of 56-9require two or more means of egress; an emergency electrical_____________________________________________ _� 202'-5" L_____- 16T-T' age batteries, unit equipment or an site generator. system shall automatically illuminate all of the following areas:umination level under emergencower, the lighting 1. Aisles, 2. Corridors, 3. Exit access stairways and ramps. 224 7ities shall be arranged to provide inl illumination that is In the event of power supply failure in buildings that require less than an average of 1 footcanand a minimum at two or more means of egress, an emergency electrical system - --- -point of 0.1 footcandle measured athe path of egress shall automatically illuminate all of the following areas:oor level. Interior exit access stairways and ramps. 2. Interior and 32„ lumination levels shall be permitto decline to 0.6 exterior exit stairways & ramps, 3. Exit passageways, 4. candle' average and a minimumany point of 0.06 Vestibules at level of discharge, 5. Exterior landings and areas candia at the end of the emergenchting time duration. use forexi.............:: w..,,,,,t.,s,rm ilhiminatinn irmitV ratio of 40to 1 REVIEWED FO C-BBECOW4E APPROVED AUG 20 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION ARCHITECT OF RECORD: JAMES A. HAILEY 6700 ANTIDCH PLAZA SUITE 300 MERRIAM, KS 66204 www.brrarch-na TEL- 913-262.9095 FAX: 913-262.904,1 CONSULTANT COPYRIGHT NOTICE This drawing was prepared for use on a _ sped" site contemporaneously with Its Issue date and It Is not suitable fw use on a different project site or at a later time. Use of this drawing for reference or example on another prctojembinims the services of pmpedy 11-ased architects and engineers, Reproduction of this drawing for reuse on another project is not authorized and may be contrary to the law. ISSUES & REVISIONS NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 1 07126(19 PERMITCOMMENTS PROJECT NAME AS TUKWII f PROJECT ADDRESS - 18323 ANDOVER PARK W., BLDG E -TUKWILA, WA 98188 - ISSUED FOR PERMIT PROJECT MANAGER: CHECKED BY: DRAWN 8Y: S7 DOCLMENT DATE: 08/01/19 PROJECT NO. - 62300960 PROFESSIONAL SEAL _ 99 P,EGISTERED ARCHI ECT n JAMES t N H .fLEY I STATE0 ASWIGTON PROJECTNAME: UWA5 TUKWILA, WA BUILDING ADDRESS: 16323 ANDOVER PARK W., BLDG 6, TUKWILA, WA 98188 FILENAME: PROJECT YEAR: WW REGION: 2019 TOOS DATE: DRAWN BY: 7/31/2019 1:53:34 PM BLDG FLOOR: 1 DRAWN DATE: 08/01/19 BUILDING TYPE: UWAS APPROVED BY: SCALE: APPROVES) DATE: VARIES AMAZON DISCLAIMER i RK h„ amazon SHEET: G101 tea: a BBR Original printed On repycied paw I //,i'lGENERAL NOTES 1. TEMPORARY DURINGCONSTRU TION.ALLENTCONTROLIS DRAINAGE DURING CONSTRUCTION. ALL EXISTING STORM DRAINAGE / / / CATCH BASINS AFFECTED BY THIS PROJECT SHALL HAVE BUILDING / EXISTING // // / / ; / �� / SOCKS INSTALLED TO PREVENT DEBRIS ENTERING THE .NOT IN SCOPE] j // /�� STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM ON SITE. /; � vo //! x / D u _ 1 / 3 G201 I .• � I I m I I / Q .../ 4 Q� j\ 1 O CINT 2"x18' 'VAN ACCESSIBLE" SIGN WITH 1 ERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESS ITE PLAN-0" TO 5'-D" ABOVE GRADE PER CIVIL U 1" = 30'-U' REF: ! DRAWINGS .1 NEW 6" DIAMETER STEEL PIPE BOLLARD FILL WITH CONCRETE PLACE FINISHED SURFACE TIGHT TO BOLLARD ADJACENT EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB NEW 18" DIAMETER FOOTING � a 1, _ 6„4 2 BOLLARD 1/2" = T-0" REF: G201 ! 1 m 12"x18 "VAN ACCESSIBLE" SIGN WITH INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESS b T-0" TO 6-0" ABOVE GRADE PER CIVIL INGS INTERNATIONALSYMBO PAINTED ON PAVING PER CIVIL ) DRAWINGS m 104 �► �.. �► " i1 rAj Nf EW BOLLARD SEE 2/G201 INTERNATIONAL SYMBOL OF ACCESS PAINTED ON PAVING PER CIVIL DRAWINGS NEW CONCRETE CURB PER CIVIL DRAWINGS 1 NEW LANDSCAPE AREA PER CIVIL DRAWINGS EXISTING LANDSCAPE To REMAIN REMAIN PER CIVIL CRAWINGS �EX NEW STEEL GUARDRAIL, NG GRNOPY HANDRAIL PER CML MAIN PERDR WINGS RAWINGS Al NOTES 1. EXISTING TRANSFORMER TO REMAIN 2. EXISTING RAMP TO REMAIN 3. EXISTNG TRUCK BAYS TO REMAIN 4. EXISTING PARKING TO REMAIN 5. NEW PARKING 6. EXISTING CONCRETE ENTRY AND STEPS TO REMAIN 7. EXISTING LANDSCAPE TO REMAIN 8, EXISTING EXIT STAIRS TO REMAIN 9. NEW EXITSTAIRS 10. NEW GENERATOR, PROVIDE NEW PAD PER MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS WITH NEW BUILT-IN FUEL TANK ABOVE GROUND Q 11. NEW GUARDRAIL FULL LENGTH OF RAMP ARCHITECT OF RECORD: TAMES A. HAILEY 6700 AMTOCH PLAZA SURE 300 MERRIAM. KS 66204 www.brrarch.ogm TEL: 913-262-9095 FAX: 913-262-9044 CONSULTAM COPYRIGHT NOTICE This drawing was prepared for use on a specific site contemporaneously with Its Issue date and IC Is not sultabie for use on a different project site or at a later time. Use of this drawing for reference or -ample on another project reouires the services of properly licensed architects and engineers. Reproduction of this drawing for reuse on another project Is not authorized and may be contrary to the law. ISSUES & REVISIONS NO. DATE DESCRIPTION 1 07/26119 PERMITCOMMENTS PROJECT NAME U AS TUKWILA, WA PROJECTADDRESS 18323 ANDOVER PARK W., BLDG E TUKWILA, WA 98188 ISSUED FOR PERMIT PROJECT MANAGER: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY: S3 DOCUMENT DATE: 08/01/19 PROJECT NO. 62300960 PROFESSIONAL SEAL APPROVED AUG 192019 I,NW Y City of Tukwila PUBLIC Works 99 REGISTERED ARCHIT CT " REVIEWED FOR JhESA n H,AI EY II CODE COMPLIANCE STATEOF I SHIN TON i APPROVED AUG 20 2019 PROJECT NAME: UWAS TUKWILA, WA City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION BUILDING ADDRESS: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W., BLDG 6, TUKWILA, WA 98188 FILENAME: RECEIVED PROJECTYEAR: WW REGION: f 1i11 I �L CITY iA V�} 1V i.fl CITY OF TUKWILA 2019 AUG 02 2019 TODAYS DATE: DRAWN BY: 7/31/2019 PERMIT CENTER 1.53:37 PM - BLDG FLOOR: 1 DRAWN DATE: 08/01/19 BUILDING TYPE: UGA2 APPROVED BY: NOTE. SCALE:. APPROVED DATE: THIS SITE PLAN IS A COPY OFTHE AVAILABLE AS -BUILT NORTH VARIES SITE PLAN FOR THE EXISTING PROJECT. THIS PLAN IS PROVIDED FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION ON THE AMAZON DISCLAIMER ASSUMED EXISTING CONDITIONS OF THE PROJECT SITE. BECAUSE THIS INFORMATION IS PROVIDED BY is OTHERS,THE ARCHITECT OF RECORD CANNOT BE HELD RESPONSIBLE FOR THE ACCURACY OF THE CONDITIONS "" SHEET:MwG201 ILLUSTRATED. amax,On ERR Original Printed on recycled Paper PROVIDE WALL BLOCKING TO ALL WALL SURFACES WHERE ITEMS CAN BE SECURED, ESPECIALLY OVER ALL WORK TABLES AND SINKS AND AT THE TOP OF EXHAUST HOODS (TO PREVENT SWAY) WALL BLOCKING SCHEDULE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 10 11 15 EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE QTY NOTES COAT HOOK 1 BY OWNER SAFETY MIRROR 1 BY OWNER BEARDNET AND HAIRNET DISPENSER 1 BY OWNER TYPE DESCRIPTION HAND WASH COMPLIANCE SIGN 1 REFRIGERATOR, WORKTOP W/ OVERSHELF 2 - A BLOCKING FROM 30" AFF TO 4V AFF SLICER FOOD 2 PRICE COMPUTING SCALE 2 BY OWNER B BLOCKING FROM 60" AFF TO 96" AFF - RAC' PAN 1 DRYING CART 2 C BLOCKING FROM 42" AFF TO 96"AFF TRASH CAN 5 MOP SINK W/ SIDE SPLASH 1 D BLOCKING FROM 36" AFF TO 54" AFF 18 18.1 HAND SINK W/ SIDE SPLASHES 1 ELECTRONIC FAUCET 1 — E BLOCKING FROM 18" AFF TO 24" AFF 22 22.1 3 - COMPARTMENT SINK 1 — WALL MOUNT FAUCET 2 -- F BLOCKING FROM 18" AFF TO 28"AFF (BELOW COUNTER) 23 24 25 PACKING TABLE W/ OVERSHELF 1 — NON WIRELESS SCALE 1 BY OWNER 1-COMP. SINK, DRAIN BOARD - L 1 BY OWNER G CORNER GUARDS -18-20 GA, S/S, 2" X 2" - (SUPPLIED/INSTALLED. BY KEC); FROM TOP OF COVE BASE TO 48" AFF 25.1 26 26.1 27 PRE -RINSE FAUCET 1 — 1-COMP. SINK, DRAIN BOARD - R 1 — PRE -RINSE FAUCET 1 CART 1 — 28.01 NEW EGRESS STAIR AND STEEL RAIL 30.01 EXISTING DOOR TO. BE LOCKED, WEATHER SEALED, AND INSULATED I CONCRETE LANDING L I 7 TREADS, 8 RISERS- *GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO CONFIRM ACTUAL HEIGHT AND DIMENSIONS 10 EGRESS STA IRS 1/2" = T-0" REF: A103 / 8 TRANSFORMATION C2 118"pER SLOPE' C2 stopF REF 4 - A103 118' i M IT _n 102A D LOPE 118' PERKS 03.02 ER p7; SLOpp REF6-A103 35'-.10' I. I III L__J FLEV,4T101J_: DISPENSER NDT SHOWN AT HAND SINK FOR CLARITY �lll ► W:(1 FWATI I W Ilk I ZCole] A ALL WALLS AND n DOORS EXISTING —•— EI ll ► 11,01, 1 = '_.G►. A 1116" = 1'-T r' /,"fit_' aT; T 2 ;19 LA _ _ i. Is, tee.:_ • FLOOR PLAN GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL DIMENSIONS SHALL BE FACE OF STUD, FACE OF CONCRETE OR MASONRY, OR CENTERLINE OF GRID UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED OR INDICATED. 2, DOOR OPENINGS IN PARTITIONS NOT DIMENSIONED ARE TO BE LOCATED WITHIN 4" OF ADJACENT PERPENDICULAR PARTITION. 3. ALL GYPSUM BOARD SURFACES, WALLS AND CEILINGS SHALL BE TAPED AND SANDED TO A LEVEL 4 FINISH SO AS TO RECEIVE PAINT OR WALL COVERING, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. 4. CONTRACTOR TO REPAIR ALL PENETRATIONS AND DAMAGED WALLS IN AREAS NOW EXPOSED DUE TO DEMOLITION. 5. FOR ACCESSIBLE CLEARANCES NOT INDICATED SEE DETAILS ON SHEET G002 6. ALL LAVATORIES IN PROJECT HAVE BEEN DESIGNED TO BE ACCESSIBLE 7. SEE SHEETA501 FOR FINISH SCHEDULE 8. SHELVING SHOWN BY THIS DRAWING SET IS FOR REFERENCE ONLY AND NOT INCLUDED IN THIS PERMIT. ALL SHELVING WORK WILL REQUIRE A SEPARATE PERMIT. LOCATIONS SHOWN ARE GENERAL IN NATURE AND MAY CHANGE WITH SHELVING PERMIT. 9. ITEMS NOT REFERENCED ARE EXISTING TO REMAIN. E° -oo1 - 0 M 0 . � N LEGEND —_— EXISTING TO REMAIN NEW PARTITION NAME ROOM NAME Fiiii� ROOM NUMBER AMBIENT-- AMBIENT TEMPERATURE KEYNOTES NEW CONCRETE SLAB PER STRUCTURAL TO MATCH EXISTING DEPTH, SLOPE TO DRAIN. NEW PRODUCT SHELVING.8'-0" HIGH. NEW EGRESS STAIR AND STEEL RAIL EXISTING DOOR TO BE LOCKED, WEATHER SEALED. AND INSU'. ARCHITECT OF RECORD: JAMES A. HAILEY 670010M CH PLAZA SUITE 300 ' MER U AM, KS 66204 wwvv.bonarch.com TEL: 913.262-9095 FAX: 913-262-90" CONSULTANT COPYRIGHT NOTICE This drawing was prepared for use on a specific site contemporaneously with its Issue data and It is not suitable for use on a different project site or at a later time. Use of this drawing for reference or example on another project requires the services of properly licensed architects and engineers. Reprod—lon of this drawing for reuse on another project Is not authorized and may be contrary to the law. ISSUES & REVISIONS mmliymw r � 0 rIPERMITCOMMENTS C PROJECT NAME UWAS AS '1'UKWIL r WA PRO35UTADDRESS 18323 ANDOVER PARK W., BLDG E TUKWILA, WA 98188 - - ISSUED • PERMIT PROJECT MANAGER: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY: S3 DOCUMENT DATE: 08/01/19 PROJECT NO. 62300960 PROFESSIONAL SEAL ZJES EGISTERED F V' T D ARCHITECT REVIEWED FOR E CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED E HAI vHIN TON E �U6`20 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION PROJECT NAME: UWAS TUKWILA, WA BUILDING ADDRESS: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W., BLDG 6, - TUKWILA, WA 98188 FFILENAME: RECEIVED CITY c)i: TUK% ILA PROJECTYEAR: WW REGION: 2019 AUG o2 2019 . TODAYS DATE: DRAWN BY: I O 7f3134PM s] G PERMIT CENTER 1:52:34 PM BLDG RCOR: DRAWN DATE:. 1 O8/01/19 BUILDING TYPE: APPROVED BY: UWAS SCALE: APPROVED DATE: H NORTH VARIES AMAZON DISCLAIMER amazon SHEET: A103 ERR Original Printed on raoyoied paper 'V__. W y -1-1 DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE DOOR NUMBER ROOM NAME DETAIL REFERENCES ARE TO SHEET A501 UNO THRESHOLD DETAIL REFERENCES ARE TO SHEET A501 UNO DOOR FRAME FIRE RATING (MINIMUM) HARDWARE SET NOTES TYPE FINISH NOMINAL SIZE DETAIL WIDTH HEIGHTTYPE HEAD JAMB STAGING AREA SFB BRONZE T-011 T - 0" 8-A501 9-A501 10-A501 SET: TI-33 1 OOB STAGING AREA A T- 0" T- 9' 8-A501 9-A501 10-A501 SET; 4 100C C STAGING AREA E T- 0" T- 0" 8-A501 9-A501 10-A501 SET: TI-5 N100A 101A PICKUP/RETAIL SFA BRONZE 37-70-- 7 11 -A501 12-A501 SET: 38 101B PICKUP/RETAIL D T - 9" T- 0" ... I I -A501 12-A501 SET, 10A 1 02AE TRANSFORMATION ROOM 21M WHITE T- 0" T - 0" 6-A501 7-A501 R TRAFFIC 000 110, 03A BREAK ROOM E 3- - 0" T- 9' 11-A501 12-A501 SET: 4D 103B BREAK ROOM SFA BRONZE ;- 3' T- 0" 11 -A501 12-A501 10-A501 SET: TI-33 106A RESTROOM 1 A _ 0': 1 T- 0" X X I --- 1 107A RESTROOM 2 A -f- -0. 11 -A501 12-A501 SET: TI-16 108A RESTROOM 3 A T- 0" 1 777-0-- 11-A501 12-A501 SET. TI-16 DOOR SCHEDULE GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL DOORS SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 32'CLEAR OPENING. 2. ALL DOOR HARDWARE, HANDLES, PULLS, LATCHES, LOCKS AND OTHER OPERATING DEVICES ON ACCESSIBLE DOORS SHALL HAVE A SHAPE THAT IS EASY TO GRASP WITH ONE HAND AND DOES NOT REQUIRE TIGHT GRASPING, TIGHT PINCHING, OR TWISTING OF THE WRIST TO OPERATE. LEVER OPERATED MECHANISMS, PUSH TYPE MECHANISMS, AND U SHAPED HANDLES ARE ACCEPTABLE DESIGNS. 3. DOOR LOCKS, IF PROVIDED, SHALL NOT REQUIRE THE USE OF A KEY, A TOOL, OR SPECIAL KNOWLEDGE OR EFFORT FOR OPERATION FROM THE EGRESS SIDE, SECTION 7.2.1.5.3 OF NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE 2012 EDITION. 4. PANIC HARDWARE AND FIRE EXIT HARDWARE IF REQUIRED BY THE APPROPRIATE OCCUPANCY CHAPTER SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR ALL EXIT DOORS AND MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 7.2.1.7 OF NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE 2012 EDITION. DOOR SCHEDULE ABBREVIATIONS MARK FINISH HM HOLLOW METAL SS STAINLESS STEEL AA ANODIZED ALUMINUM AL ALUMINUM ii JAMISON JAMOTUF FIBERGLASS STL STEEL EXIST EXISTING PT PAINT - MATCH EXISTING FF FACTORY FINISH FRP FIBERGLASS REINFORCED PLASTIC M.E. MATCH EXISTING WD WOOD KE) HOLLOW METAL KNOCK DOWN DOOR TYPES CLEAR VIEW ACRYLIC VISION PANEL Z-7'HIGH IMPACT 211VI BUMPER ON EACH SI DOUBLE SIDE OF DOOR IMPACT R EXISTING 0E EXTERIOR INTERIOR JAMB WEATHERSTRIPPING - HOLLOW METAL DOOR - DOOR BOTTOM WEATHERSTRIPPING DOORSHOE THRESHOLD SET IN FULL BED MASTIC #10 MACHINE SCREWS WITH EXPANSION SHIELDS CONT SEALANT AT ALL EDGES OF THRESHOLD 10 THRESHOLD 3- 1 1-01, CORNE CAULK DUSTING WALL I I ATITAUT1.11 0 WON 2: 114 6 .3 9 1 [CITY1.11 1 T-T 3',V I,Z-2L4 A SFA SFB NGLE FLUSH STOREFRONT STOREFRONT SIC DOOR WITH DELPTE I "A ;m # 101 i-O2- 103 104 105 106 107 108 iT*T*T0q11TUir1F= RESTROOM 1 RESTROOM 2 RESTROOM 5 '\� -/" "� y ---- T ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE r �r Y PARTITION TYPES FLOOR FINISH WALL CEILING NOTES NORTH SOUTH EAST - WEST MATERIAL REFERENCE SIDE OPPOSITE SIDE 3 5/8" STEEL STUDS /2" GLASS MAT BACKER MATERIAL 518!'SHEETROCK BASE FINISH BASE FINISH BASE FINISH BASE FINISH E E E E E E E E E E EPX ICB FRP ICB FRP ICB FRP ICB FRP FRP A,B,C,D E RE, PT RB PT RB PT RB PT PT SC SMT IMP SMT IMP SMT IMP SMT IMP IMP RF SMT IMP SMT IMP SMT IMP SMT IMP IMP E RB PT RB PT RB PT RE E RB PT I RB PT RB PT I RB PT I PT E FINISH SCHEDULE NOTES A PAINT GWB WALLS EXPOSED TO WAREHOUSE TO MATCH EXISTING. AT METAL STUD WALLS PROVIDE RUBBER WALL BASE ON EXTERIOR SIDE OF WALL. C FRP TO FULL HEIGHT D PROVIDE BASF UCRETE HF SLIP RESISTANT, POLYURETHANE -CONCRETE FLOORING SYSTEM WITH (UCRETE WR) 4" INTEGRAL COVE BASE IN LIEU OF SEALED CONCRETE AND RUBBER BASE. E 6'X 20 GA STEEL AT 20" O.C. WITH 5/8" GWB and 314!'FRT A/C PLYWOOD. FINISH CEILING HEIGHT 11 Y-MATT. A LE 803.9 FOR B, F & S OCCUPANCIES IN A NOTES: PER IBC TAB D SPRINKLERED BUILDING ALL INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING DUTCH DOOR FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE CLASS C OR BETTER IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84 OR UL 723. PER NFPA 12.3.3.3 FOR ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCY LESS THAN 300 OCCUPANTS ALL INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE CLASS C OR BETTER IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84 OR UL 723. PER NFPA 40.3.2 FOR INDUSTRIAL OCCUPANCY ALL INTERIOR WALL AND CEILING FINISH MATERIALS SHALL BE CLASS C OR BETTER IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E 84 OR UL 723. CLASS C FLAME SPREAD INDEX 76-200 SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX 0-450. INTERIOR NON -LOAD BEARING PARTITION HEADER SCHEDULE HEADER LENGTH HEADER MEMBERS HEADER TRACKS JAMB STUDS UP TO (2) C3 518xl 1/4"x20 GA (2) C3 5/13A.1/2x20. (2) C3 518xl 114"40 GA UP TO I 9-al (2) C6x1 51308 GA (2) C6X1 8 GA_ (2) C6xl 5/9x18 GA 114r_91 (2) C8X1 5/9'X18 GA (2) C6x1 8 GA G6xl 5f8'xl 8 GA 19-91 (2) C8X1 5/8N`16 GA (2) CEIX16 GA L2) C6x1 5/87A6 GA 29-W (2) C1 OXI 51I3nx1 6 GA - 2 C6X16GA M C6x1 5/9'x16 GA �-O (2)C`12X`15/8"X`16GA .1 (2) C6x16 GA 1(2) C6x1 5/8N16 GA NOTES: 1. MAX WALL HEIGHT ABOVE HEADER ASSEMBLY IS 14'-9% 2. SPLICING OF HEADER AND JAMB MEMBERS IS NOT PERMITTED. 3. MAX SPAN FOR OPENINGS TO RECEIVE INFILL BELOW THE HEADER IS 19-9'. 4. JAMBS NOT TO DECK ARE TO BE BRACED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PARTITION BRACING DETAILS. 3 5/8" JAMBS BEYOND 13 4' TO BE BRACED ABOVE THE OPENING AND SUCH THAT THE MAXIMUM UNBRACED LENGTH IS NOT EXCEEDED. 5. FRAMING MEMBERS ARE NOT SIZED FOR VERTICAL LOAD OTHER THAN THAT OF THE PORTION OF WALL ABOVE THE METAL STUD REF I DOUBLE MTL STUD AT JAMBS REF SCHED PLANS AND SECTIONS #10TEKSCREWSAT (1) #10 TEK SCREW AT 16?'O.C. VERT. EACH VERTICAL STUD "10 16GATRACKWITH(3)#10 C K W I H WITH 20 GA BOTTOM TRACK t!�[Tl I TEK SCREWS EACH SIDE S E A H SIDE TOP TRACK REF D R AND N TO HEADER AND (6) #10 (6) #,0 SCHED W T 0 JAMB TEK SCREWS TO JAMB STUD HEADERS REF I SCHED HEADER 413) ASSEMBLY - FINISH AS INDICATED REF SCHED BOTTOM TRACK REF SCHED _1 FASTEN HEADER ASSEMBLYL 16 GAUGE 1 1/2" WITH (1) #10 TEK SCREW AT VARIES �V E S FLANGE TRACK EACH FLANGE AND 12" OC FOR - TO TO HEADER THE LENGTH OF THE HEADER (2)#10TEK SCREWS AT 24'OC VERT SECTION -A SECTION-B 13 HEADER CONNECTION DETAIL 1 1/2" T-9' EXTERIOR • WEATHERSTRIP DOOR AND FRAME REF DOOR SCHEDULE 4'W�'xl" STYROFOAM BLOCK. MASTIC IN PLACE AT T-3"AFF TO EXTERIOR DOORS ONLY CONT SEALANT EACH SIDE JG WALL (1)#10TEK 11�, SCREW EACH F 7F- 71,1 SIDE. SPACE AT 24'OC. (2)#10TEK SCRE W EACH SIDE AT JAMBS 16 GA DEEP LEG DEFLECTION TRACK. REF PARTITION DETAILS. Cg'x 1 6/9'x 18 GAUGE EACH SIDE OF JAMB. FASTEN TO TRACK WITH (2) #10 TEK SCREWS EACH SIDE. DO NOT ATTACH TO JAMB. DETAIL-C ATTACH TO SLAB 20 GAUGE WITH (2) 0.145 DLA. CONT. STUD PAF'S BASE OF TRACK JAMB (1) #10 TEK SCREW (2) 0.145 CIA - EACH FLANGE OF PAF'S AT 24" EACH STUD OC DETAIL-D EXTERIOR INTERIOR COOLERIFREEZER CONTINUOUS SEALANT WALL BY VENDOR TRIM FASTENERS FLUSH WITH BASE MATCHING 4" HIGH SHEET ANGLE AFTER INSTALLATION METAL TRIM AND CAULK BASE ANGLE TWO 30BEADS ANCHOR BUTYL CAULK EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB '4' 4 *OLER WALL BASE 11-91 REF: A, z 0 LU PT FINISH SCHEDULE ABBREVIATIONS ACT ACOUSTICAL CEILING SYSTEM CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS CPT CARPET CT CERAMIC TILE (E) EXISTING EPX EPDXYCOATING ES EXPOSED TO STRUCTURE FRP FIBERGLASS WALL PANEL GWB GYPSUM WALL BOARD ICB INTEGRAL COVE BASE IMP INSULATED METAL PANEL - FREEZER/COOLER PANEL PT PAINT PL I PLASTIC LAMINATE PLY PLYWOOD PC POLISHED CONCRETE RB RUBBER BASE RF RAISED FREEZER FLOOR BY FREEZER VENOR WITH TENANT APPROVED FINISH. SC SEALED CONCRETE - EUCLID CHEMICAL'EUCOSIU OR APPROVED EQUAL SMT SHEET METAL TRIM & CAULKING SS SOLID SURFACE COUNTERTOP TS TRANSITION STRIPS VB VINYL BASE 71% - - - - - - - - - - DETAIL - 1+ IFT-II'l + I SECTION B + METAL STUD I. HEADER REF SCHED 16 GA TRACK WITH 'N"O TEK SCREWS EACH SIDE TO HEADER AND (6) #10 TEK SCREWS TO JAMB MB METAL STUD JAMB REF SCHED 16 GA TRACK TO TOP OF HEADER f LI DETAIL D - - - - - - - - - - EXISTING WALL DRIP CAP AT EXTERIOR DOOR ONLY _J CONT BACKER ROD AND SEALANT (BOTH SIDES) GROUT FILL HEAD WEATHERSTRIP DOOR AND FRAME REF DOOR SCHEDULE EXTERIOR- REF PLAN FOR INSWINGING DOOR LOCATION 8 HEAD WAREHOUSE TRANSFORMATION ROOM WALL FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE SILL SEALER GASKET SILICONE SEALANT BASE ATTACHED TO CONCRETE SLAB W/ POWDER ACTUATED CONT. METAL TRACK FASTENERS AT 21VO.C. SILICONE SEA SEALANT BASE AND FLOOR FINISH PER BOTH SIDES ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE 3 [1 P WALL BASE 11-9. REP A501 1 1 '0 S SEE ROOM FINISH PT E U 501 FRP PANEL SCHEDULE A501 E FOR MATERIAL FINISH TIC B A ACOUSTIC BATT RESTROOM 1 F1061 RESTROOM 2 Fl-071 132 f GC TO ENS URE ALL FIXTURES, SPACES, AND SIGNAGE COMPLY WITH ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. SEE SHEET G003 B2:3 5/TSTEEL STUDS B3:6 STEEL STUDS 5/8'SHEETROCK WALL FINISI SEE ROOM FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE A501 SCHEDULE FOR MATERIAL FINISH ACOUSTIC BATT I A 0 1 WTAI Wei :4 111111 V ::m 106161 A5 I w W.11 ilk Emi DOOR NO STOP AT CASED OPENING CONTINUOUS SEALANT, EACH SIDE, VARIES WALL 12 JAMB 1 1/2" V-9' DOOR WELD CONT 5/16" STEEL PLATE TO JAMB CHANNEL AT FLOOR, WELD TO 3NT'411 6' STEEL ANGLE BOLTED TO FLOOR WITH EXPANSION ANCHOR tv 1/4" STEEL PLATE CHANNEL WELD TO CHANNEL ABOVE AND GRIND SMOOTH PROVIDE COUNTER SUNK HOLES FOR 30SCREWS AT 18" OC SEALANT BOTH SIDES DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMBS REF 13-A501 FOR PARTITION TYPE 11 VARIES nil REF PLANS 7 JAMB GENERAL NOTES 1. ALL STUD FRAMING AND FURRING SHALL BE 16'O.C. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 2. ALL GYPSUM WALL BOARD SHALL BE 5/8" THICK SHEET ROCK BRAND GLASS -MAT MOLD TOUCH UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE 3. FOR U.L. ASSEMBLY DETAILS REFERENCE THIS SHEET AND U.L DIRECTORIES. 4. SOUND ATTENUATION BLANKET THICKNESS SHALL BE WIDTH OF STUD CAVITY U.N.O. 5. REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE AND INTERIOR ELEVATIONS FOR LOCATIONS OF ALL WALL TILE. PROVIDE AND INSTALL CEMENTITIOUS BACKER BOARD IN LIEU OF GWB AT ALL WET AREAS. (TOILET ROOMS, SHOWERS AND LOCKER ROOMS ARE WET AREAS). 6. COORDINATE WITH MILLWORK AND INTERIOR ELEVATION DRAWINGS FOR PLACEMENT OF BLOCKING IN WALLS/PARTITIONS. ALL WOOD BLOCKING IS TO BE FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. 7. PAINT CONTINUOUS 4" TALL, STENCILED LETTERS ABOVE CEILING ON BOTH SIDES OF ALL FIRE RATED AND SMOKE WALLS DESIGNATING THE PARTITION RATING INDICATED ON THE LIFE SAFETY PLAN. 8. ALL PENETRATIONS THROUGH RATED ASSEMBLIES SHALL BE SEALED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASSOCIATED U.L LISTINGS AND APPROVED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. 9. COORDINATE LOAD BEARING WALLS AND SEISMIC BRACING WITH STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS. 10. PROVIDE DEFLECTION TRACK WHERE WALLS EXTEND TO STRUCTURE ABOVE. 11. ALL SUSPENDED WALLS AND PARTITIONS SHALL HAVE GWB WHICH EXTENDS 6' ABOVE THE SUSPENDED CEILING UNLESS SHOWN AND/OR NOTED OTHERWISE. 12. PROVIDE HORIZONTAL BRACING AT WALLS WHERE GYPSUM WALLBOARD ONLY OCCURS ON ONE SIDE. BRACE AT Z-U'A.F.F AND AT 4'-0" O.C. THEREAFTER. 13. AT SOUND WALLS PROVIDE ACOUSTIC SEALANT AT TOP AND BOTTOM OF WALL. PROVIDE SEALANT AND PUTTY PADS AROUND ALL ELECTRICAL BOXES AND OTHER PENETRATIONS. GC TO ENSURE ALL FIXTURES, SPACES, AND SIGNAGE COMPLY WITH ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS. SEE EJ SHEET G003 FB_ 4B72 RESTROOM 3 108ADo] -- ---- I A"1111k I RAI Wel I NJ V m I t [010I AA 19 Er, k m VARIES tmi2� FRAMING PER 13/A501 0 CONTINUOUS SEALANT, EACH SIDE NO STOP AT CASED OPENING DOOR k VARIES le REF 13 - A501 FOR HEADER DETAILS FOR PARTITION TYPE REF PLANS SEALANT BOTH SIDES 114'STEEL PLATE CHANNEL PROVIDED WITH COUNTER SUNK HOLES FOR 30HOLES AT 18" OC WELD CONT 5/16" STEEL PLATE TO CHANNEL DOOR 6 HEAD 1 1/z, V-0" 2 A501 ARCHITECT OF RECORD 3AMES A. HAILEY 6 00 ANTIOCH 1p� SUITE 30.0 10 667.04 -b-h- n. 913-262-9095 FAX, 913-262-9044 CONSULTANT COPYRIGHT NOTICE This drawing was prepared fic, use an a spec he site contemporaneously Win Its J date ' add It 11 not suitable for use on , different project site or at a late, time. Use of this dm,t,g for reference or example on another project requires the services of properly licensed architects and engineers. another of tbbs premed for reuse an another project is lot antherl,ed and may be .ouari, to the I... ISSUES & REVISIONS PROJECT NAME UWAS TUKWILA, WA PROJECTADDRESS 18323 ANDOVER PARK W., BLDG C TUKWILA, WA 98188 ISSUED FOR PERMIT PROJECT MANAGER: CHECKED BY, DRAWN BY: S3 DOCUMENT DATE: 08/01/19 PROJECT NO, 62300960 PROFE SION L SEAL _ S A 9921 REGISTERED I CEILING H GH ARCHITECT To - A.F.F. A STATE F q " TOhf 3 5/8" STEEL STUDS 3/,V'T&G FRT AC PLYWOOD @16" O.C. 20 GUAGE UNLESS NOTED J-MOLD OTHERWISE BATT INSULATION I LAYER 5/8" SHEETROCK BRAND 50GLASS MATT GLASS -MAT MOLD BOARD TOUGH ON ONE SIDE: SEE ROOM FINISH SCHEDULE A501 FOR CEILING JOISTS, 18GA 10" METAL BATT INSULATION JOIST AT 16"O.C. 5/8" GLASS MATT WALL PER WALL BOARD TYPE WALL FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE 2 D LID CEILING AT WALL REF: A501 1 1 PROJECT NAME: UWAS TUKWILA, WA BUILDING ADDRESS: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W., BLDG 6, TUKWILA, WA 98188 FILENAME: MATERIAL FINISH PROJECtYEARi REGION: 2019 BATT INSULATION RECEIVED CITY( OF A 3 96 1 AU6 02 2019 7 PERMIT CENTER REF: A103 9amaXOtf MONvS DATE: 7/31/2019 I:S2:44 PM DRAWN BY: S3 SLOG 9LOOR: DRAWN DATE: 08/01/19 BUILDINGT,dE: UWAS APPROVED BY: SCALE: -VARIES APPROVED DATE: is AMAZON DLSCLAIME0. N. w OR SHEET: 1 A501 MR Original printed on recycled poled, 0130 00 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS 1. GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A OWNER, AS IT PERTAINS TO THIS PROJECT REFERS TO AMAZON AS THE OWNER THROUGHOUT THIS DOCUMENT S. PROJECT MANAGER AS IT PERTAINS TO TH 8 PROJECT REFERS TO THE AMAZON CONSTRUCTION PROJECT MANAGER OR DESIGNATED AMAZON PROJECT MANAGER U.N.O. 1.2 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION A. COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS INCLUDED IN DIFFERENT SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS TO ENSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION OF EACH PART OF THE WORK 8 FOR INFORMATION FFISJ: ON DISCOVERY OF THE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMA RON OR INTERPRETATION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPA E AND SUBMIT AN RFL USE FORMS ACCEPTABLE TO ARCHITECT AND OWNER. Q SCHEDULE AND CONDUCT PROGRESS MEETINGS AT PROJECT SITE AT INTERVALS TO BE DETERMINED AT COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. NOTIFY OWNER AND ARCHITECT OF MEETING DATES AND TIMES. REQUIRE ATTENDANCE OF EACH S SCONTRACTOR OR OTHER ENTITY CONCERNED WITH CURRENT PROGRESS OR INVOLVED IN PLANNING, COORDINATION, OR PERFORMANCE OF FUTUREACTI"TIES. 1. CONTRACTOR WILL RECORD MINUTES AND DISTRIBUTE TO EVERYONE CONCERNED, INCLUDING OWNER AND ARCHITECT, 1.3 SUBMITTAL ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A. COORDINATE EACH SUBMITTAL WITH FABRICATION, PURCHASING, TESTING, OEUVERY, OTHER SUBMITTALS, AND RELATED ACTIVITIES THAT REQUIRE SEQUENTIAL ACTIVITY, 1. NO EXTENSION OF THE CONTRACT TIME WILL BE AUTHORIZED BECAUSE OF FAILURE TO TRANSMIT SUBMITTALS ENOUGH IN ADVANCE OF THE WORKTO PERMIT PROCESSING, INCLUDING RESUSMM`TALS. 2. SUBMIT COPES OF EACH ACTION SUBMITTAL ELECTRONIC SUBMITTALS ARE PREFERRED. ARCHITECT WILL RETURN IS ELECTRONIC COPIES, 3. SUBMIT THREE COPIES OF EACH INFORMATIONAL SUSMr7IAL. ARCHITECT WILL NOT RETURN COPIES. 4. ARCHITECT WILL RETURN SUBMITTALS, WITHOUT REVIEW, RECEIVED FROM SOURCES OTHER THAN THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. B. PLACE A PERMANENT LA13EL OR TITLE BLOCK ON EACH SUBMITTAL FOR IDENTIFICATION, PROVIDE A SPACE APPROXIMATELY 6 By 8 INCHES (150 BY 200 MM) ON LABEL OR BESIDE TITLE BLOCK TO RECORD CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW AND APPROVAL MARKINGS AND ACTION TAKEN BY ARCHITECT. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION ON THE i 1. PROJ CT NAME, 2 DATE. 3. NAME AND AD NESS OF CONTRACTOR. 4 NAME AND ADDRESS OF SUBCONTRACTOR OR SUPPLIER. 5 NUMBER ANDTITLE OF APPROPRIATE SPECIFICATION SECTION. 6 IDENTIFY DEVIATIONS FROM THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS ON SUBMITTALS. 7. CON RACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE: SUBMIT COPY OF SCHEDULE SEVEN DAYS PRIOR TO DATE ESTABLISHED FOR COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK 2.PRODUCTS 2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS A. PRODUCT DATA: MARK EACH COPY TO SHOW APPLICABLE PRODUCTS AND OPMONS. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1 . MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN RECOMMENDATIONS, PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS, AND INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 2. WIRING DIAGRAMS SH ING FACTORY -INSTALLED WRING. 3. PRINTED PERFORMANCE CURVES AND OPERATIONAL RANGE DIAGRAMS, I TESTING BY RECOGNIZED TESTING AGENCY. 5, COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED STANDARDS AND REQUIREMENTS. S. SHOP DRAWINGS: PREPARE PROJECT�SPECIFIC INFORMATION, DRAWN ACCURATELY TO SCALE, 00 NOT BASE SHOP DRAWINGS ON REPRODUCTIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR STANDARD PRINTED DATA. SUBMIT ON SHEETS AT LEAST & I G BY I I INCHES (215 BY 2W Mi BUT NO LARGER THAN 30 BY 42 INCHES (762 BY 1067 MM). INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: I DIMENSIONS AND IDENTIFICATION OF PRODUCTS. 2 FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DRAWINGS AND ROUGHING4N AND SETTING DIAGRAMS. 3 WIRING DIAGRAMS SHOWING FIELD -INSTALLED WIRING. 4. NOTATION OF COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS. 5, NOTATION OF DIMENSIONS ESTABLISHED BY FIELD MEASUREMENT. C. SAMPLES: SUBMIT SAMPLES FOR REVIEW OF IIJND, COLOR, PATTERN, AND TEXTURE AND FOR A COMPARISON OF THESE CHARACTERISTICS BETWEE SUBMITTAL AND ACTUAL COMPONENT AS DELIVERED AND INSTALLED. INCLUDE NAME OF MANUFACTURER AND PRODUCT NAME ON LABEL. 1. IF VARIATION IS INHERENT IN MATERIAL OR PRODUCT, SUBMIT AT LEAST THREE SETS OF PAIRED UNITS THAT SHOW VARIATIONS. 2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. QUALIFICATION DATA: INCLUDE LISTS OF COMPLETED PROJECTS WITH PROJECT NAMES AND ADDRESSES, NAMES AND ADDRESSES OF ARCHITECTS AND OWNERS, AND OTHER INFORMATION SPECIFIED. B. PRODUCT CERTIFICATES: PREPARE WRITTEN STATEMENTS ON MANUFACTUREFrS LETTERHEAD CERTIFYING THAT PRODUCT COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 2.3 DELEGATED DESIGN SERVICES A. PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA: WHERE PROFESSIONAL DESIGN SERVICES OR CERTIFICATIONS BY A DESIGN PROFES IONALARE SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED OF CONTRACTOR BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, PROVIDE PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS COMPLYING WITH SPECIFIC PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA INDICATED, 1. IF CRITERIA NDICATED ARE NOT SUFFICIENT TO PERFORM SERVICES OR CERTIFICATION REQUIRED, SUBMIT A WR17TEN REQUEST RADDITIONAL INFORMATION TOARCHITECT. B. DELEGATEDDESIGN UBMMrAL IN ADDITION TO SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND OTHER REQUIRED SUBMITTALS, SUBMIT FOUR COPIES OF A STATEMENT, SIGNED AND SEALED BY THE RESPONSIBLE DESIGN PROFESSIONAI, FOR EACH PRODUCT AND SYSTEM SPECIFICA ASSIGNED TO CONTRACTOR TO BE DESIGNED OR CERTIFIED BY A DESIGN PROFESSIONAL. 1. INDICAT THAT PRODUCTS AND SYSTEMS COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE AND DESIGN CRITERIA IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. INCLUDE LIST OF CODES, LOADS, AND OTHER FACTORS USED IN PERFORMING THESE SERVICES. 2.4 CONTRACTORS CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. GANTT-CHART SCHEDULE SUBMIT A COMPREHENSIVE, FULLY DEVELOPED, HORIZONTAL GANTTCHART-TYPE SCHEDULE WITHIN FOURTEEN DAYS OF DATE ESTABLISHED FOR COMMENCEMENT OF THE WORK AND NOT LESS THAN SEVEN DAYS PRIOR TO MOBIL17ATION DATE). B PREPARATION: INDICATE EACH SIGNIFICANT CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY SEPARATELY, IDENTIFY FIRST WORKDAY OF EACH WEEK WITH A CONTINUOUS VERTICAL LINE. 3. EXECUTION 3� 1 SUBMITTAL REVIEW A REMEW EACH SUBMITTAL AND CHECK FOR COORDINATION WITH OTHER WORK OF THE CONTRACT AND FOR COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. NOTE CORRECTIONS AND FIELD DIMENSIONS. MARK WITH APPROVAL STAMP BEFORE SUBMITTING TO ARCHITECT. 6 A HITECT WILL REVIEW EACH ACTION SUBMITTAi MAKE MARKS TO INDICATE CORRECTIONS OR MODIFICATIONS REQUIRED, WILL STAMP EACH SUBMITTAL WITH AN ACTION STAMP AND WILL MARK STAMP APPROPRIATELY TO INDICATE ACTION. C� SUBMITTALS NOT REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MAY NOT BE REVIEWED AND MAY BE DISCARDED. 3.2 CONTRACTORS CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE A. UPDATING: AT WEEKLY INTERVALS, UPDATE SCHEDULE TO REFLECTACTUAL CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS AND ACTIPATIES. ISSUE SCHEDULE ONE DAY BEFORE EACH REGULARLY SCHEDULED PROGRESS MEETING. 1. AS THE WORK PROGRESSES, INDICATE ACTUAL COMPLETION PERCENTAGE FOR EACH ACTIVITyr K D STRIBUTE COPIES OF APPROVED SCHEDULE TO AMAZON PROJECT MANAGER AND DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVES, ARCHITECT, SUBCONTRACTORS TESTING AND INSPECTING AGENCIES, AND PARTIES IDENTIFIED BY CONTRACTOR WITH A NEED-TO�KNOW SCHEDULE RESPO�SIBILITY. WHEN REVISIONS ARE MADE, DISTRI13UTE UPDATED SCHEDULES TO THE SAME PARTIES. END OF SECTION 01 3100 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION 1. GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERALAND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDTIONSAND OTHER UVISION 01 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2SUMMARY A SECTION NCUUOES ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS FOR COORDIWING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS ON PROJECT INCLUDING. BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOULOWING� 1. GENERAL PROJECT COORDINATION PROCEDURES 2. ADMINISTRATIVE AND SUPERVISORY PERSONNEL. 1 REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (FIRE). 4 PROJECT WES SITE. 5. PROJECT MEETINGS, B. RELATED SECTIONS: I , 01 7000 EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 2, 01 77 00 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS 1.3DEFINITIONS A FURNISH: (AS IT PERTAINS TO RESPONSIBILITY) TO SUPPLY AND DELIVER TO PROJECT SITE READY FOR INSTALLATION B. INSTALI, (AS IT PERTAINS TO RESPONSIBILITY) TO PLACEA FURNISHED ITEM IN A FINAL LOCATION COMPLETE AND READY FOR INTENDED US c PROVIDE: (AS IT PERTAINS TO RESPONSIBILITY) TO FURNISH AND INSTALL, COMPLETE AND READY FOR INTENDED USE D. RH (REQUEST FOR INFORMATION): REQUEST FROM OWNER, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ARCHITECT, OR CONTRACTOR SEEKING INFORMATION FROM EACH OTHER DURING CONSTRUCTION, JACOORDINATION A COORDINATION: COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS INCLUDED IN DIFFERENT SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS TO ENSURE EFFICIE14T AND ORDERLY INSTALLATION OF EACH PART OF THE WORK COORDINATE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, INCLU ED IN DIFFERENT SECTIONS THAT DEPEND ON EACH OTHER FOR PROPER INSTALLATION. CONNECTION, AND OPERATION, NOTE AND ACCOUNT FOR LIVE OPERA-MONS WHICH VARY AND ARE SITE SPECIFIC. 1 . SCHEDULE CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS IN SEQUENCE REQUIRED TO OBTAIN THE BEST RESULTS WHERE INSTALLATION OF ONE PART OF THE WORK DEPENDS ON INSTALLATION OF OTHER COMPONENTS, BEFORE OR AFTER ITS OWN INSTALLATION, 2. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF DIFFERENT COMPONENTS TO ENSURE MAXIMUM PERFORMANCE AND ACCESSIBILITY FOR REQUIRED MAINTENANCE, SERVICE, NO REPAIR. 3. MAKE ADEQUATE PROVISIONS TO ACCOMMODATE ITEMS SCHEDULED FOR LATER INSTALLATION, 13 ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES: COORDINATE SCHEDULING AND TIMING OF REQUIRED ADMINISTRATIVE PROCEDURES WITH OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVI ITES TO AVOID CONFLICTS AND TO ENSURE ORDERLY PROGRESS OF THE WORK SUCH ADMINISTRATIVE ACTIVITIES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1 . PREPARATION OF CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 2. PREPARATION OF THE SCHEDULE OF VALUES. 1 INSTALLATION AND REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS. 4, DELIVERY AND PROCESSING OF SUBMITTALS, 5, PROGRESS MEETINGS. r. PRENSTALLATION CONFERENCES, 7. PROJECT CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES. 8. STARTUP AND ADJUSTMENT OF SYSTEMS, " PROJECT CLOSEOUT ACTIVITIES. 1.5REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIS) A. GENERAL: IMMEDIATELY ON DISCOVERY OF THE NEED FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION OR INTERPRETATION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL PREPARE AND SUBMITAN RFI IN THE FORM SPECIFIED, I ARCHITECT WILL RETURN RFIS SUBMITTED TO ARCHITECT BY OTHER ENTITIES CONTROLLED BY CONTRACTOR WITH NO RESPONSE. 2. COORDINATE AND SUBMIT MRS IN A PROMPT MANNER SO AS TO AVOID DELAYS IN CONTRACTOFrS WORK OR WORK OF SUBCONTRACTORS S.CONTENTOFTHERFJ: INCLUDE A DETAILED, LEGIBLE DESCRIPTION OF ITEM NEEDING INFORMATION OR INTERPRETATION AND THE FOLLOWING: 1. PROJE T NAME. 2. PROJECT NUMBER. 3. DATE. 4, NAMEO CONTRACTOR. 5 NAME OF ARCHITECT AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, 6 RFI NUMBER, NUMBERED SEQUENTIALLY. , FIFISUBJECT. a SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND TITLE AND RELATED PARAGRAPHS, AS APPROPRIATE, , DRAWING NUMBER AND DETAJL REFERENCES, AS APPROPRIATE, 10 FIELD DIMENSIONS AND CONDITIONS, AS APPROPRIATE. 11, CONTRACTORS SUGGESTED RESOLUTION. IF CONTRACTOWS SOLUTIONOS) IMPACTS THE CONTRACT TIME OR THE CONTRACT SUM, CONTRACTOR SHALL STATE IMPACT IN THE RFL 12 CONTRACTOR'S SIGNATURE. 13. ATTACHMENTS. INCLUDE SKETCHES, DESCRIPTIONS, MEASUREMENTS, PHOTOS, PRODUCT DATA, SHOP DRAWINGS, COORDINATION DRAWINGS, AND OTHER INFORMATION NECESSARY TO FULLY DESCRIBE ITEMS NEEDING INTERPRETATION, A) INCLUDE DIMENSIONS, THICKNESSES, STRUCTURAL GRID REFERENCES, AND DETAILS OF AFFECTED MATERIALS, ASSEMBLIES, AND ATTACHMENTS ON ATTACHED SKETCHES. C.RFIFORMS: ELECTRONIC FORMAT, THROUGH PROJECT WEB -SITE WITH SUBSTANTIALLY THE SAME CONTENT AS INDICATED ABOVE, ACCEPTABLE TO ARC ITECT G ARCHITECTS ACTION: ARCHITECT WILL REMEW EACH RFI, DETERMINE ACTION REQUIRED, FOLLOW UP WITH AMAZON AS NEEDED AND RESPOND. ALLOW 3 WORKING DAYS FOR ARCHITECTS RESPONSE FOR EACH RFJ. i RECEIVED BY ARCHIMECTAFTER 1:00 PM� (PROJECT LOCAL TIME) WILL BE CONSIDERED AS RECEIVED THE FOLLOWING WORKING DAY, T. THE FOLLOWING MRS WILL BE RETURNED WITHOUT ACTION A) REQUESTS FOR APPROVAL OF SUBMITTALS. B) REQUESTS FOR APPROVAL OF SUBSTITUTIONS. C) REQUESTS FO COORDINATION INFORMATION ALREADY INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. 0) REQUESTS FOR ADJUSTMENTS IN THE CONTRACT TIME OR THE CONTRACT SUM. E) REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION OF ARCHITECIPS ACTIONS ON SUBMITTALS. F) INCOMPLETE RFIS OR INACCURATELY PREPARED FIRS. 2. ARCH TECTS ACTION MAY INCLUDE A REQUEST FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION, IN WHICH CASE ARCHITEcrS TIME FOR RESPONSE WILL DATEFRO TIME OF RECEIPT OFADDITIONAL INFORMATION, 3� ARCHITECT'S ACTION ON FIRS THAT MAY RESULT IN A CHANGE TO THE CONTRACT TIME OR THE CONTRACT SUM MAY BE ELIGIBLE FOR CONTRACTOR TO SUBMIT CHANGE PROPOSAL A) IF CONTRACTOR BELIEVES THE RFI RESPONSE WARRANTS CHANGE IN THE CONTRACT TIME OR THE CONTRACT SUM, N07IFY ARCHITECT AND AMAZON CONSTRUC RON MANAGER IN WRITING WITHIN 3 WORKING DAYS OF RECEIPT OF THE RFJ RESPONSE, AMAZON CONSTRUCTION MANAGER MUST APPROVE SAID CHANGE IN ORDER TO PROCEED. B ON RECEIPT OF ARCHITECTS AND AMAZON CONSTRUCTION MANAGERS ACTION, UPDATE THE RIM LOG AND IMMEDIATELY DISTRIBUT THE RR RESPONSE TO AFFECTED PARTIES. REVIEW RESPONSE AND NOTIFY ARCHITECT AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WITHIN 3 WORKING DAYS IF CONTRACTOR DISAGREES WITH RESPONSE. F. RFILOG: PREPARE. MAINTAIN, AND SUBMIT A TABULAR LOG OF FIRS ORGANIZED BY THE RFJ NUMBER. UPDATE LOG WEEKLY. USE SOFTWARE LOG THAT IS PART OF PROJECT WEB SITE. SOFTWARE LOG WITH NOT LESS THAN THE FOLLOWING I , PROJECT NAME z NAME AND ADDRESS OF CONTRACTOR. 3 NAME AND ADDRESS OF ARCHITECT AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. 4, RF� NUMBER INCLUDING RFIS THAT WERE DROPPED AND NOT SUBMITTED. " RF DESCRIPTION. 6 DATETH RFIWASSUBMMFTED. 7 DATEARCHITEC7 AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGEITS RESPONSE WAS RECEIVED 1.13PROJECT WEBSITE S A USE OWNER'S PROJECT WEB SITE FOR PURPOSES OF HOSTING AND MANAGING PROJECT COMMUNICATION AND DOCUMENTATION UNTIL FINAL COMPLETION. PROJECT WEB SITE $HALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING FUNCTIONS: 1 PROJECT DIRECTORY. 2. PROJECTCORRESP INDENCE 3 MEETING MINUTES, 4 RFI FORMS AND LOGS. 5 TASK AND ISSUE MANAGEMENT. 6 PHOTO DOCUMENTATION. 7 SCHEDULE AND CALENDAR MANAGEMENT. 8 SUBMITTALS FORMS AND LOGS, 9. DRAWING AND SPECIFICATION DOCUMENT HOSTING, VIEWING, AND UPDATING. 10 ONLINE DOCUMENT COLLABORATION, 1 1 REMINDER AND TRACKING FUNCTIONS. ,2 ARCHIVING FUNCTIONS, 13. PRE EIRENCE IS FOR AMAZON WORKDOCS, BUT CAN USE OTHER QUALIFIED SECURE PROJECT MANAGEMENT WESSITE. IF USING OTHER WEB' 'TE. YOU WILL BE REQUIRED TO ARCHIVE DOCUMENTATION BACK TO AMA70N WORKDOCS AT PROJECT COMPLETION 11.71PROJECT MEETINGS A. GENERAL: GENERAL CONSTRUCTION (GC) CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR ED PROJECT MANAGER WILL SCHEOULEAND CONDUCT MEETINGS AND CONFERENCES AT PROJECT SITE, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. a PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE: AMAZON CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR REPRESENTATIVE WILL SCHEDULE AND CONDUCT A PRECONSTR DITCH CONFERENCE BEFORE STARTING CONSTRUCTION, AT A TIME CONVENIENT TO OWNER AND ARCHITECT PRIOR TO DATE OF MOBILIZATION, UNLESS OTHERWISE AGREED UPON. C PROGRESS MEETINGS: ED CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WILL CONDUCT PROGRESS MEETINGS AT AGREED UPON INTERVALS, DISCUSSED AT PRECONSTRUCTION CONFERENCE. 1 ATTENDEES. IN ADDITION TO REPRESENTATIVES OF OWNER[, OWNER'S COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY] 1, CONSTRUCTION MANAGERJ AND ARCHITECT, EACH CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, SUPPLIER, AND 07HER ENTITY CONCERNED WITH CURRENT PROGRESS OR INVOLVED IN PLANNING, COORDINATION, OR PERFORMANCE OF FUTURE ACTIPATIES SHALL BE REPRESENTED AT THESE MEETINGS. ALL PARTICIPANTS AT THE MEETING SHALL BE FAMILIAR WITH PROJECT AND AUTHORIZED TO CONCLUDE MATTERS RELATING TO THE WORK VERIFY IF ADDITIONAL AMAZON REPRESENTION IS NEEDED ON MEEITINGS/CALLS. 2 . PRODUCTS: NOT USED 3. EXECUTION: NOT USED END OF SECTION 01 33 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, SAMPLES 1. GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. PRODUCTS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1. S OF DRAWINGS. 2� PRO UCT DATA. 3. SAM LES. 4. QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS. 5 NFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS. 6, OTHER SUBMITTALS, 1.2 EXECUTION: A. COORDINATING SUBMISSION SCHEDULING: SUBMIT SUBMITTALS WITH SUFFICIENT TIME FOR REVIEW, INCLUDING TIME FOR RESUBMITTALS SUBMITTALS FOR ACTIVITIES THAT REQUIRE SEQUENTIAL STEPS, AND SIMULTANEOUS REVIEW FOR ACTIVITIES THAT ARE PART OF THE SAME ELEMENT OF WORK NO EXTENSIONS GIVEN FOR DEADLINES DUE TO LACK OF SUFFICIENT TIME ALLOWED BY THE CONTRACTOR FOR REVIEW, G SUBMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION: LABEL SUBMITTALS WITH INFORMATION OUTLINED, ALLOW SUFFICIENT SPACE FOR AES STAMP, ANDSUBMITUSI GATRANSMFFTALFORM. C AFS ACTIONS.- AE WILL REVIEW. MARK WITH AN ACTION STAMP AND INDICATE ACTION TAKEN, AND RETURN SUBMITTAL, WORK MY NOT PROCEED UNTIL SUBMITTAL IS APPROVED. 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 0178 23 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 8 SECTION 0178 39 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.4 REQUIRED SUBMITTALS - SEE EACH RELATED SECTION FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION A ARCHITECTURAL 1. ANY PROPOSED ALTERNATE TO THE SPECIFIED MATERIALS, FIXTURES, FINISHES 2. WINDOWS AND STOREFRONTS A) SHOP DRAWINGS 8) PRO" CT DATA 3. SPRINKLER& FIRE ALARM A) S OF DRAWINGS E) PRODUCT DATA 4. CASEWORK/ MILLWORK A) SHOPORAWINGS 5. DO R&HARDWARE A) SHOP DRAWINGS 8) PRODUC DATA 13 STRUCTURAL 1. STEEL/ STRUCTURAL FABRICATIONS A) SHOP DRAWINGS 2. CONCRETE/ REINFORCING A) SHOP DRAVITNGS C, ELECTRICAL I LUMINARIES &CONTROLS 2 FLOOR BOXES 3 PANELS& IRAN FORMERS D, MECHANICAL 1. SHOP DRAWINGS Is CUT SHEETS FOR DESIGNED SYSTEMS 2 HVAC EQUIPMENT - SPECIFIC A) PERFOR NCEDATA 6) ELECTRICAL DATA C) CONTROLS, THERMOSTATS, SENSORS, DAMPERS 3. AIR DEVICES A) F ING 8) FINISHES C) LOUVERS E. PLUMBING 1 EQ IPMENT A) PRODUCT DATA B) ELECTRICAL DATA 2 FIXTURES 3� MIXING VALVES I SACKFLOW PREVENTORS 2.PRODUCTS 2.1 SHOP DRAWINGS A, SHOP DRAWINGS ARE DOCUMENTS PREPARED BY CONTRACTORS, MANUFACTURERS, SUPPLIERS, OR SUBCONTRACTORS TO ILLUSTRATE DETAILS AND TECHNIQUES FOR A PORTION OF THE WORK USUALLY TO SHOW COMPLIANCE WITH THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR TO SHOW HOW SPECIALIZED WORK WILL BE INCORPORATED INTO THE PROJECT. THEY ARE NOT CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, OR STANDARD DOCUMENTATION FROM THE MANUFACTURER. E SHOP DRAWINGS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TU I . FABRICATION DRAWINGS. 2. INSTALLATION DRAWINGS, 3. SETTING DIAGRAMS. 4. SHOPWORN MANUFACTURING INSTRUCTIONS, 5, TEMPLATES AND PATTERNS. A) SCHEDULES. C. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION ON SHOP DRAWINGS 1. EQUIPMENTTAGS. 2. DIMENSIONS, INCLUDING DIMENSIONS ESTABLISHED BY FIELD MEASUREMENT. 3 GRAPHIC SCALE. 4. IDENTIFICATION OF PRODUCTS AND MATERIALS INCLUDED. 5. COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED STANDARDS. 6 NOTATION OF COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS. 7. CONSTRUCTION SEQUENCES AND RELATIONSHIPS OF SEPARATE COMPONENTS WHERE NECESSARY TO AVOID CONFLICTS IN UTILIZATION OF THE SPACE AVAILABLE. S. INDICATION OF DEVIATION FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, REPRODUCIBLE IN SACKAND WHITE. S. SPACE FOR CONTRACTORS REVEW AND ACTION TAKEN BY AE. SEE PART 3 EXECUTION 0. SHOP DRAW NOS SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS (USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH PART 3 EXECUTION): I SHEET SIZE. EXCEPT FOR TEMPLATES, PATTERNS, AND SIMILAR FULL�SIZE DRAWINGS, SUBMIT SHOP DRAWINGS ON SHEETS AT LEAST B-1/2 INCHES BY I I INCHES BUT NO LARGER THAN 30 INCHES BY 40 INCHES, 2. SUBMIT THREE (3) SErS OF SHOP DRAWINGS, 2.2 PRODUCT DATA A. PRODUCT DATAARE DOCUMENTS THAT ILLUSTRATE PHYSICAL APPEARANCE, SIZE, PERFORMANCE CAPABILITIES AND LIMITATIONS, AND OTHER CHARACTERISTICS OF MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT FOR SOME PORTION OF THE WORK B. PRODUCT DATA INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: I , MANU TURER'S PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS, 2, MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. 3. STANDARD COLOR CHARTS. 4. CATALOG CUTS, S. ROUGHINC-IN DIAGRAMS AND TEMPLATES. 6. STANDARD WIRING DIAGRAMS. 7. MANUFACTURERS PERFORMANCE CURVES. 8, OPERATIONAL RANGE DIAGRAMS. 9. MILL REPORTS. 10, STANDARD PRODUCT OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. C� INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION WHEN PREPARING PRODUCT DAIA. 1. EQUIPMENT TAGS. 2. WHEN PRODUCT DATA INCLUDES INFORMATION ON SEVERAL SIMILAR PRODUCTS, SOME OF WHICH ARE NOT REQUIRED FOR USE ON THE PROJECT, MARK COPIES CLEARLY TO ENABLE BLACK AND WHITE COPYING TO INDICATE WHICH PRODUCTS ARE APPLICABLE. 3. WHEN PRODUCT DATA MUST BE SPECIALLY PREPARED FOR REQUIRED PRODUCTS, MATERIALS, OR SYSTEMS BECAUSE STANDARD PRINTED DATA ARE NOT SUITABLE FOR USE, SUBMIT AS SHOP DRAWINGS NOT PRODUCT DATA. 4. MANUFACTURER'S PRINTED RECOMMENDATIONS. 5� COMPLIANCE WITH RECOGNIZED TRADE ASSOCIATION STANDARDS. 6. COMPLIANCE WITH RECOGNIZED TESTING AGENCY STANDARDS, 7 APPLICATION OF TESTING AGENCY LABELS AND SEALS. 8. NOTATION OF DIMENSIONS VERIFIED BY FIELD MEASUREMENT. 9. NOTATION OF COORDINATION REQUIREMENTS. D. PRODUCT DATA SUBMI17AL INSTRUCTIONS (USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH PART 3 EXECUTION): 1. SUBMIT THREE (3) COPIES OF EACH PRODUCT DATA SUBMITTAL 2.3 SAMPLES A, SAMPLES ARE PHYSICAL EXAMPLES OF MATERIALS, FINISHES, EQUIPMENT, OR WORKMANSHIP THAT ILLUSTRATE AESTHETIC AND FUNCTIONAL CHARACTERISTICS OF A MATERIAL OR PRODUCT AND ESTABLISH STANDARDS FOR WORK TO BE DONE. SAMPLES SHALL BE RETAINED AS PART OF THE PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS. B. SAMPLES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: 1 , INTERIOR FINISHES: 2. PAINT CHIPS 3. CLOTH SWATCHES 4. FINISHED PIECES OF WOODWORK TRIM S. HARDWARE FINISHES 6. CARPET SAMPLES 7. ACCENT FINISHES AND CASEWORK 8, EXPOSED HVAC ELEMENTS WITH CUSTOM COLOR FINISHES 9. EXPOSED LIGHTING ELEMENTS WITH CUSTOM COLOR FINISHES Q EXTERIOR FINISHES: 1. SLATE TILE, OTHER ROOFING MATERIALS Z BRICK 3 MORTAR 4 LIMESTONE 5 SEALANT 6 GLAZING 7 WINDOW FRAMES 8 DOORS 9. METAL FINISHES 10, METAL PANELS D. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING WHEN PREPARING SAMPLES USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH PART 3 EXECUTION): I . SUBMIT FULL-SIZE, FULLY FABRICATED SAMPLES, CURED AND FINISHED IN THE MANNER SPECIFIED. 2. MOUNT, DISPLAY, OR PACKAGE SAMPLES IN THE MANNER SPECIFIED TO FACILITATE REVIEW OF QUALITIES INDICATED, PREPARE SAMPLES TO MATCH THE AITS SAMPLE WHERE SO INDICATED. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: A) MATERIAL OR PRODUCT PROPOSED FOR USE. B) GENERIC DESCRIPTI NOFTHESAMPUE. C) SIZE LIMITATIONS. D) SAMPLE SOURCE. E) PRODUCT NAME OR NAME OF MANUFACTURER, F) COMPUANCE WITH RECOGNIZED STANDARDS. G) COMPLIANCE WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS. N) AVAJLABIUTY.DELIVERY TIME. E. SAMPLES SUBMILITAL INSTRUCTIONS (USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH PART 3 EXECUTION) 1 SUBMIT THREE (3) SAMPLE(S), EXCEPT AS NOTED: A) WHEN VARIATION IN COLOR, PATTERN, TEXTURE. OR OTHER CHARACTERISTIC IS INHERENT IN THE MATERIAL OR PRODUCT REPRESENTED, SUBMITA SAMPLE SIZE LARGE ENOUGH, OR SUBMIT MULTIPLE SAMPLES NECESSARY, TO SHOW APPROXIMATE LIMITS OF THE VARIATIONS. G) REFER TO OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS FOR REQUIREMENTS FOR SAMPLES THAT ILLUSTRATE WORKMANSHIP, FABRICA TION TECHNIQUES, ASSEMBLY DETAILS, CONNECTIONS, OPERATION, AND SIMILAR CONSTRUCTION CHARACTERISTICS. 2, MAINTAIN SAMPLES, AS RETURNED BY THE AE, ATTHE PROJECT SITE. AVAILABLE FOR QUALITY -CONTROL COMPARISONS THROUGHOUT THE COURSE OF CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY, EXCEPTAS 140TED: A) REFER TO OTHER SPECIFICATION SECTIONS FOR SAMPLES TO BE RETURNED TO THE CONTRACTOR FOR INCORPORATION IN THE WORK SUCH SAMPLES MUST BE IN AN UNDAMAGED CONDITION AT TIME OF USE. ON THE TRANSMITTAL FORM. INDICATE SUCH SPECIAL REQUESTS ABOUT DISPOSITION OF SAMPLE SUBMITTALS. S) SAMPLES NOT INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK OR OTHERWISE DESIGNATED AS THE OWNERS PROPERTY, ARE THE PROPERTY OF THE CONTRACTOR AND SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, 3. UNLESS THE AS OBSERVES NONCOMPLIANCE WITH PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACTDOCUMENTS, THE SUBMITTAL MAY BE USED TO OBTAIN FINAL ACCEPTANCEAND SERVE AS THE FINAL SUBMITTAL QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALSARE RECORDS THAT DOCUMENT THATA FACILITY, SYSTEM OR ASSEMBLY MEETS DEFINED OBJECTIVESAND CRFERA 2.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO: A DE LEN DATA 1. CERTIFICATIONS . WHERE OTHER SECTIONS OF THE SPECIFICATIONS REQUIRE CERTIFICATION THAT A PRODUCT, MATERIAL OR INSTALLATION COMPUES, WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS, SUBMIT A NOTARIZED CERTIFICATION FROM THE MANUFACTURER CERTIFYING COMPLIANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 2. SIGNATURE: CERTIFICATION SHALL BE SIGNED BYAN OFFICER OF THE MANUFACTURER OR OTHER INDIVIDUAL AUTHORIZED TO SIGN DOCUMENTS ON BEHALF OF THE COMPANY. 3� MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 4, MANUFACTURERS FIELD REPORTS, 5* INSPECTIONS AND TEST REPORTS. 6� ORIGINAL FIELD CHECKLISTS ORIGINAL CHECKLISTS OR FORMS USED BYTHE FACTORY OR FIELD TECHNICIAN ARE REQUIRED. 7. TEST REPORTS. U� INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING WHEN PREPARING QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMi I , PROJECT NUMBER AND NAME. 2. SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND NAME. 3. EQUIPMENT TAGS C� QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS (USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH PART 3 EXECUTION): I . SUBMIT THREE (3) COPIES OF QUALITY ASSURANCE SUBMITTALS. 2.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS A. INFORMATIONAL SUBM17TALS ARE RECORDS THAT DOCUMENT THE INFORMATION THE AE REQUIRES TO VERIFY PERFORMANCE AND QUALITY CONTROL OF PROJECT REQUIREMENTS, BUT DO NOT REQUIRE APPROVAL. THEY ARE ALSO USED AS VERIFICATION AND CERTIFICATION THAT THE INSTALLED WORK OR PORTION OF THE WORK MEETS THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS, S. INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS INCLUDE (BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO): I . MEETING MINUTES. * CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPH& C. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING WHEN PREPARING INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS (USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH PART 3 EXECUTION): * PROJECT NUMBER AND NAME 2. SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND NAME. 3 , EQUIPMENT TAGS. INFORMATIONAL S sen-i-S SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS (LISP IN CONJUNCTION WITH PART 1 1 ITITIN) 1� SUBMIT THREE (3) COPIES OF INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS. 2A OTHER SUBMITTALS A. OTHER SUBMITTALS ARE RECORDS THAT DOCUMENT SOME PART OR ASSOCIATED PART OF THE CONSTRUCTION, WORK NOT PREVIOUSLY COVERED. B. OTHER SUBMITTALS MAY INCLUDE (BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO)� I WARRANTIES C. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING WHEN PREPARING OTHER SUBMITTALS (USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH PART 3 EXECUTION)� I . PROJECT NUMBER AND NAME 2. SPECIFICATION SECTION NUMBER AND NAME. 3. EQUIPMENTTAGS. B OTHER SU13MTTALS SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTIONS (USE IN CONJUNCTION WITH PART 3 EXECUTION): 3. EXECUTION 3.1 COORDINATING SUBMISSION SCHEDULING: A. TO AVOID THE NEED TO DELAY INSTALLATION AS A RESULT OF THE TIME REQUIRED TO PROCESS SUBMITTALS, ALLOW SUFFICIENT TIME FOR SUBMITTAL RELIEW, INCLUDING TIME FOR RESUBMITTALS. 1. ALLOW 2 WEEKS FOR THE COORDINATING CONTRACTOR'S AND AES REVIEW OF EACH SUBMITTAL. 2. ALLOW ADDITIONAL TIME IF THE COORDINATING CONTRACTOR AND AE MUST DELAY PROCESSING TO PERMIT COORDINATION WITH OTHER SUBMITTALS, DUE TO: 3. ACTIVITIES THAT REQUIRE SEQUENTIAL STEPS. A) ACTIVITIES THAT ARE PART OF THE SAME ELEMENT OF WORK B) WHEN NECESSARY TO PROVIDE AN INTERMEDIATE SUBMITTAL, PROCESS THE INTERMEDIATE SUBMITTAL IN THE SAME MANNER AS THE INITIAL SUBMITTAL, 4. THE OWNER WILL NOT AUTHORIZE AN EXTENSION OF TIME BECAUSE OF THE CONTRACTORS FAILURE TO TRANSMIT SUBMITTALS TO THE COORDINATING CONTRACTOR AND AE SUFFICIENTLY IN ADVANCE OF THE WORK TO PERMIT PROCESSING. 3.2 SUBMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION: A, PREPARE SUBMITTALS AS FOLLOWS: 1. PLACEAPERMA ENT LABEL OR TITLE BLOCK ON EACH SUBMITTAL FOR IDENTIFICATION, 2. INDICATE NAME OF THE FIRM OR ENTITY THAT PREPARED EACH SUBMITTAL ON THE LABEL OR TITLE BLOCK 3. PROVIDE A SPACE APPROXIMATELY 4 BY 5 INCHES ON THE LABEL OR BESIDE THE TITLE BLOCK TO RECORD THE CONTRACTORS REVIEW AND APPROVAL MARKJNGS AND THE ACTION TAKEN BY THE AS, 4. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION ON THE LABEL FOR PROCESSING AND RECORDING ACTION TAKEN, A) PROJECT NUMBER AND NAME. B) DATE, C) NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE AE. Q, NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE CONTRACTOR. ET NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE SUBCONTRACTOR. F) NAME AND ADDRESS OF THE SUPPLIER. G) NAME OF THE MANUFACTURER H) N MSER AND TITLE OF APPROPRIATE SPECIFICATION SECTION. 1) DRAWING NUMBER AND DEMIL REFERENCES, AS APPROPRIATE S. GIVE A UNIQUE NUMBER TO THE SUBMITTALAS FOLLOWS: S. SSSSSSS&NN-RR 7 Sm SPEC) ICATION NUMBER 8: N NEXT SEQUENTIAL NUMBER 9. R REVISION NUMBER A) INDICATE UNIQUE NUMBER ON BOTH SUBMITTAL AND TRANSMI ITAL FORM. B. TRANSMIT EACH SUBMITTAL BY USE OF A TRANSMITTAL FORM. C. RESUBMITTALS: EACH RESUBMIT17AL SHOULD INDICATE WHETHER IT FULLY REPLACES THE PREVIOUS SUBMITTAL, REPLACES A PORTION OF A PREVIOUS SUBMITTAL, OR IS IN ADDITION TO A PREVIOUS SUBMITTAL. 1. IF ARESUBMITTAL REPLACES A PORTION OFA PREVIOUS SUBMITTAL, INDICATE PREVIOUS UNIQUE SUBMITTAL NUMBER, AND 2. IFA RESUBMITTAL IS INADDMION TOA PREVIOUS SUBMITTAL, INDICATE PREVIOUS SUBMITTAL BY UNIQUE SUBMi NUMBER. D. SUBMIT NUMBER OF COPIES AS INDICATED IN EACH SECTION OF PART 2. 3.3 AE'S ACTIONS A. EXCEPT FOR INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS WHERE NO ACTION AND RETURN OF SUBMITTALS 13 REQUIRED, THE AE WILL REMEW EACH SUBMITTAL, MARK TO INDICATE THE ACTION TAKEN, AND RETURN. R ACTION STAMP: THE AE WILL STAMP EACH SUBMITTAL WITH A UNIFORM ACTION STAMP. THE AE WILL MARK THE STAMP APPROPRIATELY TO INDICATE THE ACTION TAKEN, AS FOLLOWS: 1. APPROVED: WORK COVERED BY THE SUBMITTAL MAY PROCEED PROVIDED IT COMPLIES WITH REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. FINAL ACCEPTANCE WILL DEPEND ON THAT COMPLIANCE, 2. APPROVED AS NOTED: WORK COVERED BY THE SUBMITTAL MAY PROCEED PROVIDED IT COMPLIES WITH BOTH THE AES NOTATIONS OR CORRECTIONS ON THE SUBMITTAL AND REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, FINAL ACCEPTANCE WILL D PEND ON THAT COMPLIANCE. 3. REVSFJR SUBMIT OR REJECTEDIRESUBMIT. DO NOT PROCEED WITH THE WORK COVERED BY THE SUBMITTAL, INCLUDING PURCHASING, FABRICATION, DELIVERY, OR OTHER ACTIVITY. REVISE OR PREPARE A NEW SUBMITTAL ACCORDING TO THE AFS NOTATIONS. RESUBMIT WITHOUT DELAY. REPEAT IF NECESSARY TO OBTAIN AN APPROVED'"APPROVED AS NOTEDACTION MARK 4. NO ACTION REQUIRED: WHEN A SUBMITTAL IS PRIMARILY FOR INFORMATION OR RECORD PURPOSES OR FOR SPECIAL PROCESSING OR OTHER CONTRACTOR ACTIMTY, THE SUBMITTAL WILL BE MARKED 'NO ACTION REQUIRED' AND RETURNED WITHOUT REVIEW. END OF SECTION 0135 00 - SPECIAL PROCEDURES 1. GENERAL 1.1 FIRE PROTECTION A. REGULATIONS. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH ANY & ALL CITY OR AUTHORITY HAVE JURISDICTION REGULATIONS REGARDING FIRE SAFETY IN WELDING AND CUTTING OPERATIONS AND FIRE PREVENTION DURING BUILDING CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, B. ANY IMPAIRMENTS OF THE FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEM MUST BE COORDINATED WITH LOCAL AMAZON SITE LEADERSHIP C. WELDING AND CUTTING; IT S14ALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT THE AMAZON SAFETY PROJECT MANAGER AT THE BEGINNING OF THE PROJECT TO UNDERSTAND REQUIREMENTS TO OBTAIN A "HOT PERMIT"FOR USE DURING THE PROJECT. IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO NOTI FY THE AMAZON PROJECT MANAGER IN ADVANCE OF THE WORK WHEN WELDING OR OTHER FIRE HAZARDOUS WORK IS TO BE PERFORMED AND TO TAKE PRECAUTIONARY MEASURES TO PREVENT FIRE, D. CHEMICALS: THE GC WILL ENSURE THAT ALL CHEMICALS ARE PROPERLY STORED AND ARE REMOVED FROM THE WORKSITE AT THE CONCL SION OF THE PROJECT. 1.2 ASBESTOS REMOVAL A. REMOVE PRIORTOCONSTRU TION: ANY AREA WITHIN THE SPACE THAT IS TO BE REMODELED MUST BE INSPECTED FOR THE PRESENCE OF ASBESTOS CONTAINING BUILDING MATERIALS (ACBMS) PRIOR TO COMMENCEMENT OF WORKACTVITIES. NO CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES MAY DISTURB ACBMS, NO WORK SHALL BE ALLOWED IN AN AREA CONTAINING SUSPECTED ACBMS NIATER UY�E IAL UNTIL IT HAS BEEN REMOVED BY A CERTIFIED CONTRACTOR OR CERTIFIED AS NOT FRIABLE AND WILL NOT BE IMPACTED MY CONSTIR CTION ACTIVITIES. THE AMAZON PROJECT MANAGER MUST BE INFORMED IN ADVANCE OF ANY ABATEMENT OR REMOVAL OF ASBESTOS ON THE PROJECT SITE. 1.3 SITE SECURITY A DAILY I SPECTION: FULL-TIME SECURITY GUARD WILL NOT BE SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED, BUT THE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE INSPECTION OF THE BUILDING AND SITE DAILY WHILE THE WORK IS IN PROGRESS AND SHALL TAKE WHATEVER MEASURES ARE NECESSARY TO SECURE THE BUILDING FROM THEFT, VANDALISM AND UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY. 1.4 UTILITY LOCATE PROCEDURE A. CALL BEFORE YOU DIG: BEFORE PERFORMING ANY EXCAVATION ON SITE, NOTIFY THE PROJECT MANAGER AT LEAST 14 CALENDAR DAYS IN ADVANCE, THE CONTRACTOR WILL CHECK WITH FACILITATES ANDIOR CAMPUS UTILITIES, ETC. AND RESPOND TO THE CONTRACTO , B. EXCAVATION: EXCAVATION MEANS ANY OPERATION IN WHICH EARTH, ROCK, OR OTHER MATERIAL IN OR ON THE GROUND IS MOVED,REMOVED, OR OTHERWISE DISPLACED BY MEANS OF ANY TOOLS. POWER EQUIPMENT, AND INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, GRADING, TRENCHING, DIGGING, DITCHING, DRILLING. AUGERING, BORING, TUNNELING, SCRAPING, CABLE OR PIPE PLOWING, AND DRIVING. C. JURISDICTIONAL REQUIREMENTS: GC & PROJECT MANAGER ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR CONFIRMING Is MEETING ALL LOCAL OR STATE REQUIREMENTS FOR EXCAVATION AND UTILITY LOCATION PROCEDURES PRIOR TO THE START OF CONSTRUCTION. 1.5 UTILITY AND BUILDING SYSTEM OUTAGE PROCEDURE A. GENERAL: 1 14 DAYS! NOTICE: OUTAGES FOR BUILDING SYSTEMS AND UTILITIES SHALL BE SCHEDULED AT LEAST 14 CALENDAR DAYS IN ADVANCE, AT THE CONVENIENCE OF THE CON TINUING OPERATIONS OF THE BUILDING AND/OR SITE. LANDLORD APPROVAL MAY BE REQUIRED AND MAY TAKE OVER 20 DAYS. SIGNIFICANT ADVANCED PLANNING IS NECESSARY WHEN AN OUTAGE IS REQUIRED. 2 COSTS INCURRED: NEW CONSTRUCTION AND REMODELING PROJECTS SHALL FUND ALL COSTS INCURRED IN OPERATING SYSTEMS TO ACCOMMODATE ANY SCHEDULED OR UNSCHEDULED OUTAGES. SMALL PROJECT REMODELING SHALL HAVE COSTS AND FUNDING APPROVED BY ALL NECESSARY PROJECT & BUILDING REPRESENTATIVES. R PLANNING. I CONTACT PROJECT MANAGER: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ADVISE THE PROJECT MANAGER OF THE NEED FOR AN OUTAGE. IT S ALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO CONTACT THE PERSON WITHIN THE FACILITIES MANAGEMENT AND/OR SITEUTILITIES AT HAS THE OPERATING RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE SUBJECT SYSTEM. 2 PROVIDE NECESSARY INFORMATION: WHEN REQUESTING THE OUTAGE, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INCLUDE, AS A MINIMUM, THE FOLLOWING: A) PROJECT CONTACT PERSON, INCLUDING TELEPHONE B) TYPE OF OUTAGE AND SPECIFIC SYSTEMS AFFECTED C) BUILDING OR SPECIFIC AREAS WITHIN BUILDINGS AFFECTED D) DATE AND TIME OF OUTAGE E) LENGTH OF OUTAGE F) SPECIFIC REASON FOR OUTAGE C. EXECUTION: I. BEGIN WORK PROMPTLY: THE CONTRACTOR SHALLAGREE TO START WORK PROMPTLY AS SCHEDULED. 2- CANCELLATION OF OUTAGE: IN THE EVENT THAT THE CONTRACTOR'S REQUIRED MATERIAL OR LABOR IS NOT AVAILABLE, OR OTHER SIGNIFICANT PROBLEMS ARISE AT THE SCHEDULED STARTING TIME, THE PROJECT MANAGER RESERVES THE RIGHT TO CANCEL THE OUTAGE. 1.6 TRAFFIC CLOSURES A. CLOSURE NOTICE REQUIRED: THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR NOTIFYING AND OBTAINING ANY REQUIRED PERMITS FOR THE CLOSING OF STREET OR SIDEWALK THE CONTRACTOR WILL NOTIFY THE PROJECT MANAGER 14 WORKING DAYS IN ADVANCE OF AN IMPENDING CLOSURE OF ANY STREETS, BIKE PATHS, WALKS, PARKING AREAS, LOADING DOCKS, OR OTHER TRAFFIC WAYS TO VEHICULAR OR PEDESTRIAN TRAFFIC. B. TWO WEEK NOTICE, MINIMUM. CLOSURE NOTICE REQUESTS $HALL BE COMPLETED AND SUBMITTED FOR APPROVAL AT LEAST TWO (21, WEEKS PRIOR TO THE ACTUAL CLOSURE DATE TO ALLOW PUBLIC SAFETY UNITS, TRANSIT, AND OTHERS TIME TO PLAN THEIR EMERGENCY, TEMPORARY SERVICE ROUTES. THIS PROCESS SHOULD BE FOLLOWED AS FAR IN ADVANCE AS PRACTICAL. C. DELAY OF WORK PROJECTS MAY BE DELAYED IF CLOSURE NOTICE REQUEST FORMS ARE NOT RECEIVED IN A TIMEFRAME SO AS TO PROVIDE PROPE LEAD-71ME. EL TRAFFIC F SUBSTANTIAL AND PERMANENT CHANGES TO PARKING ANDIOR TRAFFIC FLOW REQUIRE AMAZON ENS APPROVAL AND MAY REQUIRE LANDLORD APPROVAL 1.7 AMAZON GENERAL SAFETY A, THE PROJECT WILL ADHERE TO ALL APPLICABLE WORKER SAFETY AND WORKPLACE SAFETY REGULATIONS (IE OSHA OR STATE SAFETY REGULATIONS) FOR THE TASKS BEING PERFORMED. VIOLATIONS MAY RESULT IN WORK INTERRUPTIONS, S� ALL CONTRACTORS ARE REQUIRED TO ASSESS RISKS TO DETERMINE APPROPRIATE PPE REQUIRED FOR THE TASKS AND SUPPLY SUCH EQUIPMENT. C. THE GC W U. ASIDE BY THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE AMAZON CONTRACTOR ENS MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE NORTH AMERICA, D. THE GC W:U_ ENSURE SAFETY DATA SHEETS FOR ALL MATERIALS USED ON THIS PROJECT ARE PROVIDED TO AMAZON ENS. E. THE ED WILL NOTIFY AMAZON IN THE EVENT THAT THERE HAS BEEN AN OSHA RECORDABLE INJURY TO A WORKER ON THE PROJECT OR A SERIOUS NEAR MISS EVENT WITH THE PROJECT, A COPY OF THE REPORT AND CORRECTIVE ACTIONS WILL BE PROVIDED TO AMAZON WITHIN 24 HOURS, IN THE EVENT THAT THERE IS A SERIOUS INJURY (DEATH, ADMISSION TO HOSPITAL, LOSS OF EYE OR AMPUTATION) THE ED WILL NOTIFY AMAZON AS SOON AS THEY ARE AWARE OF THE SEVERITY OF THE INJURY. P. THE GC WILL MAKE ARRANGEMENTS TO PROVIDE FOR THE FIRST AID AND MEDICAL TREATMENT OF ANY CONTRACTOR PERSONNEL ON THE PROJECT. IT SHOULD NOT BE ANTICIPATED THAT THE AMAZON SITE WILL PROVIDE SUCH SERVICES. 2. PRODUCTS: NOT USED 3. EXECUTION: NOT USED END OF SECTION 01 61 00 -TEMPORARY UTILITIES I . GENERAL 1.1 DESCRIPTION OF TEMPORARY UTILITY SYSTEMS A. ENTIRE SPECIFICATION AT NO ADDITIONAL EXPENSE TO THE PROJECT OR OWNER. 1.2 TEMPORARY LIGHTING FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES A. IF PROJECT WORK REQUIRES OUTAGE OF ANY EXTERIOR LIGHTING, INCLUDING BUILDING, SIDEWALK OR STREET UGHTING, ADEQUATE TEMPORARY LIGHTING SHALL BE PROVIDED FOR THE ENTIRE DURATION OF THE OUTAGE AS PART OF THE PROJECT, TEMPORARY UGHTING SHALL BE APPROVED BY EHSISAFETY TEAM, 1.3 TEMPORARY HEATING A. PROVIDE TEMPORARY HEATING IN ENCLOSED AREAS THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION PERIOD IN ORDER TO: 1 � FACILITATE PROGRESS OF WORK By ALL CONTRACTORS 2, PR TECT WORKAND PRODUCTS AGAINST DAMPNESS AND COLD. 3, PR NT MOISTURE CONDENSATION ON SURFACES. 4. P OVIDE SPECIFIED AMBIENT TEMPERATURES FOR INSTALLATION AND CURING OF FINISH MATERIALS. B. HEAT OFFICE AREAS AS SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. C. MINIMU HEATING TEMPERATURES: 1. MINIMUM TEMPERATURES SHALL BE AT LEAST THAT SPECIFIED IN SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS SECTIONS. 2. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, AREAS IN TEMPORARY ENCLOSURES SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT TEMPERATURES BETWEEN 45 DEGREES F AND 65 DEGREES F, 24 HOURS PER DAY, SEVEN DAYS PER WEEK 3. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, AREAS IN PERMANENT NCLOSURES OR DURING PLACEMENT OF INTERIOR FINISHES (WOODWORK FLOORING, PAINTING, DRYWALL, CEILINGS, ETC.) SHALL BE MAINTAINED AT TEMPERATURES BETWEEN SO DEGREES F AND NOT TO EXCEED 70 DEGREES F, 24 HOURS PER DAY, 7 DAYS PER WEEK 1.4 TEMPORARY VENTILATION A. PROVIDE SPECIFIED TEMPORARY VENTILATION IN ENCLOSED AREAS THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION PERIOD To. 1, FACILITATE PROGRESS OF WORK. 2. PROTECT WORKAND PRODUCTS AGAINST DAMPNESS AND HEAT, 3. PREVENT MOISTURE AND CONDENSATION ON SURFACES. 4. PROVIDE SUITABLE VENTILATION FOR INSTALLATION AND CURING OF FINISH MATERIALS. S. PROVIDE ADEQUATE VENTILATING TO MEET HEALTH REGULATIONS FOR SAFE WORKING ENVIRONMENT 6� PREVENT HAZARDOUS ACCUMULATIONS OF OUSTS, FUMES, MISTS, VAPORS, OR GASSES IN AREAS OCCUPIED DURING CONSTRUCTION. a. DURATION OF VENTILATING OPERATIONS: 1. AT AULTIMES PERSONNEL OCCUPY AN AREA, WHEN SUBJECT TO HAZARDOUS ACCUMULATIONS OF HARMFUL ELEMENTS. 21 WEEKLYIAQ ESTING FOR CONTAMINANTS MAYBE REQUIRED BY THE OWNER TO DETERMINE NECESSARY CONTINUING OPERATION OF VENTILATING SYSTEM AFTER CESSATION OF WORK TO ASSURE REMOVAL OF HARMFUL ELEMENTS, 3. CONTINUE UNTIL FINAL AIR CLEARANCE (FOR ASBESTOS ABATEMENT PROJECTS). 1.5 TEMPORARY METER A. IF IT IS NOT POSSIBLE TO USE THE BUILDING'S METER, A TEMPORARY METER SHALL BE INSTALLED. THIS TEMPORARY METER SHALL MEET THE RELIABILITY AND ACCURACY REQUIREMENTS OF THE OWNER AS SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, AND WILL BE SUBJECT TO VERIFICATION BY THE OWNER. 1.6 USE OF PERMANENT AIR HANDLING UNIT (AHU) SYSTEM FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES A. THE USE OF PERMANENTLY INSTALLED AIR HANDLING UNITS ARDS) FOR TEMPORARY VENTILATING, HEATING, AND COOLING DURING CONSTRUCTION IS ONLY PERMITTED AS SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B, SEE SECTION 0176 00 - PROTECTING INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION FOR BASIC REQUIREMENTS THAT $HALL BE MET IF PERMANENT EQUIPMENT IS PERMITTED TO BE USED, PART 2 � PRODUCTS: NOT USED PART 3 - EXECU TION: NOT USED END OF SECTION 01 56 00 - TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES 1. GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A� USE OF BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES: THE CONTRACTOR SHALL FURNISH, ERECT AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY BARRIERS, BARRICADES, ENCLOSURES, AND TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FENCING AS REQUIRED FOR THE FOLLOWING: 1. TO PROTECT THE HEALTH AND SAFETY OF OCCUPANTS AND THE GENERAL PUBLIC FROM EXPOSURE TO IMMEDIATE PHYSICAL HARM AS WELL AS TO NOISE, DUST, AND FUMES. NOTE THAT THIS SECTION DOES NOT PROVIDE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS RELATED TO INDOOR AIR QUAUTY. 2. TO PROTECT NEW AND PRE-EXISTING ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION FROM EXPOSURE TO PHYSICAL DAMAGE, DUST, DIRT, AND WATER. 3, TO PROVIDE SECURITY OF VALUABLE PROPERTY. 4, TO PROTECT TREES AND PLANTS. S. TO PROVIDE SEPARATION BETWEEN LIVE OPERATIONS AND CONSTRUCTION WORK 2.PRODUCTS 2.1 GENERAL FABRICATION A. SUBSTAN MAIL CONSTRUCTION BARRIERS AND ENCLOSURES SHALL BE OF ADEQUATELY SUBSTANTIAL CONSTRUCTION TO SERVE THEIR PURPOSE WITHOUT FAILURE THROUGHOUT THE DURATION OF THEIR USE. MATERIALS MAY BE NEW OR USEO, SUITABLE FOR THE INTENDED PURPOSE, BUT SHALL NOT VIOLATE REQUIREMENTS OF APPLICABLE CODES AND STANDARDS. B RIGID FENCING: THE GENERAL PUBLIC, AS WELL AS ADJACENT LAWNS AND PLANTINGS, SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM HARM BY THE INSTALLATION OF CONT NUOUS, DURABLE, RIGID FENCING AT THE LIMIT LINES OF EACH CONSTRUCTION AREA. C, TREE PROTECTION: EXISTING TREES THAT ARE ADJACENT TO A CONSTRUCTION SITE SHALL BE PROTECTED FROM DAMAGE BY THE INSTALLATION OF DURABLE, RIGID 6 FOOT HIGH FENCING AT THE DRIP LINE OF EACH TREE. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 BASIC REQUIREMENTS A. :NSTALL FACILITIES OF A NEAT AND REASONABLE UNIFORM APPEARANCE, STRUCTURALLY ADEQUATE FOR REQUIRED PURPOSES. a NSTALL BARRIERS AND ENCLOG RES SO AS TO NOT CREATE NEW HAZARDS SUCH AS TRIPPING OR PROTRUSIONS THAT MIGHT BE A SOURCE OF SAFETY CONCERN TO PEDESTRIANS OR PASSERSBY. C. ESTABLISH REASONABLE ALTERNATIVE ACCESS WHEN NECESSARY DUE TO PLACEMENT OF BARRIERS. FENCED CONSTRUCTION AREAS WITHIN THE SITE WILL HAVE ACCESS POINTS TO ENSURE THAT EGRESS ROUTES ARE NOT IMPAIRED. E% MAINTAIN BARRIERS DURING ENTIRE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD. E, RELOCATE BARRIERS AS REQUIRED BY PROGRESS OF CONSTRUCTION, F. COORDINATE SAFETY SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS WITH AMAZON SAFETY REPRESENTATIVE. G. WORK OCCURRING WMRIN THE FENCED CONSTRUCTION AREAS SHALL NOT POSE PHYSICAL OR ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARDS TO AMAZON ASSOCIATES OCCUPYING THE FACILITY. THIS INCLUDES ITEMS SUCH AS NO ELEVATED WORK (MANUFrS OR HIGH UFT TRUCKS) WITHIN 20 FEET OF THE INSIDE PERIMETER OF THE FENCE LINE UNLESS PROVISIONS ARE IN PLACE TO PREVENT HAZARDS ON THE AMAZON OCCUPIED SIDE OF THE FENCE. 1. THIS INCLUDES HAZARDS DUE TO ANY INTERNAL COMBUSTION EQUIPMENT UTILIZED INSIDE, WHICH MUST BE MONITORED To ENSURE SAFETY FROM CARBON MONOXIDE. 2. IF WORK WILL OCCUR OUTSIDE THE FENCED CONSTRUCTION AREA THE GC WILL REFERENCE THE AMAZON EIHS CONTRACTOR SAFETY MANAGEMENT PROCEDURE FOR ADDITIONAL PRE -TASK TRAINING. AND SAFETY PRECAUTIONS THAT WILL BE REQUIRED, SUCH AS UTILIZING A SPOTTER FOR ANY POWERED INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS AND PROIADING FOR A 20 FOOT PROTECTIVE RADIUS AROUND ANY ELEVATED EQUIPMENT (MANLIFTS, POWERED INDUSTRIAL TUCKS, CRANES, ETC). 3.2 TREE AND PLANT PROTECTION REQUIREMENTS A, PRESERVE AND PROTECT EXISTING TREES AND PLANTS AT SITE WHICH ARE DESIGNED TO REMAIN, AND THOSE ADJACENT TO SITE. B. CONSULTWITH PROJECT MANAGER FOR REMOVAL OF AGREED -ON ROOTS AND BRANCHES WHICH INTERFERE WITH CONSTRUCTION* C. PROVIDE TEMPORARY BARRIERS TO A HEIGHT OF SIX FEET, AROUND EACH, OR AROUND EACH GROUP, OF TREES AND PLANTS. THE BARRIERS SHALL BE PLACED AT THE DRIP UNE OF EACH TREE. D, PROTECT ROOT ZONES OF TREES AND PLANTS: I Do NOT ALLOW VEHICULAR TRAFFIC OR PARKING. 2, DO NOT STORE MATERIALS OR PRODUCTS. 3. PREVENT DUMPING OF REFUSE OR CHEMICALLY INJURIOUS MATERIALS OR LIQUIDS. 4. PREVENT FLOODING OR CONTINUOUS RUNNING WATER. E. CAREF JULY SUPERMSE EXCAVATING. GRADING AND FILLING, AND SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, TO PREVENT DAMAGE. F. REPLACE, OR SUITABLY REPAIR, TREES AND PLANTS DESIGNATED TO REMAIN WHICH ARE DAMAGED OR DESTROYED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. ANY DAMAGE AND ANY NECESSARY REPLACEMENT$ WILL BE EVALUATED BY PROJECT MANAGER AND BUILDING OR CAMPUS FACILITIES MVJAGEMENT� 3.3 REMOVAL A. COMPLETELY REMOVE BARRICADES, INCLUDING FOUNDATIONS, WHEN CONSTRUCTION HAS PROGRESSED TO THE POINT THAT THEY ARE NO LONGER NEEDED, AND WHEN APPROVED BY THE PROJECT MANAGER. CLEAN AND R-In CAII-C �UGED BY INSTALLATION, FILL AND GRACE AREAS OF THE SITE TO REQUIRED ELEVATIONS AND SLOPES AND CLEAN THE AREA END OF SECTION 0160 00 . PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. REUSE OF EXISTING PRODUCTS, B TRANSPORTATION, HANDLING, STORAGE AND PROTECTION. C PRODUCT OPTION REQUIREMENTS, D. SUBSTITUTION UMITATIONS AND PROCEDURES 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. SECTION 0161 16 - VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT RESTRICTIONS: REQUIREMENTS FOR VOQRESTRICTED PRODUCT CATEGORIES. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A, EN 15804 � SUSTAINASILITY OF CONSTRUCTION WORKS - ENVIRONMENTAL PRODUCT DECLARATIONS - CORE RULES FOR THE PRODUCT CATEGORY OF CONSTRUCTION PRODUCTS; 2012. 8 GR U W jFSCRENSC( ST) - GREENSCREEN FOR SAFER CHEMICALS LIST TRANSLATOR; CLEAN PRODUCTION ACTION; GREE REENCH9MICALS.ORG �HrTP�/IWWW.GREENSCREENCHEMICALS.ORGI C. GREEN REEIN( E GREENSCREE�HFTOTRPSAFERWCHEMICALS METHOD VI.2: CLEAN PRODUCTION ACTON� WAW Be SC M F TRi MJGAL,�JJRG JNWV GREEN R ENC E GREENSCREENCHEMICALS.ORG, D. ISO 14025 - ENVIRONMENTAL LABELS AND DECLARATIONS - TYPE III ENVIRONMENTAL DECLARATIONS - PRINCIPLES AND PROCEDURES; 2006, E. ISO 14NO - ENVIRCLIMENTAL MANAGEMENT - UPS CYCLE ASSESSMENT - PRINCIPLES AND FRAMEWORK 2OUL F. ISO 14W - ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT - LIFE CYCLE ASSESSMENT - REQUIREMENTS AND GU(DELINE&, 2cXX. G. ISO 219M � SUSTAMBILITY IN BUILDING CONSTRUCTION - EMIRONSMENMAL DECLARATION OF BUILDING PRODUCTS; 2LOT 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. ALL EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING PIPE AND FITTINGS, SHALL BE SUPPLIED IN ENGLISH UNITS. THE SUBMITTAL OF METRIC EQUIVALENTS IS NOT ALLOWED, B. PRODUCT DATA SUBMTT7ALS'SUSMIT MANUFACTURERS STANDARD PUBLISHED DATA. MARK EACH COPY TO IDENTIFY APPLICABLE PRODUCTS, MODELS, OPTIONS, AND OTHER DATA. SUPPLEMENT MANUFACTURERS'STANDARD DATA TO PROVIDE INFORMATION SPECIFIC TO THIS PROJECT, C. SHOP DRAWING SUBMITTALS: PREPARED SPECIFICALLY FOR THIS PROJECT, INDICATE UTILITY AND ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS, UTU-MY CONNECTION REQUIREMENTS, AND LOCATION OF UTILITY OUTLETS FOR SERVICE FOR FUNCTIONAL EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES. D. SAMPLESUBM LS: ILLUSTRATE FUNCTIONAL AND AESTHETIC CHARACTERISTICS OF THE PRODUCT. WITH INTEGRAL PARTS AND ATTACHMENT DEVICES. COORDINATE SAMPLE SUBM17TALS FOR INTERFACING WORK 1 � FOR SELECTION FROM STANDARD FINISHES, SUBMIT SAMPLES OF THE FULL RANGE OF THE MANUFACTURERS STANDARD COLORS , TEXTURES, AND PATTERNS. 1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. ENVIRONMENTAL PRODUCT DECLARATION (EPD): PUBLICLY AVAILABLE, CRITICALLY REVIEWED LIFE CYCLE ANALYSIS HAVING AT LEAST A CRADLE-T&GATE SCOPE. 1. GOOD: PRODUCT -SPECIFIC; COMPLANTWJTH ISO 14044. 2. BETTER: INDUSTRY -WIDE. GENERIC: COMPLIANT WITH ISO 21930, OR WITH ISO 14044� ISO 14040. 180 M25, AND EN 15804; TYPE III THIR[JPARTY CERTIFICATION WITH EXTERNAL VERIFICATION, IN WHICH THE MANUFACTURER IS RECOGNIZED AS THE PROGRAM OPERATOR. 3 BEST� COMMERCIAL -PRODUCT -SPECIFIC; COMPULANT WITH ISO 21930, OR WITH ISO 14044, ISO 14040, ISO 14025, AND EN 15804; TYPE III TH RD� PARTY CERTIFICATION WITH EXTERNAL VERIFICATION, IN WHICH THE MANUFACTURER IS RECOGNIZED AS THE PROGRAM OPERATOR 4. WHERE DEMONSTRATION OF IMPACT REDUCTION BELOW INDUSTRY AVERAGE IS REQUIRED, SUBMIT BOTH INDUSTRYMIDE AND COMMERC L�PRODUCTSPECIFIC DECLARATIONS; OR SUBMIT AT LEAST 5 DECLARATIONS FOR PRODUCTS OF THE SAME TYPE BY OTHER MANUFACTURERS IN THE SAME INDUSTRY 8, GREENSCREEN CHEMICAL HAZARD ANALYSIS: ALL INGREDIENTS OF 100 PARTSPER-MIUUON OR GREATER EVALUATED USING GREENSCREEN FOR SAFER CHEMICALS METHOD V1.2. 1. GOOD: GREENSCREEN LIST TRANSLATOR EVALUATION TO IDENTIFY BENCHMARK I HAZARDS; A HEALTH PRODUCT DECLARATION INCLUDES THIS INFORMATION. 2. BETTER: GREENSCREEN FULL ASSESSMENT. 3. BEST. GREENSCReEN FULL ASSESSMENT BY GREENSCREEN LICENSED PROFILER. 4. ACCEPTABLE EVIDENCE: GREENSCREEN REPORT. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 EXISTING PRODUCTS 2.2 NEW PRODUCTS A PROVIDE NEW PRODUCTS UNLESS SPECIFICALLY REQUIRED OR PERNITTED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B, DO NOT USE PRODUCTS RAVING ANY OF THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: C, WHERE ALL OTHER CRITERIA ARE MET, CONTRACTOR SHALL GIVE PREFERENCE TO PRODUCTS THAT. I . IF USED ON INTERIOR, HAVE LOWER EMISSIONS, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 0161 1 2. IF WET -APPLIED, HAVE LOWER VOC CONTENT, AS DEFINED IN SECTION 0161 16. 3. HAVE A PUBLISHED GREENSCREEN CHEMICAL HAZARD ANALYSIS. 2.3 PRODUCT OPTIONS A. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY REFERENCE STANDARDS OR BY DESCRIPTION ONLY: USE ANY PRODUCT MEETING THOSE STANDARDS OR DESCRIPTION. B. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY NAMING ONE OR MORE MANUFACTURERS: USE A PRODUCT OF ONE OF THE MANUFACTURERS NAMED AND MEETING SPECIFICATIONS, NO OPTIONS OR SUBSTITUTIONS ALLOWED. C. PRODUCTS SPECIFIED BY NAMING ONE OR MORE MANUFACTURERS WITH A PROIASION FOR SUBSTITUTIONS: SUBMIT A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION FOR ANY MANUFACTURER NOT NAMED. 3. EXECUTION 3A SUBSTITUTION PROCEDURES A. DOCUMENT EACH REQUEST WITH COMPLETE DATA SUBSTANTIATING COMPLIANCE OF PROPOSED SUBSTITUTION WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. B. A REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION CONSTITUTES A REPRESENTATION THAT THE SUBMITTER: I HAS INVESTIGATED PROPOSED PRODUCT AND DETERMINED THAT IT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE QUALITY LEVEL OF THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT. 2 AGREES TO PROVIDE THE SAME WARRANTY FOR THE SUBSTITUTION AS FOR THE SPECIFIED PRODUCT, 3, AGREES To COORDINATE INSTALLATION AND MAKE CHANGES TO OTHER WORK THAT MAY BE REQUIRED FOR THE WORK TO BE COMPLETE WITH NO ADDITIONAL COST TO OWNER, 4. WAIVES CLAIMS FOR ADDITIONAL COSTS OR TIME EXTENSION THAT MAY SUBSEQUENTLY BECOME APPARENT, 3.2 TRANSPORTATION AND HANDLING A. PACKAGE PRODUCTS FOR SHIPMENT IN MANNER TO PREVENT DAMAGE� FOR EQUIPMENT, PACKAGE TO AVOID LOSS OF FACTORY CALIBRATION. S IF SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS ARE REQUIRED, ATTACH INS rRUCTIONS PROMINENTLY AND LEGIBLY ON OUTSIDE OF PACKAGING. C COORDINATE SCHEDULE OF PRODUCT DELIVERY TO DESIGNATED PREPARED AREAS IN ORDER TO MINIMIZE SITE STORAGE TIME AND POTENTIAL DAMAGE TO STORED MATERIALS. Q TRANSPORT AND HANDLE PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS, E TRANSPORT MATERIALS IN COVERED TRUCKS TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF PRODUCT AND LITTERING OF SURROUNDING AREAS F. PROMPTLY INSPECT SHIPMENTS TO ENSURE THAT PRODUCTS COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS, QUANTITIES ARE CORRECT, AND PRODUCTS ARE UNDAMAGED. G� PROVIDE EQU PMENT AND PERSONNEL TO HANDLE PRODUCTS BY METHODS TO PREVENT SOILING, DISFIGUREMENT, OR DAMAGE, AND TO MINIMIZE HANDLING, N ARRANGE FOR THE RETURN OF PACKING MATERIALS, SUCH AS WOOD PALLETS, WHERE ECONOMICALLY FEASIBLE. 3.3 STORAGE AND PROTECTION A. DESIGNATE RECEPANGISTORAGE AREAS FOR INCOMING PRODUCTS SO THAT THEY ARE DEUVERED ACCORDING TO INSTALLATION SCHEDULE AND PLACED CONVENIENT TO WORK AREA IN ORDER TO MINIMIZE WASTE DUE TO EXCESSIVE MATERIALS HANDLING AND MISAPPLICATION, B. STORE AND PROTECT PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS'INSTRUCTIONS. C, STORE WITH SEALS AND LABELS INTACT AND LEGIBLE. D. STORE SENSITIVE PRODUCTS IN WEATHER TIGHT, CLIMATE CONTROLLED, ENCLOSURES IN AN ENVIRONMENT FAVORABLE TO PRODUCT. E, FOR EXTERIOR STORAGE OF FABRICATED PRODUCTS, PLACE ON SLOPED SUPPORTS ABOVE GROUND. F. PROTECT PRODUCTS FROM DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION DUE TO CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS, WEATHER, PRECIPITATION, HUMIDITY, TEMPERATURE. SUNLIGHT AND ULTRAVIOLET LIGHT, DIRT, DUST, AND OTHER CONTAMINANTS. G. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WARRAN MY CONDITIONS, IF ANY. H. COVER PRODUCTS SUBJECT TO DETERIORATION WITH IMPERVOUS SHEET COVERING. PROVIDE VENTILATION TO PREVENT CONDENSATION AND DEGRADATON OF PRODUCTS. I PREVENT CONTACT WITH MATERIAL THAT MAY CAUSE CORROSION, DISCOLORATION, OR STAINING. J. PROVIDE EQUIPMENT AND PERSONNEL TO STORE PRODUCTS By METHODS TO PREVENT SOILING, DISFIGUREMENT, OR DAMAGE, K ARRANGE STORAGE OF PRODUCTS TO PERMIT ACCESS FOR INSPECTION. PERIODICALLY INSPECT TO VERIFY PRODUCTS ARE UNDAMAGED AND ARE MANTAINED IN ACCEPTABLE CONDITION. END OF SECTION 0170 00 - EXECUTION A D CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 1. PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. EXAMINATION, PREPARATION, AND GENERAL INSTALLATION PROCEDURES, B. REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTERATIONS WORK INCLUDING SELECTIVE DEMOLITION. EXCEPT REMOVAL, DISPOSAL AND/OR REMEDIATION OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND TOXIC SUBSTANCES. C. CUTTING AND PATCHING. D. CLEANING AND PROTECTION. E. DEMONSTRATION AND INSTRUCTION OF OWNER PERSONNEL. F. CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES, INCLUDING CONTRACTORS CORRECTION G. PUNCH LIST. EXCEPT PAYMENT PROCEDURES. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. SECTION 0131 00 - PROJECT MANAGEMENTAND COORDINATION. B. SECTION 0151 00 - TEMPORARY UTILITIES C. SECTION 0177 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS. D. SECTION 0174 19 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL: ADDITIONAL PROCEDURES FOR TRASHWASTE REMOVAL, RECYCLING SALVAGE, AND REUSE, E S TION 0178 23 -CPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA. F. SECTION 07 134 00 - FIRESTOPPING. 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. NFRA 241 - STANDARD FOR SAFEGUARDING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION, AND DEMOLITION OPERATION$: 2013. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 0130 00 - ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS, FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES. B. CUTTING AND PATCHING: SUBMIT WRITTEN REQUEST IN ADVANCE OF CUTTING OR ALTERATION THAT AFFECTS: I � STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY OF ANY ELEMENT OF PROJECT, Z INTEGRITY OF WEATHER EXPOSED OR MOISTURE RESISTANT ELEMENT, 3. EFFICIENCY, MAINTENANCE, OR SAFETY OF ANY OPERATIONAL ELEMENT, 4. VISUAL QUALITIES OF SIGHT EXPOSED ELEMENTS. 5. WORK OF OWNER OR SEPARATE CONTRACTOR. 1.5 QUALIFICATIONS A. FOR DEMOUTION WORK EMPLOY A FIRM SPECIALIZING IN THE TYPE OF WORK REQUIRED. 1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. VENTILATE ENCLOSED AREAS TO ASSIST CURE OF MATERIALS, TO DISSIPATE HUMIDITY, AND TO PREVENT ACCUMULATION OF DUST, FUMES, VAPORS, OR GASES. B. DUST CONTROL EXECUTE WORK BY METHODS TO MINIMIZE RAISING DUST FROM CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. PROVIDE POSITIVE MEANS TO PREVENT AIR�BORNE DUST FROM DISPERSING INTO ATMOSPHERE AND OVER ADJACENT PROPERTY. 1. FROM E DUST -PROOF BARRIERS BETWEEN CONSTRUCTION AREAS AND AREAS CONTINUING TO BE OCCUPIED By OWNER. C NOISE CONTROL PROVIDE METHODS, MEANS, AND FACILITIES TO MINIMIZE NOISE PRODUCED BY CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. I AT ALL T MES: EXCESSIVELY NOISY TOOLS AND OPERATIONS WILL NOT BE TOLERATED INSIDE THE BUILDING AT ANYTIME OF DAY; EXCESSIVELY NOISY INCLUDES JACKHAMMERS, 1.7 COORDINATION A. COORDINATE SCHEDULING. SUBMITTALS, AND WORK OF THE VARIOUS SECTIONS OF THE PROJECT MANUAL TO ENSURE EFFICIENT AND ORDERLY SEQUENCE OF INSTALLATION OF INTERDEPENDENT CONSTRUCTION ELEMENTS, WITH PROVISIONS FOR ACCOMMODATING ITEMS INSTALLED LATER. B. NOTIFY AFFECTED UTILITY COMPANIES AND COMPLY WITH THEIR REQUIREMENTS. C. VERIFY THAT UTILITY REQUIREMENTS AND CHARACTERISTICS OF NEW OPERATING EQUIPMENT ARE COMPATIBLE WITH BUILDING UTILITIES. COORDINATE WORK OF VARIOUS SECTIONS HAVING INTERDEPENDENT RESPONSIBILITIES FOR INSTALLING, CONNECTING TO, AND PLACING IN SERVICE, SUCH EQUIPMENT. D COORDINATE SPACE REQUIREMENTS, SUPPORTS, AND INSTALLATION OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL WORK THAT ARE INDICATED DIAGRAMMATICA, ON DRAWINGS. FOLLOW ROUTING SHOWN FOR PIPES, DUCTS, AND CONDUIT, AS CLOSELY AS PRACTICABLE; PLACE RUNS PARALLEL WITH LINES OF BUILDING. UTIUZE SPACES EFFICIENTLY TO MAXIMIZE ACCESSIBILITY FOR OTHER INSTALLATIONS, FOR MAINTENANCE, AND FOR REPAIRS. E. IN FINISHED AREAS EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE INDICATED, CONCEAL PIPES, DUCTS, AND WIRING WITHIN THE CONSTRUCTION. COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF FIXTURES AND OUTLETS WITH FINISH ELEMENTS. F. COORDINATE COMPLETION AND CUEAN�UP OF WORK OF SEPARATE SECTIONS. G A ER OWNER OCCUPANCY OF PREMISES, COORDINATE ACCESS TO SITE FOR CORRECTION OF DEFECTIVE WORK AND WORK NOT IN ACCORDANCE WITH CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, TO MINIMIZE DISRUPTION OF OWNERS ACTIVITIES. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 PATCHING MATERIALS A. NEW MATERIALS: AS SPECIFIED IN PRODUCT SECTIONS; MATCH EXISTING PRODUCTS AND WORK FOR PATCHING AND EXTENDING WORK B. TYPE AND QUALITY OF EXJSTING PRODUCTS: DETERMINE BY INSPECTING AND TESTING PRODUCTS WHERE NECESSARY, REFERRING TO EXISTING WORK AS A STANDARD. C. PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION: FOR ANY PROPOSED CHANGE IN MATERIALS, SUBMIT REQUEST FOR SUBSTITUTION DESCRIBED IN SECTION 0160 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A, VERIFY THAT EXISTING SITE CONDITIONS AND SUBSTRATE SURFACES ARE ACCEPTABLE FOR SUBSEQUENT WORK START OF WORK MEANS ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. B. VERIFY THAT EXISTING SUBSTRATE IS CAPABLE OF STRUCTURAL SUPPORT OR ATTACHMENT OF NEW WORK BEING APPLIED OR ATTACHED, c� EXAMINE AND VERIFY SPECIFIC CONDITIONS DESCRIBED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS. D. TAKE FIELD MEASUREMENTS BEFORE CONFIRMING PRODUCT ORDERS OR BEGINNING FABRCAT10"T TO MINIMIZE WASTE DUE TO OVER -ORDERING OR MIS FABRICATION. E. VERIFY THAT UTILITY SERVICES AREAVAILABLE, OF THE CORRECT CHARACTERISTICS, AND IN THE CORRECT LOCATIONS. F. PRIO TO CUTTING: EXAMINE EXISTING CONDITIONS PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK, INCLUDING ELEMENTS SUBJECT TO DAMAGE OR MOVEMENT DURING CUTTING AND PATCHING, AFTER UNCOVERING EXISTING WORK, ASSESS CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF WORK BEGINNING OF CUTTING OR PATCHING MEANS ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS. 3.2 PREPARATION A. CLEAN SUBSTRATE SURFACES PRIOR TO APPLYING NEXT MATERIAL OR SUBSTANCE. & SEAL CRACKS OR OPENINGS OF SUBSTRATE PRIOR TO APPLYING NEXT MATERIAL OR SUBSTANCE, Cr APPLY MANUFACTURER REQUIRED OR RECOMMENDED SUBSTRATE PRIMER, SEALER, OR CONDITIONER PRIOR TO APPLYING ANY NEWIMAT RIAL OR SUBSTANCE IN CONTACT OR BOND, 3.3 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS A. INSTALL PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SECTIONS, IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS, AND SO AS TO AVOID WASTE DUE TO NECESSITY FOR REPLACEMENT, a. MAKE VERTICAL ELEMENTS PLUMB AND HORIZONTAL ELEMENTS LEVEL, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C INSTALL EQUIPMENT NO FITTINGS PLUMB AND LEVEL, NEATLY ALIGNED WITH ADJACENT VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL LINES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED, 0. MAKE CONSISTENT TEXTURE ON SURFACES, WITH SEAMLESS TRANSITIONS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. E. MAKE NEAT TRANSITIONS BETWEEN DIFFERENT SURFACES, MAINTAINING TEXTURE AND APPEARANCE. 3.4 ALTERATIONS A. DRAWINGS SHOWING EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND UTILITIES ARE BASED ON CASUAL FIELD OBSERVATION AND EXISTING RECORD DOCUMENTS ONLY. 1. VERIFY THAT CONSTRUCTION AND UTIUTY ARRANGEMENTS ARE AS SHOWN. 2, REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO ARCHITECT BEFORE DISTURBING EXISTING INSTALLATION. 3, BEGINNING OF ALTERATIONS WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF EXIS TING CONDITIONS. a. KEEP AREAS IN WHICH ALTERATIONS ARE BEING CONDUCTED SEPARATED FROM OTHER AREAS THAT ARE STILL OCCUPIED. I , PROVIDE. ERECT, AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY OUSTPROOF PARTITIONS OF CONSTRUCTION AS INDICATED IN SECTION 0156 00, C. REMOVE EXISTING WORK AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH NEW WORK I . REMOVE ITEMS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 2. RELOCATE ITEMS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. WHERE NEW SURFACE FINISHES ARE TO BE APPLIED TO EXISTING WORK PERFORM REMOVALS, PATCH, AND PREPARE EXISTING SURFACES AS REQUIRED TO RECEIVE NEW FINISH; REMOVE EXISTING FINISH IF NECESSARY FOR SUCCESSFUL APPLICATION OF NEW FINISH. 4. WHERE NEW SURFACE FINISHES ARE NOT SPECIFIED OR INDICATED, 5. PATCH HOLES AND DAMAGED SURFACES TO MATCH ADJACENT 6. FINISHED SURFACES AS CLOSELY AS POSSIBLE D� SERVICES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HVAC, PLUMBING, FIRE PROTECTION, ELECTRICAL, AND TELECOMMUNICATIONS): REMOVE, RELOCATE, AND EXTEND EXISTING SYSTEMS TO ACCOMMODATE NEW CONSTRUCTION. 1. MAINTAIN EXISTING ACTIVE SYSTEMS THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN OPERATION; MAINTAIN ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONAL COMPONENTS; IF NECESSARY, MODIFY INSTALLATION TO ALLOW CCESS OR PROVIDE ACCESS PANEL 2. WHERE EXISTING SYSTEMS OR EQUIPMENT ARE NOT ACTIVE AND CONTRACT DOCUMENTS REQUIRE REACTIVATION, PUT BACK INTO OPERATIONAL CONDITION; REPAIR SUPPLY, DISTRIBUTION, AND EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED. 3. WHERE EXISTING ACTIVE SYSTEMS SERVE OCCUPIED FACILITIES BUT ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW SERVICES, MAINTAIN EX STING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE UNTIL NEW SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETE AND READY FOR SERVICE, A) DISABLE EXISTING SYSTEMS ONLY TO MAKE SWITCHOVERS AND CONNECTIONS; MINIMIZE DURATION OF OUTAGES. B) PROVIDE TEMPORARY CONNECTIONS AS REQUIRED M MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE. 4. VERIFY THAT ABANDONED SERVICES SERVE ONLYARANDONED FACILITIES. 5 REMOVE ABANDONED PIPE, DUCTS, CONDUITS, AND EQUIPMENT, INCLUDING THOSE ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEILINGS; REMOVE BACK SOURCE OF SUPPLY WHERE POSSIBLE OTHERWISE CAP STUB AND TAG WITH IDENTIFICATION; PATCH HOLES LEFT BY REMOVAL USING MATERIALS SPECIFIED FOR NEW CONSTRUCTION. E. PROTECT EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN. I . PREVENT MOVEMENT OF STRUCTURE: PROVIDE SHORING AND BRACING IF NECESSARY. 2. PERFORM CUTTING TO ACCOMPLISH REMOVALS NEATLY AND AS SPECIFIED FOR CUTTING NEW WORK 3. REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING REMOVAL WORK F. ADAPT EXISTING WORK TO FIT NEW WORK MAKE AS NEAT AND SMOOTH TRANSITION AS POSSIBLE. I . WHEN EXISTING FINISHED SURFACES ARE CUT SO THAT A SMOOTH TRANSITION WITH NEW WORK IS NOT POSSIBLE, TERMINATE EXISTING SURFACE ALONG A STRAIGHT LINE AT A NATURAL LINE OF DIVISION AND MAKE RECOMMENDATION TO ARCHITECT. 2. WHERE REMOVAL OF PARTITIONS OR WALLS RESULTS IN ADJACENT SPACES BECOMING ONE, REWORK FLOORS, WALLS, AND CEILINGS TOA SMOOTH PLANE WITHOUT BREAKS. STEPS, OR BULKHEADS. 3. WHERE A CHANGE OF PLANE OF 1/4 INCH OR MORE OCCURS IN EXISTING WORK SUBMIT RECOMMENDATION FOR PROVIDING A SMOOTH TRANSITION FOR ARCHITECT RELIEW AND REQUEST INSTRUCTIONS. G. PATCHING: WHERE THE EXISTING SURFACE IS NOT INDICATED TO BE REFINISHED, PATCH TO MATCH THE SURFACE FINISH THAT EXISTED PRIOR TO CUTTING. WHERE THE SURFACE IS INDICATED TO BE REFINISHIED, PATCH SO THAT THE SUBSTRATE IS READY FOR THE NEW FINISH. H. REFINISH EXISTING SURFACES AS INDICATED: 1. WHERE ROOMS OR SPACES ARE INDICATED TO BE RERNISHED, REFINISH ALL VISIBLE EXIISTING SURFACES M REMAIN TO THE SPECIFIED CONDITION FOR EACH MATERIAL WITH A NEAT TRANSITION TO ADJACENT FINISHES. 2 IF MECHANICAL OR ELECTRICAL WORK IS EXPOSED ACCIDENTALLY 3. DURING THE WORK RE-COVER AND REFINISH TO MATCH, I CLEAN EXISTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT. J. REMOVE DEMOLITION DEBRIS AND ABANDONED ITEMS FROM ALTERATIONS AREAS AND DISPOSE OF OFF -SITE; DO NOT BURN OR 5URY, K DO NOT BEGIN NEW CONSTRUCTION IN ALTERATIONS AREAS BEFORE DEMOLITION IS COMPLETE. L. COMPLY WITH ALL OTHER APPLICABLE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SEDITION. 3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING A' WHENEVER POSSIBLE , EXECUTE THE WORK BY METHODS THAT AVOID CUTTING OR PATCHING, EL SEE ALTERATIONS ARTICLE ABOVE FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS, C PERFORM WHATEVER CUTTING AND PATCHING IS NECESSARY TO. 1 . COMPLETE THE WORK 2. FIT PRODUCTS TOGETHER TO INTEGRATE WITH OTHER WORK 3. PROVIDE OPENINGS FOR PENETRATION OF MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL. AND OTHER SERVICES, 4. MATCH WORK THAT HAS BEEN CUT TO ADJACENT WORK S. REPAIR AREAS ADJACENT TO CUTS TO REQUIRED CONDITION. 6. REPAIR NEW WORK DAMAGED BY SUBSEQUENT WORK 7, REMOVE SAMPLES OF INSTALLED WORK FOR TESTING WHEN REQUESTED. S. REMOVE AND REPLACE DEFECTIVE AND NON -CONFORMING WORK C. EXECUTE WORK BY METHODS THAT AVOID DAMAGE TO OTHER WORK AND THAT WILL PROVIDE APPROPRIATE SURFACES TO RECEIVE PATCHING AND FINISHING. IN EXISTING WORK MINIMIZE DAMAGE AND RESTORE TO ORIGINAL CONDITION. EMPLOY ORIGINAL INSTALLER TO PERFORM CUTTING FOR WEATHER EXPOSED AND MOI S WRE RESISTANT ELEMENTS, AND SIGHT EXPOSED SURFACES. F. CUT RIGID MATERIALS USING MASONRY SAW OR CORE DRILL PNEUMATIC TOOLS NOTALLOWED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL. G. RESTORE WORK WITH NEW PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. H. FIT WORK AIR TIGHT TO PIPES, SLEEVES, DUCTS, CONDUIT, AND OTHER PENETRATIONS THROUGH SURFACES. 1. AT PENETRATIONS OF FIRE RATED WALLS, PARTITIONS, CEILING, OR FLOOR CONSTRUCTION, COMPLETELY SEAL VOIDS WITH FIRE RATED MATERIAL IN ACCORDANCE WITH SEC RON 07 � 00, TO FULL THICKNESS OF THE PENETRATED ELEMENT. J. PATCHING: 1. FINISH PATCHED SURFACES TO MATCH FINISH THAT EXISTED PRIOR TO PATCHING. ON CONTINUOUS SURFACES, REFINISH TO NEAREST INTERSECTION OR NATURAL BREAK FOR AN ASSEMBLY, REFINISH ENTIRE UNIT. 2. MATCH COLOR. TEXTURE, AND APPEARANCE. 3. REPAIR PATCHED SURFACES THAT ARE DAMAGED, UFTED, DISCOLORED, OR SHOWING OTHER IMPERFECTIONS DUE TO PATC ING WORK IF DEFECTSARE DUE TO CONDITION OF SUBSTRATE, REPAIR SUBSTRATE PRIOR TO REPAIRING FINISH. 3.6 PROGRESS CLEAN NG IN A. MAINTAIN AREAS FREE OF WASTE MATERIALS, DEBRIS, AND RUBBISH. MAINTAIN SITE IN A CLEAN AND ORDERLY CONDITION. B. REMOVE DEBRIS AND RUBBISH FROM PIPE CHASES, PLENUMS, ATTICS, CRAWL SPACES, AND OTHER CLOSED OR REMOTE SPACES PRIOR TO ENCLOSING THE SPACE, C BROOM AND VACUUM CLEAN INTERIOR AREAS PRIOR TO START OF SURFACE FINISHING AND CONTINUE CLEANING TO ELIMINATE DUST. D COLLE T AND REMOVE WASTE MATERIALS, DEBRIS, AND TRASKRUBBISH FROM SITE PERIODICALLY AND DISPOSE OFF -SITE: DO NOT BURN OR BURY, 3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED WORK - SEE SECTION 0176 00 FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A, PROTECT INSTALLED WORK FROM DAMAGE By CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. B, PROVIDE SPECIAL PROTECTION WHERE SPECIFIED IN INDIVIDUAL SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, C. PROVID TEMPORARY AND REMOVABLE PROTECTION FOR INSTALLED PRODUCTS, CONTROL ACTIVITY IN IMMEDIATE WORK AREA TO PREVENT DAMAGE. D. PROVIDE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS AT WALLS, PROJECTIONS, JAMBS, SILLS, AND SOFFITS OF OPENINW, E. PROTECT FINISHED FLOORS, STAIRS, AND OTHER SURFACES FROM TRAFFIC, DIRT, WEAR, DAMAGE, OR MOVEMENT OF HEAVY OBJECTS, BY PROTECTING WITH DURABLE SHEET MATERIALS. F. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC OR STORAGE UPON WATERPROOFED OR ROOFED SURFACES. IF TRAFFIC OR AC LIVITY IS NECESSARY, OBTAIN RECOMMENDATIONS FOR PROTECTION FROM WATERPROOFING OR ROOFING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER. G. REMOVE PROTECTIVE COVERINGS WHEN NO LONGER NEEDED; REUSE OR RECYCLE PLASTIC COVERINGS IF POSSIBLE, 3,8 ADJUSTING A. ADJUST OPERATING PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT TO ENSURE SMOOTH AND UNHINDERED OPERATION. 3.9 FINAL CLEANING A. SEE SECTION 0174 23 � FINAL CLEANING 3.10 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES A. SEE SECTION 01 77 M B. ACCOMPANY PROJECT COORDINATOR ON PRELIMINARY INSPECTION TO DETERMINE ITEMS TO BE LISTED FOR COMPLETION OR CORRECTION IN THE CONTRACTORS CORRECTION PUNCH LIST FOR CONTRACTORS NOTICE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. CONDUCT SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION AND CREATE FINAL CORRECTION PUNCH LIST CONTAINING ARCHITECTS AND CONTRACTOR'S COMPREHENSIVE LIST OF ITEMS IDENTIFIED TO BE COMPLETED OR CORRECTED AND SUBMIT TO ARCHITECT, C. TURNOVER REQUIREMENTS ARE OUTLINED IN THE AMAZON PROJECT TURNOVER PLAN. GC TO COORDINATE WITH AMA70N TO MEET THIS REQUIREMENT. END OF SEC TION 01 74 00 - PROCESS CLEANING 1. GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. THESE REQUIREMENTS SUPPLEMENT GENERAL CONDITIONS, REFER TO GENERAL CONDITIONS FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. GENERAL CONDITIONS TO TAKE PRECEDENCE IF REQUIREMENTS DIFFER. 1 , SEE GENERAL CONDITIONS AND MODIFICATIONS SPECIFIED IN THE SPECIAL CONDITIONS FOR EACH INDIVIDUAL CONTRACTORS SPECIFIC CLEANING REQUIREMENTS. B. EACH CONTRACTOR: EXECUTE CLEANING, DURING PROGRESS OF THE WORK AND AT COMPLETION OF THE WORK, AS REQUIRED BY CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. CUTTING AND PATCHING; SECTION 02 4100. B. CLEANING FOR SPECIFIC PRODUCTS OR WORK SPECIFICATION SECTION FOR THE WORK 1.3 CLEANING AND DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS A STANDARDS MAINTAIN PROJECT IN ACCORD WITH THE FOLLOWING SAFETY AND INSURANCE STANDARDS; I APPLICABLE FEDERAL AND STATE REQUIREMENTS. 7 NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION, a. HAZARDS CONTROL: EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS: 1. STORE VOLATILE WASTES IN COVERED METAL CONTAINERSAND REMOVE FROM PREMISES DAILY. 2. PREVENT ACCUMULATION OF WASTES, WHICH CREATE HAZARDOUS CONDITIONS. 3. PROVIDE ADEQUATE VENTILATION 0 RING USE OF VOLATILE OR NOXIOUS SUBSTANCES. C CONDUCT CLEANING AND DISPOSAL OPERATIONS TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL ORDINANCES AND ANTII,POLUUMON LAWS. I . DO NOT BURN OR BURY RUBBISH AND WASTE MATERIALS ON PROJECT SITE. 2. DO NOT DISPOSE OF VOLATILE WASTES SUCH AS MINERAL SPIRITS, OIL OR PAINT THINNER IN STORM OR SANITARY SEWERS, 3. DO NOT DISPOSE OF WASTE INTO STREAMS OR WATERWAYS. 4. WET DOWN DRY MATERIALS AND RUBBISH TO PREVENT DUST. D� CLEAN STREETS, HIGHWAYS, AND PRIVATE PROPERTIES OF ALL MUD, EARTH, RUBBISH, ROCKS, REFUSE OR OTHER DEBRIS OF ANY KING RESULTING FROM SUCH WORK OR RELATED TRANSPORTATION TO AND FROM THE WORK SITE. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. SELECTAND USE CLEANING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT WITH CARE TO AVOID SCRATCHING, MARRING, DEFACING, STAININGOR DISCOLORING SURFACES CLEANED. B. USE ONLY CLEANING MATERIALS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OF SURFACES TO BE CLEANED. 1. USE CLEANING PRODUCTS THAT MEET GREEN SEAL GS-37. OR IF GS-37 IS NOT APPLICABLE, USE PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE VOC LEVELS. C. USE CLEANING MATERIALS ONLY ON SURFACES RECOMMENDED BY THE CLEANING MATERIAL MANUFACTURER. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 PROGRESS CLEANING A. CLEAN PROJECT SITE AND WORK AREAS DAILY, INCLUDING COMMON AREAS. ENFORCE REQUIREMENTS STRICTLY. DISPOSE OF MATERIALS LAWFULLY. 8, EACH CONTRACTOR 1. PROVIDE, MAINTAIN AND EMPTY 55 GALLON METAL AND DUMPSTER TYPE CONTAINERS FOR COLLECTION OF WASTE MATERIALS, DEBRIS AND RUBBISH. LOCATE CONTAINERS AS DIRECTED IN GENERAL CONDITIONS. THESE CONTAINERS WILL BE UTILIZED BY ALL CONTRACTORS AND THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS. A) PROVIDE CONTAINERS WITH ADEQUATE CAPACITY TO ACCOMMODATE ANTICIPATED NEEDS. IF CONTAINERS 00 NOT HAVE ADEQUATE CAPACITY, INCREASE INTERVALS OF WASTE REMOVAL OR CAPACITY OF CONTAINERS UNTIL ADEQUATE CAPACITY IS PROVIDED, 2. AT REASONABLE INTERVALS DURING PROGRESS OF WORK BUT IN NO CASE LESS THAN ONCE A WEEK DISPOSE OF WASTE MATERIALS, DEBRIS ANDRUS Ii 3� DIRECT SPECIAL ATrENTJ0 TO A) PROVIDE NONJ�STAINING LAYOUT LINES AND OTHER MARKINGS ON MASONRY AND CONCRETE, USE CHALK LINES WHEREVERPOS IBLEAND REMOVE WHEN NO LONGER NEEDED. E) REMO ALL STAINS FROM CONCRETE SURFACES, INCLUDING FLOOR$, C) SH P MARKS SHALL NOT APPEAR ON EXPOSED SURFACES OF ANY ITEM. D) REMOVE CONCRETE, MORTAR AND PAINT SPATTERS. E) CLEAN BOTH BRICK AND CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY. F) PROTECT ALUMINUM FRAMES DURING CONSTRUCTION AND THOROUGHLY CLEAN UPON COMPLETION OF THE INSTALLATION. 4. CLEAN INTERIOR SURFACES BEFORE START OF FINISH PAINTING AND CONTINUE CLEANING ONAN A& NEEDED BASIS UNTIL PAINTING IS FINISHED. 5. VACUUM INTERIOR SU LONG AREAS WHERE WORK IS PERFORMED PRIOR TO PAINTING AND OTHER FINISH WORK CONTINUE VACUUM CLEANING ON AN AS NEEDED BASIS UNTIL BUILDING IS READY FOR OCCUPANCY. C' HFATi PIPINGITEMPERATURE CONTROL AND VENTILATION AND DUCTWORK CONTRACTOJIL COORDINATE AND PROTECT INTERIOR OF DUCTWOR DURING CONSTRUCTION FROM ACCUMULATION OF DIRT, DUST OR DEBRIS, D A L CONTRACTORS I SITE: MAINTAIN PROJECT SITE FREE OF WASTE MATERIALS AND DEBRIS. 2 WORKAREAS: CLEAN AREA WHERE WORK IS IN PROGRESS TO THE LEVEL OF CLEANLINESS NECESSARY FOR PROPER EXECUTION OF THEWORK 3. REMOVE UQUID SPILLS PROMPTLY. 4. WHERE DUST WOULD IMPAIR PROPER EXECUTION OF THE WORK BROOM -CLEAN OR VACUUM THE ENTIRE WORK AREA, AS APPROPRIATE. 5. INSTALLED WORK KEEP INSTALLED WORK CLEAN. CLEAN INSTALLED SURFACES ACCORDING TO WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS OF MANUFACTURER OR FABRICATOR OF PRODUCT INSTALLED, USING ONLY CLEANING MATERIALS SPECIFICALLY RECOMMENDED. IF S ECIFIC CLEANING MATERIALS ARE NOT RECOMMENDED, USE CLEANING MATERIALS THATARE NOT HAZARDOUS TO HEALTH OR PROPERTY AND THAT Wit. NOT DAMAGE EXPOSED SURFACES. 6 SCHEDULE OPERATIONS SO THAT DUSTAND OTHER CONTAMINANTS RESULTING FROM CLEARING PROCESS WILL NOT FALLON WETORNEWLY OATEDSURFACES. 7 HANDLE MATERIALS INA CONTROLLED MANNER WITH AS FEW HANDLINGS AS POSSIBLE; DO NOT DROP OR THROW MATERIALS FROM HEIGHTS. a. CLEAN TRASH FROM ALL CHASES AND CONCEALED SPACES BEFORE FINAL CLOSURE, 3.2 FINAL CLEANING k GENERAL: PROMDE FINAL CLEANING. CONDUCT CLEANING AND WASTE -REMOVAL OPERATIONS TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL LAWS AND ORDINANCES AND FEDERAL AND LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL AND ANTIPOLLUTION REGULATIONS. 1. LEAVE PROJECT CLEAN AND READY FOR OCCUPANCY. a. EACH CONTRACTOR: AT THE COMPLETION OF THEIR BRANCH OF THE WORK REMOVE ALL SURPLUS MATERIAL, FALSE WORK TEMPORARY STRUCTURES, INCLUDING FOUNDATIONS THEREOF, PLANTS OF ANY DESCRIPTION AND DEBRIS OF EVERY NATURE RESULTING FROM THEIR OPERATIONS AND PUT THE SITE IN A NEAT AND ORDERLY CONDITION. GEN RAL TRADES CONTRACTOR REQUIREMENTS I DO FORM TO REQUIREMENTS OF GENERAL CONDITIONS. 2. EMPLOY EXPERIENCED WORKERS, OR PROFESSIONAL CLEANERS FOR FINAL CLEANING. 3. IN PREPARATION FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OR OCCUPANCY, CONDUCT FINAL INSPECTION OF SIGHT- EXPOSED INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES, AND OF CONCEALED SPACES. 4. CLEAN EXPOSED INTERIOR HARDSURFACED FINISHES TO A DIRT�FREE CONDITION, FREE OF STAINS, FILMS. AND SIMILAR FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. RESTORE REFLECTIVE SURFACES TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION, 5. CLEAN EACH SIDE OF TRANSPARENT MATERIALS, INCLUDING MIRRORS AND GLASS INDOOR$, EXTERIOR GLASS AND WINDOWS. REMOVE GLAZING COMPOUNDS AND OTHER NOTICEABLE, VISION OBSCURING MATERIALS. REPLACE CHIPPED OR BROKEN GLASS AND OTHER DAMAGED TRANSPARENT MATERIALS, POLISH MIRRORS AND GLASS, TAKING CARE NOT TO SCRATCH SURFACES. 6, SWEEP CONCRETE FLOORS BROOM CLEAN IN UNOCCUPIED SPACES. 7. VACUUM CARPET AND SIMILAR SOFT SURFACES, REMOVING DEBRIS AND EXCESS NAP; SHAMPOO IF VISIBLE SOIL OR STAINS REMAIN. 8 REMOVE GREASE, DUST, DIRT, STAINS, LABELS, FINGERPRINTS AND OTHER FOREIGN MATERIALS FROM SIGHT -EXPOSED INT JOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES, INCLUDING LIGHT FIXTURES AND LENSES; POLISH SURFACES SO DESIGNATED TO A SHINE FINISH. , C SAN FINISHES FREE OF DUST, STAINS, FILMS AND OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES, 'o. CLEAR TRANSPARENT AND GLOSSY MATERIALS TO A POLISHED CONDITION; REMOVE FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. POLISH REFLECTIVE SURFACES TO A CLEAR SHINE. I I REMOVE TEMPORARY PROTECTION AND LABELS NOT REQUIRED TO REMAIN, 12. CLEAN SURFACES OF EQUIPMENT, REMOVE EXCESS LUBRICATION. 13, REMOVE DEBRIS, RUBBISH, DiRT, ETC. FROM OPEN CONCEALED SPACES, CHASES AND ABOVE CEILINGS. 14. REPAIR, PATCH AND TOUCH UP MARRED SURFACES TO SPECIFIED FINISH, TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES, I& IN PREPARATION FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OR OCCUPANCY, CONDUCT FINAL INSPECTION OF SIGHT- EXPOSED INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES, AND OF CONCEALED SPACES. REMOVE WASTE, FOREIGN MATTER, AND DEBRIS FROM ROOFS, GUTTERS, AREAWAYS, AND DRAINAGE SYSTEMS. 16. SITEIEXTERIOR ITEMS, CLEAN PROJECT SITE, YARD, AND GROUNDS, IN AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT AREAS, OF RUBBISH, WASTE MATERIAL, LITTER, AND OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. IT SWEEP PAVED AREAS BROOM CLEAN. REMOVE PETROCHEMICAL SPILLS, STAINS, AND OTHER FOREIGN DEPOSITS. 18. RAKE G OUNDS THAT ARE NEITHER PILANTED NOR PAVED TO A SMOOTH, EVEN TEXTURED SURFACE. C, REMOVE TOOLS, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY, AND SURPLUS MATERIAL FROM PROJECT SITE. 19 CLEAN EXPOSED HARD -SURFACED FINISHES TO A DIRT -FREE CONDITION, FREE OF STAINS, FILMS, AND SIMILAR FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. AVOID DISTURBING NATURAL WEATHERING OF EXTERIOR SURFACES, 20 PLUM ING CONTRACTOR: CLEAN PLUMBING FIXTURES TOA SANITARY CONDITION. 21. H CCONTRACTOR A) C SAN DIRT AND DUST FROM INTERIOR OF AIR HANDLING UNITS BEFORE INSTALLING FINAL FILTERS. WIPE DOWN THE EXTERIOR SURFACES OF ALL HVAC EQUIPMENT LOCATED IN MECHANICAL ROOMS AND SPACES. B) CLEAN PERMANENT FILTERS OF VENTILATING EQUIPMENT AND REPLACE DISPOSABLE FILTERS WHEN UNITS HAVE BEEN OPERATED DURING CONSTRUCTION; IN ADDITION, CLEAN DUCTS, BLOWERS, AND COILS WHEN UNITS HAVE BEEN OPERATID WITHOUT FILTERS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 22. ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR A) CLEAN DIRT AND DEBRIS FROM INTERIOR OF ALL ELECTRICAL PANELS AND USER ACCESSIBLE ELECTRICAL ENCLOSURE SOXESPRI R TO INSTALLAMON OF COVERS ORIN THE CASE OF HINGED ACCESS DOORS, BEFORE FINAL CLEANING OF ADJACENT SPACE S) CLEAN AND POLISH LIGHTING FIXTURE LENSES. C) CLEAN THE EXTERIOR SURFACES OF ALL SWITCHGEAR LOCATED IN MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL ROOMS AND SPACES. D. MAINTAIN CLEANING UNTIL FINAL COMPLETION E. PRIOR TO FINAL COMPLETION, OR OWNER OCCUPANCY, CONTRACTOR SHALL CONDUCT AN INSPECTION OF SIGHT EXPOSED INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES, AND ALL WORK AREAS, TO VERIFY THAT THE ENTIRE WORK AREA IS CLEAN END OF SECTION 01 7419 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 1. GENERAL 1.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS A. OWNER REQUIRES THAT THIS PROJECT GENERATE THE LEAST AMOUNT OF TRASH AND WASTE FOSSIBLE. B. EMPLOY PROCESSES THAT ENSURE THE GENERATION OF AS LITTLE WASTE AS POSSIBLE DUE TO ERROR, POOR PLANNING, BREAKAGE, MISHANDLING, CONTAMINATION, OR OTHER FACTORS. C. MINIMIZE TRASHYWASTE DISPOSAL IN LANDFILLS; REUSE, SALVAGE, OR RECYCLE AS MUCH WASTE AS ECONOMICALLY FEASIBLE, Q CONTRACTOR SHALL RETAIN PERIODIC WASTE DISPOSAL REPORTS/RECORDS; ALL LANDFILL DISPOSAL, INCINERATION, RECYCLING, SALVAGE, AND REUSE MUST BE REPORTED REGARDLESS OF TO WHOM THE COST OR SAVINGS ACCRUES; USE THE SAME UNITS OF MEASURE ON ALL REPORTS. E. METH DS OF TRASHAAASTE DISPOSAL THAT ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE ARE: I B RNING ON THE PROJECT SITE. 2. BU YING ON THE PROJECT SITE. 3, DUMPING OR BURYING ON OTHER PROPERTY, PUBLIC OR PRIVATE. 4, OTHER ILLEGAL DUMPING OR BURYING. F. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS; CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR KNOWING AND COMPLYING WITH REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS, PERTAINING TO LEGAL DISPOSAL OF ALL CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MATERIALS. G OUTDOOR DUMPSTERS WILL BE COVERED AT ALL 71MES WHEN NOT BEING ACTIVELY LOADED OR UNLOADED TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION OF STORM WATER RUNOFF. EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS STORED OUTSIDE WITH ANY POTENTIAL TO IMPACT STORMWATE RUNOFF $HAUL BE COVERED IN SUCH AWAY AS TO PREVENT THIS POSSIBILITY OR STORED INDOORS M. THE PROJECT $HAUL NOT IMPACT THE STATUS OF THE AMAZON SITE UNDER APPLICABLE ENVIRONMENTAL REGULATIONS AS A NON14D41POSURE SITE. NO PROCESS OR MATERIALS USED AS PART OF THE PROJECT "LL IMPACT WATER RELEASED TO THE STORM SEWERS UNLESS THE PROPER PERMITS HAVE BEEN OBTAINED. 1.2 DEFINITIONS A. CLEAR UNTREATED AND UNPAINTED; NOT CONTAMINATED WITH OILS, SOLVENTS, CAULK, OR THE LIKE. 13. CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE: SOLD WASTES TYPICALLY INCLUDING BUILDING MATERIALS, PACKAGING, TRASH, DEBRIS, AND RUBBLE RESULTING FROM CONSTRUCTION, REMODELING, REPAIR AND DEMOLITION OPERATIONS. C HAZARDOUS: EXHIBITING THE CHARACTERISTICS OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, 1. E, GNITIBLITY, CORROSMTY, TOXICI rY OR REACTIVITY. C NONHAZARDOUS: EXHIBITING NONE OF THE CHARACTERISTICS OF HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES, I.E., IGNITTIBILMY, CORROSIVITY, TOXICITY, OR REACTIVITY. E, N NTOXIC NEITHER IMMEDIATELY POISONOUS TO HUMANS NOR POISONOUS AFTER A LONG PERIOD OF EXPOSURE. F' RECYCLABLE: THE ABLITY OF A PRODUCT OR MATERIAL TO BE RECOVERED AT THE END OF ITS LIFE CYCLE AND REMANUFACTURED INTO A NEW PRODUCT FOR REUSE BY OTHERS, G. RECYCLE: TO REMOVE A WASTE MATERIAL FROM THE PROJECT SITE TO ANOTHER SITE FOR REMANUFACTURE INTO A NEW PRODUCT FOR REUS BY OTHERS, M RECYCLING: THE PROCESS OF SORTING, CLEANSING, TREATING AND RECONSTITUTING SOUD WASTE AND OTHER DISCARDED MATERIALS FOR THE PURPOSE OF USING THE ALTERED FORM. RECYCLING DOES NOT INCLUDE BURNING, INCINERATING, OR THERMALLY DESTROYING WASTE. 1. RETURN: TO GIVE BACK REUSABLE ITEMS OR UNUSED PRODUCTS TO VENDORS FOR CREDIT. ,L REUSE: TO REUSE A CONSTRUCTION WASTE MATERIAL IN SOME MANNER ON THE PROJECT SITE. K SALVAGE: TO REMOVE A WASTE MATERIAL FROM THE PROJECT SITE TO ANOTHER SITE FOR RESALE OR REUSE BY OTHERS. L. SEDIMENT. SOIL AND OTHER DEBRIS THAT HAS BEEN ERODED AND TRANSPORTED BY STORM OR WELL PRODUCTION RUN OFF WATER, M SOURCE SEPARATION: THE ACT OF KEEPING DIFFERENT TYPES OF WASTE MATERIALS SEPARATE BEGINNING FROM THE FIRST TIME THEY BECOME WASTE, i TOXIC: POISONOUS TO H NS EITHER IMMEDIATELY OR AFTER A LONG PERIOD OF EXPOSURE 0, TRASH: ANY PRODUCT OR MATERIAL UNABLE TO BE REUSED, RETURNED, RECYCLED, OR SALVAGED. P� WASTE: EXTRA MATE JAL OR MATERIAL THAT HAS REACHED THE END OF ITS USEFUL LIFE IN ITS INTENDED USE. WASTE INCLUDES SALVAGEABLE, RETURNABLE, RECYCLABLE, AND REUSABLE MATERIAL 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 01 33 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES & REQUIREMENTS. B� WASTE DISPOSAL REPORTS: SUBMIT AT SPECIFIED INTERVALS OR AS REQUESTED BY AMAZON REP WITH DETAILS OF QUANTITIES OF TRASH AND WASTE, MEANS OF DISPOSAL OR REUSE, AND COSTS; SHOW BOTH TOTALS TO DATE AND SINCE LAST REPORT. 1. SUBMIT UPDATED REPORT WITH EACH APPLICATION FOR PROGRESS PAYMENT, FAILURE TO SUBMIT REPORT WILL DELAY PAYMENT, 2. SUBMIT REPORT ON A FORM ACCEPTABLE TO OWNER, 3 LANDFILL DISPOSAL: INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: A) IDENTIFICATION OF MATERIAL. B) AMOUNT, IN TONS OR CUBIC YARDS, OF TRASHNVASTE MATERIAL FROM THE PROJECT DISPOSED OF IN LANDFILLS. C) STATE THE IDENTITY OF LANDFILLS, TOTAL AMOUNT OF TIPPING FEES PAID TO LANDFILL, AND TOTAL DISPOSAL COST, 0) INCLUDE MANIFESTS, WEIGHT TICKETS, RECEIPTS, AND INVOICES AS EVIDENCE OF QUANTITY AND COST. 4. INCINERATOR DISPOSAL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: A) IDENTIFICATION OF MATERIAL. B) AMOUNT, IN TONS OR CUBIC YARDS, OF TRASHIWASTE MATERIAL FROM THE PROJECT DELIVERED TO INCINERATORS. C) STATE THE IDENTITY OF INCINERATORS, TOTAL MOUNT OF FEES PAID TO INCINERATOR, AND TOTAL DISPOSAL COST. D) INCLUDE MANIFESTS, WEIGHT TICKETS, RECEIPTS, AND INVOICES AS EVIDENCE OF QUANTITY AND COST. 5. RECYCLED AND SALVAGED MATERIALS: INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION FOR EACH: A) IDENTIFICATION OF MATERIAL, INCLUDING THOSE RETRIEVED BY INSTALLER FOR USE ON OTHER PROJECTS. B) AMOUNT, IN TONS OR CUBIC YARDS, DATE REMOVED FROM THE PROJECT SITE, AND REMAINS PARTY. C) TRANSPORTATION COST, AMOUNT PAID OR RECEIVED FOR THE MATERIAL, AND THE NET TOTAL COST OR SAVINGS OF SALVAGE OR RECYCLING EACH MINTER AL. D) INCLUDE MANIFESTS, WEIGHT TICKETS. RECEIPTS, AND INVOICES AS EVIDENCE OF QUANTITY AND COST, F)J CERTIFICATION BY REC51MNG PARTY THAT MATERIALS WILL NOT BE DISPOSED OF IN LANDFILLS OR BY INCINERATION. 6. MATERIAL REUSED ON PROJECT: INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING FORMATION FOR EACH: A) IDENTIFICATION OF MATERIAL AND HOW IT WAS USED IN THE PROJECT, D) AMOUNT, IN TONS OR CUBIC YARDS. C) INCLUDE WEIGHT TICKETS AS EVIDENCE OF QUANTITY. 7. OTHER DISPOSAL METHODS: INCLUDE INFORMATION SIMILAR TO THAT DESCRIBED ABOVE, AS APPROPRIATE TO DISPOSAL METHOD. 2. PRODUCTS: NOT USED 3. EXECUTION 3.1 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN IMPLEMENTATION A. MANAGER; DESIGNATE AN OWSITE PERSON OR PERSONS RESPONSIBLE FOR INSTRUCTING WORKERS AND OVERSEEING AND DOCUMENTING RESULTS OF THE WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN. B. COMMUNICATION: DIS RIBUTE COPIES OF THE WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN TO JOB SITE FOREMAN. EACH SUBCONTRACTOR. OWNER, AND ARCHITECT, C. INSTRUCTION: PROVIDE ON -SITE INSTRUCTION OF APPROPRIATE SEPARATIONT HANDLING, AND RECYCLING. SALVAGE, REUSE, AND RETURN METHODS TO BE USED BY ALL PARTIES AT THE APPROPRIATE STAGES OF THE PROJECT. G HAZARDOUS WASTES: SEPARATE, STORE, AND DISPOSE OF HAZARDOUS WASTES ACCORDING TO APPLICABLE REGULATIONS. E. REUSE OF MATERIALS ON -SITE: SET ASIDE, SORT, AND PROTECT SEPARATED PRODUCTS IN PREPARATION FOR REUSE. F. SALVAGE: SET ASIDE, SORT, AND PROTECT PRODUCTS TO BE SALVAGED FOR REUSE OFF -SITE END OF SECTION 217413 FINAL EANI 1. 8ENEFaL 1.1 REQUIREMENTS INCLUDE A, COORDINATING CONTRACTOR: PROVIDE ALL FINAL CLEANING INCLUDING FOR THE WORK OF ASSIGNED CONTRACTORS, 1. AT COMPLETION OF WORK REMOVE ALL WASTE. DEBRIS. RUBBISH. TOOLS, EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY AND SURPLUS MATERIALS. CLEAN ALL SIGHT EXPOSED SURFACES; LEAVE WORK CLEAN AND READY FOR OCCUPANCY. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE: 1. 0 35 46 - INDOOR AIR QUALITY PROCEDURES IF USED) 2. 0174 DO- PROGRESS CLEANING. 1.3 SAFETY REQUIREMENTS A. COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDIC nOI\L 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS ZI CLEANING MATERIALS A. CLEANING AGENTS: USE CLEANING MATERIALS AND AGENTS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OR FABRICATOR OF THE SURFACE TO BE CLEANED, DO NOT USE CLEANING AGENTS THAT ARE POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS TO HEALTH OR PROPERTY OR THAT MIGHT DAMAGE FINISHED SURFACES. B, CLEANING AGENTS $HALL MEET G DEN SEAL GS-37 STANDARDS. C FLOOR CLEANERS SHALL COMPLY WITH THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS MAXIMUM ALLOWABLEVOC CON NENT. D DISPOSABLE PAPER PRODUCTS, SUPPLIES AND TRASH SAGS SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS OF THE US ENMR INIMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCYS COMPREHENSIVE PROCUREMENT GUIDELINES. E. IF THE GREEN SEAL GS-37 STANDARD IS NOTAPPLICABLE, USE PRODUCTS THAT COMPLY WITH THE CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE VOC LEVEL$. 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL CLEANING A. GENERAL, PROVIDE FINAL CLEANING. 00 NOT CONFLICT WITH RELATED PROJECT SECTIONS. RESOLVE WITH AE SHOULD ANY CONFLICTS ARISE CONDUCT CLEANING AND WASTE -REMOVAL OPERATIONS TO COMPLY WITH LOCAL LAWS AND ORDINANCES AND FEDERAL AND LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL AND ANTIPOLLUTION REGULATIONS. a. CLEANING: EMPLOY EXPERIENCED WORKERS OR PROFESSIONAL CLEANERS FOR FINAL CLEANING. CLEAN EACH SURFACE OR UNIT TO CONDITION EXPECTED IN AN AVERAGE COMMERCIAL BUILDING CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM. COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONa C, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CLEANING OPERATIONS EEFORE REQUESTING INSPECTION FOR CERTIFICATION OF SUBSTANTIAL DO PLETION FOR ENTIRE PROJECT OR FOR A PORTION OF PROJECT: 1, CLEAN PROJECT SITE, YARD, AND GROUNDS, IN AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT AREAS, OF RUBBISH, WASTE MATERIAL, LITTER, AND OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES, Z SWEEP PAVED AREAS BROOM CLEAN. REMOVE PETROCHEMICAL SPILLS, STAINS, AND OTHER FOREIGN DEPOSITS. 3. REMOVE TOOLS, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY, AND SURPLUS MATERIAL FROM PROJECT SITE. 4 REMOVE SNOW AND ICE TO PROVIDE SAFE ACCESS TO BUILDING. 5. CLEAN EXPOSED EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR HARD -SURFACED FINISHES TO A DIRT -FREE CONDITION, FREE OF STAINS, FILMS, AND SIMILAR FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. AVOID DISTURBING NATURAL WEATHERING OF EXTERIOR SURFACES. RESTORE REFLECTIVE SURFACES TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. 6. REMOVE DEBRIS AND SU FACE DUST FROM LIMITED ACCESS SPACES, INCLUDING ROOFS, PLENUMS, SHAFTS, TRENCHES, EOU PMENT VAULTS, MANHOLES, ATTICS, AND SIMILAR SPACES. I � 7, SWEEP CONCRETE FLOORS BROOM CLEAN IN UNOCCUPIED SPACES. 8, VACUUM CARPET AND SIMILAR SOFT SURFACES, REMOVING DEBRIS AND EXCESS NAP, SHAMPOO IF VISIBLE SOIL OR STAINS REMAIN. 9. CLEAN TRANSPARENT MATERIALS, INCLUDING MIRRORS AND GLASS INDOORS AND WINDOWS. REMOVE GLAZING COMPOUNDS AND OTHER NOTICEABLE, VISION -OBSCURING MATERIALS. REPLACE CHIPPED OR BROKEN GLASS AND OTHER DAMAGED TRANSPARENT MATERIALS. POLISH MIRRORS AND GLASS, TAKING CARE NOT TO SCRATCH SURFACES. 10. RE VE LABELS THAT ARE NOT PERMANENT. I I� TOUCH UP AND OTHERWISE REPAIR AND RESTORE MARRED, EXPOSED FINISHES AND SURFACES. REPLACE FINISHES AND SURFACES THAT CANNOT BE SATISFACTORILY REPAIRED OR RESTORED OR THAT ALREADY SHOW EVIDENCE OF REPAIR OR RESTORATION. A. 00 NOT PAINT OVER 'U12'AND SIMILAR LABEUS. INCLUDING MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL NAMEPLATES. 12. REMOVE GREASE, DUST, DIRT, STAINS, LABELS, FINGERPRINTS, PROTECTION AND OTHER FOREIGN MATERIALS FROM SIGHT - EXPOSED INTE IOR AND EXTERIOR FINISHED SURFACES; POLISH SURFACES SO DESIGNATED TO SPECIFIED FINISH. A. IN PREPARATION FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLE71ON OR OCCUPANCY, CONDUCT FINAL INSPECTION OF SIGHT -EXPOSED INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR SURFACES, AND OF CONCEALED SPACES TO ENSURE PERFORMANCE. 13. CONTRACTOR VACUUM LEAN AND MOP ALL SURFACES OF PEDESTAL FLOORS AND SUPPORTS, INCLUDING ENTIRE AREA BENEATH FED TAL FLOORS, 14, VENTILATING CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE AIR HANDLING (CONDITIONING) FILTERS IF UNITS WERE OPERATED DURING CONSTRUCTION. CLEAN PER ANENT AIR FILTERS. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLS. 15� VE TILATING CONTRACTOR SHALL VACUUM CLEAN DUCTS, BLOWERS AND COILS, 16, EACHCONTRACTO MAINTAIN FINALLY CLEANED AREAS UNTIL PROJECT, OR DESIGNATED PORTION THEREOF, IS ACCEPTED BY THEOWNER. 17 WIPESURFACESOPM CHANICALAND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT. ELEVATOR EQUIPMENT. AND SIMILAR EQUIPMENT. REMOVE EXCESS LUBRICATION PAINT AND MORTAR DROPPINGS, AND OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES, IS REPLACE PARTS SUBJECT TO UNUSUAL OPERATING CONDITIONS. 1, CLFANPLU BING FIXTURES TO A SANITARY CONDITION, FREE OF STAINS, INCLUDING STAINS RESULTING FROM WATER EXPOS RE. 20 FIRST SUBPARAGRAPH BELOW DESCRIBES A MAJOR WORK ITEM THAT MAY BE DISRUPTIVE TO CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES. CLEAN DUCTS, BLOWERS, AND COILS IF UNITS W RE OPERATED WITHOUT FILTERS DURING CONSTRUCTION. 21 CLEAN LIGHT FIXTURES, LAMPS, GLOBES, AND REFLECTORS TO FUNCTION WITH FULL EFFICIENCY. REPLACE BURNED -OUT BULBS, AND THOSE NOTICEABLY DIMMED BY HOURS OF USE, AND DEFECInVE AND NOISY STARTERS IN FLUORESCENT AND MERCURY VAPOR FIXTURES TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW FIXTURES. 22. LEAVE PROJECT CLEAN AND READY FOR OCCUPANCY. 23. PEST CONTROL: ENGAGE AN EXPERIENCED, LICENSED EXTERMINATOR TO MAKE A FINAL INSPECTION AND RID PROJECT OF RODENTS, INSECTS, AND OTHER PESTS. PREPARE AND SUBMIT A REPORT INDICATING COMPLIANCE. 24. COMPLY WITH SAFETY STANDARDS FOR CLEANING. DO NOT BURN WASTE MATERIALS. DO NOT BURY DEBRIS OR EXCESS MATERIALS ON OWNER'S PROPERTY. DO NOT DISCHARGE VOLATILE, HARMFUL, OR DANGEROUS MATERIALS INTO DRAINAGE SYSTEMS, REMOVE WASTE MATERIALS FROM PROJECT SITE AND DISPOSE OF LAWFULLY. END OF SECTION REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AVG 20 2019 City of Tukmia BUILDING DIVIsION I RECEIVEn , CITY OF TUKWILA AUG 02 2019 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT OF RECORD: 3AMES A. HAILEY 6700 ANITOCH PIASA Still 300 1 MERIUMM, 0; 1620,,, -b,oh.S 7 T -3-262-9095 FAX. 913-262-90" CONSULTANT COPYRIGHT NOTICE 71,10 d-ing as pre -red for use on a spedfle site oorturnp ... eausly with Its issue data and It Is not suitable for use on a different project site or- later tone. Use of this drawing fie-efer-, or e-ple a, another prject requires the -joes, of properly Licensed anAhliteus and engineers. Reproduction of this doe,log for ..... ra another pojea Is not anthadoed and my be -Irtay to the I - ISSUES & REVISIONS PROJECT NAME UWAS TUKWILA, WA PROJECTADDRESS 18323 ANDOVER PARK W. BLDG. It SEATTLE, WA 98188 ISSUED FOR PERMIT PROJECT MANAGER: CHECKED SYt DRAWN BY: S3 DOCUMENT DAM 06/21/19 PROJECT NO. 62300960 PROFESSIONAL SEAL PROJECT NA E; UWAS, TUKWILA, WA BUILDING ADDRESS: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W. BLDG� 6, SEATTLE, WA 98188 FILENAME: PLOJECrYEARt Wte REGION: 2019 TODAYS DATE: DRAWN BY: 6/24/2019 8:18:01 AM S3 SLOG FLOOR: DRAWN DATE: 1 06/21/19 5U�AING TYPE APPROVED BY: U SCALE; A.E. DATE: VARIES A AZON D11CIAdVER 3 Ta� T on SHEET:1 001 a EIRR011ainalprinted-mcdodpap., 0176 OD - PROTECTING INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION 1. PART I - GENERAL 1.1 PROTECTION OF ALL INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION A My COMPONENT I SYSTEM THAT IS DAMAGED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ACCIDENTS OR MISUSE RESULTING IN SCRATCHES. DENTS, ABRASIONS ETC -SHALL BE REPAIRED BACK TO"UKE NEW CONDITION', OTHERWISE THE SAME EQUIPMENT $KALLBE EPLACED WITH NEW EQUIPMENT PRIOR TO "FINALACCEPTANCE"TO THE SATISFACTION OF THE PROJECT MANAGER. THIS APPLES TOALL INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION, INCLUDING GENERAL, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL DEVICES, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS, REGARDLESS OF ACCEPTANCE FOR USE DURING CONSTRUCTION. 8 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL ONLY USE PERMANENT EQUIPMENT AS SPECIFIED AN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SPECIFIC REQUESTS TO USE PERMANENT EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN WHAT IS SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MUST FIRST BE APPROVED BY THE PROJECT MANAGER, A/E AND COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY PRIOR TO SUCH USE. THIS INCLUDES THE USE OF DEMCES, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS, SUCH AS ELEVATORS OR HVAC EQUIPMENT, DURING ANY PHASE OF CONSTRUCTION PRIOR TO UNIVERSITY TINAL ACCEPTANCE." C DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS, EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE A WRITTEN PLAN OUTLINING CONFORMANCE WITH ALLOONT CT SECTIONS AND SHALL ENSURE THAT ALL INSTALLED DEVICES, EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS ARE NOT EXPOSED TO CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTS THATARE LIKELY TO HINDER THEIR PROPER OPERATIOMPERFORMANCE OR SHORTEN THEIR USEFUL LIFE REGARDLESS OF DESIRE BY CONTRACTOR FOR USE PRIOR TO "FINAL ACCEPTANCE- f)� ALL EQUIPMENT WARRANTIES SHALL BE ADJUSTED AND / OR EXTENDED SO ASTO NOT IMPACT THE NORMAL MINIMUM EXPECTED WARRANTY DURATION AS EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED WITHIN THIS PROJECT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE BASE BAD REQUIREMENTS AND WITHOUT ADDITIONAL COST TO THE PROJECT OR THE UNIVERSITY. E. PROTECT ALL COMPONENTS CONTAINING FLUID(S) FROM FREEZING. ENSUREALL RELATED WETIES AND NECESSARY CONTROLS ARE ACTIVE AND FUNCTIONING. VERIFY WITH PROJECT MANAGER, AVE AND COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY PRIOR TO USE. THIS WILL NOT CONSTITUTE "FINAL ACCEPTANCE'OF COMPONENTS OR SYSTEMS. F. UNDER NO ORCUMSTANCE SHALL ANY SYSTEM IN WHOLE OR PART BE ALLOWED 70 OPERATE BEYOND THE DESIGN PARAMETERS OF THIS PROJECT OR THE RESPECTIVE MANUFACTURER'S LIMITS. t2 USE OF PERMANENT AJR HANDLING UNIT (AAHU) AND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES A. THE USE OF PERMANENTLY INSTALLED AHUS AND ASSOCIATED DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS FOR TEMPORARY HEATING AND COOLING DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL ONLY BE PERMITTED AS SPECIFIED AN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, SPECIFIC REQUESTS TO USE PERMANENTLY INSTALLED HVAC EQUIPMENT OTHER THAN WHAT IS SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS MUST FIRST BE APPROVED BY THE PROJECT MANAGER. AIE AND COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY PRIOR TO SUCH USE, REQUESISSHALLBE CONSIDERED ONLY FIR A WRITTEN PLAN FOR TEMPORARY USE HAS BEEN PROVIDED CLARIFYING SATISFACTORY IMPLEMENTATION OF THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION. REQUESTS DO NOT CONSTITUTE AUTOMATIC APPROVAL FOR USE S. AT NO ADDITIONAL COST TO THE PROJECT OR OWNER, MINIMUM BASIC REQUIREMENTS THAT SHALL BE MET IF PERMANENT EQUIPMENTISPE MATTED TOSE USED INCLUDE: C COORDINATE WORK WITH RELATED AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT, DUCT AND DUCT ACCESSORY SECTIONS. Q ALL WORK ON THE AHUS SHALL BE PERMANENT, NOT TEMPORARY. THIS INCLUDES UNIT DUCTWORK AND INSULATION, HOT WATER AND CHILLED WATER PUMPS, PIPING AND INSULATION, UNIT CONDENSATE DRAINS IF USED FOR COOLING. ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS AND CON ROLS. E FANS AND RELATED SYSTEM COMPONENTS SHALL NOT RUN IN SUCH A MANNER AS TO ALLOW FANS TO BE IN SURGE OR UNSTABLE OPERATION NOR RUN WITHIN 8D%, OF MAXIMUM RPM. F. ANY METER$, SUCH AS STEAM OR CHILLED WATER, SHALL BE OPERATIVE, INSTALLED, CALIBRATED AND FUNCTIONING PRIOR TO USE IF NECESSARY A TEMPORARY METER SHALL BE INSTALLED WHICH MEETS THE SAME RELIABILITY AND ACCURACY REQUIREMENTS AS THE PERMANENT METER SPECIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. IS CONTROLS SHAU. ENSURE SAFE OPERATION WITHOUT RISK TO THE EQUIPMENT OR BUILDING. FREEZE STATS, STATIC PRESSURE SAFETY SWITCHES, CONTROL DAMPERS, ETC, SHALL BE IN OPERATION AND SUCCESSFULLY FUNCTIONALLY TESTED, A MEANS TO SEND OUT AN ALARM IN CASE OF UNIT FAILURE SHALL BE IN PLACE R PERFORM ALL SPECIFIED AND MANUFACTURERS START UP PROCEDURES ON ALL EQUIPMENT SEfNG USED, INCLUDING VFDS. PROVIDE VERIFIED RESULTS, DATA, REPORTS, CHECKUSTS TO THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE 1. AWRn7 IN PLAN SHALL BE IMPLEMENTED TO MONITOR THE SYSTEMS AND ENSURE ADEQUATE CHANGING OF FILTERS. THIS PLAN SHALL INCLUDE IN WRITING THE CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR WHO IS RESPONSIBLE TO MONITOR AND MAINTAIN THE SYSTEMS IN OPERATION, ENSURE THAT THE PLAN IS ADHERED TO AND RESPOND WHEN THERE IS A FAILURE. IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT HIS BE THE VENTILATION CONTRACTOR. J AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS SHALL BE AGGRESSIVELY PROTECTED FROM DUST DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PROCESS TO ENSUR THAT NO CONTAMINATION OF THE DUCT SYSTEM OCCURS. IF AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT IS OPERATED DURING THE CONSTRU TION PROCESS FOR ANY REASON (E,G, TO PROVIDE TEMPORARY HE" FOR ANY LENGTH OF TIME, SPECIAL PROVISIONS SHALL BE MADE TO PROVIDE ADEQUATE FILTRATION TO PROTECT ALL AIR HANDLING EQUIPMENT, DISTRIBUTION AND RETURN DEUICTWORKFROM EXPOSURE TO DUST, WITH FILTERS BEING CHANGED ON A REGULAR AND FREQUENT BASIS. K ALL RETURN DUCTWORK SHALL BE DISCONNECTED FROM THE RESPECTIVE SUPPLY AHLI AND CAPPED TO PREVENT CONTAMINATION. FILTERS OF SUFFICIENT ASHRAE SPOT EFFICIENCY SHALL BE USED AT ALL AHU ENTRANCES) AND NORMAL FILTER SECTIONSAIN OR HANDLERS DURING CONSTRUC PON USE TO PREVENT PASS -THROUGH OF CONSTRUCTION DUST 3 MICRONS AND LARGER N SIZE EVEN THOUGH THE PROJECTS FILTER CLASSIFICATION AS OF OCCUPANCY MAY BE LESS, L. WHERE IT IS PHYSICALLY IMPOSSIBLE TO DISCONNECT AND MECHANICALLY CAP RESPECTIVE RETURN DUCTWORK, MINIMUM EFFICIENCY F LTERS OF A MERV 13 OR HIGHER RATING SHALL BE INSTALLED AT ALL RETURN DUCTING ENTRANCES (OR OPENINGS TO PLENUM AREAS) AND NORMAL FILTER SECTIONS IN AIR HANDLERS AND MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT THE CONSTRUCTION PERIOD TO PREVENT PASS�THROUGH OF CONSTRUCTION DUST 3 MICRONS AND LARGER IN SIZE. REAUTHORIZATION FROM THE PROJECT MANAGER, NE AND COMMISSIONING AUTHORITY OWNER IS REQUIRED BEFORE PROCEEDING. M. PIPE FLUSHING SHALL BE COMPLETED, AND REPORT VAUDATED WITH APPROPRIATE CHEMICAL TSOIRANG. N, ALL PERMANENT F LTERS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN THE AHU AND MAINTAINED THROUGHOUT USE. ALL FILTRATION SHALL BE AT THE EXPENSE OF THE CONTRACTOR 0 MANUFACTURER WARRANTY ISSUES SHALL BE RESOLVED WARRANTY DUENSIONS MAY BE NECESSARY. * EQUIPMENT USED FOR TEMPORARY HEATING/COOLING SHALL BE IN "LIKE NEW" CONDITION WHEN TURNED OVER TO THE UNIVERSITY, * COMPLY WITH SMACNA AQ GUIDELINES FOR OCCUPIED BUILDINGS UNDER CONSTRUCTION. R. THE ONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MEETING THE MORE RESTRICTIVE INDOOR AIR QUALITY CONDITIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION AS STATED AN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR THROUGHOUT THE MADCA STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES AS R FERENCED WITHIN THE APRIL 8,2002 EDITION OR NEWER'NAOCA GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR THE CLEANING OF COMMERCIAL HEATING, VENIILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEMS�. IT IS THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM CUFAMNIG US NG THESE NADCA APPROVED CLEANING EQUIPMENT AND PROCEDURES OF ALL INTERNAL DUCT PATHS AND AHU(S) JUST PRIOR TO FINAL INSPECTION I COMMISSIONING FOR CONSIDERATION OF FINAL ACCEPTANCE. 1.3 USE OF EXISTING ELEVATORS FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES (NO ELEVATOR CONTRACTOR IS CONTRACTED FOR THE PROJECT) A. THE USE OF AN EXISTING ELEVATOR DURING CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE STRICTLY PROHIBITED. ANY DEVIATION FROM THIS POLICY SHALL ONLY BE PERMITTED BY MEANS OF AN APPROVED VARIANCE FOR THE PROJECT. 1.4 FINISHES AND FURNISHINGS A EACH CONTRACTOR BHA ENSURE THAT ALL INSTALLED FINISHES AND FURNISHINGS ARE NOT EXPOSED TO CONSTRUCTION ENVIRONMENTS THAT ARE LIKELY TO MAR THEIR APPEARANCE OR SHORTEN THEIR USEFUL UFE. FOR EXAMPLE, CARPET AND OTHER FLOOR FINISH SURFACES SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED AT A STAGE IN THE PROJECT, WHICH WILL RESULT IN THEM BEING SUBJECTED TO EXCESSIVE SOILING, SPOTTING, STAINING, SCRATCHING, ABRASION, OR WETTING. CONTRACTOR OR SM NTRACTORS SHALL NOT USE ANY INSTALLED FURNITURE ITEM ASA BENCH, LADDER OR SUPPORT FOR WORKTHEY MAYBE COMPLETING IN ANY UNIVERSITY SPACE, IF SUCH FURNISHINGS IMPEDE OR BLOCK ASSIGNED WORK CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY OWNER FOR ADJUSTMENT OR REMOVAL OF SAID FURNISHINGS, 2. PRODUCTS: NOT USED 3. EXECUTION: NOT USED 0177 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES 1 . PART I - GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. DRAWINGSAND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND OTHER DIVISION 0' SPECIFIrATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 SUMMARY A. SECTION INCLUDES ADMINISTRATIVE AND PROCEDURAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CONTRACT CLOSEOUT, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1 , SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES. 2. FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES. 3 WARRANTIES. 4. FINAL CLEANING. B. RELATED SECTIONS: I . SECTION 0170 00 - EXECUTION AND CLOSEOUT REQUIREMENTS 2. SFCT�ON 0178 23 - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA I SECT ON 0178 39 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 4. SECTION 0179 00 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 5� DIVISIONS 02 THROUGH 49 SECTIONS FOR SPECIFIC CLOSEOUT AND SPECIAL CLEANING REQUIREMENTS FOR THE WORK IN THOSE SECTIONS 1.3 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION A. PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES: BEFORE REQUESTING INSPECTION FOR DETERMINING DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING. LIST ITEMS BELOW THAT ARE INCOMPLETE WITH REQUEST. 1. PREPARE A UST OF ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED AND CORRECTED (PUNCH LIST), THE VALUE OF ITEMS ON THE UST, AND REASONS WHY THE WORK IS NOT COMPLETE, 2. ADVISE OWNER OF PENDING INSURANCE CHANGEOVER REQUIREMENTS. 3. SUBMIT SPECIFIC WARRANTIES, WORKMANSHIP BONDS, MAINTENANCE SERVICIE AGREEMENTS, FINAL CERTIFICATIONS, AND SIMILAR DOCUMENTS VIA OWNER WESSITE OR OTHER APPROVED METHOD, 4. OBTAIN AND SUBMIT RELEASES PERMITTING OWNER UNRESTRICTED USE OF THE WORK AND ACCESS TO SERVICES AND UTILITIES. INCLUDE OCCUPANCY PERMITS, OPERATING CERTIFICATES, AND SIMILAR RELEASES. 5, PREPARE AND SUBMIT PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS, FINAL COMPLETION CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHIC DOCUMENTATION, DAMAGE OR SETTLEMENT SURVEYS, PROPERTY SURVEYS, AND SIMILAR FINAL RECORD INFORMATION. 6. DELIVER TOOLS, SPARE PARTS, EXTRA MATERIALS, AND SIMILAR ITEMS TO LOCATION DESIGNATED By OWNER, LABEL WITH MANUFACTURERS NAME AND MODEL NUMBER WHERE APPLICABLE. 7 DELIVER TEMP KEYS FOR TEMP LOCKS TO OWNER. ADVISE OWNER'S PERSONNEL OF C14ANGEOVER IN SECURITY PROMSIONS. S COMPLETE STARTUP TESTING OF SYSTEMS 91 SUBMIT TEST/ADJUSTAIMANCE RECORDS, 10, TERMINATE AND REMOVE TEMPORARY FACIUTIES FROM PROJECT SITE ALONG WITH MOCKUPS� CONSTRUCTION TOOLS, AND SIMILAR ELEMENTS. 11 ADVISE OWNER OF CHANGEOVER IN HEAT AND OTHER UTILITIES. 12. SUBMIT CHANGEOVER INFORMATION RELATED TO OWNERS OCCUPANCY, USE, OPERATION, AND MAINTENANCE. 13 COMPLETE FINAL CLEANING REQUIREMENTS, INCLUDING TOUCHUP PAINTING. 14, TOUCH UP AND OTHERWISE REPAIR AND RESTORE MARRED EXPOSED FINISHES TO ELIMINATE VISUAL DEFECTS, N INSPECTION: SUBMIT A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR INSPECTION FOR SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. ON RECEIPT OF REQUEST, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WILL EITHER PROCEEDWITH INSPECTION OR NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF UNFULFILLED REQUIREMENTS, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WILL PREPARE THE CERTIFICATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION AFTER INSPECTION OR WILL NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF ITEMS, EITHER ON CONTRACTORS LIST OR ADDITIONAL ITSMES IDENTIFIED BY CONSTRUCTION MANAGER ANDIOR ARCHITECT, THAT MUST BE COMPLETED OR CORRECTED BEFORE CERTIFICATE WILL BE ISSUED, 1. REINSPECTION: REQUEST REINSPECTION WHEN THE WORK IDENTIFIED IN PREVIOUS INSPECTIONS AS INCOMPLETE IS COMPLETED OR CORRECTED, 2. RESULTS OF COMPLETED INSPECTION WILL FORM THE BASIS OF REQUIREMENTS FOR FINAL COMPLETION. 1.4 FINAL COMPLETION A, PRELIMINARY PROCEDURES. BEFORE REQUESTING FINAL INSPECTION FOR DETERMINING Fi� COMPLETION, COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING: 1. SUBMIT A FINAL APPLICATION FOR PAYMENT WITH FULL SCHEDULE OF VALUES 2 SUBMIT CERTIFIED COPY OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION INSPECTION LIST OF ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED OR CORRECTED (PUNCH LIST), ENDORSED AND DATED By CONSTRUCTION MANAGER. THE CERTIFIED COPY OF THE UST SHALL STATE THAT EACH ITEM HASBEEN COMPLETED OR OTHERWISE RESOLVED FOR ACCEPTANCE. I SUBMIT EVIDENCE OF FINAL, CONTINUING INSURANCE COVERAGE COMPLYING WITH INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS. 41 SUBMIT PEST -CONTROL FINAL INSPECTION REPORT AND WARRANTY. S. INSTRUCT OWNERS PERSONNEL IN OPERATION, ADJUSTMENT, AND MAINTENANCE OF PRODUCTS, EQUIPMENT, AND SYSTEMS. S. INSPEC71ON: SUBMIT A WRITTEN REQUEST FOR FINAL INSPECTION FOR ACCEPTANCE. ON RECEIPT OF REQUEST, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WILL EITHER PROCEED WITH INSPECTION OR NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF UNFULFILLED REQUIREMENTS, CONSTRUCTION MANAGER WILL PREPARE A FINAL CERTIFICATE FOR PAYMENT AFTER INSPECTION OR WILL NOTIFY CONTRACTOR OF CONSTRUCTION THAT UST BE COMPLETED OR CORRECTED BEFORE CERTIFICATE WILL BE ISSUEM I REINSPECTiON: REQUEST REINSPECTION WHEN THE WORK IDENTIFIED IN PREVIOUS INSPECTIONS AS INCOMPLETE IS COMPLETED OR CORRECTED. 1.5 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST) A. ORGANIZATION OF LIST. INCLUDE NAME AND IDENTIFICATION OF EACH SPACE AND AREA AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS FOR INCOMPLETE ITEMS AND ITEMS NEEDING CORRECTION INCLUDING, IF NECESSARY, AREAS DISTURBED BY CONTRACTOR THAT ARE OUTSIDE THE LIMITS OF CONSTRUCTION. 1. ORGANIZE UST OF SPACES IN SEQUENTIAL ORDER, STARTING WITH EXTERIOR AREAS FIRST, PROCEEDING FROM LOWEST FLOOR TO HIGHEST FLOOR, IN ORDER OF FOH TO BOR 2. ORGANIZE ITEMS APPLYING TO EACH SPACE BY MAJOR ELEMENT, INCLUDING CATEGORIES FOR CEILING, INDIVIDUAL WALLS, FLOORS, EQUIPMENT, AND BUILDING SYSTEMS, 3. INCLUDE THE FOLLOW NG INFORMATION AT THE TOP OF EACH PAGE: A) PROJECT NAME. 8) DATE, CA NAME OF ARCHITECT AND CONSTRUCTION MANAGER, D) NAME OF CONTRACTOR E) PAGE N MBER, F) SU IT LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS IN THE FOLLOWING FORMAT: 1, POF ELECTRONIC FILE it, OWNERS PROJECT WEBSrTE 1.6 WARRANTIES A SUBMITTAL TIME, SUBMIT WRITTEN WARRANTIES ON REQUEST OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGER FOR DESIGNATED PORTIONS OF THE WORK WHERE COMMENCEMENT OF WARRANTIES OTHER THAN DATE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION IS INDICATED. B. PARTIAL OCCUPANCY. SUBMIT PROPERLY EXECUTED WARRANTIES WITHIN 15 DAYS OF COMPLETION OF DESIGNATED PORTIONS OFTHEW RKTHAT ARE COMPLETED AND OCCUPIED OR USED BY OWNER DURING CONSTRUCTION PERIOD BY SEPARATE AGREEMEW WITH CONTRACTOR, C ORGANIZE WARRANTY DOCUMENTS INTO AN ORDERLY SEQUENCE BASED ON THE TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE PROJECT MANUAL. 1. BIND WARRANTIES AND BONDS IN HEAVY-DUTY, THREE�RING, VJNYL�COVIERED, LOOSE-LEAF BINDERS, THICKNESS AS NECESSARY TO ACCOMMODATE CONTENTS, AND SIZED TO RECIEVE S-1/2-BY-1 1-INCH PAPER. 2. PRO\AOE HFAVY PAPER DIVIDERS WITH PLASTIC�COVERED TABS FOR EACH SEPARATE WARRANTY, MARK TAB TO IDENTIFY THE PRODUCT OR INSTALLATION. PROVIDE A TYPSD DESCRIPTION OF THE PRODUCT OR INSTALLATION, INCLUDING THE NAME OF THE PRODUCT AND THE NAME, ADDRESS, AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF INSTALLER. 3. IDENTIFY EACH BINDER ON THE FRONT AND SPINE WITH THE TYPED OR PRINTED TITLE 'WARRANTIES," PROJECT NAME, AND NAME OPCONTRACTOR. 4. WAN WARRANTIES AND BONDS AND ASSEMBLE COMPLETE WARRANTY AND BOND SUBMITTAL PACKAGE INTO A SINGLE INDEXED ELECTRONIC PDF FILE WITH LINKS ENABLING NAVIGATION TO EACH ITEM. PROVIDE TABLE OF CONTENTS AT BEGINNING OF DOCUMEN. D. PROVI E ADDITIONAL COPIES OF EACH WARRANTY TO INCLUDE IN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS. E. PROVIDE NEE HARD COPY TO SITEsPROJECT LOCATION AND UPLOAD SOFTIELECTROMC VERSION TO AMAZON APPROVED PROJECT WEBSITE. 2. PRODUCTS Z1 MATERIALS A, CLEANING AGENTS: USE CLEANING MATERIALS AND AGENTS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER OR FABRICATOR OF THE SURFACE TO BE CLEANED. DO NOT USE CLEANING AGENTS THAT ARE POTENTIALLY HAZARDOUS TO HEALTH OR PROPERTY OR THAT MIGHT DAMAGE FINISHED SURFACES. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 FINAL GLEANING A GENERAL: PERFORM FINAL CLEANING. CONDUCT CLEANING AND WASTE -REMOVAL OPERATIONS TO COMPLYWITH LOCAL LAWS AND ORDINANCES AND FEDERAL AND LOCAL ENVIRONMENTAL AND ANTIPOLLUTION REGULATIONS. B. CLEANING: EMPLOY EXPERIENCED WORKERS OR PROFESSIONAL CLEANERS FOR FINAL CLEANING. CLEAN EACH SURFACE OR UNITTOCONDITI N EXPECTED IN AN AVERAGE COMMERCIAL BUILDING CLEANING AND MAINTENANCE PROGRAM, COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURE B WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. C COMPLETE THE FOLLOWING CLEANING OPERATIONS BEFORE REQUESTING INSPECTION FOR CERTIFICATION OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FOR ENTIRE PROJECT OR FOR A PORTION OF PROJECT, 1. CLEAN PROJECT SITE, YARD, AND GROUNDS, IN AREAS DISTURBED BY CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES, INCLUDING LANDSCAPE DEVELOPMENT AREAS, OF RUBBISH, WASTE MATERIAL, LITTER, AND OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. 2 SWEEP PAVED AREAS BROOM CLEAN. REMOVE PETROCHEMICAL SPILLS, STAINS, AND OTHER FOREIGN DEPOSITS. 3 RA E GROUNDS THAT ARE NEITHER PLANTED NOR PAVED TO A SMOOTH, EVAENTEXTURED SURFACE. 4' REMOVE TOOLS, CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT, MACHINERY, AND SURPLUS MATERIAL FROM PROJECT SITE. 6 REMOVE SNOW AND ICE TO PROVIDE SAFE ACCESS TO BUILDING, 6, CLEAN EXPOSED EXTERIOR AND INTERIOR HARO-SURFACED FINISHES TO A DIRT�FREE CONDITION, FREE OF STAINS, FILMS, AND S MILAR FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. AVOID DISTURBING NATURAL WEATHERING OF EXTERIOR SURFACES. RESTORE REFLECTIVE SURFACES TO THEIR ORIGINAL CONDITION. 7. REMOVE DEBRIS AND SURFACE DUST FROM UMITED ACCESS SPACES, INCLUDING ROOFS, PLENUMS. SHAFTS, TRENCHES, EQUIPMENT VAULTS, MANHOLES, ATTICS, AND SIMILAR SPACES. a. SWEEP CONCRETE FLOORS BROOM CLEAN IN UNOCCUPIED SPACES, S. VACUUM CARPET AND SIMILAR SOFT SURFACES, REMOVING DEBRIS AND EXCESS NAP; SHAMPOO IF VISIBLE SOIL OR STAINS REMAIN. 10. CLEAN TRANSPARENT MATERIALS, INCLUDING MIRRORS AND GLASS INDOORS AND WINDOWS. REMOVE GLAZING COMPOUNDS AND OTHER NOTICEABLE, VISIONMCURING MATERIALS. REPLACE CHIPPED OR BROKEN GLASS AND OTHER DAMAGED TRANSPARENT MATERIALS. POLISH MIRRORS AND GLASS, TAKING CARS NOT TO SCRATCH SURFACES, 11 REMOVE LABELS THAT ARE NOT PERMANENT. 2. TOUCH UP AND OTHERWISE REPAIR AND RESTORE MARRED, EXPOSED FINISHES AND SURFACES. REPLACE FINISHES AND SURFACES THAT CANNOT BE SATISFACTORILY REPAIRED OR RESTORED OR THAT ALREADY SHOW EVIDENCE OF REPAIR OR RESTORATION, 13 DO NOT PAINT OVER -UL` AND OTHER REQUIRED LABELS AND IDENTIFICATION. 14. WIP SURFACES OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT, AND SIMILAR EQUIPMENT. REMOVE EXCESS LUBRICATION, PAINT AND MORTAR DROPPINGS, AND OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES. 15. REPLACE PARTS SU13JECT TO OPERATING CONDITIONS DURING CONSTRUCTION THAT MAY IMPEDE OPERATION OR REDUCE LONGEVITY, 16. CLEAN PLUMBING FIXTURES TO A SANITARY CONDITION, FREE OF STAINS, INCLUDING STAINS RESULTING FROM WATER EXPOSURE. 17. REPLACE DISPOSABLE AIR FILTERS AND CLEAN PERMANENT AIR FILTERS. CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES OF DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS, AND GRILLS. 18. CLEAN DUCTS, BLOWERS, AND COILS IF UNITS WERE OPERATED WITHOUT FILTERS DURING CONSTRUCTION OR THAT DISPLAY CONTAMINATION WITH PARTICULATE MATTER UPON $USPFCTION. 19. CLEAN LIGHT FIXTURES, LAMPS, GLOBES, AND REFLECTORS TO FUNCTION WITH FULL EFFICIENCY, REPLACE BURNED�OUT BULBS, AND THOSE NOTICEABLY DIMMED BY HOURS OF USE, AND DEFECTIVE AND NOISY STARTERS IN FLUORESCENTAND MERCURY VAPOR FIXTURES TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR NEW FIXTURES. 20. LEAVE ROJECT CLEAN AND READY FOR OCCUPANCY. Q CONSTRUCTION WASTE DISPOSAL COMPLY WITH WASTE DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS IN SECTION 0174 19 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 0178 23 - OPERATION AND MAJNTEKWrs 1. GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA SHALL BE SUBMrn ED IN APPROPRIATELY SIZED 3-RING BINDERS, WITH DIVIDERS, AND ORGANIZED BY EACH PIECE OF EQUIPMENT OR SYSTE1% S� PROJECT SPECIFIC INFORMATION ONLY OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA SHALL ALSO BE SCANNED TO A FLASH DRIVE USINGTHESA E LAYOUT AND FORMAT DESCRIBED BELOW AND INCLUDED IN EACH �RING BINDER C OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: I TITLE PAGE, 2 SPINE LABEL 3 TABLE OF CONTENTS- 4. C NTACT INFORMATION. 5. CONTENTS SPECIFIC TO TYPE OF MANUAL (EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS, OR MATERIALS AND FINISHES). Q STORE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA IN THE FIELD OFFICE APART FROM DOCUMENTS USED FOR CONSTRUCTION, DO NOT USE CLOSEOUT SUBMITTAL DATA FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. MAINTAIN CLOSEOUT SUBMITTAL DATA IN GOOD ORDER AND :N A CLEAN, DRY, LEGIBLE CONDITION. MAKE ALL CLOSEOUT SUBMITTAL DATA AVAILABLE AT ALL TIMES FOR THE OWNER'S AND Aes NSPECTIONS. E EACH CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING, RECORDING, AND MAINTAINING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA APPLICABLE TO ITS OWN WORK THE COORDINATING CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING INFORMATION. WHERE INFORMATION FROM MORE THAN ONE CONTRACTOR IS TO BE INTEGRATED WITH INFORMATION FROM OTHER CONTRACTORS TO FORM ONE CLOSEOUT SUBMITTAL 1.2 RELATED SECTIONS A. 8 TION 0133 M -SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES B. SECTION 01 n 39 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUALS - GENERAL A. FORMAT AND ORGANIZATION: 1. FORMAT. A) BINDERS: HEAVY-E)LITY, �RING, VINYL�OOVEREED BINDERS, IN THICKNESS TO MATCH CONTENTS, SIZED TO HOLE) 8S"X1 1" PAPER. USE MULTIPLE BINDCRS IF CONTENTS ARE OVER YTHICK 8) SINOSR DIVIDERS: HEAVY -PAPER DIVIDERS WITH PLASTIC -COVERED TABS FOR EACH SECTION. C) DRAWINGS: IF OVERSIZE DRAWINGS ARE NECESSARY, FOLD DRAWINGS TO SAME SIZE AS TEXT PAGES AND USE AS FOLD -OUTS. IF DRAWINGS ARE TOO LARGE TO BE USED AS FOUDOUTS, FOLD AND PLACE DRAWINGS IN LABELED ENVELOPES AND BIND ENVELOPES. 2. ORGANIZATION; A) SEPARATE MANUALS BY SPECIFICATION DIVISION. NO MANUAL SHOULD COVER MORE THAN ONE SPECTICATION DIVISION. 8) DIVIDE EACH SPECIFICATION DIVISION BY SPECIFICATION SECPON. C) DIVIDE EACH SPECIFICATION SECTION BY PIECE OF EQUIPMENT (USING EQUIPMENT ID). B, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. EACH MANUAL SHALL CONTAIN: 1. COVER AND TITLE PAGE. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A) OFFICIAL PROJECT NAME. 8) OFFICIAL PROJECT NUMBER. C) WORDS "OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL:% CA SPECIFICATION SECTION COVERED, INCLUDING NUMBER AND NAME, E) NAME OF CONTRACTOR. F) DATE OF SUBMITTAL. G) SHORT LIST OF CONTENTS. 2. SIXNE LABEL, INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A) OFFICIAL PROJECT NAME. 6) WORDS "OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUAL- C) SPECIFICATION SECTION COVERED, INCLUDING NUMBER AND NAME. D) DATE OF SUBMITTAL. 3. TABLE OF CONTENTS. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A) LAST EACH ITEM INCLUDED IN THE MANUAL, IDENTIFIED By PRODUCT NAME AND SPECIFICATION SECTION 4. CONTACT INFORMATION. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A) LIST EACH CONTRACTORS NAME, CONTACT. ADDRESS, PHONE, AND &MAIL FOR EACH ITEM COVERED, INCLUDING EMERGENCY CONTACT INFORMATION. 5, CONTENTS SPECIFIC TO MANUAL TYPE. SEE SECTION BELOW, C MANUAL TYPE: EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS MANUALS. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING CONTENTS: I . feNNUFACTURERS PRODUCT DATA FOR EACH MAJOR COMPONENT. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A) SIGNIFICANT DESIGN CRITERIA. B) LIST OF EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS, C) PRODUCT NAME, MODEL NUMBER, AND SERIAL NUMBER, IF APPLICABLE IF PRODUCT DATA SHEETS CONTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT MULTIPLE PRODUCTS, MARK EACH SHEET TO IDENTIFY PRODUCT INCORPORATED INTO WORK IN SUCH A WAY AS TO BE REPRODUCI SUE WITH BLACK AND WHITE COPYING. D) MANUFACTURERS NAME E) EQUIPMENT FUNCTION DESCRIPTION, F) OPERATING CHARACTERISTICS. G) LIMITING CONDITIONS. H) PERFORMANCE CURVES. 1) ENGINEERING DATA AND TESTS, J) WIRING, PIPING AND CONTROL DIAGRAMS. INCLUDE COLOR -CODING KEY WHERE REQUIRED. K) TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE, PREFERABLY INCLUDE CHART WITH THREE COLUMNS (MALFUNCTION, PROaABUE CAUSE, RECOMMENDED ACTION). TROUBLESHOOTING INSTRUCTIONS SHALL BE PREDICATED UPON A LOGICAL EFFECT -TO -CAUSE PHILOSOPHY AND A RAPID REPLACEMENT PROCEDURE TO MINIMIZE EQUIPMENT DOWNTIME. L) UCENSE REQUIREMENTS. M) MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH MAJOR COMPONENT, INCLUDE INSTRUCTIONS THAT SHIP WITH THE UNIT. 2. MANUFACTURERS OPERATIONAL INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH MAJOR COMPONENT. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A) OPERATING PROCEDURES, INCLUDING SEQUENCE OF OPERATION FOR NORMAL, SEASONAL, AND SPECIAL CONDITION OPERATIONS. INCLUDE START�UP, BREAK-IN, AND SHUT�DOVIN PROCEDURES. REFER TO CONTROLS AND INDICATORS BY NOMENCLATURE CONSISTENT WITH THAT USED ON PANELS AND IN CONTROL DIAGRAMS, B) OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS THAT SHIP WITH THE UNIT. CA CHECKLISTS. D) OPERATING LOGS, IF RECOMMENDED, E) PRECAUTIONS AGAINST IMPROPER USE. 3. SUPPLEMENTAL SHOP DRAWINGS FOR ENTIRE EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM. COORDINATE WITH INFORMATION IN RECORD CONTRACT DRAWINGS TO ENSURE CORRECT ILLUSTRATION OF COMPLETED INSTALLATION. ILLUSTRATE THE FOLLOWING: A) THE RELATIONSHIP OF EQUIPMENT COMPONENTS AND SYSTEM COMPONENTS TO EACH OTHER. B) CONTROLSEQUENCES. C) FLOW DIAGRAMS. D) IF CONTROL DRAWINGS, INCLUDE FULL POINTS UST, SET POINT SCHEDULES, AND SET POINTS AFTER CALIBRATIONS PERFORMED BY CONTRACTOR (NOT COMMISSIONING). 4. MANUFACTURER'S PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH MAJOR COMPONENT, INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A) MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, INCLUDING TEST AND INSPECTION INSTRUCTIONS, DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS, CLEANING, MINOR REPAIRS, AND ADJUSTING INSTRUCTIONS THAT DETAIL ESSENTIAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES, INCLUDE TEST POINTS AND VALUES, AND SFNSOR CALIBRATION REQUIREMENTS AND METHODS, 8) MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE SCHEDULES, INCLUDING SERVICE AND LUBRICATION REQUIREMENTS, LIST OF LUBRICANTS FOR EQUIPMENT, CUFANING, AND SEPARATE SCHEDULES FOR PREVENTIVE AND ROUTINE MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE WITH STANDARD TIME ALLOTMENT. Q SPARE PARTS DOCUMENTATION, INCLUDING SPARE PARTS LIST, PARTS DIAGRAMS, COMPLETE NOMENCLATURE AND NUMBER OF PARTS, REPLACEMENT AND REPAIR PARTS, PARTS IDENTIFIED AND CROSS-REFERENCED TO MAINTENANCE DOCUMENTATION, AND LOCAL SOURCES OF MAINTENANCE MATERIALS AND RELATED SERVICES, D) MAINTENANCE SERVICE CONTRACTS, INCLLJOING COPY OF SERVICE AGREEMENT AND SERMCE AGENT NAME AND CONTACT INFORMATION. E) EXPLODED EQUIPMENT MEWS. F) PRECAUTIONS AGAINST IMPROPER MAINTENANCE, S. RANTIES AND BONDS. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING; A) WARRANTY AND/OR BOND, 8) LAST OF CIRCUMSTANCES AMID CONDITIONS THAT WOULD AFFECT VALIDITY OF WARRANTY OR BOND. 6. FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTS. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A) START-UP RECORD, 6) COPIES OF REQUIRED TESTS, WHEN REQUIRED AN DIVISIONS 2 THROUGH 48 OR WHEN OTHERWISE APPLICABLE (NOT INCLUDING TEST & BALANCE REPORTS - SEE SECTION 01 � 23), INCLUDING SUBMITTING ADDITIONAL COPIES DIRECTLY TO GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 7. SAFETY PRECAU IONS. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A) LAST OF PRECAUTIONS TO BE FOLLOWING BEFOREF DURING, AND AFTER OPERATION, MAINTENANCE, OR EMERGENCIES. 8) PROVIDE EQUIPMENT- AND/OR SYSTEWSPECIFIC LOCKOUTITAGOUT PROCEDURES FOR THE ISOLATION OF HAZARDOUS ENERGY AND MATERIALS INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO FLECTRICAL, HYDRAULIC, CHEMICAL, MECHANICAL, PNEUMATIC. THERMAL, GRAVITATIONAL, POTENTIAL, AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: 1. EQUIPMENT IDES) AND DESCRIPTIONIS) H. LOCATION: BUILDING NAME, BUILDING NUMBER, LOCATION IN BUILDING 1IL STEPS FOR EACH TYPE OF ENERGY SOURCE REQUIRED FOR ISOLATION IV. EQUIPMENT ID V. LOCKOUT LOCATION (DESCRIPTION AND PHOTO OR DIAGRAM) VA. ENERGY SOURCE VIL LOCKOUT DEIACE(S) Vill. LOCKOUTMETHOD IX. VERIFICATION 8. EMERGENCY PROCEDURES. INCLUDE THE FOULOWANG� A) EMERGENCY RESPONSE INSTRUCTIONS ORGANIZED BY TYPE OF EMERGENCY, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT TROUBLE INDICATIONS AND SPECIFIC RESPONSE PROCEDURE. 8) OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS FOR PAR71AL EQUIPMENT FAILURE CONDITIONS. G MANUAL TYPE: MATERIALS AND FINISHES, INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING CONTENTS: 1. MANUFACTURERS PRODUCT DATA, INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING A) PRODUCT NAME AND MODEL NUMBER, IF PRODUCT DATA SHEETS CONTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT MULTIPLE PRODUCTS, MARK EACH SHEET TO IDENTIFY PRODUCT INCORPORATED INTO WORK IN SUCH A WAY AS TO BE REPRODUCIBLE WITH BLACK & WHITE COPYING. B) COLOR, PATTERN, SIZE AND TEXTURE. C) MATERIAL AND CHEMICAL COMPOSITION. 0) R50RDERING INFORMATION FOR SPECIALLY MANUFACTURED PRODUCTS. 2. MANUFACTURERS MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A) INSPECTION PROCEDURES, 6) SCHEDULE FOR MAINTENANCE. C) TYPES OF CLEANING AGENTS. D) METHODS OF CLEANING. E) SCHEDULE FOR CLEANING, 3. MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED REPAIR MATERIALS AND SOURCES, INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A) LAST OF REPAIR MATERIALS. B) EAST OF LOCAL SOURCES OF MATERIALS AND RELATED SERVICES, C) REPAIR INSTRUCTIONS. 4, WARRANTIES AND BONDS. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: A) WARRANTY ANDIOR BOND, B) LIST OF CIRCUMSTANCES AND CONDITIONS THAT WOULD AFFECT VALIDITY OF WARRANTY OR BOND. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING A ni IRING CONSTRUCTION. MAINTAIN A SET OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA SPECIFICALLY FOR THE PURPOSE OF CREATING CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS SEPARATE FROM THE SET USED FOR CONSTRUCTION B, MAINTAIN OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA AN GOOD ORDERAND IN A CLEAN, DRY, LEGIBLE CONDITION. C. MARK OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA TO INDICATE ACTUAL WORK DETAILS. 0. MARK IMPORTANT ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THAT WAS EITHER SHOWN SCHEMATICALLY OR OmiTTED FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. E. MARK OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA COMPLETELY AND ACCURATELY. F. MARK OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA IN SUCH A WAY AS TO BE REPRODUCIBLE IN BLACK AND WHITE COPYING. G. MAKE ALL OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA AVAILABLE AT ALL TIMES FOR THE OWNER'S AND AES INSPECTIONS, 3,2 RESPONSIBILITY FOR MARKUP A. THE INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY RESPONSIBLE FOR THE WORK INVOLVING THE EQUIPMENT, SYSTEM, OR PRODUCT IS RESPONSIBLE FOR MAINTAINING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS. 1. RECORD CHANGES AND MODIFICATIONS AS THEY OCCUR -DO NOT WAIT UNTIL THE END OF THE PROJECT. 2. RECORD AND CHECK THE MARKUP PRIOR TO ENCLOSING CONCEALED INSTALLATIONS, 3.3 SUBMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION & AFTER COMPLETING WORK, PREPARE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS FOR SUBMISSION. 1. EACH CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS TO THE COORDINATING CONTRACTOR, 2. EACH CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT ALL OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS RELATED TO EACH CONTRACTORS PARTICULAR WORK, WHETHER OR NOT CHANGES AND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION WERE RECORDED. 3. FOR EQUIPMENT THAT REQUIRES COMMISSIONING, COORDINATING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TWO (2) DRAFT COPIES OF THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL TO THE AE FOR REVIEW BY THE AE AND CONTRACTED COMMISSIONING AGENT WITHIN SIXTY (60) CALENDAR DAYS AFTER REVIEW OF EQUIPMENT SHOP DRAWINGS. COPIES WILL BE RETURNED TO THE COORDINATING CONTRACTOR WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS AFTER RECEIPT BY THE AE AND CONTRACTED COMMISSIONING AGENT. ALONG WITH REVIEW COMMENTS. MANUALS MUST BE SUBMITTED NO LATER THAN THIRTY (30) DAYS PRIOR TO FINAL REQUIRFMENTS IN PARAGRAP 4. 4. PRIOR TO SUBSTAN PAL COMPLETION, THE COORDINATING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE AE THREE (1) COPIES AND (1) FLASH DRIVE OF EACH OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL, S. TRANSMIT EACH SUBMITTAL BY USE OF A TRANSMITTAL FORM. END OF SECTION 0178 39 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1. GENERAL 1.1 DEFINITIONS A. RECORD DOCUMENTS - A&BUILT CONTRACT DRAWINGS AND A&BUILT SPECIFICATIONS COMPLETED BY THE CONTRACTOR. S. AS- UILT CONTRACT DRAWINGS OR CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS -DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATION SECTION OF THE PROJECT MANUAL IVARKEDUP (A.KA. REO-UNEET) BY CONTRACTORS TO INDICATE WORK AS COMPLETED THAT DEVIATES FROM WORK AS DESIGNED, AND CHANGES FROM ADDENDUM, CHANGE ORDERS, REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIS), ARCHITECTS SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS LASISL OR REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS ARFPS). C RECORD CONTRACT DRAWINGS OR CONTRACT SPECIFICATIONS � DRAWINGS OR SPECIFICATION SECTION OF THE PROJECT MANUAL SHOWING WORK AS COMPLETED, COMPILED (INCORPORATING ALL CONTRACTOR AS -BUILT DRAWINGS) BY THE AE. 1.2 SUMMARY A, RECORD DOCUMENTS REQUIRED INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING: I AS -BUILT CONTRACT DRAWINGS. 2. AS -WILT SPECIFICATIONS. a STORE RECORD DOCUMENTS IN THE FIELD OFFICE APART FROM DOCUMENTS USED FOR CONSTRUCTION, 00 NOT USE RECORD DOCUMENTS FOR CONSTRUCTION PURPOSES. MAINTAIN RECORD DOCUMENTS IN GOOD ORDER AND IN A CUBAN, DRY, LEGIBLE COND1110 MAKE ALL DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AVAILABLE AT ALL TIMES FOR THE OWNER'S AND AES INSPECTIONS, C� EACH CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING, RECORDING, AND MAINTAINING AS -BUILT INFORMATION FOR ITS OWN WORK E COORDINATING CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING INFORMATION, WHERE INFORMATION FROM MORE THAN ONE CONTRACTOR IS TO BE INTEGRATED WITH INFORMATION FROM OTHER CONTRACTORS TO FORM ONE COMBINED RECORD, 1.3 RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 0133 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES D, SECTION 0178 M - OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 2.PRODUCTS 2.1 2.01 AS -BUILT CONTRACT DRAWINGS A. MARK AS�SUILT CONTRACT DRAWINGS TO SHOW THE ACTUAL INSTALLATION WHERE THE INSTALLATION VARIES FROM THE INSTALLATION SHOWN ORIGINALLY, GIVE PARTICULAR ATTENTION TO INFORMATION ON CONCEALED ELEMENTS THAT WOULD BE DIFFICULT TO IDENTIFY OR MEASURE AND RECORD LATER. ITEMS REQUIRED TO BE MARKED INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: 1, MEASURED HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND UTILITIES AND APPURTENANCES REFERENCED TO PERMANENT SURFACE IMPROVEMENTS. 2. LOCATIONS OF CONCEALED INTERNAL UPUPFS AND APPURTEN,4NCES. 3. ACTUAL EQUIPMENT LOCATIONS. 4. REVISION$ TO ROUTING OF PIPING AND CONDUITS. S. DUCT SIZE AND ROUTING, 6. DEPTHS OF FOUNDATIONS BELOW THE FIRST FLOOR. 7. REVISIONS TO ELECTRICAL CIRCUITRY. B DIMENSIONAL CHANGES TO THE DRAWINGS. 9. REVISIONS TO DETAILS ON THE DRAWINGS. 10� DETAILS NOT ON ORIGINAL CONTRACT DRAW114GS 11� CHANGES MADE BY ADDENDUM, CHANGE ORDERS, REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION AFARS), ARCHITECTS SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUC TONS (ASIS), OR REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS (TIFFS). S. FINAL COMPOSITE DRAWING SHALL BE PROVIDED IN AMAZON STANDARD CAD FORMAT 2.2 AS -BUILT SPECIFICATIONS A. MARK AS -BUILT SPECIFICATIONS TO SHOW ADDENDA, CHANGE ORDERS, REQUESTS FOR INFORMATION (RFIS), ARCHITECTS SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS (ASIS), OR REQUEST FOR PROPOSALS (RFPS). 3. EXECUTION 3.1 RECORDING A. DURING CONSTRUCTION, MAINTAIN A SET OF A"UILT DOCUMENTS SPECIFICALLY, FOR THE PURPOSE OF CREATING AS�BUALT DOCUMENTS, SEPARATE FROM THE SET USM FOR CONSTRUCTION. B. MAINTAIN AS-SULT DOCUMENTS IN GOOD ORDER AND IN A CLEAN, DRY, LEGIBLE CONDITION. C. MARK ASIBULT DOCUMENTS TO IND10ATE ACTUAL WORK DONE THAT DEMATES FROM THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS, D. MARK IMPORTANT ADDITIONAL INFORMATION THAT WAS EITHER SHOWN SCHEMATICALLY OR OMMIED FROM CONTRACT DOCUMENTS. F -BUILT DOCUMENTS COMPLETELY AND ACCURATELY. _ MARK AS F. MARK AS-B.ALT DOCUMENTS WITH RED ERASABLE COLORED PENCIL OR APPROVED ELECTRONIC FORMAT, USE OTHER COLORS TO DISTINGUISH BETWEEN CHANGES FOR DIFFERENT CATEGORIES OF THE WORK AT THE SAME LOCATION. ALL MARKS SHALL BE PHOTO -REPRODUCIBLE. G. REFERENCE ANY CHANGES TO THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ADDENDA, CHANGE ORDERS, CHANGE DIRECTIVES, SUPPLEMENTAL INSTRUCTIONS, AND OTHER ISSUED MODIFICATIONS. USE SPECIFIC DOCUMENT NUMBERS. H. MAKE ALL DOCUMENTS AND SAMPLES AVAILABLE AT ALL TIMES FOR THEOWNER'S AND AFS INSPECTIONS. 3.2 RESPONSIBILITY FOR MARKUP A. THE INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY WHO OBTAINED AS -BUILT DATA, WHETHER THE INDIVIDUAL OR ENTITY'IS THE INSTALLER, CONTRACTOR, SUBCONTRACTOR, OR SIMILAR ENTITY, SHALL RECORD THE MARKUP. 1. RECORD CHANGES AND MODIFICATIONS AS THEY OCCUR -DO NOT WAIT UNTIL THE END OF THE PROJECT. Z RECORD AND CHECK THE MARKUP PRIOR TO ENCLOSING CONCEALED INSTALLATIONS. 3.3 SUBMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION A. AFTER COMPLETING THE PREPARATION OF AS�BUILT DRAWINGS, PREPARE THE DRAWINGS FOR DISTRIBUTION. 1. EACH CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR SUBMITTING ORIGINAL AS -BUILT DRAWINGS TO THE COORDINATING CONTRACTOR. 2. SITE UTILITIES. WITHIN TEN (10) WORKING DAYS OF COMPLETION OF SITE UTILITIES, THE COORDINATING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE AS ONE (1) CC) WITH SCANNED COLOR COPIES OF EACH AS -BUILT CONTRACT DRAWING THAT SHOWS SITE UTILITY IMPROVEMENTS, SAVED ONE SHEET PER FILE. 3. PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION, THE COORDINATING CONTRACTOR SHALL SUBMIT TO THE AS ONE (1) SET OF EACH AS -BUILT CONTRACT DRAWING AND SPECIFICATION SECTION IN FINAL FORM AND ONE (I� DID WITH SCANNED COLOR COPIES OF EACH SHEET. SAVED ONE SHEET PER FILE. 4. SUBMIT ALL DRAWINGS RELATED TO EACH CONTRACTORS PARTICULAR WORK WHETHER OR NOT CHANGES AND ADDITIONAL INFORNIATON WERE RECORDED. ORGANIZE THE COPIES INTO MANAGEA13LE SETS WITH PAPER COVER SHEETS. COVER SHEETS W LL INCLUDE U OF I PROJECT NAME, U OF I PROJECT NUMBER, WORK COVERED, AND DATE 5 TRANSMIT EACH SUBMITTAL BY USE OF A TRANSMIT IAL FORM. END OF SECTION 0179 00 - DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING 1. PART I -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED SECTIONS A. SECTION 0133 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES B. SECTION 0177 00 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES C. SECTION 0178 39 - PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS 1.2 SCOPE OF TRAINING A. TRAINING MUST INCLUDE BOTH CLASSROOM AND ON�THE-JOB (HANDrON) INSTRUCTION, BY QUALIFIED MANUFACTURERS REPRESENTATIVES, VENDORS, INSTALLATIONISERVICE TECHNICIANS, AND OPERATION PERSONNEL HAVING THE NECESSARY KNOWLEDGE, EXPERIENCE, AND TEACHING SKILLS. 1. SCHEDULING MUST BE COORDINATED AND CONFIRMED WITH THE PROJECT MANAGER PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION. PROJECT MANAGER TO COORDINATE WITH AMAZON RELIABILITY MAINTENANCEAND ENGINEERING (TIME) REP. 2. IN ADDITION TO RESPECTIVE SECTIONS WHERE SPECIFIED, A MINIMUM OF ONE (1) FULL DAY OF ONSITTE CLASSROOM STYLE INSTRUCTION IS REQUIRED. 3. IN ADDITION TO RESPECTIVE SECTIONS WHERE SPECIFIED, A MINIMUM OF ONE (1) FULL DAY OF ON -THE- JOB (HANDS-ON) INSTRUCT10N IS REQUIRED. D. THE TRAINING SHALL PROVIDE COMPREHENSIVE INSTRUCTION ON THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF BUILDING COMPONENTS, EQUIPMENT, CONTROLS, AND SYSTEMS INCLUDING PROCEDURES FOR ROUTINE STARTUP, SHUTDOWN, NORMAL OPERATION, ABNORMAL OPERA-PON, PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE, TROUBLESHOOTING, AND CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE. C. ALL TRAINING SESSIONS WILL BE RECORDED BY THE CONTRACTOR IF REQUIRED BY THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND ONE COPY FOR EACH O&M MANUAL OF THE RECORDING ARE TO BE PROVIDED TO THE RME MANAGER AT THE CONCLUSION OF THE TRAINING SESSION. FORMAT FOR SUBMITTED VIDEO RECORDING SHALL BE DETERMINED BY THE RME MANAGER. Q FOLLOW-UP OR POST -OCCUPANCY TRAINING, WHERE SPECIFIED, SHALL BE PLANNED, SCHEDULED AND CONDUCTED PER THE R UIREMENTS OF THIS SPECIFICATION. THIS TRAINING WILL FOCUS ON SEASONAL ISSUES THAT COULD NOT BE ADDRESSED DURING THE INITIALTRAINING AND ON ADDRESSING OPERATIONALAND WINTENANCE ISSUES tDENTIFIED By THE OWNER SINCE TURNOVER. 1.3 COORDINATION & SCHEDULING A TRAINING SHALL NOT BEGIN UNTIL THE FOLLOWING ITEMS HAVE BEEN COMPLETED: I BUILDING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT ARE COMPLETE AND OPERATIONAL. 2, THE PROJECT MANAGER ANDIOR RME MANAGER HAS RECEIVED AND APPROVED THE FINAL SUBMITTAL COPIES OF THE OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS 3. THE CONTRACTORS PROPOSED TRAINING PLAN AND SCHEDULE HAVE BEEN APPROVED BY THE RME MANAGER. B. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL WORK CLOSELY WITH THE OWNER'S PERSONNEL AND THE CXA IN THE DEVELOPMENT AND IMPLEMENTATION OF THE TRAINING PROGRAM. THIS MAY INCLUDE PRELIMIMRY MEETINGS TO MAP OUT THE DIRECTION THE TRAINING WILL TAKE AND DEVELOPMENT, WITH PROJECT MANAGER APPROVAL, OF THE WRITTEN TRAINING MATERIALS. Q THE MINIMUM SPECIFIC HOURS OF TRAINING TIME PROVIDED FOR EACH CATEGORY OF MAJOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATION SECTIONS PERTAINING TO THIS EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEMS. WHERE TRAINING SESSION DURATION (HOURS) ARE NOT PROVIDED IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, CONTRACTORS SHALL COORDINATE WITH THE RME MANAGER FOR DEVELOPING THEHOUR OF INSTRUCTION AND SCOPE OF MATERIAL TO BE COVERED. D THE RME MANAGER RETAINS THE OPTION OF REDISTRIBUTING TRAINING TIME, SUBJECT TO THE TOTAL TIME SPECIFIED. THIS MAY INCLUDE REPETITION OF SELECTED TRAINING SESSIONS OR PROVISION FOR FOLLOW UP TRAINING SESSIONS AFTER OCCUPANCY. E. TRAINING MUST BE PRESENTED ON AN RHOUR PER DAY, S-DAY PER WEEK SCHEDULE, WITH ALL READING ASSIGNMENTS AND REVIEW TO BE WITHIN THIS PERIOD. F. MUTUALLY AGREEABLE OATES FOR TRAINING SHALL BE ARRANGED WITH TIME MANAGER, BUT THE TRAINING SHALL BE COMPLETED BEFORE OCCUPANCY OR FINAL ACCEPTANCE. G. SPECIFIC SCHEDULES FOR ALL TRAINING SESSIONS MUST BE COORDINATED IN ADVANCE WITH THE OWNER. 1.4 TRAINING PROGRAM AND MATERIALS A. THE CONTRACTOR WILL SUBMITA WRITTEN TRAINING PROGRAM OUTLINING THE PROPOSED SCOPE OF TRAINING, TRAINING MATERIALSANO INSTRUCTION SCHEDULE FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE RME MANAGER APPROXIMATELY 30 DAYS BEFORE THE SCHEDULED COMP=ON OF THE WORK FOR WHICH TRAINING IS TO OCCUR. B. THE NNISSIONING TEAM WILL PROVIDE SAMPLE TRAINING SESSION GUIDELINES AND AGENDAS FOR USE BY THE CONTRACTORS IN DEVELOPING THEIR TRAINING PROGRAMS WHERE APPLICABLE, C COPIES OF TRA NING MATERIALS FURNISHED BY THE CONTRACTOR AS PART OF THEIR TRAINING PROGRAM SHALL BECOME THE PROPERTY OF THE OWNER. THIS NCILDES BUT IS NOT LIMITED TO' 1, ALL LESSON PLANS, TEACHERS GUIDES OR TRAINING AIDS USED TO INSTRUCT THE STUDENTS. ONE COMPLETE SET SHALL BE GIVEN TO THE OWNER. 2. ALL WRITTEN MATERIALS E.G. WORKBOOKS, MANUFACTURERS* INSTRUCTIONS, BROCHURES, STUDENT TIFSTS, CHARTS OR OTHER PRINTED OR PHOTOGRAPHED VISUAL AIDS. THREE (3) SETS WITH ONE COMPLETE REPRODUCIBLE MASTER SHALL BE GIVEN TO THE OWNER, 3. ALL AUDIO MSUAL MATERIALS (E.G. DIGITAL RECORDINGS). ONE SET SHALL BE GIVEN TO THE RME MANAGER. 1.5 INSTRUCTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. CREDENTIALS OF TRAINING INSTRUCTORS ARE SU13JECT TO REVIEW AND APPROVAL BY THE RME MANAGER. R INSTRUCTORS MUST HAVE KNOWLEDGE AND EXPERIENCE WITH THE EQUIPMENT ON WHICH THEY ARE PROVIDING TRAINING. C. INSTRUCTORS MUST BE FAMILIAR WITH THE ORGANIZATION AND CONTENT OF OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR THE EQUIPMENT ON WHICH THEY ARE PROVIDING TRAINING. D. INSTRUCTO S FOR CONTROLS MUST BE KNOWLEDGEABLE AND FAMILIAR WITH THE SPECIFIC CONTROLS EQUIPMENT, PROJECT APPLICATIONS, AND SPECIFIC SEQUENCES OF OPERATION FOR THIS PROJECT, 1.6 CLASSROOM TRAINING FACILITIES A LO PONS FOR CLASSROOM TRAINING SESSIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED AND SCHEDULED W17H THE RME MANAGER. ALL TRAINING SHALL BE CONDUCTED MSITE 2. PRODUCTS: NOT USED 3. EXECUTION: NOT USED 02 4100 - DEMOLITION END OF SECTION 1. PART 1 - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. SELECTIVE DEMOLITION OF BUILDING ELEMENTS FOR ALTERATION PURPOSES, EXCLUDING REMOVAL OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS AND TOXIC SUBSTANCES. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. DIVISION I - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. 29 CFR 1926 - US, OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY AND HEALTH STANDARDS; CURRENT EDITION. S. NFPA 241 - STANDARD FOR SAFEGUARDING CONSTRUCTION, ALTERATION, AND DEMOLITION OPERATIONS: 2013. 2. PART 2 - PRODUCTS: NOT USED 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 GENERAL PROCEDURES AND PROJECT CONDITIONS A. COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE CODES AND REGULATIONS FOR DEMOLITION OPERATIONS AND SAFETY OF ADJACENT STRUCTURES ANOTHEPUBLAC. 1, OBTAIN REQUIRED PERMITS. 2. TAKE PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT CATASTROPHIC OR UNCONTROLLED COLLAPSE OF STRUCTURES TO BE REMOVEQ DO NOT ALLOW WORKER OR PUBUC ACCESS WITHIN RANGE OF POTENTIAL COLLAPSE OF UNSTABLE STRUCTURES. 3. PROVIDE, ERECT, AND MAINTAIN TEMPORARY BARRIERS AND SECURITY DEVICES. 4. CONDUCT OPERATIONS TO MINIMIZE EFFECTS ON AND INTERFERENCE WITH ADJACENT STRUCTURES AND OCCUPANTS. 5� 00 NOT CLOSE OR OBSTRUCT ROADWAYS OR SIDEWALKS WITHOUT PERMIT. 6. CONDUCT OPERATIONS TO MINIMIZE OBSTRUCTION OF PUBUC AND PRIVATE ENTRANCES AND EXITS; DO NOT OBSTRUCT REQUIRED EXITSAT ANYTIME; PROTECT PERSONS USING ENTRANCES AND EXITS FROM REMOVAL OPERATIONS, a 00 NOT BEGIN REMOVAL UNTIL RECEIPT OF NOTIFICATION TO PROCEED FROM OWNER. C. PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURES AND OTHER ELEMENTS THAT ARE NOT TO BE REMOVED, 1 PROVIDE BRACING AND SHORING. 3.2 EXISTING UTILITIES A, COORDINATE WORKWITH UTILITY COMPANIES; NOTIFY BEFORE STARTING WORK AND COMPLY WITH THEIR REQUIREMENTS; OBTAIN REQUIRED PERMITS. B. PROTECT EXISTING UTILITIES TO REMAIN FROM DAMAGE. C. DO NOT DISRUPT PUBLIC UTILITIES WITHOUT PERMIT FROM AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION. D. DO NOT CLOSE, SHUT OFF, OR DISRUPT EXISTING UTILITY BRANCHES OR TAKE -OFFS THAT ARE IN USE WITHOUT AT LEAST 3 DAYS PRIOR WRITTEN NOTIFICATION TO OWNER. E. LOCATE AND MARK UTILITIES TO REMAIN; MARK USING HIGHLY VISIBLE TAGS OR FLAGS, WITH IDENTIFICATION OF UTILITY TYPE, PROTECT FROM DAMAGE DUE TO SUBSEQUENT CONSTRUCTION, USING SUBSTANTIAL BARRICADES IF NECESSARY. 3.3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION FOR ALTERATIONS A DRAW1 NOS SHOWING EXISTING CONSTRUCTION AND UTLAPES ARE BASED ON CASUAL FIELD OBSERVATION AND EXISTING RECORD DOCUMENTS ONLY. 1 . VERIFY THAT CONSTRUCTION AND UTILITY ARRANGEMENTS AREAS SHOWN. 2 REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO ARCHITECT BEFORE DISTURBING EXISTING INSTALLATION. 3. BEGINNING OF DEMOUTION WORK CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF EXISTING CONDITIONS THAT WOULD BE APPARENT UPON EXAMINATION PRIOR TO STARTING DEMOLITION, B. REMOVE EXISTING WORK AS INDICATED AND AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH NEW WORK 1� REMOVE ITEMS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. C. SERVICES (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO HVAC, FIRE PROTEC PON, AND ELECTRICAL): REMOVE EXISTING SYSTEMS AND EQUIPMENT AS INDICATED. 1. MAINTAI EXISTING ACTIVE SYSTEMS THAT ARE TO REMAIN IN OPERAPOIk MAINTAIN ACCESS TO EQUIPMENT AND OPERATIONAL CC PONENTS, Z WH RE EXISTING ACTIVE SYSTEMS SERVE OCCUPIED FACILITIES BUT ARE TO BE REPLACED WITH NEW SERVICES, MAINTAIN EXISTING SYSTEMS IN SERVICE UNTIL NEW SYSTEMS ARE COMPLETE AND READY FOR SERVICE 3 VERIFY THAT ABANDONED SERVICES SERVE ONLY ABANDONED FACILITIES BEFORE REMOVAL. 4. REMOVE ABANDONED PIPE, DUCTS, CONDUITS, AND EQUIPMENT. INCLUDING THOSE ABOVE ACCESSIBLE CEJUNGS� REMOVE BACK TO SOURCE OF SUPPLY WHERE POSSIBLE, OTHERWISE CAP STUB AND TAG WITH IDENTIFICATION. Q PROTECT EXISTING WORK TO REMAIN, I PREVENT MOVEMENT OF STRUCTURe, PRCMDE SHORING AND BRACING IF NECESSARY. 2 PERFORM CUTTING TO ACCOMPLISH REMOVALS NEATLY AND AS SPECIFIED FOR CUTTING NEW WORK 3, REPAIR ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION AND FINISHES DAMAGED DURING REMOVAL WORK 4. PATCH AS SPECIFIED FOR PATCHING NEW WORK. 3A DEBRIS AND WASTE REMOVAL & REMOVE DEBRIS, JUNK, AND TRASH FROM SITE. R LEAVE SITE IN CLEAN CONDITION, READY FOR SUBSEQUENT WORK END OF SECTION 03 30 00 - CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE 1 . PART I -GENERAL 1.1 SCOPE OF WORK A. INCLUDE ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND APPLIANCES, AND PERFORM ALL OPERATIONS IN CONNECTION WITH THE INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE WORK AND ALL RELATED WORK INCIDENTAL TO THE COMPLETION THEREOF, AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, COMPLETE. IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH THE DRAWINGS AND AS SPECIFIED HEREIN. 1.2 RELATED DOCUMENTS A. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, THE WORK SHALL CONFORM TO ALL APPUCABLE STANDARDS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE, LATEST EDITIONS ADOPTED. a. UNLESS OTHERWISE SHOWN OR SPECIFIED, THE WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING STANDARDS OF THE CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE 1. MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE 2. PLACING REINFORONG13ARS 1.3 SUBMITTALS TO ARCHITECT OF RECORD A. REINFORCING STEEL SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE PROVIDED SHOWING ALL MATERIALS AND DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION, SENDING AND PLACING, COMPLETELY DIMENSIONED. 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A IT SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR TO PRODUCE CONCRETE OF THE STRENGTH, DURABIUTY, WORKABILITY ANI) SPECIFIED FINISH, B. REFER TO SHEET T1.0 "CODE INFORMATION' FOR THE LIST OF SPECIAL INSPECTION, IF CONCRETE IS LISTED AS A REQUfRED SPECIAL INSPECTION, THE OWNER WILL EMPLOY AND PAY FOR THE SERVICES OF AN INDEPENDENT TESTING CONTRACTOR (TIC) TO PROVIDE TESTING AND INSPECTION OF CONCRETE WORK 2.PRODUCTS 2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. COARSE AGGREGATE, ASTM C33 B. UGHTWEIGHTAGGREGATE: ASTM C330 C. FINE AGGREGATE ASTM C33 D. PORTLANI) CEMENT�, ASTM C150, TYPE 1, 11, OR V. FLYASH OR SLAG NOT PERMITTED EXCEPT WHERE NOTED BELOW, WHERE CONCREM IS IN CONTACT WITH SOILS HAVING SEVERE OR VERY SEVERE SULFATE CONTENT AND TYPE V CEMENT IS NOT READILY AVAILABLE, OR TO MITIGATE CONCRETE AGAINST POTENTIAL AGGREGATE REACTIVITY. E CLASS F OR C FLY ASH (OR CLASS N POZZOALAN) PER ASTM C 618, EXCEPT LOSS ON IGNITION TO BE 3% MAXIMUM. I USE OF FLY ASH ONLY PERMITTED FOR THE FOLLOWING CONDITIONS: A) IN FOUNDATION CONCRETE. F. IF TYPE V CEMEW IS UNAVAILABLE OR IS INSUFFICIENT TO MITIGATE BY ITSELF, THEN FLY ASH CAN BE USED TO MITIGATE SULFATE EXPOSURE OR AS A MEANS OF MITIGATION OF POTENTIAL AGGREGATE REACTIVITY, G, WATER: CLEAR AND FREE FROM INJURIOUS AMOUNTS OF OIL. ACID, ALKALI, ORGANIC OR OTHER DELETERIOUS MATTER. 1 ' USE RECYCLED WATER WHEN AVAILABLE IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTIA C94. H, ADMIXT RES: I WATER REDUCING, AND WATER -REDUCING RETARDING ADMIXTURES, ASIM C494, TYPE A MAY BE USED AT THE CONTRACTORS OPTION. 2. HfGH-RANGE WATMIREDUCING ADMIXTURE (SUAPERPLASTICIZER�: ASTM C494, TYPE FOR TYPE G AND CONTAINING NOT MORE THAN 0.05 PERCENT CHLORIDE IONS. A) ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS AND MANUFACTURERS 1. EUCLID CHEMICAL COMPANY. PLASTOL U1, 5000, 5500 OR EUCON 37,1037 3. AIR ENTRAINING ADMIXTURES. ASTM C2W, FOR ALL AlkENTRAINED CONCRETE. 4. MAXIMUM CHLORIDE IONS DUE TO ADMIXTURES SHALL NOT EXCEED 0�051; BY WEDGHT OF ADMIXTURE. 5. THE ADDITION OF CALCIUM CHLORIDE;S NOT PERMATTSEA 2.2 REINFORCEMENT MATERIALS A. REINFORCING 87EEL BARS: ASIM A615, GRADE 60, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. ALLWELDED REINFORCING SHALL CONFORM TO ASTM A706. & WELDED VARE FABRIC: ASTM AT 85 C. STEEL WIRE ASTM A82. D. METAL ACCESSORIES: INCLUDE ALL SPACERS, TIES, CHAINS AND OTHER DEVICES REQUIRED TO PROPERLY SUPPORT AND FASTEN REINFORCING STEEL IN PLACE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACI MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE FOR DETAIUNG REINFORCING CONCRETE STRUCTURES. 2.3 FORM MATERIALS A. FORMS SHALL BE OF METAL, WOOD OR FIBERGLASS WITH SUFFICIENT THICKNESS TO WITHSTAND PRESSURE OF NEWLY -PLACED CONCRETE WITHOUT BOW OR DEFLECTION. FORMS FOR EXPOSED SURFACES SHALL BE FREE OF HOLES. SPLITS, SURFACE VOIDS, AND OTHER DEFECTS WHICH CAN AFFECT FINISHED CONCRETE SURFACE. 1 . EARTH CUTS MAYBE USED FOR FORMS FOR FOOTINGS IF SOIL CONDITIONS PERMIT. 2.4 RELATED MATERIALS A CURING MATERIALS. EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFIED OTHERWISE, CONCRETE SHALL BE CURED USING ONE OF THE FOLLOWING CHEMICAL CURING MATERIALS. 1. CLEAR CURING AND SEALING COMPOUND: VOC COMPLIANT, LIQUID TYPE MEMBRANE FORMING CURING/SEALING COMPOUND, CLEAR STYRENE ACRYLATIE TYPE, COMPLYING WITH ASTIVI C1315, TYPE 1, CLASS A, 25% SOLIDS CONTENT MINIMUM. MANUFACTURERS C RTIFICATION IS REQUIRED. DO NOT APPLY THIS MATERIAL TO AREAS RECEIVING ANY TYPE OF APPLIED FINI H OR COATING. S� PR MOLDED FILLER'. BITUMINOUS FIBER TYPE ASPER ASTM 01751. C. FO M TIES: BLACK [RON SNAP TIES WITH A MINIMUM 1-INCH SREAKBACK 0. FORM RELEASING AGENT: NONLSTAINING. E. BONDING COMPOUND 1 . TYPE: POLYVINYL ACETATE, RS-WETTABUE. FOR INTERIOR USE ONLY IN AREAS NOT SUBJECT TO MOISTURE, F. EPDXYADHESIVE I , TYPE TWO (2) COMPONENT, 10W. SOLIDS, AND 1()i REACTIVE COMPOUND SUITABLE FOR USE ON DRY OR DAMP SURFACES. G. POLYMER REPAIR MORTAR; I . TYPE POLYMER AND MICROSIUCA MODIFIED CEMENTITIOUS-BASED COMPOUNDS, 3. EXECUTION 3.1 CONCRETE PROPORTIONS A WHEN AGGREGATES ARE MOWN TO BE REACTIVE BY ASTM C 1260, C 1567. CI 293, OR C 295, COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING FOR MITIGATION OF CONCRETE FOR AGGREGATE REACTIVITY (SEE AO ON-UNE JOURNAL, DOC. SS-M49 ALKALI -SILICA REACTION MITIGATION: STATE OF THE ART AND RECOMMENDATIONS): a. THE SPECI RED COIAPRESSfVE STRENGTH OF THE CONCRETE, PC, FOR EACH PORTION OF THE STRUCTURE SHALL BE AS DESIGNATED ON THE DRAWINGS. STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS SHALL BE BASED ON 28_DAY COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH. IN COLD WEATHER CLIMATES, WHERE THE COLDEST AVERAGE DAILY LOW TEMPERATURE AS 3r F OR BELOW, CONCRETE EXPOSED TO WEATHER IN SERVICE SHALL BE AIR ENTRAINED. AIR CONTENT SHALL BE AS INDICATED IN THE TABLE BELOW. C. SLUMP OF CONCRETE SHALL BE A MAXIMUM OF 4'- 1 " TOLERANCE UNLESS A WATER REDUCING ADMIXTURE IS USEC THE SLUMP OF CONCRETE PRIOR TO ADDITION OF A WATER REDUCING ADMIXTURE SHALL BE BETWEEN TAND 3. THE SLUMP OF CONCRE RE CONTAINING A WATER REDUCING ADMIXTURE SHALL NOT EXCEED 6'. THE SLUMP OF THE CONCRETE SHALL BE DETERMINED PRIOR TO THE ADDITION OF THE WATER -REDUCER AND AT THE POINT OF DISCHARGE, D� WATEWCEMENT RATIO: CONCRETE IN CONTACT WITH SOILS SHALL HAVE THE MAXIMUM W/C RATIO ESTABLISHED ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS AS IT RELATES TO THE SULFATE CONTENT OF THE SOIL. THE FOLLOWING REQUIREEMENTS SHALL ALSO APPLY. E+ CONCRETE SHALL BE PROPORTIONED BY EITHER THE TRIAL BATCH METHOD OR THE FIELD EXPERIENCE METHM 3.2 FORMWORK A FORMS SHALL BE USED, WHEREVER NECESSARY, TO CONFINE THE CONCRETE AND SHAPE IT TO THE REQUIRED DIMENSIONS, FORMS SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT STRENGTH TO WITHSTAND THE PRESSURE RESULTING FROM PLACEMENT ME) VIBRATION OF THE CONCRETE, AND SHALL HAVE SUFFICIENT RIGIDITY TO MAINTAIN SPECIFIED TOLERANCES, B. THE DESIGN AND ENGINEERING OF THE FORMWORK AS WELL AS ITS CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE THE RESPONSIBIUTY OF THE CONTRACTOR. 3.3 REINFORCEMENT A. FABRICATION: I REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE ACCURATELY FABRICATED TO THE DIMENSIONS SHOWN. B. PLACING 1 POSITION REINFORCEMENT TO THE TOLERANCES ESTABLISHED IN ACI 117. FOR THE LONGITUDINAL DIRECTION, THE TOLERANCE IN UNIFORM SPACING OF REINFORCING STEEL IS PLUS OR MINUS 2 INCHES. IN CONCRETE DEPTHS 8 INCHES OR LESS. REINFORCING LOCATION SHALL NOT DEVIATE MORE THAN 318 OFAN INCH. FOR CONCRETE DEPTHS GREATER THAN 8 INCHES� REINFORCING LOCAP N SHALL NOT DEVIATE MORE THAN %OF AN INCH. ALSO, MAINTAIN THE REQUIRED CLEARANCES NOT IN THE SPECIFICATIONS, BUT ESTABLISHED ON THE PLANS. THE CONTRACTOR SHOULD REVIEW AND BE FAMILIAR WITH AC) 117, 2, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE, REINFORCING SHALL BE PLACED TO THE CONCRETE COVER SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. 3.4 PRODUCTION OF CONCRETE A. READY AXED CONCRETE SHALL BE BATCHED, MIXED AND TRANSPORTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM CE4. THE READY MIXEQ CONCRETE PRODUCER SHALL FURNISH DUPLICATE DELIVERY TICKETS, ONE FOR THE CONTRACTOR AND ONE GIVEN TO THE OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE FOR EACH BATCH OF CONCRETE. THE INFORMATION PROVIDED ON THE DELIVERY TICKET SHALL INCLUDE THE QUANTITIES OF ALL MATERIALS SATCHED INCLUDING THE AMOUNT OF FREE WATER IN THE AGGREGATE. THE QUANTITY OF WATER THAT CAN BE ADDED AT THE SITE WITHOUT EXCEEDING THE MAXIMUM WATER CEMENT RATIO SPECIFIED SHALL BE NOTED ON THE DELIVERY TICKE r. S� THE OWNERS ITC SHALL HAVE ACCESS AT ALL TIMES TO THE SATCHING AND MIXING PLANT FOR SAMPLING OF MATERIALS AND INSPECTION OF ALL WORK PERFORMED FOR THIS JOB. C IN COLD WEATHER, THE TEMPERATURE OF THE CONCRETE WHEN DELIVERED AT THE SITE OF THE WORK SHALL BE AT LEAST 50 DEGREES F. D IN HOT WEATHER THE INGREDIENTS SHALL BE COOLED BEFORE MIXING, OR FLAKE ICE OR WELL CRUSHED ICE OF A SIZE THAT WILL MELT COMPLETELY DURING MIXING MAY BE SUBSTITUTED FOR ALL OR PART OF THE MIXING WATER IF, DUE TO HIGH TEMPERATURE. LOW SLUMP, FLASH SET OR COLD JOINTS ARE ENCOUNTEREC WHEN AIR TEMPERATURE IS BETWEEN WF AND 90F, REDUCE MAXIMUM MIXING AND DELIVERY TIME FROM "12 HOURS TO 75 MINUTES. WHEN AIR TEMPERATURE EXCEEDS 90F, REDUCE MAXIMUM MIXING AND DELIVERY TIME TO 60 MINUTES. REJECT ANY CONCRETE THAT HAS A TEMPERATURE AT POINT OF PLACEMENT ABOVE 90T. UNLESS APPROVED OTHERWISE BY THE OWNEFTS PROJECT MANAGES. 3.5 PLACING A PREPARATION FOR PLACING CONCRETE 1. ALL BEARING MATERIAL SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE. THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER SHAL BE THE SOLE JUDGE AS TO THE SUITABILITY OF THE BEARING MATERIAL. 2 BEFORE CONCRETE IS PLACED, ALL DEBRIS AND ICE SHALL BE REMOVED FROM THE SPACES TO BE OCCUPIED BY THE CONCRETE. REMOVE SURPLUS FORM RELFASING AGENT FROM THE CONTACT FACE OF FORMS. FORMS AND THE REINFORCEMENT SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEANED OF ICE OR OTHER COATINGS. 3 TS FURNISHED UNDER THE STRUCTURAL STEEL SECTION OF THESE SPECIFICATIONS. 4. PLACE AND PROPERLY SUPPORT REINFORCING STEEL S, CONVEYING 1. CONCRETE SHALL BE CONVEYED FROM THE MIXER TO THE PLACE OF FINAL DEPOSIT By METHODS THAT WILL PREVENT SEPARATION OR LOSS OF MATERIAL, C. DEPOSI NG I CONCRETE SHALL BE DEPOSITED AS NEARLY AS PRACTICABLE IN ITS FINAL POSITION TO AVOID SEGREGATION DUE TO RIE-HANDUNG OR FLOWING, 2, NO CONCRETE SHALL HAVE FREE FALL OF OVER THREE FEET FROM TRUCK MIXER OR BUGGIES. 3 THE CONCRETING SHALL BE CARRIED ON AT SUCH A RATE THAT THE CONCRETE IS ATALL TIMES PLASTIC AND FLOWS READILY INTO THE SPACES BETWEEN THE BARS. 3.6 CURING AND PROTECTION A, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR CURING: PREVENT SURFACES OF CONCRETE FROM DRYING OUT IN EXCESSIVE COLD OR HOT TEMPERATURE. MAINTAIN CONCRETE WITHOUT DRYING AND ABOVE 50'F FOR SEVEN (7) DAYS AFTER PLACEMENT. START CURING PROCESS IMMEDIATELY AFTER FINAL FINISHING OR INITIAL SFT OF CONCRETE. FRESHLY PLACED CONCRETE SHALL BE PROTECTED AGAINST WASH BY RAN. B. CONTRACTOR TO REMOVE CURING COMPOUNDS (IF USED) PIER THE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS AFTER CURING IS COMPLETE AS REQUIRED TO ENSURE COMPATINUTY OF ANY FINISH TREATMENTS, PAINTS, OR COATINGS. C INSTALLATION. PROTECT COMPLETED WORK UNTIL FINAL ACCEPTANCE By OWNER� 3.7 EVALUATION AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONCRETE A. TEST RESULTS FOR STANDARD MOLDED AND STANDARD CURED TEST CYLINDERS SHALL BE EVALUATED SEPARATELY FOR EACH SPECIFIED CONCRETE MIX DESIGN, SUCH EVALUATON SHALL BF VALID ONLY IF TESTS HAVE BEEN CONDUCTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE SPECIFICATIONS. B. FOR EVALUATION, EACH SPECIFIED MIX DESIGN SHALL BE REPRESENTED BY AT LEAST FIVE TESTS. C. THE STRENGTH LEVEL OF THE CONCRETE WILL BE CONSIDERED SATISFACTORY SO LONG AS THE AVERAGES OF ALL SETS OF THREE CONSECUTIVE STRENGTH TEST RESULTS EQUAL OR EXCEED THE SPECIFIED STRENGTH, PQ AND NO INDIVIDUAL STRENGTH TEST RESULT FALLS BELOW THE SPECIFIED STRENGTH. FQT By MORE THAN 500 PSI SHOULD CYLINDER TESTS FAIL TO MEET THESE REQUIREMENTS OR IF DEFICIENT CONSTRUCTION IS SUSPECTED BY OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE, CORE TESTS MAY BE REQUIRED AND THE COST OF SUCH TESTS SHALL BE PAID BY THE CONTRACTOR. END OF SECTION 03 54 00 - CAST UNDERLAYMENT 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. LIQUID -APPLIED SELF- LEVELING FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTIM CI0S/C10EAM - STANDARD STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF HYDRAULIC CEMENT MORTARS (USING 2-IN. OR (50-MM) CUBE SPECIMENS): 2013. B. ASTM C348 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR FLUXURAL STRENGTH HYDRAULIC CEMENT MORTARS; 2014. C. ASTM C472 -STANDARD TEST MFTHODS FOR PHYSICAL TESTING OF GYPSUM PLASTERS AND GYPSUM CONCRETE, IM (REAPPROVED 2014). D. ASTM E84 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR SURFACE BURNING CHARECTAIRES TICS OF BUILDING MATERIALS; 2015A 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 0133 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES & REQUIREMENTS 1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. APPUCATOR QUAURCATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING THE WORK OF TIS SECTION, AND APPROVED BY MANUFACT HER. 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING A. STORE PRODUCTS IN MANUFACTURERS UNOPENED PACKAGING UNTIL READY FOR INSTALLATION, B, KEEP DRYAND KEEP FROM DIRECT SUN EXPOSURE, FREEZING, AND AMBIENT TEMPERATURE GREATER THAN 105 DEGREES P t6 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS A. CONFORM TO APPLICABLE CODE FOR COMBUSTIBILITY OR FLAME SPRFAD REQUIRMENTS R PROVIDE CERTIFICATE OF COMPLIANCE FROM AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDICTION INDICATING APPROVAL OF NDERLAYMENT MATERIALS IN THE REQUIRED FIRE RATED ASSEMBLY, 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS A. DO NOT INSTALL UNDERLAYMENT UNTIL FLOOR PENETRATION$ AND PERIPHERAL WORKARE COMPLETE. B, MAINTAdNMINIM M AMBIENT TEMPERATURES OF K DEGREES F 24 HOURS BEFORE, DURING AND 72 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION OF U DERLAYMENT. C DURING THE CURING PROCESS, VENTILATE SPACES TO REMOVE EXCESS MOISTURE. 2.PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A, CEMENTMOUSUNDERLAYMENT 1, ARDEX ENGINEERED CEMENT$; ARDEX K 15 WITH ARDEX MC ULTRA HYPERLINK "hftp./AAAAfW.ARDEXAMERIC,COW'WVVW.ARDEXAMERIC.COM 2. PROSPEC, AN OLDCASTLE BRAND: LEVEL SET WEAR TOPPING: HYPERUNK"hftp:/ANM.PROSPEO.COW'WVVW.PROSPEC,COM 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 0160 00 -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS Z2 MATERIALS A. CEMENTATIOUS UNDERLAYMENT: BLENDED CEMENT MIX, THAT WHEN MIXED WITH WATER IN ACCORDANCE WITH WNUFACTLJRER'S DIRECTIONS WILL PRODUCE SELF -LEVELING UNDERLAYMEENT WITH THE FOLLOWING PROPERTIES: 1. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTK MINIMUM 4000 PSI AFTER 28 DAYS, TESTED PER ASTM CI 0OC109M, 2. FLEXURAL STRENGTH: MINIMUM 1000 PSI AFTER a DAYS, TESTED PER ASTM =8. 3' DENSITY: 125 LBICU FT, NOMINAL. 4. FINAL SET TIME: 1-112 TO 2 HOURS, MAXIMUM. 5. THICKNES& CAPABLE OF THICKNESSES FROM FEATHER EDGE TO MAXIMUM 3,1 f2 INCH. 6. SURFACE 8 FINING CHARACTERISTICS. FLAME SPREADISMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF 0/0 IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM EM. G. AGGREGATE: DRY, WELL GRADED, WASHED SILICA AGGREGATE, APPROXIMATELY 1/8 INCH IN SiZEAND ACCEPTABLE TO UNDERLAYMENT MANUFACTURER C, WATER: POTABLE AND NOT DETRIMENTAL TO UNDERLAYMENT MIX MATERIALS. 0. PRIMER: MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED TYPE. E. JOINT AND CRACK FILLERz LATFX BASED FILLER, AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER. 2.3 MIXING A. S TE MIX MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. B, ADD AGGREGATE FOR AREAS WHERE THICKNESS WILL EXCIFED 1/2 INCH, MIX UNDERILAYMENT AND WATER FOR AT LEAST TWO MINUTES BEFORE ADDING AGGREGATE AND CONTINUE MIXING TO ASSURE THAT AGGREGATE HAS BEEN THOROUGHLY COATED. C. MIXTOS LF-LEVELINGrONSiSTENCYWiTHOUTOVER-WATERING. 3 . EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATE SURFACES ARE CLEAN, CRY, UNFROZEN, DO NOT CONTAIN PETROLEUM BYPRODUCTS, OR OTHER COMPOUNDS DETRIMENTAL TO UNDERLAYMENT MATERIAL BOND TO SLABSTARTE. 3.2 PREPARATION A, REMOVE SUBSTRATE SURFACE IRREGULARITIES. FILL VOIDS AND DECK JOINTS NTH FILLER. FINISH SMOOTH. S. VACUUM CLEAN SURFACES. C PRIME SUBSTRATE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. ALLOW TO DRY. D CLOSE FLOOR OPENINGS. 3.3 APPLICATION A- INSTALL UNDE LAYMENT IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER$ INSTRUCTIONS, & PU P OR POUR MATERAL ONTO SUBSTRATE. DO NOT RETEMPER OR ADD WATER. C P MP, MOVE AND SCRFED WHILE THE MATERIAL IS STILL HIGHLY FLONABLE. 0* SO CAREFUL'�OT TO CREATE COLE) JOINTS. E E WEAR SPIKED SHOES WHI WORKING IN THE WET MATERIAL TO AVOID LEAVING MARKS. F PLACE BEFORE PARTITION INSTALLATION. 3A CURING A. UNDERLAYMENT STARTS TO SET, PROHIBIT FOOT TRAFFIC UNTIL FINAL SET HAS BEEN REACHED. 8 AIR CURE IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 3.5 PROTECTION A PROTECT AGAINST DIRECT SUNUGHT, HEAT, AND WIND; PREVENT RAPID DRYING TO AVOID SHRINKAGE AND CRACKING. B DO NOT PERMIT TRAFFIC OVER UNPROTECTED FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT SURFACES. 16 SCHEDULES & PROVIDE FEATHERCOAT TO LEVEL EXISTING FLOORS. ASSUME 50% OF THE NEW FLOOR AREA WALL REQUIRE A FEATHERCOAT OF UNDERLAYMENT FOR GENERAL SPOT LEVELING. END OF SECTION 05 10 00 - STRUCTURAL IVETAL FRAMING 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES 1.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS 1.3 SUBMITTALS A, SEE SECTION 0133 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES & REQUIREMENTS. 2. MATERIALS AND FABRICATION 2.1 DETAILING, FABRICATION, AND ERECTION A. SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST EDITION OF AICS 360, �'SPECIFICATION FOR STRUCTURAL STEEL BUILDINGS" BY THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION. S. STRUCTURAL STEEL: AM, S, C SHAPES) ASTM A36 UNO(PLATE, ANGLES) ASTM AW LINE, HSS: (TUBULAR SHAPES) ASTM ASOD GRADE B (FY.6KSI) C. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL BE PRIMED WHITE OR LIGHT GRAY� ASPHALTIC PAINTS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE C ALL COLUMN BASE PLATES SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF FOUR ANCHORS. 2.2 CONNECTIONS A. CONNECTION SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS ARE GENERALLY SCHEMATIC, B. THEY ARE INTENDED TO DEFINE THE SPATIAL RELATIONSHIP OF THE FRAMED MEMBERS AND SHOW FEASIBLE METHOD OF MAKING THE CONNECTION. ANY CONNECTION THAT IS NOT SHOWN OR IS NOT COMPLETELY DETAJL5D ON THE STRUCTURAL DRAWINGS SHALL BE DESIGNED BY A REGISTERED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER RE rAINED BY THE FABRICATOR. DETAILS AND CONNECTIONS MAY BE DESIGNED TO CONFORM TO AISC MANUALS SECOND EDITION-1-RID OR NINTH EDITION�ASD. COMPLETELY DETAILED MEANS THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION IS SHOWN ON THE SHOP DETAIL DRAWINGS: I . ALL PLATE DIMENSIONS AND GRADE 2 ALL WELD SIZES, LENGTHS, PITCHES AND RETURNS 3 ALLHOLESIZESAN SPACINGS 4. NUMBER AND TYPE OF BOLTS' WHERE BOLTS ARE SHOWN, BUT NO S. NUMBER IS GIVEN, THE CONNECTION HAS NOT BEEN COMPLETELY DETAILED, 6. WHERE PARTIAL INFORMATION IS GIVEN, IT SHALL BE THE MINIMUM REQUIREMENT FOR CONNECTION. 7. METHOD OF DESIGN. 2.3 DETAILS AND CONNECTIONS COMPLETELY DETAILED IN THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS A, MAY NOT BE ALTERED WITHOUT WRITTEN APPROVAL BY THE ENGINEER. WHERE APPROVED, ALTERED CONNECTIONS SHALL BE COMPLETELY DETAILED BY THE FABRICATOR'$ ENGINEER CLEARLY ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS. S. ALTERATIONS OF SCHEMATIC CONNECTION DETAILS MAY IMPACTARCHITECTURAL CONCEPT AND SHALL NOT BE MADE WITHOUT PRIOR WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE ENGINEER C. MINIMUM CONNECTION PLATE THICKNESS SHALL BE $13� UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS, D. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, BEAM TO BEAM CONNECTIONS AND BEAM TO COLUMN CONNECTIONS SHALL BE DOUBLE ANGLE (T=5116). FRAMED BEAM CONNECTIONS SHOP WELDED USING WELD A, AND USING 34- DIAMETER ASTAIA 32_�N BOLTS IN STANDARD OR HORIZONTALLY SLOTTED HOLES FOR THE FIELD CONNECTION. E. THE MINIMUM LENGTH OF CONNECTION ANGLES SHALL BE EQUAL TO ONE-HALF THE DEPTH OF THE MEMBER TO BE SUPPORTED. F. ALL OTHER BOLTS NOT DESIGNATED AS SLIP CRITICAL BOLTS SHALL BE CONSIDERED BEARING BOLTS. 00 NOT OVER TIGHTEN BEARING BOLTS, ESPECIALLY FOR BEAMS TO SUPPORT CONCRETE SLABS, TIGHTEN BEARING BOLTS TO A SNUG CONDITION ONLY, PERA[SC SPECIFICATIONS, G. UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED, ALL CONNECTIONS AT HSS SECTIONS SHALL BE DESIGNED AND DETAILED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AjSQ 'Ll LATEST EDITION. I-L ALL WELDING SHALL BE DONE USING E-70XX ELECTRODES IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF AWS D1. I BY THE AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY. L WORKTH E DRAWINGS WITH ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS FOR NAILER HOLES AND ARCHITECTURAL CLEARANCES. J GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL MECHANICAL UNIT WEIGHTS AND OPENING SIZES AND LOCATIONS WITH MECHANICAL CONTRACTOR AND VENDORS DRAWINGS FOR ACTUAL MECHANICAL UNIT PURCHASED. K SPUCING OF STRUCTURAL MEMBERS WHERE NOT DETAILED ON THE DRAWINGS IS PROHIBITED WITHOUT PRIOR APPROVAL OF THESTRU TURALENGANEER. L CUTS, HOLES, COPING, ETC, REQUIRED FOR WORK OF OTHER TRADES SHALL BE SHOWN ON THE SHOP DRAWINGS AND MADE IN THE SHOP. CUTS OR BURNING OF HOLES IN STRUCTURAL STEEL MEMBERS IN THE FIELD WILL NOT BE PERMITTED, UNLESS SPECIR -ALLY APPROVED IN EACH CASE BY THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER. r M. ALL HSS SHAPES (ROUND, SQUARE, RECTANGULAR, ETC.) ARE TO HAVE A 1/4'CAP PLATE AT ALL EXPOSED ENDS. CAP PLATES TO 0 BE SEAL WELDED ALL AROUND, UNQ PROVIDE 3/SWEEP HOLES IN THE CENTER OF THE PLATE, N, ALL WELD SIZES NOT SHOWN IN DETAILS HEREIN SHALL BE THE MINIMUM REQUIRED SIZE EASED ON THICKNESS OF THICKER PART AS PER AISC 13TH EDITION, TABLES JZ3 & J2.4. EXCEPTIOM AT MEMBER SPUCES WELDS OR BOLTS SHALL DEVELOP FULL STRENGTH OF THE MEMBER OR COMPONENTS BEING CONNECTED. 0. ALLAROUND WELDS INDICATED HEREIN SHALL BE DISCONTINUOUS AT THEE FLANGE ITIPS OF OPEN SECTIONS. P. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL, TO BE EXPOSED TO SoiLARE TO BE COATED WITH AN APPROVED COAL TAR EPDXY, 16 MfLS MINIMUM THICKNESS. 0. ANY ALTERATION MADE BY THE DETAILER ON THE STRUCTURAL STEEL SHOP DRAWINGS TO SCHEMATIC OR COMPLETELY DETAILED CONNECTIONS SHOWN ON THE CONTRACT DRAWINGS MUST BE CLEARLY IDENTIFIED BY CLOUDING OR BY DIRECT NOTE ONTHE HOP DRAWING BY THE DETAILER PRIOR TO SUBMISSION TO THE FNGINEER. R ANY MEMBER SIZES SHOWN ON THE PLANS. AND CURRENTLY USTED IN THE AISOC ASQ OR LRFD MANUAL OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION, LATEST EDITION, WHICH ARE NOT CURRENTLY AVAILABLE MUST BE BROUGHT TO THE ARCHITECT AND STRUCTURAL ENGINEERS ATTENTION PRIOR TO AWARD OF STEEL CONTRACT. NO CLAIM FOR ADDITIONAL COST WILL BE ACCEPTED AFTER THE AWARD. FOR MEMBERIBUILT UP MEMBER SUBSTITUTIONS FOR THESE SIZES. S, ALL L4X4XSfI6 ANGLES REQUIRED FOR ROOF UNITS AND ROOF OPENINGS OVER IZX1 r TO BE SUPPLIED BY STRUCTURAL STEEL FABRICATOR AND BE COORDINATED BY GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH THE MECHANICAL DRAWINGS AND MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT SUPPLIER. END OF SECTION 05 40 00 - COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING 1. PART 1 GENERAL 1.11GENERAL A COLD -FORMED METAL FRAMING FOR WALLS. B. BRIDGING, BRACING, CLAPS AND OTHER ACCESSORIES. 1.2 MATERIALS AND FABRICATION A THE DESIGN ' INSTALLATIONAND ONSTRUCTION OF COLD -FORMED CARBON STEEL. STRUCTURAL AND NONSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH "THE LATEST EDITION OF AISI S100, "NORTH AMERICAN SPECIFICATION FOR THE DESIGN OF COLD�FORAMED STEEL STRUCTURAL MEMBER3'BY THE AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE. B DESAG OF METAL STUD FRAMING SHOWN IS BASED ON SSIulk AT 50 FLANGE) STUDS WITH CLARK-DIETRICH SECTION PROPERTIES AND ALLOWABLE RESISTING MOMENT CAPACITY. ALTERNATE MANUFACTURERS FRAMING SIZE SHALL MEET THE MINIMUM SECTION PROPERTIES AND ALLOWABLE RESISTING MOMENT CAPACITY OF THE MEMBERS INDICATED ON THE DESIGN DRAWINGS. A DIATIONAL COSTS FOR AN INCREASE IN STUD SIZE OR GAGE IS PROHIBITED, C. ALLFRAMIN MEMBERS 16 GA AND HEAVIER SHALL BE FORMED FROM STEEL WITH A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 5(t, KS1 (ASTM MOW, TYPE H). ALL OTHER FRAMING SHALL BE FORMED FROM STEEL WITH A MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH OF 33 KS1 (ASTM A1003, TYPE H), D A L FRAMING SHALL BE GALVANIZED. E. ALL CONNECTIONS SHALL BE SCREWED OR WELDED. POWDER DRIVEN FASTENERS ARE NOT ACCEPTABLE FOR ANY STRUCTURALA PLICATIONS. F MEMBER WES OPENINGS SHALL BE POSITIONED A MINIMUM OF IVFROM CONNECTIONS. G. ALL WELDS SHALL BE TOUCHED UP WITH 7JNr-RICH PAINT, H. AT WALL LOCATIONS WHERE MULTIPLE STUDS ARE REQUIRED TO SUPPORT VERTICAL LOADS, A CONTINUOUS LOAD PATH SHALL BE PROVIDED TO SUPPORT THOSE LOADS THROUGH THE STRUCTURE INCLUSIVE OF THE FLOOR SYSTEM TO THE FOUNDATIONS, THIS MAY BE ACCOMPLISHED THROUGH THE USE OF BEAMS, HEADERS, BLOCKING, S PFFENERS OR OTHER APPROPRIATE MEANS BASED ON LOCATION AND DETAIUNG CONSIDERATIONS. 1. OSB OR PLYWOOD SHEATHING SHALL BE ATTACHED TO LIGHT GAGE FRAMING WITH #10 SCREWS AT WO.C. (UNO). THE SCREWS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PENETRATE THROUGH THE COLD�FORMED STEEL FRAMING MEMBER BY AT LEAST THREE EXPOSED THREADS. ALL SCREWS SHALL BE HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED PER ASTM A153 WHEN SHEATHING IS PRESSURE TREATED OR FIRE RETARDANT TREATED. I ALL SHEATHING SHALL BE APA RATED SHEATHING. K WHERE ONE OR MORE FLANGES OF VERTICAL STUDS ARE UNSHEATHED, PROVIDED CONTINUOUS HORIZONTAL BRIDGING AT 4fi ON CENTER ON UNSHEATHED FLANGES. END OF SECTION 05 50 00 - METAL FABRICATIONS 1. PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. BE [ON INCLUDES. I ST EL FRAMING AND SUPPORTS FOR MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAUEQUIPNIENT, 2. $TEE FRAMING AND SUPPORTS FOR APPLICATIONS WHERE FRAMING AND SUPPORTS ARE NOT SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. 3 SHELFANGUES 1.2 SUBMITTALS A, SEE SECTION 01 33 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES & REQUIREMEws. B. PRODUCT DATA FOR THE FOLLOWING: I . NON -SLIP AGGREGATES AND NON -SLIP AGGREGATE SURFACE FINISHES 2. PREFABRICATED BUILDING COLUMNS 3. METAL NOSINGS AND TREADS 4, PAINT PRODUCTS E GROUT C. SHOP DRAWINGS: SHOW FABRICATION AND INSTALLATION DETAILS FOR METAL FABRICATIONS. 1. INCLUDE PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECTIONS AND DETAILS FOR METAL FABRICATIONS AND THEIR CONNECTIONS, SHOW ANCHORAGE AND ACCESSORY ITEMS. 2. PROVIDE TEMPLATES FOR ANCHORS AND BOLTS SPECIFIED FOR INSTALLATION UNDER OTHER SECTIONS. D. WELDING CERTIFICATES 2.PRODIUCTS 2.1 METAL -STEEL A. STEEL TUBING: ASTM A500fA5WM. GRADE S COLD FORMED STRUCTURAL TUBING. B. P TES: ASTM A283. C PIPE. ASTM A531A53M, GRADE B SCHEDULE 40. HOT -DIP GALVANIZED FINISH. D. BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS; ASTM A325 (ASTM A325M), TYPE 1, PLAIN. E. SHE P AND TOUCH-UP PRIMER: SSPC-PAINT 15, COMPLYING WITH VOC LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION, F. TOUCH-UP PRIMER FOR GALVANIZED SURFACES SSPC-PAINT 20, TYPE I - INORGANIC, COMPLYING WITH VOC LIMITATIONS OF AUTHORATIFSHAVIN JURISDICTION. G. GALVANIZED AT EXTERIOR WALLS 2.2 METAL - ALUMINUM A EXTRUDED ALUMINUM ASTM B221 (ASTM 8221 M), 6063 ALLOY, IS TEMPER. B BOLTS, NUTS AND WASHERS: STAINLESS STEEL 2.3 FABRICATION - GENERAL A. FIT AND SHOP ASSEMBL ITEMS IN LARGEST PRACTICAL SECTIONS, FOR DELIVERY TO SITE. M FABRICATE ITEMS WITH JOINTS TIGHTLY FITTED AND SECURED, Q CONTINUOUSLY SEAL JOWED MEMBERS BY CONTINUOUS WELDS, D. GRIND EXPOSED J0114TS FLUSH AND SMOOTH WITH ADJACENT FINISH SURFACE. MAKE EXPOSED JOINTS BUTT TIGHT, FLUSH AND NAIRUNE. EASE EXPOSED EDGES TO SMALL UNIFORM RADIUS, E EXPOSED MECHANICAL FASTENINGS: FLUSH COUNTERSUNK SCREWS OR BOLTS, UNOBTRUSIVELY LOCATED; CONSISTENT WITH DESIGN OF COMPONENT, EXCEPT WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED OTHERWISE. Z4 FINISHES -STEEL A. PRIME PAINT ALL STEEL ITEMS 1. EXCEEPTIONS.GALVANIZE ITEMS TO BE EMBEDDED IN CONCRETE 2.6 FINISHES � ALUMINUM A INTEMOR ALUMINUM SURFACES: CLASS I NATURALAMODIZED. B. CLASS I NATURALANODIZED FINISH: AAMA 611 CLEAR ANODIC COATING NOT LESS THAN 0.7 MILS THICK 3. EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A GENERAL INSTALL FRAMING AND SUPPORTS TO COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ITEMS BEING SUPPORTED, INCLUDING MANUFACTU ERET WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONSAND REQUIREMENTS INDICATED ON SHOP DRAWINGS. B ANCHOR SUPPORTS FOR OPERABLE PARTITIONS SECURELY TO AND RIGIDLY BRACE FROM BUILDING STRUCTURE, C� SUPPORT STEEL GIRDERS ON SOLID GROUTED MASONRY, CONCRETE, OR STEEL PIPE COLUMNS, SECURE GIRDERS WITH ANCHOR BOLTS EMBEDDED IN GROUTED MASONRY OR CONCRETE OR WITH BOLTS THROUGH TOP PLATES OF PIPE COLUMNS. D WHEREGRO SPACE UNDER BEARING PLATES$$ INDICATED FOR GIRDERS SUPPORTED ON CONCRETE OR MASONRY, INSTALL AS SPECIFIED IN 'INSTALLING BEARING AND LEVELING PLATES'ARTICLE. E. INSTALL PIPE COLUMNS ON CONCRETE FOOTINGS WITH GROUTED SASEPLATES. POSITION AND GROUT COLUMN BASEPLATES AS SPECIFIED IN "INSTALUNG BEARING AND LEVEUNG PLATES'ARTICLE. 1. GROUT BASEPLATES OF COLUMNS SUPPORTING STEEL GIRDERS AFTER GIRDERS ARE INSTALLED AND LEVELED. END OF SECTION 06 10 00 - ROUGH CARPENTRY GENERAL SECTION INCLUDES SHEATHI , CONCEALED WOOD BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS. RELATED REQUIREMENTS B. SECTION 09 2116 � GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES: GYPSU"ASED SHEATMO t2 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. AFPA WFCM) � WOOD FRAME CONSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR ONE- AND TWO-FAMILY DWEUUNGS� AMERICAN FOREST AND PAPER 1.3 ASSOCIATION; 2012, A. ASTM A1531AI53M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ZINC COATING (HOTDfP) ON IRON AND STEEL HARDWARE; 2009, ASTM C1 39GICI 39SM - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR GYPSUM HOARE. 2014. B. PS I - STRUCTURAL PLYWOOD; 2009. SUBMITTALS 0 SEE SECTION 0133 23. SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURE AND REQUIREMENTS. 1.4 grRODUCTS :.E.L REILIREMENTS 2. LUMBER FABRICATED FROM OLD GROWTH TIMBER IS NOT PERMITTED, 2.1 DIMENSION LUMBER FOR CONCEALED APPLICATIONS A. SIZES NOMINAL SIZESAS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, S4S. Z2 MOISTURE CONTENT. S-ORY OR MC19. A, MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING, BLOCKING, NAILERS. GROUNDS, AND FURRING: S� LUMBER: S4S, NO, 2 OR STANDARD GRADE. C. BOARDS: STANDARD OR NO� 3, CONSTRUCTION PANELS Z WALL SHEATHING: PLYWOOD, PS 1, GRADE C-C EXPOSURE 1. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A, FASTENERS AND ANCHORS' 2.4 METAL AND FINISH: HOT -CAPPED GALVANIZED STEEL PER ASTM A 1531A 153M FOR HIGH HUMIDITY AND PRESERVAPVE-TREA�TED A, WOOD LOCATIONS, UNFINISHED STEEL ELSEWHeRE. 1. DRYWALL SCREWS: BUGLE HEAD, HARDENED STEEL. POWER DRIVEN TYPE, LENGTH THREE TIMES THICKNESS OF SHEATHING. EXECUTION PREPARATION 1 COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF ROUGH CARPENTRY MEMBERS SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. 3.1 INSTALLATION - GENERAL A. SELECT MATERAL SIZES TO MINIMIZE WASTE. 3.2 REUSE SCRAP TO THE GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE, CLEARLY SEPARATE SCRAP FOR USE ON SITE AS ACCESSORY A. COMPONENTS, INCLUDING: SHIMS, BRACING, AND BLOCKING, URAMING INSTALLATION SET STRUCTURAL MEMBERS LEVEL, PLUMB, AND TRUE TO LINE. DISCARD PIECES WITH DEFECTS THAT WOULD LOWER RFQUIRED 3.3 STRENGTH OR RESULT IN UNACCEPTABLE APPEARANCE OF EXPOSED MEMBERS. A, INSTALL STRUCTURAL MEMBERS FULL LENGTH WITHOUT SPUCES UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFICALLY DETAILED. COMPLY WITH MEMBER SIZES. SPACING, AND CONFIGURATIONS INDICATED, AND FASTENER SIZE AND SPACING INDICATED. BUT 8, NOT LESS THAN REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODES AND AFPA WOOD FRAME CONSTRUCTION MANUAL C. FRAME WALL OPENINGS WITH TWO OR MORE STUDS AT EACH JAMB, SUPPORT HEADERS ON CRIPPLE STUDS. BLOCKING, NAILERS, AND SUPPORTS D. PROVIDE FRAMING AND BLOCKING MEMBERS AS INDICATED OR AS REQUIRED TO SUPPORT FINISHES, FIXTURES, SPECIALTY 3.4 ITEMS, AND TRIM, A. IN METAL STUD WALLS, PROVIDE CONTINUOUS BLOCKING AROUND DOOR AND WINDOW OPENINGS FOR ANCHORAGE OF FRAMES, SECURELY ATTACHED TO STUD FRAMING. 8, IN WALLS, PROVIDE BLOCKING ATTACHED TO STUDS AS BACKING AND SUPPORT FOR WALL -MOUNTED ITEMS, UNLESS ITEM CAN BE SECURELY FASTENED TO TWO OR MORE STUDS OR OTHER METHOD OF SUPPORT AS EXPLICITLY INDICATED. C, WHERE CEILINC-MOUNTING IS INDICATED, PROVIDE BLOCKING AND SUPPLEMENTARY SUPPORTS ABOVE CEIUNG, UNLESS OTHER METHOD OF SUPPORT IS EXPUCITLY MICATED. INSTALLATION OF CONSTRUCTION PANELS UNDERLAYMENT: SECURE TO SUBFLOORING WITH NAILS AND GLUE. 3.5 AT LOCATIONS WHERE RESILIENT FLOORING WILL BE INSTALLED, FILL AND SAND SPLITS, GAPS, AND ROUGH AREAS, A, PLACE BUILDING PAPER BETWEEN FLOOR UNDERLAYMENT AND SUSFLOORING. I � WALL SHEATHING: SECURE WITH LONG DIMENSION PERPENDICULAR TO WALL STUDS, WITH ENDS OVER FARM BEARING AND 2. STAGGERED, USING NAILS, SCREWS, OR STAPLES, ]TOLERANCES FRAMING MEMBERS: IN INCH FROM TRUE POSITION, MAXIMUM. 3.6 SURFACE FLATNESS OF FLOOR: 1/8 INCH IN 10 FEET MAXIMUM, AND 1/4 INCH IN W FEET MAXIMUM. A. VARIATION FROM PLANE (OTHER THAN FLOORS): 114 INCH IN 10 FEET MAXIMUM, AND 1/4 INCH IN N FEET MAXIMUM. CLEANING ONASTE DISPOSAL COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 0174 19 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEEMENT AND DISPOSAL. 17 COMPLY WITH APPUCABLE REGULATIONS. A 0 NOT BURN SCRAP ON PROJECT SITE, D NOT BURN SCRAP$ THAT HAVE BEEN PRESSURE TREATED. 1. DO NOT SEND MATERIALS TREATED WITH PENTACHLOROPHENOL, CCA, OR ACA TO CO -GENERATION FACILMES OR 2, 'WASTE-TO-ENERGY'FACIUTIES. 3� DO NOT LEAVE ANY WOOD, SHAVINGS, SAWDUST, ETC. ON THE GROUND OR BURIED IN FILL. PREVENT SAWDUST AND WOOD SHAVINGS FROM ENTERING THE STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM, END OF SECTION 06 20 00 - FINISH CARPENTRY 1. PART I - GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS. B. WOOD CASINGS AND MOLDINGS, C WOOD FLOORING PLANK WALL SURFACE APPLICATION D HARDWARE AND ATTACHMENT ACCESSORIES. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. SECTION 0161 16 - VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT RESTRICTIONS. B. SECTION 06 10 00 - ROUGH CARPENTRY� SUPPORT FRAMING, GROUNUS, AND CONCEALED BLOCKING. C. SECTION 09 99 00 � INTERIOR PAINTING 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM E84 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS OF BUILDING MATERIALS: 201�. S. ASTM E 684 - CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX OF FLOOR COVERING SYSTEMS. 1A REFERENCE STANDARDS A. COORDINATE THE WORK WITH INSTALLATION OF ASSOCIATED AND ADJACENT COMPONENTS 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. SEES TION0133 23- SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS. 13, SHOP DRAWINGS. INDICATE MATERIALS, COMPONENT PROFILES, FASTENING METHODS, JOIN TING DETAILS, AND ACCESSORIES. C. NO FINISH I MATERIAL SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE SCHEDULED FINISHES WILL BE ACCEPTED. 1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 2. EXECUTION 2.1 FINISH CARPENTRY ITEMS A. SURFACE BURNING C�RACTIERISTICS: PROVIDE MATERIALS HAVING FIRE AND SMOKE PROPERTIES AS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE CODE, B. INTERIOR WOODWORK ITEM& A. MISCIEL.OUS WALL TRIM: PAINT GRADE POPLAR. 2. ENGINEERED WOOD FLOOR PLANK AS SCHEDULED, NO ALTERNATES WILL BE ACCEPTED al COLOR As SCHEDULED. NO ALTERNATES WILL BE ACCEPTED. 2.2 WOOD -BASED COMPONENTS A, WOOD FABRICATED FROM OLD GROWTH TIMBER IS NOT PERMnTEG 2.3 FASTENINGS A FASTENERS OF SIZE AND TYPE SUITABLE FOR APPLICATION. Z4 ACCESSORIES 2.6 eAMI?P ;.fi&:SOLVFNT BASE TINTED TO MATCH SURFACE FINISH COLOR A, SHOP ASSEMSUE WORK FOR DFLIVERY TO SITE, PERMITTING PASSAGE THROUGH BUILDING OPENINGS, 8, FIT EXPOSED SHEET MATERIAL EDGES WITH 318 INCH MATCHING HARDWOOD EDGING. USE ONE PIECE FOR FULL LENGTH ONLY. C. WHEN NECESSARY TO CUT AND FIT ON SITE, PROVIDE MATERIALS WITH AMPLE ALLOWANCE FOR CUTTING. PROVIDE TRIM FOR SCRISIN ANDSITECLITTING. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A SETAND SECURE MATERIALS AND COMPONENTS IN PLACE, PLUMB AND LEVEL, B. CAREFULLY SCRIIIE WORK ABUTTING OTHER COMPONENTS, WITH MAXIMUM GAPS OF 1132 INCH, 00 NOT USE ADDITIONAL OVERLAY TRIM TO CONCEAL LARGER GAPS. 3.2 PREPARATION FOR SITE FINISHING A. SET EXPOSED FASTENERS. APPLY WOOD FILLER IN EXPOSED FASTENER INDENTATIONS. SAND WORK SMOOTH. R SITE FINISHING: SSE SECTION 09 9123. 3.3 TOLEARENCES A. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM TRUE POEITIONL 1/16 INCH, B. MAXIMUM OFFSET FROM TRUE ALIGNMENT WITH ASMING MATERIALS: 1132 INCH. ENDOFSECTON 06 4100 - ARCHITECTURAL WOOD CASEWORK 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. WOOD / PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED CABI ETS 6 COUNTERTOPS C HARDWARE AND ATTACHMENT ACCESSORfFS 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. SECT N �O 0161 16 - VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT RESTRICTIONS. ECT ON 06 10 W � ROUGH CARPENTRY: SUPPORT FRAMING, GROUNDS, AND CONCEALED BLOCKING, C SECTION 09 99 00 - INTERIOR PAINTING 1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS AASTME84-STAN RD TEST METHOD FOR SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS OF BUILDING MATERIALS; MESA. 1.4 SUBMITTALS A SEE SECTION 0133 23. SHOP DRAWINGS. PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES & REQUIREMENTS, B, SHOP DRAWINGS: INCLUDING PLANS, ELEVATIONS, SECToONS, DETAILS AND INSTALLATION CONTEXT FOR IN -WALL MOUNTED CASEWORK 2.PRODUCTS 2.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. QUALITY GRADE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED PROVIDE PRODUCTS OF QUALITY SPECIFIED BY AWIPAWMACAM. ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK STANDARDS (AWS) FOR CUSTOM GRADE. B. PLASTIC LAMINATE FACED CABINETS: CUSTOM GRADE 2.2 WOOD -BASED COMPONENTS bNaTABRICATED FROM OLD GROWTH TIMBER IS NOT PERMITTED. 2.3 E MATERIALS A. HIGH PRESSURE DECORATIVE LAMINATE (HPDL): NEMA LO 3. TYPES AS RECOMMENDED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATIONS. 2.4 COUNTERTOPS A. PLAS PC LAMINATE COUNTERTOPS: MEDIUM DENS11-Y FIBERBOARD SUBSTRATE COVERED WITH HPOL, CONVENTIONALLY FABRICATED AND SELF -EDGE SANDED, 2.5 ACCESSORIES A. ADHESIVE: TYPE RECOMMENDED BY FABRICATOR TO SUIT A�UCATION. 5, BOLTS, NUTS, WASHERS, LAGS, PINS, AND SCREWS. OF SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPUCATION; GALVANIZED OR CHROME -PLATED FINISH IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS AND STAINLESS STEEL OR CHROME -PLATED FINISH IN EXPOSED LOCATIONS. C. GROMMETS: STANDARD PAINTED METAL OR RUBBER GROMMETS FOR CUT-OUTS, IN COLOR TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACE. 2.6 HARDWARE A. HARDWARE BHMA A155.9, TYPES AS RECOMMENDED BY FABRICATOR FOR QUALITY GRADE SPECIFIED, ,3 1 DRAWER AND DOOR PULLS: USHAPED WIRE PULL, STEEL WITH SATIN FINISH, 4 INCH CENTERS. C CABINET LOCKS: KEYED CYLINDER, TWO KEYS PER LOCK MASTER KEYED, STEEL WITH CHROME FINISH. 2.7 PA&�XAg ,�PEAN STYLE CONCEALED SELF -CLOSING TYPE, STEEL WITH SATIN FINISH. A. ASSEMBLY: SHOP ASSEMBLE CABINETS FOR DEUVFRY TO SITE IN UNITS EASILY HANDLED AND TO PERMIT PASSAGE THROUGH BUILDING OPENINGS, S. PLASTIC LAMINATE. APPLY PLASTIC LAMINATE FINISH IN FULL UNINTERRUPTED SHEETS CONSISTENT WITH MANUFACTURED SIZES, FIT CORNERS AND JOINTS HAIRLINE; SECURE WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS. SLIGHTLY BEVEL ARISES. 3. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.13.01 INSTALLATION A. SET AND SECURE CUSTOM CABINETS IN PLACE, ASSURING THAT THEY ARE RIGID, PLUMB LEVEL. S. USE CONCEOd,ED JOINT FASTENERS TO ALIGN AND SECURE ADJOINING CABINETS UNITS. END OF SECTION 06 64 00 - PLASTIC PANELING I.GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. GLAS&RBER REINFORCED PLASTIC (FRP) WALL PANELING, B. MOLDING, ADHESIVES, AND JOINT SEALANTS. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A� SECTION 10 26 01 � WALL END PROTECTORS AND CORNER GUARDS 1.3 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 0133 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES & REQUIREMENTS. 2.PRODUCTS 2.1 PLASTIC SHEET PANELING A. GLASSFIBER-REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELING: GELCOAT-FINISHED, GLAS&FIBER REINFORCED PLASTIC PANELS COMPLYING WITH ASTM D 5319. 1 , NOMINAL THICKNESS: NOT LESS THAN 0.09 INCHES. 2, COLOR: WHITE. 3. MOLDING COLOFh WHITE. 4. SURFACE FINISH: MOLDED PEBBLE TEXTURE. a. UNREINFORCED POLYPROPYLENE PANELING: SOLID POLYPROPYLENE PANELS MADE FROM NO LESS THAN W PERCENT RECYCLED MATERIAL. 1. NOMINAL THICKNESS: NOT LESS THAN 0.09 INCHES. 2. COLOR: WHITE. 3. MOLDING COLOR: WHITE. 4. SURFACE FINISH: MOLDED PEBBLE TEXTURE. 2.2 ADHESIVES A. AS RECOMMENDED BY PLASTIC PANELING MANUFACTURER. 1. VOCUMIT:50G/L. 2.3 ACCESSORIES A, TRIM ACCESSORIES. MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ONE-PIECE VINYL EXTRUSIONS DESIGNED TO RETAIN AND COVER EDGES OF PANELS. PROVIDE DIVISION BARS, INSIDE CORNERS, OUTSIDE CORNERS, AND CAPS AS NEEDED TO CONCEAL EDGES. I COLOR: WHITE 3. PART 3 -EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION -WALLS A, INSTALL PANELS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. a SEAL GAPS AT FLOOR CEIUNG AND BETWEEN PANELS WITH SPECIFIED SEALANT TO PREVENT MOISTURE INS WEDFOR CODE COMPLIANCE 07 14 16 - COLD FLUID APPLIED WATERPROOFING ...APPROVED 1. GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES AUG202019 A. COLD FLUID APPLIED WATERPROOFING AND ACCESSORIES. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. D35400-CASAT-IN�PLACECONCRET B. 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALERS 1.3 REFERENCE City of Tukwila A, ASTM C 836 - IWI. SOLIDS CONTENT, COLD LIQUID -APPLIED ELASTOMERIC WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE FOR US I WEARIN COURSE. WIEPONG DIVISIJON 1.4 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A PRODUCT PROVIDED BY THIS SECTION SHALL BE A COAL -TAR AND SOLVENT -FREE, SINGLE COMPONENT, ELASTOMERIC LIQUID DESIGNED TO CREATE A SEAMLESS REINFORCED WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE AT 12D MIL (3.0 MM) THICKNESS. 1.5 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 0133 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES & REQUIREMENTS. S. INSTALLERS APPROVAL BY MANUFACTURER SUBMIT DOCUMENT STATING MANUFACTURERS ACCEPTANCE OF INSTALLER AS AN APPROVED A PUCATOR FOR THE SPECIFIES MATERIALS. 1.6 C WARRANTY: SU MIT A SAMPLE WARRANTY IDENTIFYING THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS IN WARRANTY ARTICLE. QUALITY ASSURANCE A, MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: MINIMUM 5 YEAR EXPERIENCE MANUFACTURING SIMILAR PRODUCTS. S. APPLICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: EXPERIENCED IN APPLYING THE SAME OR SIMILAR MATERIALS AND SHALL BE SPECIFICALLY APPROVED IN WRI TING BY THE MEMBRANE SYSTEM MANUFACTURER. 1.7 PRE -INSTALLATION MEETINGS A. PRE -INSTALLATION CONFERENCE: PRIOR TO BEGINNING WORK CONVENE A CONFERENCE TO REVIEW CONDITIONS, INSTALLATION PRAOCEDUUS, SCHEDULES AND COORDINATION WITH OTHER WORK B CONVENE MNIM M TWO WEEKS PRIOR TO STARTING WORK OF THIS SECTION. 1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. DELIVER MATERMLS TO PROJECT SITE IN ORIGINAL, FACTORY -SEALED, UNOPENED CONTAINERS BEARING MANUFACTURERS NAME AND LABEL INTACT AND LEGIBLE WITH FOLLOWING INFORMATION, 1. NAME OF MATERIAL, 2. MANUFACTURERS STOCK NUMBER AND DATE OF MANUFACTURE. 3. MATERIALSAFETY DATA SHEET. B. RECOMMENDED STORAGE AND APPLICATION TEMPERATURE IS 75 DEGREES F (24 DEGREES C). STORE MATERIALS IN PROTECTED AND WELL-VENPLATED AREA C. HANDLING: HANDLE MATERIALS TO AVOID DAMAGE. 1.9 PROJECT CONDITIONS A. DO NOT APPLY MEMBRANE IF TEMPERATURE IS LESS THAN 40 DEGREES F (4.4 DEGREES CA, IF PRECIPITATION IS IMMINENT OR THE SURFAC IS WETOR HAS FROST. SUBSTRATE MAYBE SATURATED SURFACE DRY. a COORD NATE WATERPROOFING WORK WITH OTHER TRADES TO ENSURE ADEQUATE ILLUMINATION, VENTILATION, AND DUST -FREE ENVIRONMENT DURING APPUCAIION AND CURING OF MEMBRANE, THE APPLICATOR SHALL HAVE SOLE RIGHT OF ACCESS TO THE SPECIFIED ARFAS FOR THE TIME NEEDED TO COMPLE TIE THE APPLICATION AND ALLOW THE MEMBRANE TO CURE ADEQUATELY, C PROTECT ADJOINING SURFACES NOT TO BE COATED AGAINST DAMAGE OR SOILING. PROTECT PLANTS, VEGETATION AND ANIMALS WHICH MIGHT BE AFFECTED BY WATERPROOFING OPERATIONS. D WARN PERSONNEL AGA NST BREATHING OF VAPORS AND CONTACT OF MATERIAL WITH SIIJN OR EYES. WEAR APPLICABLE PROTECTIVE OTHING AND RESPIRATORY PROTECTION GEAR. nECEIVED E. MIN TAIN WORK AREA INA NFATAND ORDERLY CONDITION, REMOVING EMPTY CONTAINERS, RAGS, AND RUBBISH DAILY FROM SITE, CITY OFTUKWILA 1.10 SEQUENCING A ENSURE THAT PRODUCTS OF THIS SECTION ARE SUPPUED TO AFFECTED TRADES IN TIME TO PREVENT INTERRUPTION OF CONSTRUCTIO PROGRESS. AUG 02 2019 1.11 WARRANTY A. WARRANTY: PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS STANDARD UMETED MATERIAL WARRANTY. 2.PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURERS PERMIT CENTER A ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER: CARLISLE COATINGS & WATERPROOFING. WHICH IS LOCATED AT. 9M HENSLEY LK; WYLIE, TX 75098; TOLL FREE TEL SM229LO199; TEL 972442-6545: FAX: 972-442-Xi76; EMIL REQUEST INFO ECAJTLYN.RUHL@CARUSLECCM.COM)� WEB: �hftp./tWVM.CARLISLE�CCVV,COW��CARLLSLE�CCW.COM "Mp:/fWWW.CARUSLE-CCW.COW�,M�./NVWWCARLISLE-CCW.COMI B. REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE CONSIDERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH PROVISIONS OF SECTION 01 ED W - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS 2.2 WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE A. WATERPROOFING MEMBRANE SHALL BE CCW�MIRASEAL FOR HORIZONTAL SURFACES APPLIED AT 60 MILS (IS MINE) FOR EACH COAT, REINFORCED BY DCH FABRIC BETWEEN COATS AND CCW- MIRASEAL FOR VERTICAL SURFACES APPUED AT 60 MILS (1.5 MAMA FOR EACH COAT. REINFORCED BY DCH FABRIC BETWEEN COATS AND SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE REQUIREMENTS OF ASTM C 836. 2.3 ACCESSORY PRODUCTS A, SURFACE PRIMER: NOT REQUIRED FOR CONCRETE OR WOOD. ALL OTHER SURFACES AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER FOR EACH SURFACE ENCOUNT RED. G SEALANTS: CCW-231 7WO-COMPONENT POLYURETHANE SEALANT. C. SAACKNG ROD: CLOGMCELL POLYETHYLENE FOAM ROD, D. F EXIBLE FLASHING: AS RECOMMENDED AND SUPPLIED BY COATING MANUFACTURER. F PROTECTION COURSE: CCW PROTECTION SCARD�HIHS FOR HORIZONTAL SURFACES OR CCW PROTECTION BOARD-V FOR VERTICAL SURFACES F DRAINAGE COMPOSITE: CCW MIRADRAIN AS RECOMMENDED BY THE MANUFACTURER FOR EACH CONDITION A _.l 0 PERIMETER DRAINAGE SYSTEM: CCW HC - DRAIN WHERE REQUIRED. H. REINFORCING: CCVV DCH FABRIC, END OF SECTION ARCHITECT OF RECORD: JAMES A. HAILEY 6s`00 ANTIOCH la� SUM 300 MERRIAM, RES 662" -.1arralch.com, TEL: 913-262-9095 FAX: 913-262-90" CONSULTANT COPYRIGHT NOTIC This on Ing s prepared far use on a � =emporshoo,sly with Its issue sPailfic site con date and it Is net suitable for use on a diffe-t prjed site or at a Lute, tims. Use of this drawing far reference or -ple on another pjecl hum,h s Ih,,e,l,,, of properly licensed architects and onglosem. Reproduction of this drawing far rouse, . another p,,J,a is not auffi,,I,,d and may be cort,., to the I - ISSUES &REVISIONS NO. DATE I DESCRIPTION PROJECT NAME UWAS TUKWILA, WA PROJECTADDRESS 18323 ANDOVER PARK W. BLDG. SEATTLE, WA 98188 ISSUED FOR PERMIT PR03ECT MANAGER, CHECKED BY: 011A N Yi S3 DOCUMENT DATE: 06/21/19 PROJECrNO. 62300960 PROFESSIO L SEAL PRO=NA 1: UWAS, TUKWILA, WA WILDING ADDRESS: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W. BLDG. 6, SEATTLE, WA 98188 RLeTi PRO]ECI`YEAR4 WW REGION: 2019 TODAYS DATEE: DRAWN BY: 6/24/2019 8:18:06 AM Sj BLDG FLOOR: ORAWN DATE: 1 06/21/19 BUILDING IYPE: APPROVED BY: UWAS A-VID VARIES AMAZON DISC MER is SHEET:1 AS002 SIOR Original printed om ncycld paW 3.EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A BEFOREANY WATERPROOFING WORK IS STARTED THE WATERPROOFING APPLICATOR SHALL THOROUGHLY EXAMINE ALL SURFACES FOR ANY DEFICIENCIES. WHERE DEFICIENCIES EXIST, THE ARCHITECT, OWNER, OR CONTRACTOR SHALL BE NOTIFIED IN WRITING AND CORRECT DNS MADE. S. CONDITION OF CONCRETE SURFACES. T THE CONCRETE SURFACES SHALL BE OF SOUND STRUCTURAL GRADE. MINIMUM OF 2500 PSI (17,2,37 KPA) COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, AND SHALL HAVE A WOOD FLOAT OR FINE BROOM FINISH. FREE OF FINS, RIDGES, VOIDS OR ENTRAINED AIR HOLES, 2 CONCRETE SHALL BE CURED BY WAT R CURING METHOD. CURING COMPOUNDS SHALL BE OF THE PURE SODIUM SILICATE TYPE AND BE APPROVED BY THE CARLISLE REPRESENTATIVE. 3. CONCRETE SHALL BE CUREDAT LEAST THREE DAYS AND SHALL BE SLOPED FOR PROPER DRAINAGE. 4. CONTROL JOINTS ANDIOR EXPANSION JOINTS SHALL HAVE BEEN PROPERLY INSTALLED AT STRATEGIC POINTS THROUGHOUT THE FIELD OF THE DECK TO CONTROL CRACKING CAUSED BY DEFLECTION AND SHRINKAGE. 5. REQUIRED CRICKETS OR DRAINS SHALL BE INSTALLED AT THERME THE MAIN DECK IS POURED. DECK SHALL BE MONOLITHIC. 6. VOIDS, ROCK POCKETS AND EXCESSIVELY ROUGH SURFACES SHALL BE REPAIRED WITH APPROVED NON -SHRINK GROUT OR THE THE FIELD OF THE DECK TO CONTROL CRACKING CAUSED By DEFLECTION AND SHRINKAGE. 7, TWO -STAGE DRAINS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM 3 INCHES (76 MM) FLANGE AND BE INSTALLED WITH THE FLANGE FLUSH AND LEVEL S. SURFACES AT COLD JOINTS SHALL BE ON THE SAME PLANE 3.2 SURFACE PREPARATION A, THE CONCRETE SURFACE SHALL BE THOROUGHLY CLEAN, DRY AND FREE FROM ANY SURFACE CONTAMINATES OR CLEANING RESIDUETHAT Y HARMFULLY AFFECT THE ADHESION OF THE MEMBRANE. B, INSTALLA I INCH (25.4 MM) FACE, 45 DEGREE CANT OF CCW-201 POLYUREIHANE SEALANT AT ALLANGLE CHANCES AND INSIDE CORNERS INCLUDING PROJECTIONS THROUGH THE DECr WALLS, CURBS, BUMPERS, ETC. C. ALL CRACKS OVER 1/16 INCH TIM MIMI IN WIDTH AND ALL MOVING CRACKS LESS THAN 1/16 INCH (1.59 LAW IN WIDTH SHALL BE SAW CUT TO 114 INCH (6.35 MM) MINIMUM IN WIDTH AND DEPTH. SAW CUT A 1/4 INCH BY 1/4 INCH S35 MM BY 6.35 M10) KERF AROUND GRAIN FLANGES. CLEAN, PRIME AND FILL SAW CUTS FLUSH WITH CCW-201 POLYURETHANE SEALANT. D. ALLMOVING CRACKS OVER 1116 INCH (1.59 MM) WIDE AND ALL EXPANSION JOINTS LESS THAN I INCH (25.4 MR WIDE SHALL BE CLEANED . PRIMED, FITTED WITH A BACKJNG ROD AND CAULKED WITH CCW-201 POLYURETRkNE SEALANT. FOR LARGER JOINIS, _014TACT CARLISLE REPRESENTATIVE. E ALLOW ALLSEALANTTO URETHOROUGHLY. F. APPLY A 6 INCHES (152 MM) WIDE, 15 MILS (11 MIM, THICK STFUPE�COAT OF CCWWIRASEAL CENTERED OVER ALL SEALED CRACKS, RAIRLINE CRACKS, JOINTS, AND OUTSIDE CO NERS. G, APPLY A 45 M L (LI MM) THICK STRIP&COAT OF CCW-MIRASEAL OVERSEALANT CANIS AND EXTENDING 4 INCHES (102 MM) ONTO THE HORIZONTAL DECKAND UP THE VERTICAL WALL TO THE HEIGHT CALLED OUT ON THE DRAWINGS (MINIMUMS INCHES (203 MM) RECOMMENDED). 1. ALLOW ALL DETAIL WORK TO CURE OVERNIGHT. 1. ALL REQUIRED M L $HALL BE INSTALLEDAT THIS TIME, APPLY A STRIPE COAT OF CCVV MIRASEAL, 45 MUS Ill MM) THICK, 6 INCHES (152 MW WIDE, CENTERED OVER ALL TRANSITIONS FROM CONCRETE TO METAL FLASHINGS AND REINFORCE WITH COW DCH FABRIC. ALLOW THE STRIPE COAT TO CUREA MINIMUM OF THREE HOURS TO A FIRM CONSISTENCY. 3.3 APPLICATION A. PRIMING: NOT REQUIRED FOR ADHESION TO DRY SURFACES, NON -POROUS CONCRETE OR WOOD. CONSULT DOW FOR OTHER SUBSTRAT S. * APPLY THE CCWMIRASEAL IN ONE UNIFORM COAT AT THE RATE OF ONE GALLON MINIMUM PER 25 SQUARE FEET OR AS NEEDED IN ORDER TO OBTAIN A MINIMUM THICKNESS OF W WET MILS ITS NI INCLUDING COVERAGE OF DETAIL WORK USE A I INCH (25.4 MM) NOTCH SQUEEGEE TO ACHIEVE A UNIFORM THICKNESS, THEN RACK R01.1. TO SMOOTH COATING. * IMMEDIATELY INSTALL CARLISUES DCH FABRIC WORKING THE FABRIC INTO THE WET CCW- MIRASEAL UNTIL FABRIC IS SATURATED, AVOIDING TRAPPED AIR, WRINKLES AND FISH MOUTHS. CUT AND LAY FLAT WRINKLES AND FISH MOUTH$. D IN THE EVENT THE ENTIRE SURFACE IS NOT COMPLETED IN ONE DAY AND BECOMES CONTAMINATED, PRIOR TO BEGINNING APPLICATION CLEAN AN AREA 6 INCHES (152 WAT WIDE ALONG THE EDGE OF THE PREVIOUSLY APPLIED MEMBRANE WITH A CLOTH WET WITH XYLENE SOLVENT. NEW WORK SHALL OVERLAP THE EXISTING WORK BY 6 INCHES (152 mI E. ALLOW THE FIRST COAT OF CCW-MIRASEAL TO CURE THREE HOURS MINIMUM TO A FIRM CONSISTENCY. F. APPLY THE SECO D COAT OFCCWMRASEALAT 25 SFIGALLON INA UNIFORM CONSISTENCY OF60 MILS ITS MM) OVER THE FIRST COAT OF CC`A` LRASEAL. COVER THE DCH FABRIC FOR COMPLETE ENCAPSULATION. 3.4 FLOOD TEST A. ALLOW CCWMIRASEAL MEMBRANE TO CURE FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS. PLUG DRAINS AND PROVIDE BARRIERS NECESSARY TO CONTAIN FLOOD WAT R. EL FLOOD SURFACE WITH 1 INCH (25.4 MM) HEAD OF WATER FOR 24 HOURS. INSPECT FOR LEAKS AND REPAIR MEMBRANE IF LEAKS ARE FOUND. RETEST AFTER MAKING REPAIRS. 3.6 PROTECTION COURSE A. INSTALL MIRADRAIN DRAINAGE COMPOSITE AND DOW PROTECTION BOARDH/HS PROTECTION COURSE IMMEDIATELY AFTER FLOOD TESTING ON HORIZONTAL SURFACES. IF FLOOD TESTING IS DELAYED, INSTALL A TEMPORARY COVERING TO PROTECT THE GCW_MjRASEAL MEMBRANE FROM DAMAGE BY OTHER TRADES. END OF SECTION 07 2100 � THERMAL INSULATION 1. PRODUCTS 1.1 APPLICATIONS A. INSULATION INSIDE MASONRY CAVITY WALLS; EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD. B. INSULATION IN METAL FRAMED WALLS: RATT INSULATION WITH NO VAPOR RETARDER. 1.2 FOAM BOARD INSULATION MATERIALS A. EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD INSULATION: EXTRUDED POLYSTYRENE BOARD: ASTM C578; WITH EITHER NATURAL SKIN OR CUT CELL SURFACES, AND THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS. 1 . FLAME SPREAD INDEX: 25 OR LESS. WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM ES4. 2. SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX 450 OR LESS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM ES4. 3. R-VALUE; I INCH OF MATERIAL AT 72 DEGREES FS, MINIMUM. 4. BOARD EDGES; SQUARE. 1.3 BATT INSULATION MATERIALS k WHER BATT INSULATION IS INDICATED ON PLANS, EITHER GLASS FIBER OR MINERAL FIBER BATT INSULATION MAYBE USED, AT GENERAL CONTRACTO 'S OPTION. 8, GLASS FIBER BATT INSULATION: FLEXIBLE PREFORMED BATT OR BLANKET. COMPLYING WITH ASTM C665; FRICTION FIT. 1, FLAME SPREAD INDEK 75 OR LESS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM SEA. 2 SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX, 450 OR LESS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTIM BILL 3. COMBUSTIBLITY. NON-COMBUSTIBLE, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E136, EXCEPT FOR FACING. IF ANY. 4. SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS (STC): FOR INTERIOR PARITTIONS, ENTIRE ASSEMBLY TO ACHIEVE A MINIMUM SIC RATING OF45. C� MINERAL FIBER aATT INSULATION: FLEXIBLE OR SEMRIGID PREFORMED BATT OR BLANKET, COMPLYING WITH ASTM 0665; FRICTION FIT: UNFACED FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF 0 (ZERO) WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM ES4. I ' SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEk 0 (ZERO), WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84. 2. SOUND TRANSMISSION CLASS (SIC): FOR INTERIOR PARTITIONS. ENTIRE ASSEMBLY TO ACHIEVE A MINIMUM SIC RATING OF 15 1.4 ACCESSORIES A TAPE JOINTS OF RIGID INSULATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ROOFING AND INSULATION MANUFACTURERS'INSTRUCRONS. 2. EXECUTION 2.1 BOARD INSTALLATION AT CAVITY WALLS 2.2 BATT INSTALLATION A. :NSTALL :NSULATION ANDVAPOR RETARDER IN ACCORDANCE WITH MAINUFACTURERS'NSTRUCTIONS. B. NSTALL N EXTERIOR WALL AND ROOF SPACES WITHOUT GAPS OR VOIDS. DO NOT COMPRESS INSULATION. END OF SECTION 0 11 13 - METAL DOORS AND FRAMES 18GENERAL 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. FIRE -RATED HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES. B. DUTCH DOOR. 1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A, SECTION 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWARE. B, AMAZON PRIME NOW GLOBAL DESIGN GUIDELINES (SECURITY) - LATEST VERSION 1. SECURITY BASIS OF DESIGN GUIDELINES - LATEST VERSION SHARED FOR PROGRAM 1 .3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ADA STANDARDS -AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (ADA) STANDARDS FOR ACCESSIBLE DESIGN; 2010. B.ANSI/ICCA117.1 -AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FOR ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES; INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL; 2009. C. ANSVSDI A250.4 - TEST PROCEDURE AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR PHYSICAL ENDURANCE FOR STEEL DOORS, FRAMES AND FRAME ANCHORS; 2011 � D. ANSVSDI A250.8 - SPECIFICATIONS FOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES (SDI-1 00); 2014. E. ANSI/SDI A250.10 - TEST PROCEDURE AND ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA FOR PRIME PAINTED STEEL SURFACES FOR STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES; 2011. F, ASTI A653/A653M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL SHEET, ZINC -COATED (GALVANIZED) OR ZINC- IRON ALLOY - COATED (GALVANNEALED) BY THE HOT -DIP PROCESS; 2015. G. ASTM A1008/A1008M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL, SHEET, COLD -ROLLED, CARBON, STRUCTURAL, HIGH - STRENGTH, LOW ALLOY, AND HIGH -STRENGTH LOW -ALLOY WITH IMPROVED FORMABILITY, SOLUTION HARDENED, AND BAKE HARDENABLE; 2015. H. ASTM A101 VI - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL, SHEET AND STRIP, HOT -ROLLED, CARBON, STRUCTURAL, HIGH -STRENGTH LOW -ALLOY, HIGH -STRENGTH LOW -ALLOY WITH IMPROVED FORMABILITY, AND ULTRA -HIGH STRENGTH; 2014. 1. BHMA Al 56.115 - AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FOR HARDWARE PREPARATION IN STEEL DOORS AND STEEL FRAMES; 2014 ANSI1BHMA Al 56.115). J. ICC Al 17.1 - ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE BUILUINGS AND FACILITIES: INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL; 2009 (ANSI). K ITS (DIR) - DIRECTORY OF LISTED PRODUCTS; INTERTEK TESTING SERVICES NA, INC.; CURRENT EDITION. L. NAAMM HMMA 830 - HARDWARE SELECTION FOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES; 2002. M. NAAMM HMMA 831 - HARDWARE LOCATIONS FOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES; 2011. N. NFRA 80 - STANDARD FOR FIRE DOORS AND OTHER OPENING PROTECTIVES; 2016. 0. NFPA 252 - STANDARD METHODS OF FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES; 2012, P. LIL (BMD) - BUILDING MATERIALS DIRECTORY; CURRENT EDITION. Q. UL (DIR) - ONLINE CERTIFICATIONS DIRECTORY; CURRENT LISTINGS AT DATABASEULCOM. R. AMAZON PRIME NOW GLOBAL DESIGN GUIDELINES (SECURITY) 1.4 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 0133 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS. B. SHOP DRAWINGS: 1. ELEVATIONS OF EACH DOOR DESIGN. 2. DETAILS OF DOORS, INCLUDING VERTICAL AND HORIZONTAL EDGE DETAILS AND METAL THICKNESSES. 3. FRAME DETAILS FOR EACH FRAME TYPE, INCLUDING DIMENSIONED PROFILES AND METAL THICKNESSES. 4. LOCATIONS OF REINFORCEMENT AND PREPARATIONS FOR HARDWARE. 5. DETA�LS OF ACCESSORIES 2.PRODUCTS 6. DETA LS OF MOLDINGS, REMOVABLE STOPS, AND GLAZING. 2.1 MANUFACTURERS A. HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES: 1. CURRIES, AN ASSA ABLOY GROUP COMPANY: WVWVASSAABLOYDSS.COM http:/NWVW.ASSAABLOYDSS.COM. 2. REPUBLIC DOORS: WWW.REPUBLICDO0R.COM hftp://WVVW.REPUBLICDOOR.COM. 3. PIONEER DOORS; PRODUCT: WVVW.PIONEER.COM http:/ANWVV.PIONEER.COM 4. STEELCRAFT: hftp:/NVWW.STEELCRAFT.COM §. KEWANEE 6. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 0160 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. SECTION 08 11 13: CONTINUES NEXT SHEET 2.2 DESIGN CRITERIA A. REQUIREMENTS FOR HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES: 1. STEEL USED FOR FABRICATION OF DOORS AND FRAMES SHALL COMPLY WITH ONE OR MORE OF THE FOLLOWING REQUIREMENTS; GALVANNEALED STEEL ONFORMING TO ASTM A6531A653M, COLD -ROLLED STEEL CONFORMING TO ASTM Al 0081A1 008M, OR HOT -ROLLED PICKLED AND OILED (HRPO) STEEL CONFORMING TO ASTM A101 I/A101 11 COMMERCIAL STEEL (CS) TYPE B FOR EACH, 2. ACCESSIBILITY, COMPLY WITH ICC Al 17.1 AND ADA STANDARDS. 3. HARDWARE PREPARATIONS, SELECTIONS AND LOCATIONS: COMPLY WITH NAAMM HMMA 830 AND NAAMM HMMA 831 OR BHMA Al 56.115 AND ANSI/SDI A250.8 (SDI-1 00) IN ACCORDANCE WITH SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS. 4. FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED, FOR FIELD FINISHING. B. METAL DOORS - INTERIOR: 1. SDI LEVEL 3 MINIMUM. FACE SHEETS ARE TO BE MADE OF COMMERCIAL QUALITY 16 GAUGE COLD ROLLED STEEL THAT COMPLIES WITH ASTM A366 OR 620. 2. SDI MODEL 2. CONTINUOUS WELDED VERTICAL EDGES TO JOIN FACE SHEET TO CHANNEL FRAME. WELDS ARE TO BE GROUND, FILLED AND DRESSED SMOOTH TO MAKE THEM INVISIBLE. SKINS SHALL NOT BE CRIMPED, INTERLOCKED OR GLUED. 3. CORES SHALL BE ONE PIECE HONEYCOMB. 0 METAL FRAMES - INTERIOR: 007 72 00 - ROOF ACCESSORIES 1. SDI LEVEL 3.16 GAUGE MINIMUM THAT COMPLIES WITH ASTM A366 OR A620. I.GENERAL 2. FRAMES TO BE CONSTRUCTED WITH CLOSED AND TIGHT FACE MITER SEAMS. WELD FACE MITER SEAMS. 1.1 SECTION INCLUDES GRIND AND DRESS A. ROOF CURBS, 8 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS SMOOTH WELD AREA, FINISH WITH A MATCHING PRIME PAINT. 1.2 R�IATED REQUIREMENTS 3. NO KNOCK -DOWN HOLLOW METAL FRAMES WILL BE ALLOWED WITHOUT OWNER'S PRIOR WRITTEN A DIVISION 23 HEARING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING a SECTION 240101 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR REFRIGERATION CONSENT REINFORCE FRAME TO ACCEPT CLOSER WHETHER A CLOSER IS SPECIFIED OR NOT. E. SECTION 243102 INSTALLATION FAIR COOLED REFRIGERANT CONDENSING UNITS D. COMBINED REQUIREMENTS: IF A PARTICULAR DOOR AND FRAM� UNIT IS INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH MORE THAN ONE D SECTION 244101 PARALLEL REFRIGERANT COMPRESSOR RACK SYSTEMS 1.3 COORDINATION TYPE OF REQUIREMENT, COMPLY WITH THE SPECIFIED REQUIREMENTS FOR EACH TYPE; FOR INSTANCE, AN EXTERIOR DOOR A COORDINATE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF ROOF ACCESSORIES WITH ROOFING MEMBRANE AND WE FLASHING AND INTERFACING THAT IS ALSO INDICATED AS BEING SOUND -RATED MUST COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED FOR EXTERIOR AND ADJOINING CONSTRUCTION 70 PROVIDE A LEAKPROOF, WEATHERTIGHT, SECURE, AND NONCORROSIVE INSTA[ I A- 'TALLATION. DOORSANDIFORSOUND -RATED DOORS; WHERE TWO REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT, COMPLY WITH THE MOST STRINGENT. COORDINATE DIMENSIONS WITH ROUGKIN INFORMATION OR SHOP DRAWINGS OF EQUIPMENT TO BE SUPPORTED. 1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS 2.3 HOLLOW METAL DOORS A. PRODUCT DATA: FOR EACH TYPE OF ROOF ACCESSORY. A. DOOR FINISH: FACTORY PRIMED AND FIELD FINISHED. INCLUDE CONSTRUCTION DETAILS, MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONS, DIMENSIONS OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS AND PROFILES, AND FINISHES. B. FIRE -RATED DOORS: 3, SH OP DRAWINGS: FOR ROOF ACCESSORIES I INCLUDE PLANS, ELEMATII KEYED DETAILS, AND ATTACHMENTS TO OTHER WORK INDICATE DIMENSIONS, LOADING$, AND SPECIAL 1. BASED ON SDI STANDARDS: ANSI/SDI A250.8 SDI-1 00). CONDITIONS. DISTINGUISH BETWEEN PLANT- AND FIELDASSEMBLED WORK a) LEVEL 3 - EXTRA HEAVY-DUTY. C ELEGATED DESIGN SUBMITTAL 1. FOR ROOF CURBS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH PERFORMANCE b) PHYSICAL PERFORMANCE LEVEL A, 1,000,000 CYCLES; IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/SDI REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA. iNCLUDING ANALYSIS DATA SIGNEDAND SEALED By THE OULAULFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER A250.4. RESPONSIBLE FOR THEIR PREPARATION. D. DETAIL MOUNTING, SECURING, AND FLASHING OF ROOF�MOUNTED ITEMS TO ROOF STRUCTURE. INDICATE COORDINATING REQUIREMENTS c) MODEL I - FULL FLUSH. WITHROOFM BRANESYSTEM. d) DOOR FACE METAL THICKNESS: 16 GAGE, 0.053 INCH, MINIMUM. F WING�RESLTRAINT DETAILS: 1 BETAIL FABRICATION AND ATTACHMENT OF WIND RESTRAINTS, SHOW ANCHORAGE DETAILS AND INDICATE QUANTITY, DAMETER, AND 2. FIRERATINGLAS INDICATEDON DOORSCHEDULE, TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH UL10CANDNFPA252 DEPTH OF PENETRATION OF ANCHORS. ("POSITIVE PRESSURE FIRE TESTS"). 2. PRODUCTS a) PROVIDE UNITS LISTED AND LABELED BY UL (DIR) OR ITS (DIR). 2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIRMENTS b) ATTACH FIRE RATING LABEL TO EACH FIRE RATED UNIT. A. GENERAL PERFORMANCE. ROOF ACCESSORIES SHALL WITHSTAND EXPOSURE TO WEATHER AND RESIST THERMALLY INDUCED 1 CORE MATERIAL MANUFACTURERS STANDARD CORE MATERAUCONSTRUCTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH MOVEMENT WITHOUT FAILURE, RATTLING, LEAKING, OR FASTENER DISENGAGEMENT DUE TO DEFECTIVE MANUFACTURE, FABRICATION, INSTALLATION, OR OTHER DEFECTS IN CONSTRUCTION. REQUIREMENTS. S. DELEGATED DESIGN: ENGAGE A QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL ENGINEER TO DESIGN ROOF CURBS AND EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS TO COMPLY 4. DOOR THICKNESS: 1-3/4 INCH, NOMINAL. WITH WIND PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS, NCLUDING COMPREHENSIVE ENGINEERING ANALYSIS BYA QUALIFIED PROFESSIONAL C. INTERIOR SMOKE AND DRAFT CONTROL DOORS (INDICATED AS "S" ON DRAWINGS): SAME FIRE RATED CONSTRUCTION AS ENGINEER. USING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS AND DESIGN CRITERIA INDICATED D WIND -RESTRAINT PERFORMANCE. PER PREVAILING CODE REQUIREMENTS, THE FIRE -RATED DOORS, AND THE FOLLOWING; 2.2 ROOF CURBS 2A HOLLOW METAL FRAMES A. ROOF CURBS: INTERNALLY REINFORCED ROOF -CURB UNITS CAPABLE OF SUPPORTING SUPERIMPOSED LIVE AND DEAD LOADS, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT LOADS AND OTHER CONSTRUCTION INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, BEARING CONTINUOUSLY ON ROOF STRUCTURE, AND A. COMPLY WITH STANDARDS AND/OR CUSTOM GUIDELINES AS INDICATED FOR CORRESPONDING DOOR IN ACCORDANCE CAPABLE OF MEETING PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS; WITH WELDED OR MECHANICALLY FASTENED AND SEALED CORNER WITH APPLICABLE DOOR FRAME REQUIREMENTS. JOINTS, STRAIGHT SIDES, AND INTEGRALLY FORMED DECK40UNTING FLANGE AT PERIME TER BOTTOM. 1. JLA� SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, AVAILABLE MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS THAT B. GENERAL: MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: 1. FRAMES WIDER THAN 48 INCHES: REINFORCE WITH STEEL CHANNEL FITTED TIGHTLY INTO FRAME HEAD, .�. AES INDUSTRIES, INC b). �QRB5 PLUS, EQ. FLUSH WITH TOP. 0. ROOF CURB SYS�M C. DOOR FRAMES, FIRE -RATED: FULL PROFILEICONTINUOUSLY WELDED TYPE. d). ROOF PRODUCTS IN a). THYELAR CORPORATION, t FIRE RATING: SAME AS DOOR, LABELED. S. SIZE: COORDINATE DIMENSIONS WITH ROUGHING -IN INFORMATION OR SHOP DRAWINGS OF EQUIPMENT TO BE SUPPORTED. 2.5 ACCESSORIES • SUPPORTED LOAD CAPACITY: COORDINATE LOAD CAPACITY WITH INFORMATION ON SHOP DRAWINGS OF EQUIPMENT TO BE A. ASTRAGALS FOR DOUBLE DOORS: SPECIFIED IN SECTION 08 71 no SUPPORTED. • CONSTR CTION: B. SILENCERS: RESILIENT RUBBER, FITTED INTO DRILLED HOLE; 3 ON STRIKE SIDE OF SINGLE DOOR, 3 ON CENTER MULLION I , CURB PROFILE: MANUFACTURERS STANDARD COMPATIBLE WITH ROOFING SYSTEM OF PAIRS, AND 2 ON HEAD OF PAIRS WITHOUT CENTER MULLIONS. 2. ON RIBBED OR FLUTED METAL ROOFS, FORM DECK -MOUNTING FLANGE AT PERIMETER BOTTOM TO CONFORM TO ROOF PROFILE 3 FABRICATE CURSS TO MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 12 INCHES ABOVE ROOFING SURFACE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. C. TEMPORARY FRAME SPREADERS: PROVIDE FOR FACTORY- OR SHOP -ASSEMBLED FRAMES. 4. ROOF CURBTO BE MANUFACTURED OF PRIME GALVANIZED STEEL CONSTRUCTION, 20, 18, 16 OR 14 GAUGEAS REQUIRED, MEETING 3.EXECUTIOW. DUTCH DOOR SHELF: FACTORY PRIME PAINTED. HALF SHELF. 7" WIDE, 16 GAUGE FULL SHELF AND BRACKETS. SHIPPED ASTM ASSVI WITH WELDED CORNERS AND WITH SEAMS JOINED BY CONTINUOUS WATER AND AIR TIGHT WELDS. ROOF CURB SHALL BE INTERNALLY REINFORCED WITH ANGLES 4W ON CENTER AND FACTORY INSTALLED WOOD NAILER LOOSE FROM THE FACTORY AND FIELD INSTALLED TO THE BOTTOM DOOR LEAF WITH NO. 10 X 3/4" BUGLE HEAD SHEEr * TOP SURFACE LEVEL TOP OF CURB, WITH ROOF SLOPE ACCOMMODATED BY SLOPING DECK -MOUNTING FLANGE OR BY USE OF LEVELER METAL SCREWS. INSTALL SHELF ON WAREHOUSE SIDE OF DOOR. FRAME, * SLOPING ROOFS: WHERE ROOF SLOPE EXCEEDS 1:48, FABRICATE CURB WITH PERIMETER CURB HEIGHT TAPERED TO ACCOMMODATE 2.6 FINISHES ROOFSUOPE So THATTOP SURFACEOF PERIMETER CURB IS LEVEL EQUIP UNITWITH WATER DFVERTER OR CRICKET ON SIDE THAT OBSTRUCTS WATER FLOW. A. PRIMER: RUST -INHIBITING, COMPLYING WITH ANSI/SDI A250.10, DOOR MANUFACTURERS STANDARD. 7, INSULATION: FACTORY INSULATED WITH I-1i2DdCH- THICK GLASS -FIBER BOARD INSULATION. IT UNER. SAME MATERIAL AS CURB, OF MANUFACTURERS STANDARD THICKNESS AND FINISH.] 3.1 EXAMINATION '. HAUER FACTORY -INSTALLED WOOD NAILER UNDER TOP FLANGE ON SIDE OF CURB, CONTINUOUS AROUND CURB PERIMETER, 10, WIND RESTRAINT STRAPS AND BASE FLANGE ATTACHMENT. PROVIDE WIND RESTRAINT STRAPS, WELDED STRAP CONNECTORS, AND A. VERIFY EXISTING CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK. BASE FLANGE ATTACHMENT TO ROOF STRUCTURE AT PERIMETER OF CURB, OF SIZE AND SPACING REQUIRED TO MEET WIND UPLIFT B. VERIFY THAT OPENING SIZES AND TOLERANCES ARE ACCEPTABLE. REQUIREM IS. 11. PLATFORM CAP. WHERE PORTION OF ROOF CURB IS NOT COVERED BY EQUIPMENT� PROVIDE WEATHERTIGHT PLATFORM CAP FORME C. VERIFY THAT FINISHED WALLS ARE IN PLANE TO ENSURE PROPER DOOR ALIGNMENT. FROM 3/4-INCH THICK PLYWOOD COVERED WITH METAL SHEET OF SAME TYPE, THICKNESS, AND FINISH AS REQUIRED FOR CURB, 3.2 INSTALLATION 12. METAL COUNTERFLASHING7 MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD, REMOVABLE FABRICATED OF SAME METAL AND FINISH AS CURB. A. INSTALL DOORS AND FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RELATED REQUIREMENTS OF 2.3 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS A ROOFOURBS; INTERNALLY REINFORCED RAIL -TYPE METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS CAPABLEOF SUPPORTING SUPERIMPOSED SPECIFIED DOOR AND FRAME STANDARDS OR CUSTOM GUIDELINES INDICATED. LIVE AND DEAD LOADS BETWEEN STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS, INCLUDING EQUIPMENT LOADS AND OTHER B. FRAMES IN STUD WALLS: DOOR FRAMES IN STUD WALLS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM OF THREE ANCHORS ON EACH SIDE CONSTRUCTION INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, SPANNING BETWEEN STRUCTURAL SUPPORTS; CAPABLE OF MEETING PERFORMANCE ATTACHED TO DOUBLE STUDS THAT EXTEND FULL HEIGHT OF WALL DOOR FRAMES SHALL BE SECURELY ANCHORED THE REQUIREMENTS, WITH WELDED CORNER JOINTS, INTEGRAL ME TAL CANT, AN INTEGRALLY FORMED STRUCTURE -MOUNTING FLANGE AT BOTTOM. FLOOR. 1. MANUFACTUREI SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, ILABLE MANUFACTURERS OFFERING PRODUCTS THAT C. INSTALL ALL DOOR AND FRAMES IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANSI/SDI A250.8-2003 (R2008) MAY BE INCORPORATED INTO THE WORK INCLUDF_ BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO THE FOLLOWING: a). AES INDUSTRIES INC. D. INSTALL FIRE RATED UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH NFPA 80. bT CURBS PLUS, INC E. COORDINATE FRAME ANCHOR PLACEMENT WITH WALL CONSTRUCTION. T RWF_�S, d). ROOF ERODUCT,5. IN . F. COORDINATE INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE. a) QQRPORATIO 3.3 TOLERANCES B. SIZE COOR"'NRODIMEN5iONS WITH ROUGHINC-IN INFORMATION OR SHOP DRAWINGS OF EQUIPMENT TO BE SUPPORTED. C. SUPPORTED LOAD CAPACITY: COORDINATE LOAD CAPACITY WITH INFORMATION ON SHOP DRAWINGS OF EQUIPMENT TO BE A. MAXIMUM DIAGONAL DISTORTION: 1116 IN MEASURED WITH STRAIGHT EDGE, CORNER TO CORNER. SUPPORTED. 3A ADJUSTING D. CONSTRU ION: 1. CURBPROFILE: MANUFACTURERS STANDARD COMPATIBLE WITH ROOFING SYSTEM. A ADJUST FOR SMOOTH AND BALANCED DOOR MOVEMENT. 2. NAILER: FACTORYANSTALLED CONTINUOUS WOOD MAILERS 5�112 INCHES WIDE ON TOP FLANGE OF EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS 3.5 SCHEDULE CON71NUOUS AROUND SUPPORT PERIMETER. WIND RESTRAINT STRAPS AND BASE FLANGE ATTACHMENT, PROVIDE WIND RESTRAINT STRAPS, WELDED STRAP CONNECTORS, AND BASE FLANGE ATTACHMENT TO ROOF STRUCTURE AT PERIMETER OF CURB OF SIZE AND SPACING REQUIRED TO MEET WIND UPLIFT , S A REFER TO DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE ON THE DRAWINGS. END OF SECTION REQUI EMENTS. 4 METAL CO NTERFLASHING. MANUFACTURERS STANDARD, REMOVABLE, FABRICATED OF SAME METAL AND FINISH AS EQUIPMENT $UP RT. 5 ON RIBBED OR FLUTED METAL ROOFS, FORM DECK -MOUNTING FLANGE AT PERIMETER BOTTOM TO CONFORM TO ROOF PROFILE. 6. PIER CATE EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS TO MINIMUM HEIGHT OF 12 INCHES ABOVE ROOFING SURFACE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED SLOP;NG ROOFS: WHERE ROOF SLOPE EXCEEDS 1:48, FABRICATE EACH SUPPORT WITH HEIGHT TO ACCOMMODATE ROOF SLOPE SO THAT TOPS OF SUPPORTS ARE LEVEL WITH EACH OTHER. EQUIP SUPPORTS WITH WATER DIVERTERS OR CRICKETS ON SIDES THAT OBSTRUCT WATER FLOW. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. EXAMINE SUBSTRATES' AREAS, AND CONDITIONS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, TO VERIFY ACTUAL LOCATIONS, DIMENSIONS, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE OF THE WORK B VERIF SUBSTRATE IS SOUND. DRY. SMOOTH. CLEAN. SLOPED FOR DRAINAGE, AND SECURELY ANCHORED. C VERIFY DIMENS DNS OF ROOF OPENINGS FOR ROOF AOCESORIES 0. PROCEED WITH INSTAL TION ONLY AFTEWR INSATISFACTORY CONDITIONS HAVE BEEN CORRECTED, 3.2 INSTALLATION A. INSTALL ROOF ACCESSORIES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. I INSTALL ROOF ACCESSORIES LEVEL4 PIUJMS; TRUE TO LINE AND ELEVATION; AND WITHOUT WARPING, JOGS IN ALIGNMENT, BUCKLING, OR TOOL MARKS. 2. ANCHOR ROOF ACCESSORIES SECURELY IN PLACE 80 THEY ARE CAPABLE OF RESISTING INDICATED LOADS. 3, USE FASTENERS, SEPARATORS, SEALANTS, AND OTHER MISCELLANEOUS ITEMS AS REQUIRED TO COMPLETE INSTALLATION OF ROOF ACCESSORIES AND FITTHEM TO SUBSTRATES. 4 INSTALL ROOF ACCESSORIES TO RESIST EXPOSURE TO WEATHER WITHOUT FAILING, RATTLING, LEAKING, OR LOOSENING OF FASTENERS AND SEALS. B METAL PROT ON: PROTECT METALS AGAINST GALVANIC ACTION BY SEPARATING DISSIMILAR METALS FROM CONTACT WITH EACH OTHER OR WITH CORROSIVE SUBSTRATES BY PAINTING CONTACT SURFACES WITH BITUMINOUS COATING OR BY OTHER PERMANENT SEPARATION AS RECOMMENDED BY MANUFACTURER I COATCONCEALE SIDE OF UNCOATED ALUMINUM AND STAINUESS-STEEL ROOF ACCESSORIES WITH BITUMINOUS COATING WHEREIN CONTACT WITH WOOD, FERROUSMETAL,O CEMENTIROUS CONSTRUCTION. 2 . LINDE LAYMENT: WHERE INSTALLING ROOF ACCESSORIES DIRECTLY ON CEMENTITIOUS OR WOOD SUBSTRATES, INSTALL A COURSE OF UNDERLAYMENT AND COVER WITH MANUFACTURERS ECOMMENDED SUP SHEET 3. BED FLANGES IN THICK COAT OFASPHALT ROOFING CEMENT WHERE REQUIRED BY MANUFACTURERS OF ROOF ACCESSORIES FOR WATERPROOF PERFORMANCE. C. ROOF CURB INSTALLATION: INSTALL EACH ROOF CURB SO TOP SURFACE IS LEVEL D. EQUIPMENT SUPPORT INSTALLA71ON: INSTALL EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS SO TOP SURFACES ARE LEVEL WITH EACH OTHER, D SEAL JOINTS WITH EASTOMERIC OR BUTYL SEALANT AS REQUIRED By ROOF ACCESSORY MANUFACTURER F. ENGAGE BUIUDI G OWNER ROOFING CONTRACTOR TO PERFORM ROOF REPAIRS, TO MAINTAIN EXISTING ROOF WARRANTIES. 3.3 REPAIR AND CLEANING A GALVANIZED SURFACES: CLEAN FIELD WELDS, BOLTED CONNECTIONS, AND ABRADED AREAS AND REPAIR GALVANIZING ACCORDING TO ASTM A78GIA780M. B. TOUCH UP FACTORY -PRIMED SURFACES WITH COMPATIBLE PRIMER READY FOR FIELD PAINTING ACCORDING TO SECTION 099900"PAINIS AND COATINGS, C CLEAN EXPOSED SURFACES ACCORDING TO MANUFACTURERS WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS, D. CLEAN OFF EXC SS SEALANTS. E. REPLACEROO ACCESSORIES THAT HAVE BEEN DAMAGED OR THAT CANNOT BE SUCCESSFULLY REPAIRED BY FINISH TOUCHUP OR SIMILAR MINOR REPAIR PROCEDURES. END OF SEC71ON 07 92 GO - JOINT SEALE 1. GENERAL 1.1 GENERAL: PROVIDE JOINT SEALERS AS SHOWN AND SPECIFIED, A STANDARDS: COMPLYWITH ASTM C 92D REQUIREMENTS. B. APPLICATION. PERFORMED BY SKILLED. EXPERIENCED JOINT SEALER APPLICATORS. 1.2 SUBMITTALS A. SEE SECTION 0133 23 � SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES & REQUIREMENTS. 2. PRODUCTS 2.1 MATERIALS A. POLYURETHANESEXNNTTSTREMCO COMMERCIAL SEALANTS (800) 321-79M, INTERNET- WWW.TREM )SEAL8�11S�C ,hftD JNVVVW TREMCOS 'COM I 'DYMONIC FC" ONE COMPONENT. FAST SKINNING, LOW MODULUS POLYURETHANE. 2. 'DYMERIC 240 FC"MULTI COMPONENT, GUN GRADE, CHEMICALLY CURING, TINTABLE FAST SETTING POLYURETRANE SEALANT. S SILICONE SEALANTS: GENERAL ELECTRIC SILICONES, (800) 295-2392, INTERNET- WWWOESILICONES.COM �h!E��ESGOM� 1. _ MOLDPAILDEW RESISTANT SILICONE, ONE COMPONENT 100% SILICONE, FUNGICIDAL BASED SEALANT. 2 "SCS2700 SILIPRUF SJUGONIF'ONE COMPONENT MEDIUM MODULUS, NATURAL CURE SILICONE ALL PURPOSE SEALANT. 3 'SIUGAZE 11 SCS2800 - GLAZING SEALANr ONE COMPONENT, 100% SILICONE BASED SEALER, 4 "GE PAINTABLE SIUCONE'ONE COMPONENT PAJINTABLE SILICONE. 5. �DOW 7W - ONE COMPONENT, MEDIUM MODULUS, NATURAL CURE SILICONE. C. .=PPING SEALANTS: 3M FIRE PROTECTION PRODUCTS, (800) 32&1687, INTERNET- WWW.3MCOWFIRESTOP 3MOOMIFIRESTOP, I. W FIRE BARRIER CP 25WB� CAULIC OR APPROVED EQUAL D. ACOUSTIC SEALANTS.'USG SHEETROCK BRAND ACOUSTIC SEALANT"INTERNET - WWVVUSG.COM-ft1vWVWVVUSG.COM� E. JOINT BACKING. NONLABSORPTIVE, NON-STAJNING COMPRESSIBLE, NON -GASSING, POLYErHYLENE FOAM SACNER ROD COMPATIBLE WITH JOINT SEALANTS. 3. EXECUTION 3.1 INSTALLATION A. PREPARATION' CLEA AND PREPARE JOINTS PRIOR TO INSTALLING SEALERS: I WIPE SHIPPING OILS FROM SURFACES TO BE SEALED. REMOVE PROTECTIVE FILMS AND/OR INSTALL JOINT BACKER ROD IF JOINT IS LARGER THAN W IN WIDTH, B INSTALLATION: INSTALL JOINT SEALANT MATERIALS IN STRICT ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. I� APPLY SEALANTS IN A UNIFORM, CONTINUOUS BEAD WITHOUT GAPS OR AIR POCKETS. HAND TOOL AND FINISH ALL JOINTS SO THAT SMOOTH, LIP FREE UNIFORM U E IS CREATED ALONG THE SUBSTRATE BEING SHOT. REMOVE ANY EXCESS MATERIALS FROM TOOLED EDGES AND ENDS OF JOINT. 2 INSTALL JOINT SEALANTS TO DEPTH NO MORE THAN V. THE WIDTH OF THE JOINT. 3. INSTALLSEALANTS ROVEN TECHNIQUES THAT RESULT IN SEALANTS DIRECTLY CONTACTING AND FULLY WETTING JOINT SUBSTRATES, COMPLETELY FILLING RECESSES PROVIDED FOR EACH JOINT CONFIGURATION, AND PROVIDING UNIFORM. GROSS -SECTIONAL SHAPES AND DEPTHS RELATIVE TO JOINTWIDTHS WHICH ALLOW OPTIMUM SEALANT MOVEMENT CAPABILITY. 4. IMMEDIATELY, AFTER SEALANT APPLICATION, AND PRIOR TO TIME SKINNING OR CURING BEGINS, TOOL SEALANTS TO FORM SMOOZ UNIFORM SEADS OF CONFIGURATION INDICATED TO ELIMINATE AIR POCKETS, AND TO ENSURE CONTACTAND ADHESION OF SEALANT NTH SIDES OF JOINT. REMOVE EXCESS SEALANTS FROM SURFACES ADJACENT TO JOINT. DO NOT USE TOOLINGAG NIS WHICH DISCOLOR SEALANTS OR ADJACENT SURFACES OR ARE NOT APPROVED BY SEALANT MANUFACTURER. 5 CLEAN OFFFXCESS SEALANTS OR SEALANT SMEARS ADJACENT TO JOINTSAS WORK PROGRESSES By METHODS AND WRH CLEANING MATERIALS APPROVED BY MANUFACTURERS OF JOINT SEALERS AND OF PRODUCTS IN WHICH JOINT OCCURS. 4.SCHEDULE 4.1 SCHEDULE A FIRE RATED WALLS, PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS BEAD OF JIM 25WB. AT ALL WALUCEILING PENETRATIONS IN RATED WALLS. B. EXTERIORJOINT : PROVIDE A CONTINUOUS BEAD OR URETHANE SEALANT AND BACKER RODAT THE FOLLOWING LOCATIONS': 1, HOLLOW METAL DOOR FRAME PERIMETER 2. 13RIMSTONE ONTROLJOINTS 3. SIDEWALKICONCRETE EXPANSION JOINTS 4. ALUMINU FRAMEPERIMETERS 5 COLORS TO MATCH ADJACENT SURFACES C. WEATHER BARRIER SEALANTS: I PR BE SEALANTS THAT COMPLY WITH ASTM C920, ELASTOMERIC POLYMER SEALANT TO MAINTAIN WATERTIGHT CONDITIONS 2, PRODUCTS: a) TREMCO 830 b) TREMCO B TYL c) SEALANTS RECOMMENDED BY THE WEATHER BARRIER MANUFACTURER. END OF SECTION 08 38 16 - TRAFFIC DOORS I.GENERAL 1.1 SUMMARY A. SECT ON INCLUDES 1. FULL HEIGHT TRAFFIC DOORS PROVIDED AND INSTALLED By CONTRACTOR. a. R LATED REQUIREMENTS 1. METAL FABRICATIONS: PREPARED OPENING WITH STEEL CHANNEL JAMBS AND HEAD. 1.2 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. TRANSPORT. HANDLE. STORE, AND PROTECT PRODUCTS IN COMPLIANCE WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF SECTION 00 IS 00 AND MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDATIONS, S� TRAFFIC DOOR SUPPLIER WILL DELIVER PRODUCTS TO SITE READY FOR INSTALLATION. CONTACT SUPPLIER TO ESTABUSH A PRODUCT DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION DATE AND COORDINATION PROCEDURE. C. PRODUCT COMPLIANCE INSPECTION: INSPECT DELIVERED PRODUCTS FOR COMPLIANCE WITH PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS IN THIS SECTION. REPORT DISCREPANCIES TO THE ARCHITECT. 0. PRODUCT PACKAGING: DOORS WILL BE SHIPPED IN MANUFACTURERS STANDARD PACKAGING WITH IDENTIFICATION MARKINGS ON EACH COMPONENT OR PACKAGE. E. ACCEPTANCE AT SITE: RECEIVE PRODUCTS AS SPECIFIED IN SECTION 001640. 1. VERIFY QUANTITY OF PRODUCTS FURNISHED WITH BILLS OF LADING PROVIDED WITH PRODUCTS. 2 NOTE DESCRIPTION OF PRODUCT QUALITY DISCREPANCIES AND(OR PRODUCT DAMAGE ON BILL OF LADING. 3. REPORT DISCREPANCIES IN PRODUCT QUANTI rY DELIVERED, OR DAMAGE TO PRODUCTS DELIVERED TO OWNER IMMEDIATELY. 4. UPON NOTIFICATION, OWNE WILL ARRANGE FOR DELIVERY OF REPLACEMENT PRODUCTS. F. MANUFACTURING DEFECTS: REPORT SUSPECTED PRODUCT MANUFACTURING DEFECTS TO MANUFACTURER AND ARRANGE FOR REPAIR OF DEFECTS. G.STOREDOORSAN ACCESSORIES IN UNOPENED PACKAGES IN PROTECTED DRY AREA TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM ENVIRONMENTAL AND CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.1 MANUFACTURER CHASE DOORS, CINCINNATI, OR CONTACT. GERI BRAZEAL, (541)504,48M 2.2 FULL -HEIGHT TRAFFIC DOORS A. DESCRIPTION: HIGH IMPACT PLASTIC TRAFFIC DOOR, GASKETED OR NON-GASKETED AS SHOWN ON DRAWINGS, B. DOOR PANEL: U.S.D.A. COMPULANT, SOLID HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE PANELS OR NONI URETHANE FILLED POLYETHYLENE PLASTIC SANDWICH PANELS WITH TEXTURED SURFACES ON BOTH SIDES. MINIMUM THICKNESS AS FOLLOWS: 1, 6 FT WIDE X 7 FT HIGH OPENINGS: 3/4 INCH THICK PANEL Z ALL OTHER OPENING& 1/2 INCH THICK PANEL. C. GASKETS(SEALB: PROMDE INTEGRATED NYLON BRUSH OR RUBBER PERIMETER SEAL PACKAGE PROVIDE SOLID GASKET SEALS AT FOOD PREPARATION AREAS AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. COLOR: BLACK. C. HARDWAR : ENCLOSED STAINLESS STEEL POSLTIVE�CLOSE DOUBLE ACTING HINGES INTERCONNECTED BY FULL LENGTH POWDER COATED ALUMINUM SPLINE. COLOR: BLACK E. VISION PANEL INTEGRATED, NON�GASKETED 114 INCH THICK POLYCARSONATE SIZE. 200 SQUARE INCH PER LEAF. LOCATE BOTTOM OF PANEL TO BE NOT MORE THAN 43 INCHES ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR. F. JAMB GUARDS: SPACE SAVING LOW PROFILE INTEGRATED STEEIUJAMB GUARDS. COLOR: MATTE STAINLESS STEEL G. IMPACT BUMPER: TWO -FOOT HEIGHT IMPACT ABSORBING TEAR DROP SHAPE[) BUMPER EACH SIDE OF DOOR. H. DOOR COLOR: BLACK PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.1 EXAMINATION A. VERIFY THAT OPENINGS ARE READY TO RECEIVE WORKAND OPENING DIMENSIONS AMC) CLEARSINCES AREEEEE INDICTED ON DRAWINGS 3.2 INSTALLATION BY CONTRACTOR A. INSTALL DOOR UNIT ASSEMBLY TO MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS AND MANUFACTURERS LOCATION AND INSTALLATION DRAWINGS. 8 FRAME MOUNTED TRAT ICOOORS. USE ANCHORAGE DEVICES TO FASTEN FULL -HEIGHT TRAFFIC DOOR ASSEMBLYTO DOOR C. FRAME CONSTRUCTION WITHOUT DISTORTION OR IMPOSED STRESSES. C. FIT AND ALIGN DOOR ASSEMBLY LEVEL AND PLUMS. 1). ADJUST DOOR ASSEMBLY TO PROVIDE SMOOTH OPERATION FROM CLOSED TO FULL OPEN POSITION. 3.3 CLEANING A REMOVE PROTECTIVE MATERIAL FROM PR&FINISHED SURFACES. B. REMOVE LABELS AND VISIBLE MARKINGS. C. WASH DOWN SURFACES WITH A SOLUTION OF MILD DETERGENT IN WARM WATER, APPLIED WITH SOFT, CLEAN WIPING CLOTHS, WIPE SURFACES CLEAN. END OF SECTION SECTION 087100 - DOOR HARDWAR GENERAL 08 7100 - DOOR HARDWAR 1. PART 1 -GENERAL 1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS A DRAWINGS AND GENERAL PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT, INCLUDING GENERAL AND SUPPLEMENTARY CONDITIONS AND DIVISION I SPECIFICATION SECTIONS, APPLY TO THIS SECTION. 1.2 PROCUREMENT A VENDORS 1. ITEMS COVERED IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE PROVIDED AND INSTALLED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. 2. ALL ITEMS IN THIS SECTION SHALL BE PURCHASED BY THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR. 1.3 SUMMARY A THIS SECTION INCLUDES COMMERCIAL DOOR HARDWARE FOR THE FOLLOWING' I SWING NO DOORS. 2 OTHER DOORS TO THE EXTENT INDICATED, B. DOOR HARDWARE INCLUDES. BUT IS NOT NECESSARILY LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: I MECHANICAL DOOR HARDWARE, 2. ELECTROMECHANICAL DOOR HARDWARE, 3, AUTOMATIC OPERATORS. 1, CYLIND S SPECIFIED FOR COORS INOTHER SECTIONS, CODES AND REFERENCES: COMPLY WITH THE VERSION YEAR ADOPTED BY THE AUTHORITY HAVING JURISDIC RON, I , ANSI Al 1 7A - ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES. 2. ICCVIBC - INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE. 3. NFPA 70 - NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE. 4. PIPPIN 80 - FIRE DOORS AND WINDOWS. 6, NFPA 101 LIFE SAFETY CODE. 6� NFRA 105 INSTALLATION OF SMOKE DOOR ASSEMBLIES. 7, UULJLC AND GSA CMZ - STANDARDS FOR AUTOMATIC DOOR OPERATORS USED ON FIRE AND SMOKE BARRIER DOORS AND SYSTEMS OF DOORS 8 STATE BUILDING CODES. LOCAL AMENDMENTS. D. STANDARDS: ALL HARDWARE SPECIFIED HEREIN S�U. COMPLY WITH THE FOLLOWING INDUSTRY STANDARDS. 1 ANSIIBHMA CERTIFIED PRODUCT STANDARDS - A156 SERIES 2' ULIGO - POSITIVE PRESSURE FIRE TESTS OF DOOR ASSEMBLIES 1,4 SITE VERIFICATIONS - BROWNFIELD SITES A. SROWNF BUD SITES COMMONLY REFER TO AN EXISTING WAREHOUSE FACILITY WHERE THE TENANT IS RENOVATING THE BUILDING TO SUIT THEIR OPERATIONAL NEEDS. EXISTING EXTERIOR DOOR HARDWARE WILL NEED TO BE SURVEYED AND INSPECTED TO ENSURE THAT IT MEETS TENANTS SECURITY REQUIREMENTS. NOWCOMPLANT HARDWARE WILL NEED TO 13E REPLACED TO MEET TENANTS CUR ENT SPECIFICATIONS. THIS MAY ENTAIL REPLACEMENT OF EXISTING DOOR/ FRAME ASSEMBLY, [FRED [RED TO ACCEPT THE NEW HARDWARE 1. REFER TO THE DRAWINGS FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION B. CONTRACTOR TOVISIT THE EXISTING JOB SITE AND EXAMINE EXISTING DOOR I FRAME I HARDWARE CONDITION AND PROVIDE A SURVEY TO TENANTS REPRESENTATIVE. EXISTING DOORS / FRAMES / HARDWARE TO BE FREE OF RUST AND IN GOOD WORKING ORDER, DAMAGED COMPONENTS SHALL BE REPAIRED OR REPLACED. Q SURVEY EXISTING LOCKSETIS) OR PANIC DEVICES AND VERIFY THAT ALL LOCIGING HARDWARE WILL ACCEPT 7-PIN SMALL FO MAT INTERCHANGEABLE CORES (SFIC) CORE (REFER TO SECTION 087100 2.5). PROVIDE NEW LOCKSET(S) OR PANIC DEIACE(S) TO ACCEPT PROPER SFIC CORE IF NOTALREADY EXISTING. 1. IF EXISTING LOCKSET OR PANIC DEVICE WITHIN THE NEW WAREHOUSE OR OFFICE AREAS ARE REQUIRED TO BE REPLACED, THEN PROVIDE LOCK1 NG HARDWARE BASED ON THE FOLLOWING: .) FOR PERIMETER HIA EGRESS DOOR$, REFER TO HARDWARE SET A4. b) FOR PERIMETER HIM TRUCKERS ENTRY DOORS, REFER TO HARDWARE SET NB� c) FOR PERIMETER STOREFRONT EGRESS DOORS, REFER TO HARDWARE SET #2A d) AT NEW KANN ENTRY, RECRUITING, OR STAFFING ENTRY LOCATIONS, THE EXISTING HARDWARE SET WILL NEED TO BE COMPATIBLE ITH TENANTS ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM AS WELL AS INCORPORATE PANIC DEVICES COMPATIBLE WITH THE SMALL FORMAT SAID CORE. 2. ALL SITE VERIFICATIONS SHALL BE COORDINATED 13Y GO TO INCLUDE CONSIDERATIONS OF EXISTING DOOR AND FRAME PREPS, FIRE RATINGS, WINGSTORNHURRICANE RATINGS, SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES, AND GENERAL CONSTRUCTION TIME LINE NEEDS, 1.5 SUBMITTALS A PRODUCT DATA: MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT DATA SHEETS INCLUDING INSTALLATION DETAILS, MATERIAL DESCRIPTIONS, DIMENSIONS OF INDIVIDUAL COMPONENTS AND PROFILES, OPERATIONAL DESCRIPTIONS AND FINISHES. a. DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE' PREPARED BY OR UNDER THE SUPERVISION OF SUPPLIER, DETAILING FABRICATION AND ASSEMBLY 01 DOOR HARDWARE, AS WELL AS PROCEDURES AND DIAGRAMS, COORDINATE THE FINAL DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE WITH DOORS. FRAMES, AND RELATED WORK TO ENSURE PROPER SIZE, THICKNESS, HAND, FUNCTION, AND FINISH OF DOOR HARDWARE. 1. FORMAT.CO PLY WITH SCHEDULING SEQUENCE AND VERTICAL FORMAT IN DIHIS SEQUENCEAND FORMAT FOR THE HARDWARE SCHEDULE" 2. ORGANIZATION' RGANIZE THE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE INTO DOOR HARDWARE SETS INDICATING COMPLETE DESG ATIONS OF EVERY ITEM REQUIRED FOR EACH DOOR OR OPENING. ORGANIZE DOOR HARDWARE 3, SETS IN SAME ORDER AS IN THE DOOR HARDWARE SETS AT THE END OF PART 3. SUBMITTALS THAT DO NOT FOLLOW THE SAME FORMATANDORDER 4, AS THE DOOR HARDWARE SETS WILL BE REJECTED AND SUBJECT TO RESUBMISSION, 5. C NTENT: INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: a) TYPE, STYLE, FUNCTION, SIZE, LABEL, HAND, AND FINISH OF EACH DOOR HARDWARE ITEM, b) MANUFACTURER OF EACH ITEM. o� FASTENINGS AND OTHER PERTINENT INFORMATION, d LOCATION OF DOOR HARDWARE SET, CROSS-REFERENCED TO DRAWINGS, BOTH ON FLOOR PLANS AND IN DOOR AND FRAME SCHEDULE. EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS, SYMBOLS, AND CODES CONTAINED IN SCHEDULE. TI MOUNTING LOCATIONS FOR DOOR HARDWARE. 9) DOORAND FRAME SIZES AND MATERIALS. I) WARRANTY INFORMATION FOR EACH PRODUCT, 6. SUBMITTAL SEQUENCE: SUBMIT THE FINAL DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE AT EARLIEST POSSIBLE DATE, PARTICULARLY WHERE APPROVAL OF THE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE MUST PRECEDE FABRICATION 01 OTHER WORKTHAT IS CRITICAL IN THE PROJECT CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE INCLUDE PRODUCT DATA, SAMPLES, SHOP DRAWINGS OF OTHER WORKAFFECTED BY DOOR HARDWAR5, AND OTHER INFORMATION ESSENTIAL TO THE COORDINATED REVIEW OF THE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE. C, SHOP DRAWINGS: DETAILS OF ELECTRIFIED ACCES S CONTROL 14ARDWAIIE INDICATING THE FOLLOWING, 11 REQUESTED: WIRING DIAGRAMS: UPON RECEIPT OF APPROVED SCHEDULES, SUBMIT DETAILED SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAMS FOR POWER, SIGNALING, MONITORING, COMMUNICATION, AND CONTROL OF THE ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM ELECTRIFIED HARDWARE, Of RENTIATE BETWEEN MANUFACTUREWNSTALLED AND FIEUD41NSTAUUED WIRING. INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING. ad ELEVATION DIAGRAM OF EACH UNIQUE ACCESS CONTROLLED OPENING SHOWING LOCATION AND INTERCONNECTION OF MAJOR SYSTEM COMPONENTS WITH RESPECT TO THEIR PLACEMENT IN THE RESPECTIVE DOOR OPENINGS. Id, COMPLETE (RISERS, POINT-TO-POINT) ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM BLOCK WIRING DIAGRAMS, 1) VVIRING INSTRUCTIONS FOR EACH ELECTRONIC COMPONENT SCHEDULED HEREIN. ,I. ELECTRICALCOO DINATION: COORDINATE WITH RELATED SECTIONS THE VOLTAGES AND WIRING DETAILS REQUIRED AT ELECTRICALLY CONTROLLED AND OPERATED HARDWARE OPENINW. IT INFORMATIONAL SUBMI L�. 1. PRODUCT TEST REPORTS- INDICATING COMPLIANCE WITH CYCLE TESTING REQUIREMENTS, BASED ON EVALUATION OF COMPREHENSIVE TESTS PERFORMED By MANUFACTURER AND WITNESSED BY A QUALIFIED INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY. E. OPERATING D MAINTENANCE MANUALR PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS FOR EACH ITEM COMPRISING THE COMPLETE DOOR HARDWARE INSTALLATION IN QUANTITY AS REQUIRED IN DIVISION 01, CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS, 1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. MANUFACTURERS QUALIFICATIONS: ENGAGE QUALIFIED MANUFACTURERS WITH A MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE IN PRODUCING HARDWARE AND EQUIPMENT SIMILAR TO THAT INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT AND THAT HAVE A PROVEN RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE. B, INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS,. A MINIMUM 3 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE INSTALLING BOTH STANDARD AND ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE SIMILAR IN MATERIAL, DESIGN. AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT AND WHOSE WORK HAS RESULTED IN CONSTRUCTION WITH A RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL N-SERVICE PERFORMANCE, Q DOOR HARDWARE SUPPLIER QUALIFICATIONS: EXPERIENCED COMMERCIAL DOOR HARDWARE DISTRIBUTORS WITH A MINIMUM 5 YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE SUPPLYING BOTH MECHANICAL AND ELECTROMECHANICAL HARDWARE INSTALLATIONS COMPARABLE IN MATERIAL DESIGN, AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT. SUPPLIER TO HAVE ON STAFF A CERTIFIED ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE CONWITANT AHC) AVAILABLE DURING THE COURSE OF THE WORK TO CONSULT WITH CONTRACTOR, ARCHITECT, AND OWNER CONCERNING BOTH STANDARD AND ELECTROMECHANICAL DOOR HARDWARE. D. AUTOMATIC OPERATOR SUPPLIER QUALIFICATIONS: POWER OPERATOR PRODUCTS AND ACCESSORIES ARE REQUIRED TO BE SUPPLIED AND INSTALLED THROUGH CURRENT MEMBERS OF THE MANUFACTURERS'POWER OPERATOR PREFERRED INSTALLER" PROGRAM SUPPLIERS ARE TO BE FACTORY TRAINED, CERTIFIED, AND A DIRECT PURCHASER OF THE SPECIFIED POWER OPERATORS AND BE RESPONSIBLE FOR THE INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF THE UNITS AND ACCESSORIES INDICATED FOR THE PROU T. E EACH UNIT TO BEAR THIRD PARTY PERMANENT LABEL DEMONSTRATING COMPLIANCE WITH THE REFERENCED STANDARDS. A AT COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION, PROVIDE WRITTEN DOCUMENTATION THAT COMPONENTS WERE APPLIED TO MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS AND ACCORDING TO APPROVED SCHEDULE 1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO INVENTORY DOOR HARDWARE ON RECEIPT AND PROVIDE SECURE LOCK -UP AND SHELVING FOR DOOR HARDWARE DELIVERED TO PROJECT SITE, DO NOT STORE ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROL HARDWARE. SOFTWARE OR ACCESSORIES AT PROJECT SITE WITHOUT PRIOR AUTHORIZATION. B. TAG EACH ITEM OR PACKAGE SEPARATELY WITH IDENTIFICATION RELATED TO THE FINAL DOOR HARDWARE SCHEDULE, AND INCLUDE BASIC INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS WITH EACH ITEM OR PACKAGE. 1.8 COORDINATION A. TEMPLATES: OBTAIN AND DISTRIBUTE TO THE PARTIES INVOLVED TEMPLATES FOR DOORS, FRAMES, AND OTHER WORK SPECIFIED TO BE FACTORY PREPARED FOR INSTALLING STANDARD AND ELECTRIFIED HARDWARE. CHECK SHOP DRAWINGS OF OTHER WORK TO CONFIRM THAT ADEQUATE PROVISIONS ARE MADE FOR LOCA RING AND INSTALLING HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH INDICATED REQUIREMENTS. 13. DOOR HARDWARE AND ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS: COORDINATE THE LAYOUT AND INSTALLATION OF SCHEDULED ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWARE AND RELATED ACCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT WITH REQUIRED CONNECTIONS TO SOURCE POWER JUNCTION BOXES, LOW VOLTAGE POWER SUPPLIES, DETECTION AND MONITORING HARDWARE, AND FIRE AND DETECTION ALARM SYSTEMS. C. DOOR AND F E PREPARATION: DOORS AND CORRESPONDING FRAMES ARE TO BE PREPARED, REINFORCED AND PRE -WIRED (IF APPLICABLE) TO RECEIVE THE INSTALLA RON OF THE SPECIFIED ELECTRIFIED, MONITORING, SIGNALING AND ACCESS CONTROL SYSTEM HA DWARE WITHOUT ADDITIONAL IN -FIELD MODIFICATIONS. 1.9 WARRANTY A. GENERAL WARRANTY; REFERENCE DIVISION 01, GENERAL REQUIREMENTS. SPECIAL WARRANTIES SPECIFIED IN THIS ARTICLE $HALL NOT DEPRIVE OWNER OF OTHER RIGHTS OWNER MAY HAVE UNDER OTHER PROVISIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AND SHALL BE IN ADDITION TO, AND RUN CONCURRENT WITH, OTHER WARRANTIES MADE BY CONTRACTOR UNDER REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS, WARRANTY PERIOD: WRITTEN WARRANTY, EXECUTED BY MANUFACTURER(S), AGREEING TO REPAIR OR REPLACE COMPONENTS OF NDARD AND ELECTRIFIED DOOR HARDWAFE THAT FAIL. III -- R WORKMANSHIP WITHIN SPECIFIED WARRANTY PERIOD AFTER FINAL ACCEPTANCE BY THE OWNER. FAILURES INCLUDE, BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO, THE FOLLOWING: I STRUCTURAL FAILURES INCLUDING EXCESSIVE DEFLECTION, CRACKING, OR BREAKAGE. 2. FAULTY OPERATION OF THE HARDWARE. 3 DETERIORATION OF METALS , METAL FINISHES. AND OTHER MATERIALS BEYOND NORMAL WEATHERING. 4 ELECTRICAL COMPONENT DEFECTS AND FAILURES WITHIN THE SYSTEMS OPERATION. C. SPECIAL WARRANTY PERIODS: I . TEN YEARS FOR MORTISE LOCKS AND LATCHES. 2. SEVEN YEARS FOR HEAVY DUTY CYLINDRICAL (BORED) LOCKS AND LATCHES. 3. FIVE YEARS FOR EXIT HARDWARE. 4' TWENTY FIVE YEARS FOR MANUAL SURFACE DOOR CLOSER BODIES, 5 TWO YEARS FOR ELECTROMECHANICAL DOOR HARDWARE. 1.10 MAINTENANCE SERVICE A, MAINTENANCE TOOLS AND INSTRUCTIONS: FURNISH A COMPLETE SET OF SPECIALIZED TOOLS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS AS NEEDED FOR OWNERS CONTINUED ADJUSTMENT, MAINTENANCE, AND REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT OF DOOR HARDWARE. I DEFINITIONS A. THE FOLLOWING IS A GENERAL LIST OF TERMS INCLUDED IN THE SPECIFICATION THAT MAY REQUIRE ADDITIONAL DEFINITIONS. I UDW`, - LESS DOOR WIDTH - MEANING NOMINAL DOOR WIDTH AS SCHEDULED ON THE DOOR SCHEDULE. Z RX'- REQUEST TO EXIT 3 .EPr'- ELECTRONIC POWER TRANSFER PART 2-PRODUCTS 2 1 SUMMARY ArG.NE-DcDR-DWIRaFOR. Pg��=ME QBESUFFMOUNDER. ARE NOCATED INTHE DOOR HARDWARE SEI'SAT THE ENDOF HART � PROONATTSARE DENTIFIED BYLSING DOOR HARUMARE DESIGTIONS� AS FOLLOWS: D HINEDMAKU-TURERS PRODUCTS, FRODUCT DESIGNANONANDMANUFACTURIERARE USTED FOR EACH DOOR HARDWME TYPE REQUIRED FORTHE ALI OFEGI ING REQUIREMENTS. NAAESARE hEOREVIATEDIN THE DOOR HARDWARE SCHEOl G SUESTIT ONS: REQUESTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONAND PRODUCT APPROVAL HARDMARE IN COMIAIMOSWITLITHE RECIP-ONS MUST BE SUBMITTED IN WRITINI INACCORIANCENTHTHE PROMIDURESANDInme F-CE OUTUNEDiN DMI W�ff���URES.�PROV&OF��SIS�THED�iONOFTHE�HIT�,OW�R�DTHEtRMIG�MMNSU�S, 2.2 HANGING DEVICES * Hi��'.�Al�ICE�IFIED�H���KNUM8EROFHI�E�C��SP�Fi�INTHE��R�SUS. I. Q��Y:��THEFOLW�GHI�EQ�NT�.UN��OTHERMEI�TEd, a) T OHINGESPORDOORSINTHHECHISUPTIKIINCHES. N TH�EHI��.FOR�RSMTHHEIG�51TOWI�HBE FO HINQES:FOROCORSWTHHEGH`rEITOIZdINCNES FOR DZORSWRHI HEIGHTS MORETRAH120 ADISE PROVIOG,111INGEST PLUS I RINM FOR EMERM INCHESOF DOOR 11EiGKT GREATER T-2oINCHES 2. HINGE WEIGHT AND BASE UNLESS OTHERWISE INDII PROVIDE THE FOLLOWING, 1) EXT ERIO R COLORS: HENW WEIGHT, NON-FERROUS. BALL SENRING OR OIL IMPREGNATED BENG HINGES UNLESS HARDIVARESETS INCOME STANDIR. U IN ERIOR DDONS. STANDARD WEI STEEL, SA-L BEEMING OR OIL IMPREEMOEDOEMING HINGES UNLESS HARDWARE SPGG�Te s H NGE OPTIONS, OOMPLYMATHTHG FOLLOWING WHERE INDICATED IN THE HARMARE SETS ORION DRAWINGS, Ia NON -REMOVABLE PINS, PROVDE SET SCREW IN HINGE BARREL THAT, WHEN TIGHTENED INTO A GROOVE IN HINGE RN, PREVENTS REMOVAL OF PIN WHILE DOOR IS CLOGED, FOR THE NA. OUTSMINGING LOG- DOORS. 4. ACMITMUSNANUFAZTURIERS: In MCKINNEYFRODUCTS(IsN. * PKOM ANSOHMNAlseA, GRWDE 1, CERTIFIED SPACE INTERMCDATE FACTS EQUALLY NOT UUiSTH INCHESON CEREIRAPART OR NOTIAGRE-N 35 NCHESONC����S�1211�ESHGH.Pl�THINGESTO��Ll�ECWEDB���RINGINTHE���DA��ROL��. THRUNIT BEARING IN THE BOTTOMPNOT WITLITHE BOTTOM P-T DEGGNEti TOCAFFY THE FULL NJEHT OF THE UGOT 1. ACCEPTASI MMUFACTURGIRS: 1) fad(SONGOORCONTRICKSPIF) 2.3 PDAER TRANSFER DEVICES A. ELEURIFIEDQUI�MME�T�SFMHINGE��M�ELECTRIFIEOT�FERHI�ES�MESCHEMLED�HMoL�-$T��anoKw CONNECTORS AND SUFFICIENT NUMBER OF CONGEALED WIRES (UP TO 12) TO ANMGO,%TE THE EURGTRIFIE. FUNI SsECIFIED,N THE DOOR HARDWARE �&CON�OTMS�UGDIREU��T�MG�OR�RING�RNESSES�CONN�l��E=RIC�C�NG���D R GUPPL E. WIFE GO NECTIONSARENOTACCEPTAL.E. 1. ADDEPTAILE MANUFACTURERS: ,I MCILNNEY PRODUCTSPIO. GO FILVRES) OPTION. 3. PROMDECONCEALED ELECTRIC PGWSR TRANSFERS WHERE SCHWULDIDWITH MOURN' STANDARDIZED FULIG CONNECTORS �D�RCI�NU�OF�NC�ED�R�(UPT012)70A=MMO�ET�EL��Fl�FUN�IONSSP�IFI�I.T�E�R�R�ES�s� WNNE�O��UGa�CTLYTOTHRMGH-�DR�RING�RN���R�E�ONTOE�TRICL�GD��$MDn�RSUP�1E.. 1. AWE ABLENNU a) G9GUR1TRON(ZU)-sLMP`ID 0. 00�COM�OMOE�RFACE�lM�R�RDnWER�SF���ESOHEMLEDWITH�L�-STAN�RD�EDPW.�N�S�. SJFFI ENT NUMBER OF CONCENUEDWIRES (UPTO 12)'TOACOMMOGAIETHE ELECTRIFIED FUNCTIONS SPECIFIED IN THE DOOR HARDWARE SETS. CONNECTORS DIRECTLYTOTH �-��RINGH�NE�ESFOR�NNE��7O��M�KING��SAND��SU�ES.�IREN��NE�ION�ARE -ACCEPTABLE IB'MRDWILLBEST��DUN��S���OTH��SE. 1. ACCEPTABLE MAN FA4TURLFS: N SECUPORON LSUI - TED-C G ELECTRIC COORWRE HMNESSES: FROMM ELECTRIODATATRANSFERWRING HMNESSESWITH STANDARMED PLUG CONNECTORS TOACCOIsAI UPTO Tiosi EURFUES, PROMME SUFTICIENT NUMBER ANDWHE DFCONCEA-EIGNPESTOAXICANCONTE ELECTRIGPLINCTION OF SPECIFEE-RDAYNIE. PROANDEA CONNECTOR FOR TI-FLOUGHMORMLEGIRONG LCI DEVICESAND FROM HINGSTO JUNCINON SOXA8OVS THE GAINING, WIRE NUT CONNECTONSME NOT ACCEPTABLE, DETORMINETHE LENGTH REQUIRE) FOR EACH 0-1ACTRIFIEDIINFIDNARE COMPONENT FORTHE COORTYPE, SIZEAND CONSTRUCTION, MINMW OF TWO PER ELECTRIFIED OPENING. 1� PROVIDE ONE EACH OF THE FOLLOWING TOCAUs AS NVIR OF THE BASS ED CONTRICT: 1) M�N�PROM�S(MK)�E=Rl���l��:Q��, b) �N�PROMM(MK)�CONNE�OR�DTOO�Q�R=. Z -LEMANUFACTURERS, M MCRNKEYPROoUCT5(MK)�QOCSFFoES, 2.4 DOOR OPERATING TRIM A FLUSHBOLT$MDSURFAMDO 1� MANIA. FLUSH DOLTSTO RE FUNNISUEDWTH TOP RODCUFSUFFICIENT LENWH TONULOWSOUT LOCATION APPROXIMATELY SIX FEET FIRMTHE FLOON, . FURNISH DUST PROOFSTRIKESPOR BOTTOMBOLTS. I PM�D�RE�TEDAOCESSMES(M�TMB�CK�S,STRI�,�C�WORSETC.)ASREQUIRMF�APPRoPmATEIN$T��ION�D��T,�, 4. ACCEPTABLE MINUFACTUF .) RODKWOODMAINURNGFUNING(RO). 8, GOORARMOR KICK PUSH RUaTESAND 1I AHSISH-AIMSCERTFIED DOOR FULI AN. PULLS OFTYPE MODESIGN SPECIFIED IN THE HARDWARE BETS, DO RD�E���DE��R�DTH�D�W�REQUIRED��MN�l�ING�MARED��ATES, 1. PUSUPIULLIHAREI NUM.050 INCHTHOK SIZE AS INDICATED IN HARDWARE SETSWITH BEVELED EWES, SOCUREDWITH DiMsEDSCREms UNLESS ciTHERWIS NOICATED. Z. ARMOR PLATIES. MINIMUI INTHTHCK SIZE ASINDICATED IN HARDNMESEDINTH4 BEVELED EDGES, SECURED WITH EXPOSED SCRGWG..MSS OTHERWISE LNVC ZITIN HEIGHT, 3, ��ES,�NIMUM.CWINCHTH�KSI��lN��EDINW��S,SECU�DWTH����UN�OT�l�INDI�, Id -IN HBI 'l. ��:PROMM�UF�M�S�SIG�TEDF�TENER�EMINDI�TMiN�DWARE�S E. MOUNTING ARKOR AND KOK PI SHALL BE NDUNTBID ON THE PUSH SIDE OFANOPB UNUSESSPEDFISDOTHERNSE SPECIFIGN-I.YIN THE HARDWARE So. -I ACCEPTALLEMANUFACTLI I ROGNMODDIMMURACTURINGFIC. ZS CYLINDERSANDKEYING AA__KEYSTR C�ES�Fl�K�N�N��ION�Fl��l�Wl��NRC�ED���D�WED�THE�ERDIRE�LY. FORMOREINFORMATICIN Cci""`T� 1. DHIRAGESEPURRYGOLUTIONS mmmm l :1M_dd B CcNSTRUGTKN KEDNI PROMDETEMPOKWHY GREEN SIG KEYEIGORES, ��2���L��Dl���TINGMY�[N�ERS�wNFIRM �N���OFL=�D�REASPMTOFIN�*N, CARD TNENUAREROFUOCKSREQ REDFORTHEPROJSGF. 1. AOMPTABLEMANUFAITPUREFE, is ILIND EQUIPMENT (LU), mes'NoMr. Ov.). TEUNESTIo. 2.6 MECHANICAL LOCKS AND LATCHING DEVICES A. MORTI LOCKSETS, GRACE I (HIEWY GUTY: ANSIGHINA15613, SERIES lood, OPERATIONAL BRIDE I CERTIRED, LOCKEETS ME TO BE MANUFACTURED WITHA GO SION NSESTANT STEEL CASEANDSE FIELDFIEVOISSUE FOR RANGING WITHOUT' DISMSEMSIN OF THE LOGK8 AOTEPTADUE MANUFACTUREM a) (NOSUESTRUTION) FLNGnONSAGS �FIEDINTHE���S�S.L�KC��)�TEDOFH�G�E��LZi�DICHRO�EP����.TH��GH.�TED .ATCHBOLT.L0CKSAaETOBENON�RANDAND LLYFELDR SIG SAFIGENTMANUFACTURING(EN-101.1 (No EUSETRUTKIM V� SET I-C&SMINYMSIGHA CIREDI HAR=ESET . 77 ELEZ , I IECHANICAL LOOKING DEVICES CONIFOIULATCHSOUTANCLOCKUNLOC WATUS��ORING,�RM��TO�IT&�NG.U��OTHE�SEI�l�TW.PROMMEM�R�lEG ETSST-ASU Z AC-- dLF-UR a) noLISMSTITNUTION) B. a�T��l��UN��L��8,G�DEI(H��Y)�SU��TO�ECO�CEST��ANDR��E�,E�S�ME�iCsL CY ND���S.E��RIREDL��ff$TO�OF���D�SIGN�8KOFIEDDEWW. .�RO��T���LO=UNL=�ATUSMO�OM�.�R���-T�ITSIG��.UN�MH�ISEINOI��D,PR�DE�=RIMED STAN DASFALLSECURE 2. ACCETTARLE MANURNUTURIERS: ZIT LOCK k&GENT SERIES. KIDGUEssroNUMON) D LATCH STRIKES A STRKEE, PROYCE MANUFAcTURETS STANDARDSTIMILE WITH STRIKE BOX FOR EACH LATCH OR LOCKBOLT. WITH CURVED UPEXIIENDEDTO PROTECT FRAMI H IS�OTO�H��MMES�,UN�WOT���INDI�TED,��FOU�� 1� FIAT4JA STRIKES, FOR LOCKs NTH THREE-MANTIFRICTION LATCHBOLTS, AS PEODMMO,MDEY AMUFACTURER, Z ��O�P�Rl�.F��U�D�F�ES�H�UEDMOD��T�d. I AUUdNFRAdE Sl`KKE SOI PROACE MANUFACTUROTS SIRECIALSTRIKE BOX FABRICATED FOR ALUMINUM RRAMING D. STAN OSCOMPLYNTITHEFOULOI I ST KEEFORMORTISELOCKEANDLATD-ES BRIVA-3. CO INITIONAL EXAT DEVICES A GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: ALL EXIT DEVICES SPECIFIED HEREIN SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA, 1 AT DOORS NOT REQUIRING AFIRE RATING, PROVIDE DEVICES COMPLYING WITH NFPA 101 AND LISTED AND LABELED FOR"PANIC HARDWAREACCORDING TO UL305. PROVIDE PROPER FASTENERS AS REQUIRED By MANUFACTURER INCLUDING SEX NUTS AND BOLTS AT OPENINGS SPECIFIED IN THE HARDWARE SETS, Z WHERE EXIT DE110ES ARE REQUIRED ON FIRE RATED DOORS, PROVIDE DEVICES COMPLYING WITH NFPA 80 AND WITH UL LABELING INDICATING "FIRE EXIT HARDWAR . PROVIDE DEVICES WITH THE PROPER FASTENERS FOR INSTALLATION AS TESTED AND LISTED By UL. CONSULT MANUFACTURERS CATALOG AND TEMPLATE BOOK FOR SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS. 5, EXCEPT ON FIRE RATED DOORS, PROVIDE E>aT DEVICES WITH HEX KEY DOGGING DEVICE TO HOLD THE PUSHBAR AND LATCH IN A RETRACTED POSITION. PROVIDE OPTIONAL KEYED CYLINDER DOGGING ON DEVICES WHERE SPECIFIED IN HARDWARE SETS. 4, DEVICES MUST FIT FLAT AGAINSTTHE DOOR FACE WITH NO GAP THAT PERMITS UNAUTHORIZED DOGGING OF THE PUSH BAR. THE ADDITION OF FILLER STRIPS IS NOT ACCEPTABLE EXCEPT IN ANY CASE WHERE THE DOOR LIGHT EXTENDS BEHIND THE DEVICE AS IN A FULL GLASS CONFIGURATION. 5. LEVER OPERATING TRIM: WHERE EXIT DEVICES REQUIRE LEVER TRIM, FURNISH MANUFACTURERS HEAVY DUTY ESCUTCHEON TRIM WITH FOUR THREADED STUDS FOR THRULBOILTS. a) LOCK TRIM DEBI AS INDICATED IN HARDWARE SETS, PROVIDE FINISHES AND DESIGNS TO MATCH THAT OF THE SPECIFIED LOCKSETS. PROVIDED FREE -WHEELING TYPE TRIM HEIREINDICATED. D) WHERE FUNCTION OF EXIT DEVICE REQUIRES A CYLINDER, PROVIDE A CYLINDER (RIM OR MORTISE) AS SPECIFIED IN HARDWARE SETS. 6. PULL OPERATED TRIM: WHERE EXIT DEVICES REQUIRE PULL TRIM, FURNISH MANUFACTURERS HEAVY DUTY PULL TRIM WITH THRLUBOUTS. .) TRIM DESIGN: AS INDICATED IN HARDWARE SETS, PROVIDE FINISHES AND DESIGNS TO MATCH THAT OF THE DESIGNATED FUNCTION AND PULL STYLE, b) WHERE FUNCTION OF EMT DEVICE REQUIRES A CYUNDER, PROVIDE A CYLINDER (RIM OR MORTISE) AS SPECIFIED IN HARDWARE SETS. 7. VERTICAL ROD EXT D DES: PROVIDE AND INSTALL INTERIOR SURFACE AND CONCEALED VERTICAL ROD EMT DEVICES AS LESS BOTTOM ROD LEFT UNLESS OTHERWISE IND EO 8� NARROW ST LE APPLICATIONS: AT DOORS CONSTRUCTED WITH NARROW STILES, OR AS SPECIFIED IN HARDWARE SETS, PROVIDE DEVICES DESIGNED FOR MAXIMUM T W OR STILES, 9. RAIL SIZING: PROVIDE DUT DEVICE RAILS FACTORY SIZED FOR PROPER DOOR WIDTH APPLICATION. 10. THROUGH BOLT INSTALLATION: FOR EXT DEVICES AND TRIM AS INDICATED INDOOR HARDWARE SETS. S. CONVENTIONAL PUSH RAIL EXIT DEVICES (HEAVY DUTYL ANSVEHMA A156.3, GRADE 1 CERTIFIED PANIC AND FIRE EXIT HARDWARE DEVICES FURNISHED IN THE .)SARGENT 2.10 DOOR CLOSURES A. AULDGORCLJ 1. GENERAL I ;T STAINLESS STEEL, PULLMAN TYPE, WITH DEADLOCK FEATURE. -80 SERIES. (NO SUBSTITUTION) IN SHALL MEET OR EXCEED THE FOLLOWING CRITERIA: WITH THE SAME TYPE ODOR PREPARATIONS AND LL SIZED COVERS INCLUDING INSTALLATION AND ADJUSTING T LNRI31E UI FOR USE OF FIRE RATED DOORS. S. CLOSER ARMS: PROVIDE HEAVY DUTY, FORGED STEEL CLOSER ARMS UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED IN HARDWARE SETS. .) W ERE CLOSERS ARE INDICATED TO HAVE MECHANICAL DEADSTOP. PROVIDE HEAVY DUTY ARMS AND BRACKETS WITH AN INTEGRAL POSITIVE STOP. d) WHERE CLOSERS ARE INDICATED TO HAVE MECHANICAL HOLD OPEN, PROVIDE HEAVY DUTY UNITS WITH AN ADDITIONAL SUIUTdN MECHANICAL HOLDER ASSFMBLYDESIG ED TO 14OLD OPEN AGAINST NORMAL WIND AND TRAFFIC CONDITIONS. HOLDER TO BE MANUALLY SELECTABLE TO ON -OFF POSITION. C) WHERE CLOSERS ARE INDICATED TO HAVE A CUSHION -TYPE STOP, PROVIDE HEAVY DUTY ARMS AND BRACKETS WITH SPRING STOP MECHANISM TO CUSHION DOORWHEN OPENED TO MAXIMUM DEGREE. d) CLOSERS SHALL NOT BE INSTALLED ON EXTERIOR OR CORRIDOR SIDE OF DOORS; WHERE POSSIBLE INSTALL CLOSERS ON DOOR FOR OPTIMUM AESTHETICS. PROVIDE DROP PLATES OR OTHER ACCESSORIES AS REQUIRED FOR PROPER MOUNTING. 6 CLOS R ACCESSORIES' PROI DOOR CLOSER ACCESSORIES INCLUDING CUSTOM TEMPLATES, SPECIAL MOUNTING BRACKETS, SPACERS AND DROP PLATES,AND TH UGH -BOLT OR SECURITY TYPE FASTENERS AS SPECIFIED IN THE DOOR HARDWARE SETS. 7, CLOSER$ ON GATES: GATE MANUFACTURER TO PREPARE GATES WITH PROPER REINFORCEMENTS AND MOUNTING SURFACES FOR INSTALLATION OF CLOSERS WHERE SCHEDULED, TEMPLATES FOR PROPER REINFORCEMENTS SHALL BE PROVIDED BY HARDWARE SUPPLIER FOR REFERENCE UPON REQUEST. B. DOOR CLOSERS, SURFACE MOUNTED (HEAVY DUTYL: ANSIUBHMA AISSA, GRADE I SURFACE MOUNTED, HEAVY DUTY DOOR CLOSERS WITH COMPLETE SPRING POWER ADJUSTMENT, SIZES I THRU 6; AND FULLY OPERATIONAL ADJUSTABLEACCORDING TO DOOR SIZE, FREQUENCY OF USE. AND OPENING FORCE. CLOSERS TO BE RACK AND PINION TYPE, ONE PIECE CAST [RON OR ALUMINUM ALLOY BODY CONSTRUCTION, WITH ADJUSTABLE BACKCHECKAND SEPARATE NONkCRMCAL a) SARGENT MANUFACTURING (SA) - 351 SERIES, b) NORTON DOOR CONTROLS (NO) - 7500 SERIES. Q DOOR CLOSER15, SURFACE MOUNTED (UNITROL); ANSUBIHMA 156.4, GRADE 1 CERTIFIED SURFACE MOUNTED, HEAVY DIM DOOR CLOSERS WITH COMPLETE SPRING POWER ADJUSTMENT, SIZES 1 THRU 6; AND FULLY OPERATIONALADJUSTABLE ACCORDING TO DOOR SIZE, FREQUENCY OF USE, AND OPENING FORCE, UNITROL AR S TO HAVE DOORSTOP MECHANISM TO ABSORB DEAD STOP SHOCK ON ARMAND TOP HINGE, HOLD -OPEN ARMS TO HAVE A SPRING LOADED MECHANISM IN ADDITIO TO SHOCKABSORSER ASSEMBLY. ARMS TO BE PROVIDED WITH RIGID STEEL MAIN ARMAND SECONDARY ARM LENGTHS PROPORTIONAL TO THE DOOR MY DTH, I . ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS: .) NORTON DOOR CONTROLS (NO) - UNITROL 7500 SERIES. PART 3 - EXECUTION �.l I.AMSLENCE L A i.R. _a_. AL S 0, A VE. TG FLOOR STop _ V-S Z'd.-"I_D STOP I_ _S Z IS DUTCF GXXR -OLT Z'SASTRA "VE. GAL , 'E.K. 3.1 EXAMINATION A. GENERAL CONTRACTOR TO EXAMINE SCHEDULED OPENINGS, WITH INSTALLER PRESENT, FOR COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS FOR INSTALLATION TOLERANCES, LABELED FIRE DOOR ASSEMBLY CONSTRUCTION, WALL AND FLOOR CONSTRUCTION, AND OTHER CONDITIONS AFFECTING PERFORMANCE B.NORFY RCHITECT OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS BETWEEN THE DOOR SCHEDULE, DOOR TYPES, DRAWINGS AND SCHEDULED HARDWARE. PROCEED ONLY AFTER SUCH DISCREPANCIES OR CONFLICTS HAVE BEEN RESOLVED IN WRITING. 3.2 PREPARATION A HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES: COMPLY WITH ANSI1DHI At 15 SERIES. B. WOOD DOORS. COMPLY WITH ANSUDHI A115W SERIES. 3.3 INSTALLATION A_ INSTALL EACH REM OF MECHANICAL AND ELECTROMECHANICAL HARDWARE AND ACCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRI THEN INSTRU TIONS ANDArCORDING TO SPECIFICATIONS. 1. INSTA ERB ARE TORE TRAINED AND CERTIFIED BY THE MANUFACTURER ON THE PROPER INSTALLATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF FIRE, LIFE SAFETY, AND SECURITY PRODUCTS INCLUDING' HANGING DEVICES: LOOKING DEVICES; CLOSING DEVICES: AND SEALS. 2. LOCKS SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH TEMPORARY CORES AS SPECIFIED AND SHALL BE CONFIRMED TO BE FUNCTIONAL AND OPERATIONAL TEMPORARY KEYS SHALL BE PROVIDED TO OWNER UPON COMPLETION OF INSTALLATION AND VERIFICATION OF FUNCTIONALITY. S. ELECTRIFIED HARDWARE: ALL ELECTRIFIED HARDWARE IS TO BE CONNECTED AND ELECTRICALLY SOUND BY THE HARDWARE INSTALLER, TO INCLUDE CONNECTION TO LOCAL POWER SUPPLY, TRANSFER HINGE, POWER TRANSFER, OR DOOR LOOP AND INSTALLATION OF HARNESS FROM POWER TRANSFER TO SECURITY JUNCTION B ABOVEDOOR. ALL CONNECTIONS BEYOND THE SECURITY JUNCTION BOXABOVE DOOR OR ASSOCIATED LOCAL POWER SUPPLY ARE THE RESPONSIBILITY OF THE SECURITY CONTRACTOR, C. APPLICABLE PUBLICATIONS, UNLESS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED OR REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH GOVERNING REGULATIONS: 1 STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES: CHIPS "RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS FOR ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE FOR STANDARD STEEL DOORS AND FRAMES." Z WOOD DOORS. CHI WDHS.3, "RECOMMENDED LOCATIONS FOR ARCHITECTURAL HARDWARE FOR WOOD FLUSH DOORS." 3 WHERE INDICATED TO COMPLY WITH ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS, COMPLY WITH ANSI Al 17.1 "ACCESSIBILITY GUIDELINES FOR BUILDINGS AND FACILITIEW4, 4. 4 PROVIDE BLOCKING IN DRYWALL PARTITIONS WHERE WALL STOPS OR OTHER WALL MOUNTED HARDWARE IS LOCATED. D. RETROFITTING: INSTALL DOOR HARDWARE TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURERS PUBLISHED TEMPLATES AND WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. WHERE CUTTING AND FITTING ARE REQUIRED TO INSTALL DOOR HARDWARE ONTO OR INTO SURFACES THAT ARE LATER TO BE PAINTED OR FINISHED IN ANOTHER WAY, COORDINATE REMOVAL, STORAGE, D REINSTALLATION OF SURFACE PROTECTIVE TRIM UNITS WITH FINISHING WORK SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 9 SECTIONS. DO NOT INSTALL SURFACE -MOUNTED ITEMS UNTIL FINISHES RAVE BEEN COMPLETED ON SUBSTRATES INVOLVED, E. COMPLYING WITH REQUIREMENTS SPECIFIED IN DIVISION 7 SECTION "JOINT SEALANTS.* F. STORAGE. PROVIDE A SECURE LOCK UP FOR HARDWARE DELIVERED TO THE PROJECT BUT NOT YET INSTALLED, CONTROL THE HANDUNG AND INSTALLATION OF HARDWARE ITEMS SO THAT THE COMPLETION OF THE WORK WILL NOT BE DELAYED BY HARDWARE LOSSES BEFORE AND AFTER INSTALLATION. 3.4 ADJUSTING A. INITIAL ADJUSTMENT.ADJUST AND CHECK EACH OPERATING ITEM OF DOOR HARDWARE AND EACH DOOR TO ENSURE PROPER OPERATION OR FUNCTION OF EVERY UNIT. REPLACE UNITS THAT CANNOT BE ADJUSTED TO OPERATE AS INTENDED. ADJUST DOOR CONTROL DEVICES TO COMPENSATE FOR FINAL OPERATION OF HEATING AND VENTILATING EQUIPMENT AND TO COMPLY WITH REFERENCED ACCESSIBILITY REQUIREMENTS, 3.4 ADJUSTING A. PROTECTALL HARDWARE STORED ON CONSTRUCTION SITE IN A COVERED AND DRY PLACE. PROTECT EXPOSED HARDWARE INSTALLED ON DOORS DURING THE CONSTRUCTION PHASE. INSTALL ANY AND ALL HARDWARE AT THE LATEST POSSIBLE 71ME FRAME B. CLEAN ADJACENT SURFACES SOILED BY ODOR HARDWARE INSTALLATION. C CLEAN OPERATING ITEMS AS NECESSARY TO RESTORE PROPER FINISH. PROVIDE FINAL PROTECTION AND MAINTAIN CONDITIONS THAT ENSURE DOOR HARDWARE IS WITHOUT DAMAGE OR DETERIORATION ATTIME OF OWNER OCC NOY. HARDWARE SCHEDULE U fSET: 3B DOORS: TRUCKERS LOUNGE, SMOKERS CANOPY - SIN7GLE DESCRIPTION: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FUNCTION: EXTERIOR PULL, CLASSROOM FUNCTION 1 PIVOT SET BY DOOR MANUFACTURER VERIFY I MORTISE EXIT DEVICE 70 8913 PSB VERIFY SA I DOOR CLOSER UN17500 X 7788 VERIFY NO 1 BLADE STOP 6891 VERIFY NO 1 THRESHOLD BY DOOR MANUFACTURER I SET WEATHERSTRIP BY DOOR MANUFACTURER I SWEEP BY DOOR MANUFACTURER I POSITION SWITCH DIPS BY SECURITY CONTRACTOR SU NOTES: CLASSROOM FUNCTION EXIT DEVICE. VERIFY FINISH ON HARDWARE ABOVE TO MATCH ALUMINUM DOOR AND FRAME FINISH. HW SET 3B SHALL ALSO BE PROVIDED FOR SMOKERS CANOPY ENTRANCE DOORS THAT WILL NOT REQUIRE ELECTRONIC ACCESS CONTROLS. CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS WITH SECURITY DESIGNER, SET:4 DOORS: EMERGENCY EXIT (NO EXTERIOR TRIM) DESCRIPTION: SHELL EXTERIOR DOOR - EGRESS EXIT DEVICE EXIT ONLY FUNCTION: NO EXTERIOR TRIM OR OUTSIDE OPERATION 3 HINGE (HEAVY WEIGHT) T4133386 NRP 4-1/2" X 4-1/2" US32D MK I EXIT DEVICE 8810 US32D SA 1 DOOR CLOSER UN17500 689 NO 1 THRESHOLD 171A PE RAIN GUARD 346C PE 11 SET WEATHERSTRIP 303APK PE I SWEEP 315CN PE NOTES: EXIT DEVICE DOES NOT INCLUDE EXTERIOR TRIM, CONFIRM IF COMPLIANT WITH LOCAL CODE, OTHERWISE EQUIP WITH HW SET 4D. SET: 4D DOORS: EMERGENCY EXIT - (INCLUDES EXTERIOR TRIM) DESCRIPTION: SHELL EXTERIOR DOOR FUNCTION: EXTERIOR PULL, STOREROOM FUNCTION 3 HINGE (HEAVY WEIGHT) T4133386 NRP 4-1/Z'X 4-1/2" US32D MK I EXIT DEVICE 70 8804 PSB US32D SA I DOOR CLOSER UN17500 689 NO I THRESHOLD 171A PE I RAIN GUARD 346C PE SET WEATHERSTRIP 303APK PE SWEEP 315CN PE SET: IDA DOOR: HOLLOW METAL WITH SHELF DESCRIPTION: DUTCH DOOR FUNCTION: MECHANICAL CYLINDER LOCK, STOREROOM FUNCTION & DUTCH DOOR BOLT 3 McKINNEY HINGE TA2714 4% X 41/s US26D NRP I ROCKWOOD METAL JAMB SILENCER 608 1 SCHLAGE ENTRY LEVER ND70RD - 626 - RHO 1 IVES WALL STOP 407 112 US26D I IVES FLOOR STOP 444 US26D 1 GLYNN JOHNSON OH STOP 905h US26D I IVES DUTCH DOOR BOLT 064 US26D I PEMKO ASTRAGAL OVLP 2" STL 357SP 84" SET: TI-5 DOORS: WAREHOUSE TO RECRUITMENT OFFICE EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY DESCRIPTION: INTERIOR EGRESS DOOR FUNCTION: NO EXTERIOR TRIM, EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY 3 HINGE TB2714 NRP 4-11Z'X 4-1/2" US26D MK I MORTISE EXIT DEVICE 8910 US32D SA I DOOR CLOSER PR7500 689 NO I ARMOR PLATE - PUSH SIDE 43E 30" X 2' LDW US32D RO I ARMOR PLATE - PULL SIDE 4BE 30"X 1" LOW US32D RO I DOORSTOP 441 US26D RO 3 SILENCER 608 RO I SIGN "EMERGENCY EXIT ONLY - ALARM WILL SOUND" NOTES: NO HARDWARE SHALL BE PROVIDED ON WAREHOUSE SIDE OF THE DOOR. SET: T146 DOORS: RESTROOM DESCRIPTION: INTERIOR DOOR FUNCTION: MECHANICAL CYLINDER LOCK, PRIVACY FUNCTION 3 HINGE TB27144-11TX4-11T LIS26D MK 1 PRIVACY SET 281OU65 UP U826D SA I DOOR CLOSER 7500 1 APPROPRIATE TO OPENING 689 NO 1 KICKPLATE K1050 1 Y'X Z'LDW US32D RO 1 ARMOR PLATE K1050 4BE 30'X Z'LDW US32D RO 1 DOOR STOP 441 US26D RO 3 SILENCER 608 RO I COAT HOOK 790 US26D RO 1 GASKETING SSEID PE NOTES: ARMOR PLATE @ UNISEX ONLY. END OF SECTION SET: TI*33 >_ DOORS: MAIN EMPLOYEE ENTRY VESTIBULE - NON -LATCHING DESCRIPTION: ALUMINUM STOREFRONT FUNCTION: EXTERIOR PULL, PASSAGE FUNCTION 4 PIVOT SET BY DOOR MANUFACTURER VERIFY 2 PUSH BARS BY DOOR MANUFACTURER VERIFY SA 2 DOOR CLOSER UN17600 X 7788 VERIFY NO 2 DOOR PULL BY DOOR MANUFACTURER VERIFY 2 BLADE STOP 6891 VERIFY NO I THRESHOLD BY DOOR MANUFACTURER I SET WEATHERSTRIP BY DOOR MANUFACTURER 2 SWEEP BY DOOR MANUFACTURER NOTES: ALWAYS FREE EGRESS AND ENTRY. WIDE STILES AND TOP RAIL REQUIREQ. v 09 21 16 - GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES I.GENERAL 2.1 SECTION INCLUDES A. PERFORMANCE CRITERIA FOR GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES. B. METAL STUD WALL FRAMING. C. METAL CHANNEL CEILING FRAMING. 0. ACOUSTIC INSULATION. E. GYPSUM WALLBOARD. F. JOINT TREATMENT AND ACCESSORIES. 2.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A. SECTION 0161 16 - VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND (VOC) CONTENT RESTRICTIONS. B. SECTION 06 10 00 - ROUGH CARPENTRY'. WOOD BLOCKING PRODUCT AND EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS. Q SECTION 07 84 SO - FIRESTOPIANG: TOP-OF-WALLASSEMBUES AT FIRE RATED WALLS. D. SECTION 07 92 00 - JOINT SEALERS. ACOUSTIC SEALANT. 2.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS A. ASTM C475IC475M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR JOINT COMPOUND AND JOINT TAPE FOR FINISHING GYPSUM BOARD; 2015. B ASTM C645 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR NONSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS; 2014, C. ASTIM C754 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR INSTALLATION OF STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS TO RECEIVE SCREW -ATTACHED GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCT&, 201 IT D. ASTM C840 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD� 2013. E. ASTM C954 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL DRILL SCREWS FOR THE APPLICATION OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS OR METAL PLASTER 13ASES TO STEEL STUDS FROM 0.033 IN. (084 MIND TO 0� 112 IN, (Z 94 MM) IN THICKNESS, 201 S. F. ASTM C 002 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL SELF -PIERCING TAPPING SCREWS FOR APPLICATION OF GYPSUM PANEL PRODUCTS OR METAL PLASTER BASES TO WOOD STUDS OR STEEL STUDS: 2014. G� ASTM C 047 - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR ACCESSORIES FOR GYPSUM WALLBOARD AND GYPSUM VENEER BASE: 2014A. H ASTM CI Z78ICl 278M - STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR FIBER -REINFORCED GYPSUM PANEL; 2007A (REAPPROVED 2011). 1. AST C1396AC13I STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR GYPSUM BOARD; 20tT J. ASTM D3273 - STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR RESISTANCE TO GROWTH OF MOLD ON THE SURFACE OF INTERIOR COATINGS IN AN ENVIRONMENTAL CHAMBER; 2012. K ASTME9 � STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR LABORATORY MEASUREMENT OF AIRBORNE SOUND TRANSMISSION LOSS OF BUILDING PARTITIONS AND ELEMENTS, 2009. L ASTM E413 - CLASSIFICATION FOR RATING SOUND INSULATION: 2010. M. GA- 16 - APPLICATION AND FINISHING OF GYPSUM BOARD: GYPSUM ASSOCIARON� 2013. N, GA�603 - F RE RESISTANCE DESIGN MANUAL; GYPSUM ASSOCIATION: 2015. 0. UL (FRD) - FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC.; CURRENT EDITION. 2.4 SUBMITTALS A, SEE SECTION 0133 23 � SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS, 2.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING GYPSUM BOARD APPLICA TION AND FINISHING, WITH MINIMUM 5 YEARS OF DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 3. PRODUCTS 3.1 GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES A. PROVIDE COMPLETED ASSEMBLIES COMPLYING WITH ASTM COURT AND GA-21 6. B. INTERIORPARTI DNS INDICATED AS ACOUSTIC: PROVIDE COMPLETED ASSEMBLIES WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: 1. ACOUSTIC ATTENUATION: STC OF 4549 CALCULATED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E413, BASED ON TESTS CONDUCTED IN ACCO DANCE WITH ASTME90. C F RE RATED ASSEMBLIES PROVIDE COMPLETED ASSEMBLIES WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS; I . FIRE RATED PARTITIONS: UL LISTED ASSEMBLY; 2 HOUR RATING. 2. UL ASSEMBLY NUMI PROVIDE CONSTRUCTION EQUIVALENT TO THAT LISTED FOR THE PARTICULAR ASSEMBLY IN THE CURRENT UL (FIRD). 3.2 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. METAL FRAMING: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTIM C754 AND MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. 3.3 ACOUSTIC ACCESSORIES INSTALLATION A AGO STIC INSULATION: PLACE TIGHTLY WITHIN SPACES WITHIN SPACES AROUND CUT OPENINGS, BEHIND AND AROUND ELECTRICAL AND MECHANICAL ITEMS WITHIN PARTITIONS, AND TIGHT TO ITEMS PASSING THROUGH PARTITIONS, 4. EXECUTION 4.1 EXAMINATION AL VERIFY THAT PROJECT CONDITIONS ARE APPROPRIATE FOR WORK OF THIS SECTION TO COMMENCE. 4.2 FRAMING INSTALLATION A. METAL FRAMING: INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM C764 AND MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. B, SUSPEN ED CEILINGS AND SOFFITS. SPACE FRAMING AND FURRING MEMBERS AT 16 INCHES ON CENTER, I , LEVEL CEILING SYSTEM TO A TOLERANCE OF 1/1200. 2 LATERALLY BRACE ENTIRE SUSPENSION SYSTEM, C, STUDS:SPACEST DSAT 16 INCHES ON CENTER. I. EXTEND PARTITION FRAMING TO STRUCTURE WHERE INDICATED AND TO CEILING IN OTHER LOCATIONS. 2, PARTITIONS TERMINATING AT CEILING: ATTACH CEILING RUNNER SECURELY TO CEILING TRACK IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTU ERS INSTRUCTIONS. G 0 ENNGSI REINFORCE OPENING$ AS REQUIRED FOR WEIGHT OF DOORS OR OPERABLE PANELS, USING NOT LESS THAN DOUBLE STUDS AT JAMBS. E. STANDARD WALL. FURRING: INSTALL AT CONCRETE WALLS SCHEDULED TO RECEIVE GYPSUM BOARD, NOT MORE THAN 4 INCHES FROM FLOOR AND CEILING LINES AND ABUTTING WALLS. SECURE IN PLACE ON ALTERNATE CHANNEL FLANGES AT MAXIMUM 24 INCHES IN CENTER. R FURRING FOR FIRE RATINGS' INSTALL AS REQUIRED FOR FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS INDICATED AND TO GA-600 REQUIREMENTS, G. BLOCKING INSTALL WOOD BLOCKING FOR SUPPORT OF: 1. FRAMED OPENINGS, 2. WALL MOUNTED CABINETS. 3. MILLWORK 4.3 BOARD INSTALLATION * COMPLY WITH ASTM C 840, GA-216, AND MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS, INSTALL TO MINIMIZE BUTT END JOINTS, ESPECIALLY IN HIGHLY VISIBLE LOCATIONS, * SINGLE -LAYER NON -RATED: INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD IN MOST ECONOMICAL DIRECTION, WITH ENDS AND EDGES OCCURRING OVER FIRM BEARING. 1. EXCEPIION� TAPERED EDGES TO RECEIVE JOINT TREATMENT AT RIGHT ANGLES TO FRAMING. * DOUBLE -LAYER NON -RATED: USE GYPSUM BOARD FOR FIRST LAYER PLACED PARALUELTO FRAMING OR FURRING MEMBERS, WITH ENDS AND EDGES OCCURRING OVER FIRM BEARING. USE GLASS MAT FACED GYPSUM BOARD AT EXTERIOR WALLS AND AT OTHER LOCATIONS AS INDICATED, PLACE SECOND LAYER PERPENDICULAR TO FRAMING OR FURRING MEMBERS. OFFSET JOINTS OF SECOND LAYER FROM JOINTS OF FIRST LAYER. 0, FIRE -RATED CONSTRUCTION: INSTALL GYPSUM BOARD IN STRICT COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS OF ASSEMBLY LISTING E. INSTALLATION ON METAL FRAMING: USE SCREWS FOR ATTACHMENT OF GYPSUM BOARD EXCEPT FACE LAYER OF NON -RATED DOUBLE -LAYER ASSEMBLIES, WHICH MAY BE INSTALLED BY MEANS OF ADHESIVE LAMINATION. F. INSTALLATION AT CEILING LOCAIIONS�. GYPSUM SHALL BE ATTACHED TO FRAMING WITH SCREWS AT A MINIMUM DISTANCE OF EVERY 8 INCHES. 4.4 INSTALLATION OF TRIM AND ACCESSORIES X CONTROL JOINTS: PLACE CONTROL JOINTS CONSISTENT WITH LINES OF BUILDING SPACES AND AS FOLLOWS: 1 , NOT MORE THAN 30 FEET APART ON WALLS AND CEILINGS OVER ED FEET LONG. B. CORNER BEAIDS� INSTALL AT EXTERNAL CORNERS, USING LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTHS. C. EDGE TRIM: INSTALL AT LOCATIONS WHERE GYPSUM BOARD ABUTS DISSIMILAR MATERIALS. 4.5 JOINT TREATMENT A. PAPER FACED GYPSUM BOARD: USE PAPER JOINT TAPE, BEDDED WITH READY -MIXED MNYL-RASED JOINT COMPOUND AND FINISHED WITH READY -MIXED VINYL -BASED J0114T COMPOUND. S. FINISH GYPSUM BOARD IN ACCORDANCE WITH LEVELS DEFINED IN ASTM CENO, AS FOLLOWS: 1, LEVEL4'. WALLS AND CEILINGS TO RECEIVE PAINT FINISH OR WALL COVERINGS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. Z LEVEL 5. WALLS AND CEIUNGS TO RECEIVE SEMI -GLOSS OR GLOSS PAINT FINISH AND OTHER AREAS SPECIFICALLY INDICATED. 1 LEVELI:FIR RATED WALL AREAS ABOVE FINISHED CEILINGS, WHETHER OR NOT ACCESSIBLE IN THE COMPLETED CONST UCTION. Q TAPE, FILL, AND SAND EXPOSED JOINTS, EDGES, AND CORNERS TO PRODUCE SMOOTH SURFACE READY TO RECEIVE FINISHES. 1, FEATHER COATS OF JOINT COMPOUND SO THAT CAMBER IS MAXIMUM 1/32 INCH, D. W ERE LEVELS FINISH 13 INDICATED, SPRAY APPLY HIGH BUILD DRYWALL SURFACER OVER ENTIRE SURFACE AFTER JOINTS HAVE BEEN PROPERLY TREATED: ACHIEVE A FLAT AND TOOL MARK -FREE FINISH. 4.6 TOLERANCES A MAXIMUM VARIATION OF FINISHED GYPSUM BOARD SURFACE FROM TRUE FLATNESS: 118 INCH IN 10 FEET IN ANY DIRECTION, ENDOFSECTION 02 61 - COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR FLOORING PREP. 1. REN'-KAL 4ASECTIONI LUDES A. THIS SECTION APPLIES TO ALL FLOORS IDENTIFIED IN THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS AS TO RECEIVE THE FOLLOWING TYPES OF FLOOR COVERINGS. 1. RESILIENTIT-E. B. REMOVAL OF EXISTING FLOOR COVERINGS. C. PREPARAT ON OF EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS FOR INSTALLATION OF FLOOR COVERINGS. 0. TESTING OF CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS FOR MOISTURE AND ALKALINITY (PH). E. REMEDIA71ON OF CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS DUE TO UNSATISFACTORY MOISTURE OR AUIALINITY (PH) CONDITIONS. 1. CONTRACTOR SHALL PERFORM ALL SPECIFIED REMEDATION OFOONCRETE FLOOR SLABS. IF SUCH REMEDIATION IS INDICATED BYTESTINGAG NOY'S REPORT AND IS DUE TO A CONDI RON NOT UNDER CONTRACTOR'S CONTROL OR COULD NOT HAVE BEEN PREDICTED BY EXAMINATION PRIOR TO ENTERING INTO THE CONTRACT, A CONTRACT MODIFICATION WILL BE ISSUED. 4.5 RELATED REQUIREMENTS A SECTION 0174 19 - CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL HANDLING OF EXISTING FLOOR COVERINGS REMOVED. B. SECTION 03 54 00 - CAST UNDERLAYMENT: SELF-LFVELING UNDERLAYMENT APPLIED AS REMEDATION TREATMENT. 4JI REFER BIN ES A ASTM CIOWCTMM -STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH OF HYDRAULIC CEMENT MORTARS (USING 24N. OR(S�MM) CUBE SPECIMENS); 2013. B. ASTM C472 - STANDARD TEST METHODS FOR PHYSICAL TESTING OF GYPSUM, GYPSUM PLASTERS AND GYPSUM CONCRETE; 1999 (REAPPROVED 2014). Q ASTM F710 - STANDARD PRACTICE FOR PREPARING CONCRETE FLOORS TO RECEIVE RESILIENT FLOORING; 2011. D. ASTM HESS - STANDARD TEST ME THOD FOR MEASURING MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSION RATE OF CONCRETE SUBFLOOR USING ANHYDROUS r _ALCIUM CHLORIDE, 2011. E. RFCI RWP) - RECOMMENDED WORK PRACTICES FOR REMOVAL OFRESILIENT FLOOR COVERINGS; RESIDENT FLOOR COVERING INSTITUTE; OCTOBER 2011. AIAMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS A- COORD NATE SCHEDULING OF CLEANING AND TESTING, SO THAT PRELIMINARY CLEANING RAS BEEN COMPLETED FOR AT LEAST 24 HOURS PRIOR TO TESTING. "S SUBMITTALS A, NONE REQUIRED 4,9 QUALITY ASSURANCE A CONTRACTOR MAY PERFORM ADHESIVE AND BOND TEST WITH HIS OWN PERSONNEL OR HIRE A TESTING AGENCY. S. REMEDIAL COATING INSTALLER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN PERFORMING WORK OF THE TYPE SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, TRAINED BY OR EMPLOYED BY COATING MANUFACTURER, AND ABLE TO PROVIDE AT LEAST 3 PROJECT REFERENCES SHOWING AT LEAST 3 YEARS' EXPERIENCE INSTALLING MOISTURE EMISSION COATINGS. 4,10 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A DELIVER, STORE� HANDLE, AND PROTECT PRODUCTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS. S. DELIVER MATERIALS IN MANUFACTURER'S PACKAGING; INCLUDE INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS. C KEEP MATERIALS FROM FREEZING. Ill FIELD CONDITIONS A. MAINTAIN AMBIENT TEMPERATURE IN SPACES WHERE CONCRETE TESTING IS BEING PERFORMED, AND FOR AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR To TESTING, AT NOT LESS THAN 65 DEGREES F OR MORE THAN 85 DEGREES F. S. MAINTAIN RELATIVE HUMIDITY IN SPACES WHERE CONCRETE TESTING IS BEING PERFORMED, AND FOR AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO r TESTING. AT NOT LESS THAN 40 PERCENT AND NOT MORE THAN 60 PERCENT. ,.PRODUCTS 5.' MATERIALS A PATCHING COMPOUND: FLOOR COVERING MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED PRODUCT, SUITABLE FOR CONDITIONS, AND COMPATIBLE WITH ADHESIVE AND FLOOR COVERING. IN THE ABSENCE OF ANY RECOMMENDATION FROM FLOORING MANUFACTURER, PROVIDE A PRODUCT WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS. I CEMEN FRIOUS MOISTURE., MILDEM/I AND AUKAURESISTANT COMPOUND, COMPATIBLE WITH FLOOR, FLOOR COVERING, AND FLOOR COVERING AGHESIVE, AND CAPABLE OF BEING FEATHERED TO NOTHING AT EDGES, 2 COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH: 3000 PSI, MINIMUM, AFTER 28 DAYS, WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM CIG%/C109M OR ASTM C472, WHICHEVER IS APPROPRIATE. 13, ALTERNATE FLOORING ADHESIVE FLOOR COVERING MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDED PRODUCT, SUITABLE FOR THE MOISTURE AND PH CONDITIONS PRESENT; LOZVOC. I THE ABSENCE OF ANY RECOMMENDATION FROM FLOORING MANUFACTURER, PROVIDE A PRODUCT RECOMMENDED BY ADHESIVE MANUFACTURER AS SUITABLE FOR SUBSTRATE AND FLOOR COVERING AND FOR CONDITIONS PRESENT. C. REMEDIAL FLOOR COATING: SINGLE. OR MULTI�LAYER COATING OR OCATINGIOVERLAY COMBINATION INTENDED BY ITS MANUFACTURER TO RESIST WATER VAPOR TRANSMISSION TO DEGREE SUFFICIENT TO MEET FLOORING MANUFACTURERS EMISSION LIMITS, RESISTANT TO THE LEVEL OF ALKAUNITY (PH) FOUND, AND SUITABLE FOR ADHESION OF FLOORING WITHOUT FURTHER TREATMENT. 1. IF TESTING AGENCY RECOMMENDS ANY PARTICULAR PRODUCTS, USE ONE OF THOSE, 2. PRODUCTS: a) ARDEX ENGINEERED CEMENTS; ARDEX MC ULTRA WITH ARDEX FEATHER FINISH: WWWARDEXAMERICAS.COM hilix./AAAAWARDEXINMERICASCO . ta CUSTOM BUILDING PRODUCTS; TECHMVC MOISTURE VAPOR AND ALKALINITY BARRIER: 6. EXECUTION "hV:/IVVVVW�CUSTOMBUILDINGPRODUCTS,COV'WWVV,CUSIOMBUILDINGPRODUCTS,COM. 6.1 CONCRETE SLAB PREPARATION A. PERFORM FOLLOWING OPERATI NIS IN THE ORDER INDICATED: 1. EXISTING CONCRETE SLABS (01,�GRADE AND ELEVATED) WITH EXISTING FLOOR COVERINGS: a) VISUAL OBSERVATION OF EXISTING FLOOR COVERING, FOR ADHESION, WATER DAMAGE, ALKALINE DEPOSITS. AND OTHER DEFECTS, Id REMOVAL OF EXISTING FLOOR COVERING, 2. PRELIMINA CLEANING. 3. MOSTUREVAPOR EMISSION TESTS; 3 TESTS IN THE FIRST 1000 SQUARE FEET AND ONE TEST IN EACH ADDITIONAL 1000 SQUARE FEET, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED OR REQUIRED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. 4. INTERNAL RELATIVE HUMIDITY TESTS, IN SAME LOCATIONS AS MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSION TESTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE IN ICATED. 5. ALKALINITY (PH) TESTS; IN SAME LOCATIONS AS MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSION TESTS, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 6. SPECIFIED REMEDIATION, IF REQUIRED. 7. PATCHING, SMOOTHING, AND LEVELING, AS REQUIRED. 8. OTHER PREPARATION SPECIFIED, 9, ADHESIVE BOND AND COMPATIBILITY TEST. IDPROTECTtON. B. REMEDIATIONS: 1. ACTIVE WATER LEAKS OR CONTINUING MOISTURE MIGRATION TO SURFACE OF SLAB: CORRECT THIS CONDITION BEFORE DOING ANY OTHER REMEDIATION: RE -TEST AFTER CORRECTION. 2. EXCESSIVE MOISTURE EMISSION OR RELATIVE HUMIDITY. IF AN ADHESIVE THAT IS RESISTANT TO THE LEVEL OF MOISTURE TO THE FLOORING MANUFACTURER. USE THAT ADHESIVE FOR INSTALLATION OF THE FLOORING; OTHERWISE, APPLY A SKIM COA OFS ECIFIED PATCHING COMPOUND OVER ENTIRE SUSPECT FLOOR AREA. 6.2 REMOVAL OF EXISTIN FLOORCOVERINGS A. COMPLY WITH LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF RFCI RECOMMENDED WORK PRACTICES FOR REMOVAL OF RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING$, AS APPLICABLE TO FLOOR COVERING BEING REMOVED. S. DISPOSE OF REMOVED MATERIALS IN ACCORDANCE WITH LOCAL, STATE, AND FEDERAL REGULATIONS AND AS SPECIFIED. 6.3 PRELIMINARY CLEANING A. CLEAN FLOORS OF DUST, SOLVENTS, PAINT, WAX, OIL, GREASE ASPHALT, RESIDUALADHESIVE, ADHESIVE REMOVERS, FILM -FORMING CURING COMPOUNDS, SEALING COMPOUNDS, ALKALINE SALTS, EXCESSIVE I-AITAINCE, MOLD, MILDEW, AND OTHER MATERIALS THAT MIGHT PREVENT ADHESIVE BOND, B. DO NOT USE SOLVENTS OR OTHER CHEMICALS FOR CLEANING. 6.4 MOISTURE VAPOR EMISSION TESTING A. WHERE THE FLOOR COVERING MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT WITH EITHER THE REFERENCED TEST METHOD OR THIS SPECIFICATION, COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTUREKS REQUIREMENTS. B WHERE THIS SPECIFICATION CONFLICTS WITH THE REFERENCED TEST ME TIOD COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS OF THIS SECTION, E. TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM F1 869 AND AS FOLLOWS, D_ PLASTIC SHEET TEST AND MAT BOND TEST MAY NOT BE SUBSTITUTED FOR THE SPECIFIED ASTM TEST METHOD, AS THOSE METHODS DO NORQUA TIFY THE MOISTURE CONTENT SUFFICIENTLY. E IN THE EVENT THAT TEST VALUES EXCEED FLOOR COVERING MANUFACTURER'S LIMITS PERFORM REMEDIATION AS INDICATED. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER LIMITS PERFORM REMEDIATION IF TEST VALUES EXCEED 3 POUNDS PER 100 SQUARE FEET PER 24 HOURSL F REPORT. REPORT THE INFORMATION REQUIRED BY THE TEST METHOD. 6.5 ALLIALINII TESTING A. WHERE THE FLOOR COVERING MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS CONFLICT WITH EITHER THE REFERENCED TEST METHOD OR THIS SPECIFICATION, COMPLY WITH THE MANUFACTURERS REQUIREMENTS, S. THE FOLLOW NG PROCEDURE IS THE EQUIVALENT OF TFAT DESCRIBED IN ASTM F710, REPEATED HERE FOR THE CONTRACTORS CONVENIENCE, C. USE A WIDE RANGE ALKALINITY (PH) TEST PAPER, ITS ASSOCIATED CHART. AND DISTILLED OR DEICNIZED WATER, Q PLACE SEVERAL DROPS OF WATER ON A CLEAN SURFACE OF CONCRETE, FORMING A PUDDLE APPROXIMATELY I INCH IN DIAMETER. ALLOW THE PUDDLE TO SET FOR APPROXIMATELY 60 SECONDS, THEN DIP THE ALKALINITY (PH) TEST PAPER INTO THE WATER. REMOVE IT, AND COMPARE IMMEDIATELY TO CHART TO DETERMINE ALKALINITY (PH) READING. r E IN THE _ T THAT TEST VALUES EXCEED FLOOR COVERING MANUFACTURERS LIMITS PERFORM REMFDIATJON AS INDICATED. IN THE ABSENCE OF MANUFACTURER LIMITS PERFORM REMEDIATION IF AUIALINITY (PH) TEST VALUE Is OVER 10. 6.6 PREPARATION A SEE INDIVIDUAL FLOOR COVERING SECTION(S) FOR ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS. S. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF FLOOR COVERING MANUFACTURER, C. FILL AND SMOOTH SURFACE CRACKS, GROOVES, DEPRESSIONS, CONTROL JOINTS AND OTHER NONMOVING JOINTS, AND OTHER IRREGULARITIES WITH PATCHING COMPOUND. D. DO NOT FILL EXPANSION JOINTS, ISOLATION JOINTS, OR OTHER MOVING JOINTS. L7 ADHESIVE BOND AND COMPATIBILITY TESTING A. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF FLOOR COVERING MANUFACTURER. 6.8 APPLICATION OF REMEDIAL FLOOR COATING A. COMPLY WITH REQUIREMENTS AND RECOMMENDATIONS OF COATING MANUFACTURER. PROTECTION A. COVER PREPARED FLOORS WITH BUILDING PAPER OR OTHER DURABLE COVERING. END OF SECTION ARCHrTEC`r OF RECORD JAMES A. HAILEY 6700 ANTIOCH PLAJA SUITE 300 . MURIAM, KS 66204 -b-anch.cono TEL: 913-262-9095 F". 913-262-9044 CONSULTANT COPYRIGHT NOTICE This crowing me prepared fo,,s, on, Spec fo site owitemporancously with In tesda, d o add ti-toLits o dlffere,t PRect III- at a late, time. Use of this drawing fia-fore,ce or c-pt, on another p,,Jd quires the ad,wcas of proparly licensed archlo,cls and mgln,,m. Reproduction of this clowing fb ...... n another project Is not a,th,riled and may be dentrart to the law. ISSUES & REVISIONS PROJECT N E UWAS TUKWILA, WA PROJECT ADDRESS 18323 ANDOVER PARK W., BLDG f TUKWILA, WA 98188 ISSUED FOR PERMIT PROJECT MANAGE. CHECKED BY: DRAMIN BY: CEM DOCUMINIFF DATE 08/01119 PROJECT NO. - - - - - - - - - - 62300960 �ROFESSJONAL SEAL 9921 REGISTERED ARCHIT CT Y S �:;,:4;'TON REVIEWED FOR PROJECT NAME: CODE COMPLIANCE UWAS TUKWILA, WA APPROVED AUG 20 2019 I BUILDING ADDRESS: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W., BLDG 6, TUKWILA, WA 98188 Fi-�: City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVIsION I PROJECrYEM: 2019 WIN REGION: TODAYS DATE: 7/31/2019 1:52:48 PM DRAWN BY: CEM BI-M I COR: DRAWN DATE: RECEIVEn CITY OF TUKWILA 1 08/01/19 BUILDING TYPE: UWAS APPROVED BY: AUG 02 2019 PERMIT CENTER SCALE: APPROVED DATE: VARIES AMAZON DISCALAIME tam-Z�HFB.:" ajMzon SHEET:1 AS003 0 EIRROriginsilprintod-lacylocippor 09 5100 - SUSPENDED ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS PART 1 - GENERAL 2,1 SECTION INCLUDES SCUSSPPEgNNIDCEgD MUETAL GRID CEILING SYSTEM. 3.2 PAINT MATERIALS, GENERAL 10 44 00 - FIRE PROTECTION SPECIALTIES AA, 2.2 RELATED REgU1kEMENTS X MATERIAL COMPATIBILITY: PROVIDE BLOCK FILLERS,PRIMERS,UNDERCOATS, AND FINISHCOAT MATERIALS THATARE COMPATIBLE WITH 1. GENERAL A. SECTION 017823- OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA. ONEANOTHER AND THE SUBSTRATES INDICATED UNDER CONDITIONS OF SERVICE AND APPLICATION, AS DEMONSTRATED BY MANUFACTURER BASED ON TESTING AND FIELD EXPERIENCE. 2.1 QUALITY ASSURANCE B. SECTION 016116- VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUND(VOC) CONTENT RESTRICTIONS. B, MATERIAL OUALITY: PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S BEST QUALITY"PROFESSIONAL' PAINT MATERIAL OF VARIOUS COATING TYPES SPECIFIED. A SINGLE SOURCE RESPONSIBILITY: OBTAIN EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS FROM ONE SOURCE FROM A SINGLE MANUFACTURER. C. SECTION 0792 W- JOINT SEALERS: ACOUSTICAL SEALANT, PAINT MATERIAL CONTAINERS NOT USPLAYNG MANUFACTURER'S PRODUCT IDENTIFICATION WILL NOT BE ACCEPTABLE. COLORS: COLOR B. NFPA COMPLIANCE: FABRICATE AND LABEL FIRE EXTINGUISHERS TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS LISTED IN THE CODES, D. MECHANICAL DRAWINGS E ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. GUIDED SELECTED BY OWNER AND WILL BE STRICTLY ADHERED TOO, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED STANDARDS, AND REGULATIONS DOCUMENT WITHIN THESE STANDARDS 2.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS C EXTERIOR COATINGS: NOT USED C. FIRE EXTINGUISHERS: USTED AND LABELED FOR TYPE, RATING, AND CLASSIFICATION BY AN INDEPENDENT TESTING AGENCY A ASTM C63510635M- STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR THE MANUFACTURE, PERFORMANCE, AND TESTING OF METAL SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR D. INTERIOR COATINGS: ACCEPTABLE TO AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY -IN PANEL CEILINGS; 2013A INTERIOR METALS: (DOORS, DOOR FRAMES WHERE INDICATED) PREPARATION: REMOVE ALL VISIBLE RUST, OIL, GREASE, SOIL, AND 2.2 SUBMITTALS B. ASTM C635/C6WM- STANDARD PRACTICE FOR INSTALLATION OF METAL CEILING SUSPENSION SYSTEMS FOR ACOUSTICAL TILE AND LAY -IN ALLOTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES WITH CLEANING SOLUTIONS AND/ORSCRAPERS, ALLOW TO DRY AND SAND ALL AREAS THAT NEED A SEE SECTION 013323-SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS. PANELS; 2013. C. ASTM E1264-STANDARD CLASSIFICATION FOR ACOUSTICAL CEILING PRODUCTS; 2014. SMOOTHING AND DUST OFF, 3. PART 2 - PRODUCTS D. NFPA 286- STANDRD METHODS OF FIRE TESTS FOR EVALUATING CONTRIBUTION OF WALL AND CEILING INTERIOR FINISH TO ROOM FIRE PRIME: (1) COAT BENJAMIN MOORE; FRESH START ENAMEL 3.1 GENERAL GROWTH; 2015. UNDERBODY PRIMER(217)(WIL VOC): APPLIED AT A DRY FILM THICKNESS OF NOT LESS THAN 1.4 TO 2.0 MILS.(SPOT A, ALL MATERIALS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED ALL APPLICABLE REFERENCED STANDARDS, FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL E. UL (FRD) - FIRE RESISTANCE DIRECTORY; UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES INC.; CURRENT EDITION. PRIME REQUIRED ONLY ON RE -PAINT PROJECTS) REQUIREMENTS, AND CONFORM TO CODES AND ORDINANCES OF AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION 2.3 ADMINSTRATIVE REUIkEMENTS A SEQUENCE WORKTO UBE ACOUSTICAL CEIUNGS ARE NOT INSTALLED UNTIL BUILDING IS ENCLOSED, SUFFICIENT HEAT IS PROVIDED, DUST FINISH: (2) COATS BENJAMIN MOORE: NATURA INTERIOR PANT- 3.2 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS GENERATING ACTIVITIES HAVE TERMINATED, AND OVERHEAD WORK IS COMPLETED, TESTED, AND APPROVED SEMI -GLOSS (512) (Og/L VOC) AS NOTED IN FINISH SCHEDULE, APPUED AT A DRY FILM THICKNESS OF NOT LESS THAN t-5 A. PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHERS FOR LOCATIONS INDICATED, IN COLORS AND FINISHES SELECTED BY AE FROM MANUFACTURER'S B. DO NOT INSTALL ACOUSTICAL UNITS UNTIL AFTER INTERIOR WET WORK 1S DRY. TO 2A MILS. STANDARD, THAT COMPLY WITH AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. 2.6 SUBMITTALS APPLICATION: CONVENTIONAL SPRAY, HVLP OR AIRLESS B. PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHER TYPES AS FOLLOWS: A. SEE SECTION 0133 23 - SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS. SPRAY. TOUCH-UPS SHALL BE DONE WITH CONVENTIONAL SPRAY OR AIRLESS EQUIPMENT OR BRUSH OR ROLLER. 1. MULTI -PURPOSE DRY CHEMICAL TYPE: UL RATED 4A-608C, 10 LB, NOMINAL CAPACITY, IN ENAMELED STEEL CONTAINER, FOR 2.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE A.FIRE.RESISTIVE ASSEMBLIES: COMPLETE ASSEMBLY LISTED AND CLASSIFIED BY UL(FRD) FOR THE FIRE RESISTANCE INDICATED. PREPARATION: REMOVE ALL VISIBLE RUST, OIL GREASE, SOIL, CLASS A E AND C FIRES (USE REQUIRES SPECIAL APPROVAL BY OWNER), B. SUSPENSION SYSTEM MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS AND ALL OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES WITH CLEANING SOLUTIONS AND ALLOW TO DRY PRIOR TO PRIMING. a) AMEREX MODEL 8456 SECTION WITH MINIMUM THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. PRIME: (1) COAT BENJAMIN MOORE; FRESH START ENAMEL b) ANSULSEODE MODEL PA105 ANSEL DELA C. ACOUSTICAL UNIT MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION UNDERBODY PRIMER (217) (D dL VOC): APPLIED AT A DRY FILM THICKNESS OF NOT LESS THAN 1A TO ED MILS. (PRIMER ENTRYM C) ABC WITH MINIMUM THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE. 2.7 FIELD CONDITIONS ONLY REQUIRED ON UNPAINTED DECKING OR TO SPOT PRIME BARE AREAS IN DECKING) d) QUANTITY:PROVIDE(1) WALL MOUNTED EXTINGUISHER. A MAINTAIN UNIFORM TEMPERATURE OF MINIMUM 60 DEGREES F, AND MAXIMUM HUMIDITY OF 40 PERCENT PRIOR TO, DURING, AND AFTER FINISH: (2) COATS BENJAMIN MOORE; NATURA INTERIOR PAINT- AS -SCHEDULED (512) (41. VOC) UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE IN FINISH SCHEDULE, APPLIED AT A DRY FILM THICKNESS a) LOCATION: STORAGE ROOM 3.3 MOUNTING BRACKETS ACOUSTICAL UNIT INSTALLATION. PAR�T�2JG2TT-Ppp(R(�Ot'pID.IUCTS OF NOT LESS THAN 1.5 TO 2.0 MILS. A. BRACKETS: DESIGNED TO PREVENT ACCIDENTALLY DISLODGING EXTINGUISHER, OF SIZES REQUIRED FOR TYPE AND CAPACITY 2.1 APPLICATION: CONVENTIONAL SPRAY,HVLPORAIRLESS OF EXTINGUISHER INDICATED. RMAl7UFIACTUREFF�T3 SPRAY. TOUCH-UPS SHALL BE DONE WITH CONVENTIONAL SPRAY OR AIRLESS EQUIPMENT OR BRUSH OR ROLLER. 1. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDRD METAL BRACKETS FOR EXTINGUISHERS NOT LOCATED IN CABINETS. 1. RMSTRONG WORLD INDUSTRIES, INC; W WW.RMSTRONG.COM hme// W W.ARMSTRONG.COM . 3.4 FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS 2. CELOTEX CORP. 3. USG: W W W.USG.COM http:/NNW W.USGCOM. INTERIOR GYP BD: A. CABINETS AND ACCESSORIES: BASIS OF DESIGN: LARSEN'S MANUFACTURING CO; OCCULTSERIES-FULLY RECESSED -USE FIRE -PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 4. SU6NTS-GENERAL STME124, PREPARATION: REMOVE ALL VISIBLE RUST, OIL, GREASE, SOIL, RATED MODEL IN ALL FIRE RATED WALLS. 1. SOLID DOOR LESS HANDLE CLA B. ACOUSTICAL UNITS- GENERAL ASTM REFIRE CLASS A. IN FIRE-ft4TED SUSPENSION SYSTEM: LISTED AND CLASSIFIED FOR THE FIRE-RESISTIVEASSEMBLY AS AND ALL OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES WITH CLEANING SOLUTIONS, FILL HAIRLINE CRACKS, HOLES AND OTHER 2. P RTO SUSPE SIONSLON PARTOF DEFECTS WITH FILLER COMPATIBLE WITH FINISH COATS. SAND SMOOTH ALL AREAS FILLED AND/OR AREAS TO MAKE CLEAR ANODIZE ALUTI-ETTERING 3. CLERA DALUMINUM C. ACOUSTICAL TILE: PAINTED MINERAL FIBER, ASTME1264 TYPE III, WITH THE FOLLOWING CHARACTERISTICS: PAINTEDMNERAL FI WITH FINISH COATS. 4. MODEI_0-2409 -2409 1. SIZE: 24 X 24INCHES PRIME: (1) COAT BENJAMIN MOORE' FRESH START 5. QUANTITY: PROVIDE EQUIPMENT IN QUANTITIES AS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS AND AS REQUIRED BY LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL 2. THICKNESS: &4 INCHES HIGH -HIDING ALL PURPOSE ACRYLIC PRIMER (046) (Dg/L VOC): APPLIED AT A DRY FILM THICKNESS OF NOT LESS THAN 1A 6. LOCATION: SEE FLOOR PLAN 3. COMPOSITION: WATER FELTED 4. LIGHT REFLECTANCE: 0.89 PERCENT, DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE TO 20 MILS.(SPOT B. PROVIDE FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS WHERE INDICATED AND FROM THE SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE EXTINGUISHERS. 5. NRC: 0.70, DETERMINED AS SPECIFIED IN ASTM El264 PRIME REQUIRED ONLY ON RE -PAINT PROJECTS} PROVIDE SIZES REQUIRED FOR HOUSING SPECIFIED FIRE EXTINGUISHERS, AND AS FOLLOWS: 6. CEILING ATTENUATION CLASS (CAC)' MIN. 33, DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE FINISH: (7) COATS BENJAMIN MOORE; NANRA INTERIOR C. CONSTRUCTION: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD ENAMELED STEEL BOX, WITH TRIM, FRAME, DOOR, AND HARDWARE TO SUIT 7. FIRE RATING: CLASS A PAINT - AS -SCHEDULED (512) (VL VOC), APPLIED AT A DRY FILM THICKNESS OF NOT LESS THAN 1.5 TO SO MILS. CABINET TYPE, TRIM STYLE, AND DOOR STYLE INDICATED. WELD JOINTS AND GRIND SMOOTH, MITER AND WELD PERIMETER DOOR 8.EDGE: SQUARE LAY -IN APPLICATION: CONVENTIONAL SPRAY, HVLP OR AIRLESS FRAMES. 9. SURFACE COLOR: AS SCHEDULED SPRAY. TOUCH-UPS SHALL BE DONE WITH CONVENTIONAL SPRAY OR AIRLESS EQUIPMENT OR BRUSH OR ROLLER. D. FIRE RATED CABINETS: UL LISTED WITH UL LISTING MARK WITH RATING OF WALL WHERE IT IS INSTALLED. 10. SURFACE PATTERN: SMOOTH E. TRIM STYLE FABRICATE TRIM IN ONE PIECE WITH CORNERS MITERED, WELDED, AND GROUND SMOOTH. 2.2 SUANUFACURERS: EMS(S) A. MANUFACTURERS: INTERIOR WOOD TRIM: PAINTED BASEBOARD ( ) 1. TRIMLEBB WITH HIDDEN FLANGE OF SAME METAL AND FINISH AS BOX(NB) THAT OVERLAPS SURROUNDING WALL FINISH AND IS i. SAME AS FOR ACOUSTICAL UNITS, OR AS INDICATED BELOW: CONCEALED FROM VIEW BY AN OVERLAPPING DOOR, 2. CHICAGO METALLIC CORPORATION: W W W CHICAGOMETALUC.COM hop:/NWWV.CHICAGOMETALLIC.COM . PREPARATION: REMOVE ALL VISIBLE RUST, OIL, GREASE, SOIL, F. DOOR MATERIAL AND CONSTRUCTION: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DOOR CONSTRUCTION, OF MATERIAL INDICATED, 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 0160 00- PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. AND ALL OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES WITH CLEANING SOLUTIONS AND ALLOW TO DRY PRIOR TO PRIMING. COORDINATED WITH CABINET TYPES AND TRIM STYLES SELECTED. B. SUSPENSION SYSTEMS- GENERAL COMPLYING WITH A57M G63510635K DIE CUT AND INTERLOCKING COMPONENTS, WITH STABILIZER BARS, PRIME: (1) COAT BENJAMIN MOORE; FRESH START ENAMEL 1. COLD -ROLLED STEEL SOLID, WHITE BAKED ACRYLIC ENAMEL, WHICH CAN BE USED EITHER AS A FINISH OR PRIME COAT. DOOR CLIPS, SPLICES, PERIMETER MOLDINGS, AND HOLD DOWN CUPS AS REQUIRED. UNDERBODY PRIMER (217) (0g1L VOC): APPLIED AT A DRY FILM THICKNESS OF NOT LESS THAN 1.4 TO 2.0 MILS. (PRIMER SHALL INCLUDE LETTERING. C. EXPOSED TEE SUSPENSION SYSTEM: FORMED STEEL COMMERCIAL QUALITY COLD ROLLED; HEAVY-DUTY. ONLY REQUIRED ON UNPAINTED DECKING OR TO SPOT PRIME BARE AREAS IN DECKING) G. IDENTIFY FIRE EXTINGUISHER IN CABINET WITH FIRE EXTINGUISHER LETTERING APPLIED TO DOOR VERTICALLY. PROVIDE 1. PROFILE: 15116IN EXPOSED TEE, HOT DIP GALVANIZED STEEL (I.E. ARMSTRONG PRELUDE ML t5/16" EXPOSED TEE). WEB, FINISH: (2) COATS BENJAMIN MOORE; NATURA INTERIOR PAINT- LETTERING TO COMPLY WITH AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION FOR LETTER STYLE, RED IN COLOR, SIZE, SPACING, AND LOCATION. 2 CONSTRUCTION: DOUBLE 3. FINISH: TO MATCH TILE AS -SCHEDULED (512) (Og/L VOC), APPLIED AT A DRY FILM H. IDENTIFY BRACKET MOUNTED EXTINGUISHERS WITH FIRE EXTINGUISHER IN RED LETTER DECALS APPLIED TO WALL SURFACE, 2.3 ACCESSORIES THICKNESS OF NOT LESS THAN 1.5 TO 2.0 MILS. USE LETTER SIZE, STYLE, AND LOCATION AS SELECTED BY AE, A. SUPPORT CHANNELS AND HANGERS: GALVANIZED STEEL; SIZE AND TYPE TO SUIT APPLICATION, SEISMIC REQUIREMENTS, AND CEILING SYSTEM APPLICATION: CONVENTIONAL SPRAY, HVLP OR AIRLESS 1. DOOR STYLE: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DESIGN. FLATNESS REQUIREMENT SPECIFIED. SPRAY. TOUCH-UPS SHALL BE DONE WITH CONVENTIONAL SPRAY OR AIRLESS EQUIPMENT OR BRUSH OR ROLLER. 1. SOLID PANEL FULL FLUSH OPAQUE PANEL OF MATERIALINDICATED. 1. HANGER WIRE SHALL BE I2 GAGE GALVANIZED WIRE, SPECIFICALLY MANUFACTURED FOR USE WITH SUSPENDED CEILINGS, CONCRETE: (SEALED CONCRETE) J. DOOR HARDWARE: B. PERIMETER MOLDINGS: SAME MATERIAL AND FINISH AS GRID. PREPARATION: REMOVE ALL VISIBLE RUST, OIL, GREASE, t. PROVIDE MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD DOOR OPERATING HARDWARE OF PROPER TYPE FOR CABINET TYPE, TRIM STYLE, AND 1. AT EXPOSED GRID: PROVIDE L-SHAPED MOLDING FOR MOUNTING AT SAME ELEVATION AS FACE OF GRID. SOIL, AND ALL OTHER FOREIGN SUBSTANCES WITH CLEANING SOLUTIONS, AND OR TOOLS AS NECESSARY. DOOR MATERIAL AND STYLE INDICATED, PROVIDE CONCEALED OR CONTINUOUS TYPE HINGE PERMITTING DOOR TO OPEN 180 C. ACOUSTICAL SEALANT FOR PERIMETER MOLDINGS: SPECIFIED IN SECTION 07 92 00. D. TOUCH-UP PAINT: TYPE AND COLOR TO MATCH ACOUSTICAL AND GRID UNITS" PRIME (BARE): CONCRETE MUST BE CURED FOR A MINIMUM DEG. PART 3 - EXECTUTION OF 30 DAYS. (1) COAT SEAL-KRETE CLEAN-N-ETCH. IF ETCHING WITH MURIATIC ACID, FLOOR SURFACE MUST BE 3.5 FINISHES FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINET$, GENERAL 3.1 f E�AiYNUL\'j19NG CONDITIONS BEFORE STARTING WORK NEUTRALIZED BEFORE PROCEEDING. PRIME(PAINTED}: FRESHLY PAINTED SURFACES MUST BE A. COMPLY WITH NAAMM "METAL FINISHES MANUAL" FOR RECOMMENDATIONS RELATIVE TO APPLYING AND DESIGNATING FINISHES. B. PROTECT MECHANICAL FINISHES ON EXPOSED SURFACES FROM DAMAGE BY APPLYING STRIPPABLE, TEMPORARY PROTECTIVE i ' B. VERIFY THAT LAYOUT OF HANGERS WILL NOT INTERFERE WITH OTHER WORK CURED A MINIMUM OF 72 HOURS. PAINTED SURFACES MUST NOT BE PEEUNG OR BUSTERING AND CLEANED WITH A COVERING PRIOR TO SHIPPING. 3.2 INSTALLATION. SUSPENSION SYSTEM WATER AND TRISODIUM PHOSPHATE (TSP) SOLUTION. RINSE WELL AND ALLOW TO DRY. A. RIGIDLY SECURE SYSTEM, INCLUDING INTEGRAL MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS, FOR MAXIMUM DEFLECTION OF 1:360. FINISH: (t)COAT SEAL-KRETE CLEAR -SEAL -SATIN ATS 4. EXECUTION S.FASTENERS: ANCHORS FOR HANGER WIRES IN A CONCRETE DECK SHALL BE DRILLED-IN,WEDGE-TYPE EXPANSION ANCHORS ONLY. POWDER- (<10(1)C 1 ACTUATED FASTENERS SHALL NOT BE USED EXCEPT IN CONCRETE ON METAL DECKING OR STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING MEMBERS. ApRiCATiON: 1/41NCH NAP FOR SMOOTH SURFACES, 4.1 INSTALLATION Q 48 INCH SPACING: ALL HANGER WIRES SHALL BE SPACED NO MORE THAN 48 INCHES APART IN ANY DIRECTION. EXTRA WIRES SHALL BE PROVIDED NEAR LIGHT FIXTURES, SO THAT A WIRE SUPPORTS EACH CORNER OF THE FIXTURE. DAMPEN ROLLER, REMOVE EXCESS WATER, And SATURATE ROLLER WITH PRODUCT. DO NOT ALLOW TO PUDDLE, A. INSTALLATION SHALL MEET OR EXCEED All APPLICABLE FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL REQUIREMENTS REFERENCED E D. LAYOUT: THE GRID SYSTEM SHALL BE CENTERED LN THE ROOM WHEN POSSIBLE, IN BOTH DIRECTIONS, SO THAT THE BORDER TILES ARE OF STANDARDS AND CONFORM 7O CODES AND ORDINANCES O AUTHORITIES HAVING JURISDICTION. RDSA ND CON EQUAL SIZE THE ACOUSTICAL TILE HAS A DIRECTIONAL PATTERN, THE TILES SHALL INSTALLED IN THE SAME DIRECTION, NOT END OF SECTION 8. ALL SHALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S PUBLISHED RECOMMENDATIONS. G TI BUILSH AD. A ELNEXISTINGBUILDINGS, IT MAYBENECESSARYVI LOWER THE CEILING TONDOWS.ATIONBELOW THE TOPOF THEEDSOFSI.lR1N .HEAD. A7 C. INSTALL IN LOCATIONS AND AT MOUNTING HEIGHTS INDICATED OR, IF NOT INDICATED, AT HEIGHTS TO COMPLY WITH APPLICABLE SUCH LOCATIONS, RAISED SOFFITS SHALL BE PROVIDED IN FRONT OF THE WINDOWS. SEE DRAWING Q9 51 23-01, RAISED SOFFITAT EXISTING WINDOW HEAD. SOFFITAREA SHALL I3E FULLY ENCLOSE➢ AND SHALL PROVIDE SUFFICIENT CLEARANCE IN FRONT OF THE WINDOW FOR PAINTERS 1021Ui-VISUAL DISPLAY SURFACES REGULATIONS OF GOVERNING AUTHORITIES. 1, PREPARE RECESSES IN WALLS FOR FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS AS REQUIRED BV TYPE AND SIZE OF CABINET AND STYLE OF AND GLAZIERS TO MAINTAIN THE WINDOW AND SURROUNDING FINISHES. TRIM AND TO COMPLY WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. F. LOCATE SYSTEM ON ROOM AXIS ACCORDING TO REFLECTED PLAN. 2.1 SECTION INCLUDES 2. FASTEN MOUNTING BRACKETS AND FIRE EXTINGUISHER CABINETS TO STRUCTURE, SQUAE AND PLUMB. 1. THE GRID SYSTEM SHALL BE CENTERED IN THE ROOM WHEN POSSIBLE, IN BOTH DIRECTIONS, SO THAT THE BORDER TILESRE OF EQUAL SIZE. A. TACKBOARDS. USA) 2.2 REFERENCE STANDARDS G. INSTALL AFTER MAJOR ABOVE -CEILING WORK IS COMPLETE. COORDINATE THE LOCATION OF HANGERS WITH OTHER WORK A ANSI A135.4 - AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FOR BASIC HARDBOARD; 2012. END QF secnoN R HANGER WIRES SHALL BE INSTALLED AS NEARLY VERTICAL AS POSSIBLE, IF AN OBSTRUCTION (SUCH AS DUCTWORK) INTERFERES WITH SPACING, A'TRAPEZE" SHALL BE USED. WIRES SHALL NOT BE SUPPORTED FROM DUCTWORK CONDUIT OR PIPING, ONLY THE BUILDING B, ANSI A208.1 - AMERICAN NATIONAL STANDARD FOR PARTICLEBOARD; 2009, C. ASTM A4241A424M-STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR STEEL, SHEET, FOR PORCELAIN ENAMELING 2009A 10 44 00 - LOADING DOCK EQUIPMENT STRUCTURE, BOTH ENOS OF HANGER WIRES SHALL BE TIGHTLY WRAPPED WITH A MINIMUM OF 3 TWISTS. D. ASTM E84- STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS OF BUILDING MATERIALS; 2015A 10.0.1 SUMMARY 1. DO NOT SUPPORT COMPONENTS ON MAIN RUNNERS OR CROSS RUNNERS IF WEIGHT CAUSES TOTAL DEAD LOAD TO EXCEED DEFLECTION E. ASTM F793- STANDARD CLASSIFICATION OF WALL COVERING BY USE CHARACTERISTICS 2010A. A. SECTION INCLUDES: CAPABILITY, J. SUPPORT FIXTURE LOADS USING SUPPLEMENTARY HANGERS LOCATED WITHIN 6INCHES OF EACH CORNER, OR SUPPORT COMPONENTS F. FS L-P-1040- PLASTIC SHEETS AND STRIPS (POLYVINYL FLUORIDE); FEDERAL SPECIFICATIONS AND STANDARDS: REVISION E 1977. 2.3 SUBMITTALS 1. DOCK LEVELERS. INDEPENDENTLY. A. SEE SECTION 013323-SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS. 2. DOCK BUMPERS. K DO NOT ECCENTRICALLY LOAD SYSTEM OR INDUCE ROTATION OF RUNNERS. 2A QUALITY ASSURANCE 3. DOCK SEALS. L PERIMETER MOLDING: INSTALL AT INTERSECTION OF CEILING AND VERTICAL SURFACES AND AT JUNCTIONS WITH OTHER INTERRUPTIONS. A. MANUFACTURER QUALIFICATIONS: COMPANY SPECIALIZING IN MANUFACTURING THE PRODUCTS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION WITH 4. VEHICLE RESTRAINTS. 1. INSTALL IN BED OFACOUSTICALSEALANT. 2. USE LONGEST PRACTICAL LENGTHS. MINIMUM THREE YEARS DOCUMENTED EXPERIENCE, 3. PRODUCTy$S 5. DOOR TRACK PROTECTION. 6. TRAILER FAN. 3. OVERLAP AND RIVET CORNERS. 3.1 MANUFACTUKERS 7. DOCK LIGHT. 3.3 INSTALLATION -ACOUSTICAL UNITS A VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS (TACKBOARDS) 8. DOCK COMMUNICATION SYSTEM. A. INSTALL ACOUSTICAL UNITS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 1. CLARIDGE PRODUCTS AND EQUIPMENT,INC:WWW.CLARIDGEPRODUCTS.COM http:lAk WV.CLARIDGEPRODUCTS.COM, 9. SECTIONAL & POWER DOOR GUARDS. B. FIT ACOUSTICAL UNITS IN PLACE, FREE FROM DAMAGED EDGES OR OTHER DEFECTS DETRIMENTAL TO APPEARANCE AND FUNCTION. 2. PLATINUM VISUAL SYSTEMS: A DIVISION OF ABC SCHOOL EQUIPMENT. 10.SAFETYBARRIERSYSTEM. B- RELATED SECTION$ S C. FIT BORDER TRIM NEATLY AGAINST ABUTTING SURFACES. D. INSTALL UNITS AFTER ABOVE -CEILING WORK IS COMPLETE. 3. SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 SO 00- PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. 3.2 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS ELECTRICAL: CONDUIT AND WIRING BETWEEN POWER SUPPLY, OPERATORS, AND CONTROLS. E INSTALLACOUSTCAL UNITS LEVEL, IN UNIFORM PLANE, AND FREE FROM TWIST, WARP, AND DENTS. A. TACKBOARDS: COMPOSITION CORK (TB-X); 1.2 SUBMITTALS F. CUTTING ACOUSTICAL UNITS: 1. MAKE FIELD CUT EDGES OF SAME PROFILE AS FACTORY EDGES. TGORKTHICKNESS:IIBINCH. 2. COLOR: AS SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL RANGE. A. SUBMITTALS FOR REVIEW; 1. SHOP DRAWINGS: INCLUDE LOCATIONS,DIMENSIONS, ATTACHMENTS, AND RELATIONSHIP TO G. INSTALL HOLD-DOWN CUPS ON EACH PANEL TO RETAIN PANELS TIGHTTO GRID SYSTEM; COMPLY WITH FIRE RATING REQUIREMENTS, 3.BACKING;HARDBOARD,1/41NCH-THICK LAMINATED TO TACK SURFACE. ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION. 3.4 TOLERANCE$ 4. SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS: FLAME SPREAD INDEX OF 25, MAXIMUM, AND SMOKE DEVELOPED INDEX OF, 50, MAXIMUM, 2. PRODUCT DATA: INCLUDE UNIT CONSTRUCTION,DIMENSIONS, AND METHOD OF ATTACHMENT. A MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM FLAT AND LEVEL SURFACE: 1/8INCH IN tO FEET. B. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM PLUMB OF GRID MEMBERS CAUSED BY ECCENTRIC LOADS: 2 DEGREES WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH ASTM E84, 5. STANDARD TACK BOARD HEIGHT: 48 INCHES.; WIDTH AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS. 3. WARRANTY: SAMPLE WARRANTY FORM. e. CL3, WAR ANTY. SEALS: O END OF SECTION 6, FRAME EXTRUDED ALUMINUM, WITH CONCEALED FASTENERS. OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA 1.3 WARRANTIES 7. FRAME PROFILE: MANUFACTURER'S STANDARD 6. A. FURNISH MANUFACTURER'S 5 YER WARRANTY FOR LEVELERS PROVIDING COVERAGE AGAINST DEFECTS IN MATERIALS 3.3 MATERAILS-VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS FERMIS-V SUAL DISPLAY B AND ORKMANSHIP A. VINYL COATED FABRIC: ASTM F793 CATEGORY V(; CLEAR TOP OVERCOAT OF POLYVINYL FLUORIDE IN ACCORDANCE WITH FS L-P-1040 PART 2 PRODUCTS 09 65 00 - RESILIENT FLOORING TYPE 1, GRADE 8, CLASS 2, D0005 INCH THICK 2.1 MANUACA � ��� 1. PART 1 - GENERAL O E MANUFACTURERS: 1, 4FRONT ENTREMATIGKELUEY C. PARTITICLLEBORD ANSIEA208NSWOOD CH P SET WITH WATERPROO ESIN BINDER, SANDED FACES. 2. RITE -RITE CORP 2.1 SECTION INCLUDES D. FOIL SACKING. ALUMINUM FOIL SHEET, 0.005INCH THICK 2.2 COMONENT$ A. RESILIENT BASE. 4.EFX�(EpCN7U(.ITp'ITO�(1NN A. DOCK LEVELERS VERTICAL STORING: B. INSTALLATION ACCESSORIES. 4.1 EAVINATiAWELD MEASUREMENTS ARE AS INDICATED. 1. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS: 2.2 RELATED REQUIREMENT$ B. VERIFY THAT INTERNAL WALL BLOCKING IS READY TO RECEIVE WORK AND POSITIONING DIMENSIONS ARE AS INDICATED ON SHOP A. KELLEY MODEL VSL R RITE -MITE MODEL RHV4100 A. SECTION 035400- CAST UNDERLAYMENT, DRAWINGS 2. CAPACITY: 40K 8. INDEPENDENT AGENCY TESTING OF CONCRETE 4.21NSTALLBOAR A. INSTALL BOARDS INACCORDANCEWITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. 3. PLATFORMWIDTH: 7FEET. SLABS R M A OF EXISTING FLOOR CO CLEANING AND PREPA BS, REOVALO1-COMMONOOR COVERITS,CLEANING, ANREPARARATI E OV L VER TUGS. RATION. B. SECU I LEVEL AND PLUMB. RE UN TS 4. P : 8 FEET. LATFORM ENGTH 4.3 CLEANING I RETY TREADPLAT ORM DEC GH TENS LE STEELS E WITH ABRASIVE NONSKID FINISH. 5. PLATE KTSON,5/8I 2.3 REFERENCE STANDARD$ A. CLEAN BOARD SURFACES IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS. C4"HI 6. LIP: 201NGH EXTENSION, 5/B INCH THICK HIGH TENSILE STEEL SAFETY TREAD PLATE ON 40K-45K WITH ABRASIVE NON - A. ASTM E648- STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR CRITICAL RAQIANT FLUX OF FLOOR -COVERING SYSTEMS USING A RADIANT HEAT END OF SECTION $KID FINISH ENERGY SOURCE; 20t4C. 2004 (REAPPROVED 2014)Et. B. ASTM F1066-STANDARDSPECIFICATION FOR VNYL CINYLFL 7. VERTICAL COMPENSATION: FLOATING TRAVEL UP AND DOWN TO COMPENSATE FOR LOADING AND UNLOADING OF TRUCK OR TIL00013A. C. ASTM F1700-STANGARDSPECIFICATION FOR SOLIDVINYL FLOOR TILE; 2013A. 101400-SIGNAGE 8. SERVICE RANGE:G'ABOVE AND BELOW DOCK LEVEL ON S UNITS. 9, SIDE TO SIDE CROSS -TILT: 4 INCHES MAXIMUM OVER WIDTH OF RAMP, 0. ASTM F1861-STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR RESILIENT WALL BASE; 2008 (REAPPROVED 2012) Et. 1. PART1-PRODUCTS 10. IDENTIFICATION: ATTACH TO DOCK LEVELER IN CONSPICUOUS PLACE STATING: E. NPPA 253- STANDARD METHOD OF TEST FOR CRITICAL RADIANT FLUX OF FLOOR COVERING SYSTEMS USING A RADIANT HEAT ENERGY SOURCE; NATIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION; 2015. 2.1 SIGNAGE APPLICATIONS A. CAPACITY. B. NAME OF MANUFACTURER. F. 2RFCI(RWF)- RECOMMENDED WORK PRACTICES FOR REMOVAL OF RESILIENT FLOOR COVERINGS; RESILIENT FLOOR COVERING A. ACCESSIBILITY COMPLIANCE: SIGNS ARE REQUIRED TO COMPLY WITH ADA STANDARDS AND ICC A117.1 AND APPLICABLE CODES, C. MODELNUMBER. INSTITUTE; OCTOBER M11. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED; IN THE EVENT OF CONFLICTING REQUIREMENTS, COMPLY WITH THE MOST COMPREHENSIVE AND D. SERIAL NUMBER. 2.4 SUBMITTALS SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS, t. STANDARD FEATURES: A SEE SECTION 01 33 23- SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS. 8. ROOM AND DOOR SIGNS: PROVIDE A SIGN FOR RESTROOMS, STORAGE AND UTIUTY ROOMS A. BUILT-IN MAINTENANCE UNIT A BAR. B. REMOARLE U UNIT B. SUBMITTAL NOT REQUIRED.NOSUBSTITUTIONS TO THE SCHEDULED FINISHES WILL BE ACCEPTED. 1. SIGN TYPE: FLAT SIGNS WITH APPLIED CHARACTER PANEL MEDIA AS SPECIFIED. UPOWER C. UP UNDER IMPACT OF INCOMING VEHICLE. OF INCOMINGV C. ICATI OR T N OF F CERTIFICATION BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER AND 2 LE" SIGNAGE WITM LETTERS RAISE MINIMUM i/321NCH AND GRADE II BRAILLE. HYDRABLE D, HYDRAULIC SAFETY STOP. 14AT C NDITI UB-FLOOR IS ACCEPTABEN ADHESIVE MANUFACTURER THAT CONDITION OF SUB -FLOOR IS ACCEPTABLE. ESIVE FACTU 3. CHARACTER HEIGHT: 1 CHARA TER H NCH E. HINGED BOTTOM DRAFT PAD D. PROCEDURES, RECOMMENDED MAINTENANCE MATERIALS, ANO SVGGESTED 4. SIGN NL F. LEVELER TOPOWER LOADING RESSUR ONTH SCHEDULE FOR CLEANING, STRIPPING, AND RE -WAXING. EDULEFORCLEANING, SLURPING. AND REC LLANE US ROOMS: IDENTIFY ITH OOMNAM 5. MISCELLANEOUS ROOMS: IDENTIFY WITH ROOM NAME. TNG H IPPE ENGINEERED BE ANCBUTTON. G PROVIDE REAR -MOUNTING CHANNEL EQUIPPED WITH ENGINEERED CONCRETE ANCHORING DEVICES AND FACTORY 2.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING 6. REST ROOMS: IDENTIFY WITH PICTOGRAMS, THE NAMES "MEW AND ATTACHED LEVELER HINGE POINTS. EMBED AND LEVELER STRUCTURE TO HAVE NO ATTACHMENT TO THE PIT A. STORE ALL MATERIALS OFF OF THE FLOOR IN AN ACCLIMATIZED,WEATHER-TIGHT SPACE. 7, "WOMEN". AND BRAILLE FLOOR AND A MINIMUM 2" CLEARANCE FROM STRUCTURE TO PIT FLOOR ATANY POINT FOR EASY CLEANING. H. HYDRAULIC LIP EXTENSION TO BE DUAL ACTING TYPE, POWERED BOTH ON EXTENSION AND RETRACTION. B. PROTECT ROLL MATERIALS FROM DAMAGE BY STORING ON END. C. EMERGENCY EVACUATION MAPS: I. RUN-U1Fi' GUARD ON THE LEVELIK DECK T 0 BE IW THICK BY 4' HIGH MINIMUM. C. DO NOT DOUBLE STACK PALLETS. 1. ALLOW FOR ONE MAP TO BE LOCATED AT THE MAIN ENTRANCEIEXIT. J. MAIN HYDRAULIC CYLINDER TO HAVE ADJUSTABLE STROKE MOUNTING POINT. PROVIDE VERTICAL STYLE, 2.6 FIELD CONDITIONS 2. MAP CONTENT TO PROVIDED TENANT/ARCHITECT. LAMINATED RUBBER BUMPERS WITH RISER BRACKETS DESIGNED FOR BOTH THE DOOR SIZE AND TO RAISE TOP OF A. MAINTAIN TEMPERATURE IN STORAGE AREA BETWEEN 55 DEGREES F AND 90 DEGREES F. N D. OTHER DIMENSIONAL LETTER SIGNS: WALL -MOUNTED AL BUMPER FROM SHELF OR PIT FLOOR LEVEL WITH FINISHED FLOOR. 2 OPTIONS' B. STORE MATERIALS FOR NOT LESS THAN 48 HOURS PRIOR TO INSTALLATION IN AREA OF INSTALLATION AT A TEMPERATURE OF 70 1. EXTERIOR: ALLOW FOR NUMBERS ANDJOR LETTERS, 61NCHES A CONTROL PANEL: COMBO / MASTER PANEL DEGREES F TO ACHIEVE TEMPERATURE STABILITY. THEREAFTER, MAINTAN CONDITION$ ABOVE 55 DEGREES F. 2. HIGH, VINYL. PROVIDE CONTRASTING COLOR OF WHITE OR BLACK LETTER PLACEMENT PER THE RCHITECT'S DRAWINGS OR AS B, BUMPER TYPE: VERTICAL STEEL FACED 4X20XI I DIRECTED BY FIRE MARSHAL. C. DECK MOUNT POWER UNIT: NONE (REMOTE MOUNT STANDARD) ` 3. PRODUCTS 3. MOTOR(HYDRAULIC) OPERATION: 3.1 RESILIENT BASE 2.2 SIGN TYPES A FLAT SIGNS SIGN AGE MEDIA WITHOUT FRAME A. ELECTRICAL POWER PACK (INCLUDES MOTOR, PUMP AND VALVE ASSEMBLY) OF 1 HP, 208 VOLT 3 PHASE MOTOR B, REMOTE CONTROL STATION: CONSTANT PRESSURE PUSH BUTTON STATION COMPLYING. WITH NEMA 12, CONTROLS A RESIDENT BASE: ASTM Ft861, TYPE TS RUBBER, WLCANIZED THERMOSET: TOP SET STYLE 8, COVE. i. EDGES: BEVELED TOINCLUDE THE FOLLOWINOSEPRATEBUTTONGRAISE,LOWER: LIP EXTEND, LIP RETRACT; AND A MOMENTARY "MUSHROOM' i. THICKN SNCH. THICK 2. THISH: 2, CORNERS: RADIUSED CONTACT STYLE EMERGENCY STOP. C. OPERATOR PUSHES"LOWER'8UTTON TO POWER LEVELER BY MOTOR TO LOADING POSITION. 3, FIN SA5:0.1251NCH TIN, 3. WALL MOUNTING OF ONE-SIDED SIGNS: CONCEALED SCREWS D, CONSTANT PRESSURE ON CONTROL BUTTON: RAISE UNIT. GTIR 4. LENGTH: ROLL B. COLOR AND FONT: UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED E. CONTROL BOX TO BE EQUIPPED WITH TWO -LIGHT SYSTEM TO INCLUDE GREEN & AMBER LED LIGHT SYSTEM. 5, COLOR: COLOR AS SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER'S STANDARDS. t. CHARACTER FONT; HELVETICA, ARIAL, OR OTHER SANS SERIF FONT F. PLATFORM AND UP OPERATED BY HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS. G. LIP AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDS AND HOLDS. 6. COLOR INDICATED ONDRAWINGS. 2. CHARACTER CASE: UPPER CASE ONLY 3. BACKGROUND COLOR: AS SCHEDULED H, ENGINEER UNIT TO"FREE FLOAT'WITH TRUCK BED. 7. ACCESSORIES: PREMOLDED EXTERNAL CORNERS AND END STOPS. 4, CHARACTER COLOR: CONTRASTING COLOR i. PROVIDE DROP -SAFE HYDRAULIC SAFETY STOP, 8. MANUFACTURERS: a) BURKE FLOORING: WWW.BURKEM RCER, COM<h JNWWVGURKEMERCER.COM> G PRODUCTS J. ELECTRICAL SOLENOIDS AND JUNCTION BOXES IN PIT OR ON LEVELER DECK UNACCEPTABLE ON REMOTE -MOUNTED POWER UNIT APPLICATIONS. b) JOHNSONITE, A TARKETT COMPANY: WWW-OHNSONITE M INVWW,JOHNSONITE.COM> 1. TACTILE ROOM ID: B. FHYDRAUUC DOCK LEVELERS: c) ROPPE CORP: W W W ROPPE,COM <http://WW W.ROPPE COM>. a) VENDOR: JUSTBRAILLESIGNS.COM 1, ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS: A KELLEY MODEL HK d) SUBSTITUTIONS: NO SUBSTITUTIONS WILL BE ACCEPTABLE. b) TYPE: RESTROOM ADA BRAILLE SIGN (ECONOMY SIGN SERIES) B. RITE-HITE MODEL HL900 3.2 ACCESSORIES c) SIZE: 6"X9„ A. PRIMERS, ADHESIVES, AND SEAM SEALER: WATERPROOF; TYPES RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. Q TEXT: PER SIGN TYPE e) COLOR: CHARCOAL GRAY 3. PLAT ORM WIDTH: 7 FEET B, MOLDINGS, TRANSIT ION AND EDGE STRIPS: RUBBER. f) TEN ANT IDSIGNAGE: 4. PLATFORM LENGTH: 8 FEET 5. PLATFORM DECK THICKNESS: &16 INCH HIGH TENSILE STEEL SAFETY TREAD PLATE FOR 40.50K WITH ABRASIVE NON-SKID C. SEALER AND WAX: TYPES RECOMMENDED BY FLOORING MANUFACTURER. PROVIDE 2 COATS WAX AT NEW AND EXISTING VCT g) VENDOR: JUSGRAILLESIGNSOOM FINISH. 4. EXECUTION h) TYPE: CUSTOM ADA ROOM ID SIGN (ECONOMY SIGN SERIES) 6, UP LENGTH: 16INCH EXTENSION 11116INCH THICK HIGH TENSILE STEEL SAFETY TREAD PLATE FOR 40-50K CAPACITY WITH 4.1 EXAMINATION i) SIZE: 3"X 10' ABRASIVE NON-SKID FINISH. A VERIFY THAT SURFACES ARE FLAT TO TOLERANCES ACCEPTABLE TO FLOORING MANUFACTURER, FREE OF CRACKS THAT MIGHT I) TEXT: CUSTOM TYPE, "AMAZON" k) COLOR: CHARCOAL GRAY 7, SERVICE RANGE: 12INCHES ABOVE AND 12 INCHES BELOW DOCK LEVEL FOR 8' LONG LEVELERS. 8. SIDE TO SIDE CROSS -TILT; $MAXIMUM OVER WIDTH OF RAMP. TELEGRAPH THROUGH FLOORING, CLEAN, DRY, AND FREE OF CURING COMPOUNDS, SURFACE HARDENERS, AND OTHER CHEMICALS 2. TACTILENDO 9. M 112IN FRONT. RICH SLOPE; MINIMUM THAT MIGHT INTERFERE WITH BONDING OF FLOORING TO SUBSTRATE. a) VENDOR:T :JUSTBRAIL V VERTICAL COMPENSATION: FL FL ACM, TRAVEL GOWN TO COMPENSATE FOR LOADING AND UNLOADING OF TRUCK B. RDFLAT WITHIN THE TOLERANCES SPECIFIED FOR THAT TYPE OF WORK ARE b) TYPE EXIT SIGN (ECONOMY SIGN SERIES) SIGN(ECON MYS IGN I1. OCKL VELERI NAND it. IDENTIFICATION: ATTACH TO DOCK LEVELER IN CONSPICUOUS PLACE STATING: T-FRE , AND ARE READY TORRESMOOTLI DUST -FREE, AND ARE READY TO RECEIVE RESILIENT BASE. C, CEMENTITIOUS SUB -FLOOR SURFACES: VERIFY THAT SUBSTRATES ARE DRY ENOUGH AND READY FOR RESILIENT FLOORING c) SIZE: 6" X 6" d) TEXT: PER SIGN TYPE A. CAPACITY. 8. NAME OF MANUFACTURER. INSTALLATION BV TESTING FOR MOISTURE AND PH. e) COLOR: CHARCOAL GRAY C. MODEL NUMBER, D. SERIAL NUMBER, 1. OBTAIN INSTRUCTIONS IF TEST RESULTS ARE NOT WITHIN LIMITS RECOMMENDED BY RESILIENT FLOORING MANUFACTURER AND 3. TACTILE EXIT SIGN (MULLION): 12. STANDARD FEATURES: ADHESIVE MATERIALS MANUFACTURER. Q VENDOR: COMPLIANCESIGNSOOM A. FULL OPERATING RANGE TOE GUARD PROTECTION. D. VERIFY THATCONCRETESVB-FLOOR SURFACES AREREADYFOR RESILIENTFLOORING INSTALLATION8Y b) TYPE ADA EXIT WHITE ON GRAY (RSME-19471 - WHITE ON CHARCOAL GRAY, ENTER 1 EXIT) B. DOCK LEVEL STRUCTURAL SAFETY LEGS, LLOWINFOR MOISTURE EMISSION RATE AND ALKALINITY; OBTAIN INSTRUCTIONS IF TEST RESULTS ARE NOT WITHIN THE FOLLOW WG LIMITS: c) SIZE: 2" X 6" C. INTEGRAL MAINTENANCE STRUT, 1, MOISTURE EMISSION RATE: NOT GREATER THAN 3 LB PER 1000 SO FT PER 24 HOURS WHEN TESTED USING CALCIUM CHLORIDE d) TEXT: PER SIGN TYPE D. NON ADJUSTABLE EMERGENCY VELOCITY FUSE. MOISTURE TEST KIT FOR 72 HOURS. e) COLOR: CHARCOAL GRAY E. OPEN FRAME DESIGN -OPEN FRONT STRUCTURE TO ALLOW EASY CLEAN OUT. 2. ALKAUNITY: PH RANGE OF 5-9. 4. TACTILE EXIT ROUTE SIGN: a) VENDOR: JUSTBRAILLESIGNS.COM R SHIMLESS FRONT AND REAR FRAME DESIGN, 13. OPTIONS: b) TYPE: EXIT ROUTE SIGN (ECONOMY SIGN SERIES) A. CONTROL PANEL: COMBO / MASTER PANEL 4.2 PREPARATION c) SIZE: 6"X 6" S. BUMPER TYPE; VERTICAL STEEL FACED 4X20XII A. REMOVE EXISTING RESILIENT FLOORING AND FLOORING ADHESIVES; FOLLOW THE RECOMMENDATIONS OF RFCI(RWP), d) TEXT: PER SIGN TYPE C. ENERGY GUARD PERIMETER WEATHERSEAL SYSTEM S. REMOVE SUB -FLOOR RIDGES AND BUMPS. FILL MINOR LOW SPOTS, CRACKS, JOINTS, HOLES, AND OTHER DEFECTS WITH a) COLOR: CHARCOAL GRAY 14. MOTOR (HYDRAULIC) OPERATION: SUS -FLOOR FILLER TO ACHIEVE SMOOTH, FLAT, HARD SURFACE. 5. FIRE EXTINGUISHER SIGN: A. ELECTRICAL POWER PACK (INCLUDES MOTOR, PUMP AND VALVE ASSEMBLY) OF i HP, 208 VOLT 3 PHASE MOTOR C. PROVIDE CEMENTITIOUS SELF -LEVELING COMPOUND OVER ENTIRE AREA. a) VENDOR: JUSTBRAILLESIGNSCOM B. REMOTE CONTROL STATION: CONSTANT PRESSURE PUSH BUTTON STATION COMPLYING WITH NEMA 12. CONTROLS D. PROHIBIT TRAFFIC UNTIL FILLER IS FULLY CURED. 6. TYPE: FIRE EXTINGUISHER ADA BRAILLE PICTOGRAM SIGN(ECONOMY SIGN SERIES) TO INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING SEPARATE BUTTONS:RAISE,LOWER, LIP EXTEND, UP RETRACT, AND A MOMENTARY 4.3 INSTALLATION a) SIZE: 6" X 9" b) TEXT: PER SIGN TYPE CONTACT'MUSHROOM" STYLE EMERGENCY STOP. C. OPERATOR PUSHES "LOWER" BUTTON TO POWER LEVELER BY MOTOR TO LOADING POSITION. A. STARTING INSTALLATION CONSTITUTES ACCEPTANCE OF SU&FLOOR CONDITIONS c) COLOR:CHA.RCOAL GRAY (CONFIRM OWNER COLOR ACCEPTANCE W/LOCAL FIRE MARSHAL -ALTERNATE COLOR IS RED} D. CONSTANT PRESSURE ON CONTROL BUTTON: RAISE UNIT. E. CONTROL BOX TO BE EQUIPPED WITH TWO -LIGHT SYSTEM TO INCLUDE GREEN& AMBER LED LIGHT SYSTEM. B. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. 2.3 ACCESSORIES F. PLATFORM AND LIP OPERATED BY HYDRAULIC CYLINDERS, C. SPREAD ONLY ENOUGH ADHESIVE TO PERMIT INSTALLATION OF MATERIALS BEFORE INITIAL SET. A. CONCEALED SCREWS: STAINLESS STEEL, GALVANIZED STEEL, CHROME PLATED, OR OTHER NON -CORRODING METAL. G. LIP AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDS AND HOLDS. 0. 2.4 SUBMITTALS H. ENGINEER UNIT TO'FREE FLOAT' WITH TRUCK BED. ST FLMSANDN PLACEAPRESS ITH E. SET FLOORING IN PLACE, PRESS WITH HEAW ROLLER TO ATTAIN FULL ADHESION. A. $BE SECTION 013323-SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS. I. PROVIDE DROP -SAFE HYDRAULIC SAFETY STOP. F. WHERE TYPE OF FLOOR FINISH,PATTERN, OR COLOR RE DIFFERENT ON OPPOSITE SIDES OF DOOR TERMINATE FLOORING 3. EXECUTION J. ELECTRICAL SOLENOIDS AND JUNCTION BOXES IN PIT OR ON LEVELER DECK UNACCEPTABLE ON REMOTE -MOUNTED UNDER CENTERLINE OF DOOR. 3.1 INSTALLATION POWER UNIT APPLICATIONS. CQOCK SEAL G. INSTALL EDGE STRIPS AT UNPROTECTED OR EXPOSED EDGES, WHERE FLOORING TERMINATES, AND WHERE INDICATED. A, INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURERS INSTRUCTIONS. I, ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS: H. SCRIBE FLOORING TO WALLS, COLUMNS, CABINETS, FLOOR OUTLETS, AND OTHER APPURTENANCES TO PRODUCE TIGHT JOINTS. e. INSTALL NEATLY, WITH HORIZONTAL EDGES LEVEL AND PER CODE/ADA REQUIREMENTS. A. KELLEY FSR SERIES DOCK SHELTER. 4.4 TILE FLOORING G RITE-HITE ECUPSE DOCK SHELTER A. MIX TILE FROM CONTAINER TO ENSURE SHADE VARIATIONS ARE CONSISTENT WHEN TILE IS PLACED, UNLESS OTHERWISE END OF SECTION 2. COMPONENTS: EACH UNIT SHALL CONSIST OF (2) TWO FOAM SIDE MEMBERS WITH BACKING CONSTRUCTED OF ROLL - FORMED GALVANIZED STEEL (2) TWO SIDE CURTAINS AND DRAFT PADS, (1) ONE STRUCTURAL STEEL HEAD FRAME, AND INDICATED IN MANUFACTURER'S INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS, (1) ONE HEAD CURTAIN. 4.5 RESILIENT BASE 3. STAYS WILL BE INSERTED INTO SLEEVES AND THEN INSERTED INTO STAY POCKETS. SIDE CURTAINS WILL ALSO INCLUDE A. FIT JOINTS TIGHTLY AND MAKE VERTICAL. MAINTAIN MINIMUM DIMENSION OF 1 a INCHES BETWEEN JOINTS. BOTTOM WEAR PANELS. THE INSIDE OF BOTHSIDE CURTAINS WILL INCLUDE A CLOSED CELL NEOPRENE SEALING EDGE, B. MITER INTERNAL CORNERS. AT EXTERNAL CORNERS, USE UNITS. AT EXPOSED ENDS, USE PREMOLDED UNITS. 1. PART 1 - GENERAL HEAD CURTAINS WILL INCLUDE (4) WEAR PLEATS AT EACH END AND (5) FLEXIBLE FIBERGLASS STAYS INSERTED INTO AND FLOOR C. INSTALL BASE ON SOLID BACKING. BOND TIGHTLY TO WALL AND FLOOR SURFACES. 2.1 SECTION INCLUDES A CORNER GUARDS. SLEEVES AND STAY POCKETS. A. HEAD CURTAIN DROP: 24" WITH SPLITS. D, SCRIBE AND FIT TO DOOR FRAMES AND OTHER INTERRUPTIONS, 2.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS B. HEAD CURTAIN PULL ROPE: YES. 4.6 CLEANING A SECTION 092116- GYPS UM BOARD ASSEMBLIES C. DOCK SHELTER PROJECTION: 24" A REMOVE EXCESS ADHESIVE FROM FLOOR, BASE, AND WALL SURFACES WITHOUT DAMAGE. 2.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS D. FABRIC: BASE FABRIC: 40 OZ. VINYL COLOR BLACK B. CLEAN IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S WRITTEN INSTRUCTIONS. A. ICC A117.1 -ACCESSIBLE AND USABLE BUILDINGS AND FACILITIES INTERNATIONAL CODE COUNCIL; 2009 (ANSI). E. GUIDE STRIPES: STANDARD. C. INSTALL TWO COATS OF WAX. B. ASTM E84- STANDARD TEST METHOD FOR SURFACE BURNING CHARACTERISTICS OF BUILDING MATERIALS: 2015A D. VEHICLE RESTRAINTS: 4.7 PROTECTION G. ASTM E119- STANDARD TEST METHODS FOR FIRE TESTS OF BUILDING CONSTRUCTION AND MATERIALS; 2014, 1. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS: A, PROHIBIT TRAFFIC ON RESILIENT FLOORING FOR 48 HOURS AFTER INSTALLATION, 2.4 SUBMITTAL$ A, SEE SECTION 013323-SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS. A. APS2000 VEHICLE RESTRAINT: 4FRONT ENTREMIATIC-APS RESOURCE. B. GENISYS GRH-70000K-LOK 4.8 SCHEDULE -REFER TO FINISH SCHEDULE 3. PRODUCTS 2 REAR IMPACT GUARDS; RESTRAINT TO BE CAPABLE OF POSITIVELY RESTRAINING RIG. 3. RESTRAINING FORCE HOOK CAPABLE OF RESTRAINING 32,000 L EE, OF FORCE WITHOUT SUSTAINING STRUCTURAL 3.1 MANUFACTURERS DAMAGE TO RESTRAINT. END OF SECTION A WALL AND CORNER GUARDS: 4, BASIC ENGAGEMENT: ROTATING STEEL HOOK SEEKS AND ENGAGES RIG BAR WHEN HOOK IS ENERGIZED FROM STORED • 1. BASIS OF DESIGN: INPRO CORPORATION; PRODUCT TYPE 304, SURFACE MOUNTED CORNER GUARD: WWWJNPR000RPCOM. POSITION. a} RDEN ARCHITECTURAL SPECIALTIES, INC: W W W.ARDENARCH.COM <hh '/MWNW.ARDENARCRCOM . 5. SUSTAINED ENGAGEMENT: HOOK MAINTAINS CONTACT WITH THE RIG, FOLLOWING VERTICAL FLOAT DURING LOADING. 1. PART 1 - GENERAL b) CONSTRUCTION SPECIALTIES, INC: W W W -SGROUP COM htl 1WWW GSGROUP COM . 6. AUTOMATIC RE -ENGAGEMENT: IF DURING THE LOADING OR UNLOADING PROCESS, THE HOOK LOSES PROPER 2.1 GENERAL: PROVIDE PAINTS AND COATINGS AS SHOWN AND SPECIFIED. a) SUBSTITUTIONS: SEE SECTION 01 60 00 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS. ENGAGEMENT WITH THE RIG, THE INSIDE LIGHT WILL TURN RED AND THE ALARM WILL SOUND. IN THIS EVENT, AFTER A 3 SECOND DELAY, THE RESTRAINT WILL AUTOMATICALLY ATTEMPT TO PROPERLY ENGAGE THE RIG A. PROVIDE SURFACE PREPARATION, PRIME, INTERMEDIATE AND FINISH COATINGS FOR INTERIOR AND EXTERIOR AND EXISTING 3.2 COMPONENTS 7, RESTRAINING RANGE: RESTRAINT ENGAGES UNDERSIDE OF RIG BETWEEN 9" AND 25" ABOVE GROUND, MEASURED ON A SCHEDULED SURFACE AND ITEMS, A. CORNER GUARDS -SURFACE MOUNTED: EXTRUDED ONE-PIECE UNIT WITHOUT SPLICES, INSTALLED WITH ADHESIVE, LEVEL SURFACE. B. PROVIDE TENANT -SELECT FINISHES AND COLORS FOR ALL EXPOSED SURFACES, UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED. 1. MATERIAL: TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL, NO. 4 FINISH 2. TMCKNE55: i8 GAUGE, O.OS INCH 8. VOLTAGE: 115VAC SINGLE PHASE OPERATION. 2.2 SUMMARY 3. WIDTH OF LEGS: 2 INCHES 9. ACTIVATION OF RESTRAINT: PUSH-BUTTON CONTROLS FOR ELECTROMECHANICAL ACTIVATION OF THE HOOK, AND AND FIELD PAINTING OF THE FOLLOWING: A THISSECTIONIRIOR Q LENGTH: RETURN NI STORED POSITION. 10. LAUTIONSI RED/GREEN LED 1. EXPOSED IT MSAND SURFACARATION STYLES: ROMDE3 ETECTORS-CORNERS (KEYED OVERRIDE EDOVEICATIOEATURE IS:TADARD). OUTSIDE EENO LY' FORUARDAND REVS SE CAUTION SIGN CMOVE ON GREEN ONLY°FORWRDAND REVERSE FOR 2. EXPOSED INTERIOR ITEMSAND SURFACES. INTEIOR ITEMSAND URFAC S. ENDP B. WALL END PROTECTORS -SURFACE MOUNTED: EXTRUDED ONE-PIECE UNIT WITHOUT SPLICES, INSTALLED WITH ADHESIVE FLASHING REDIGREEN LED LI H MIRROR VIEW)AND FLASHING RED/GREEN LED LIGHTS 3, SURFACE PREPARATION,PRIMING, AND FINISH COATS SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION RE IN ADDITION TO SHOP, PRIMING AND 1 2 MATERIAL: TYPE 304 STAINLESS STEEL, NO. 4 FINISH 2. THICKNESS: 18 GAUGE, 0.05INCH 11. BACKPLATE HEIGHT: 26 INCHES. SURFACE TREATMENT SPECIFIED IN OTHER SECTIONS. 3. WIDTH OF LEGS:2INCHES 12. RESTRAINNG UNIT: A. HOUSING: WIT TRIANGULAR, STEEL CARRIAGE HOUSES THE ROTATING HOOKAND OPERATIONALASSEMBLY, 2.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE: 4. LENGTH: 481NCHES DOUBLE DIPPED ZINC PLATED WITH YELLOW DICHROMATE FINISH. A. APPLICATOR QUALIFICATIONS: ENGAGE AN EXPERIENCED APPUCATOR THAT HAS COMPLETED PAINTING SYSTEM APPLICATIONS - 3.5 FABRICATION CHANNEL SHAPE TO FIT OVER WALL END AS INDICATED ON PLANS (90 DEGREE CORNERS) B. MOUNTING PLATE: 26 X 16 %VERTICAL MOUNTING WELDMENT, INCLUDING I5) SIB X 4' LONG CONCRETE ANCHORS, SIMILAR IN MATERIAL AND EXTENT TO THAT INDICATED FOR THIS PROJECT WITH A RECORD OF SUCCESSFUL IN-SERVICE PERFORMANCE. A. FABRICATE COMPONENTS WITH TIGHT JOINTS, CORNERS AND SEAMS, ZINC PLATED WITH YELLOW DICHROMATE FINISH. O HOOK 13"X6XIW, ZINC PLATED WITH YELLOW DICHROMATE FINISH. B. SOURCE LIMITATIONS: OBTAIN BLOCK FILLERS, PRIMERS AND UNDERCOAT MATERIALS FOR EACH COATING SYSTEM FROM THE B. FORM END TRIM CLOSURE BY CAPPING AND FINISHING SMOOTH. D. MOTOR: 115VAC, IP-65 RATED, UL CERTIFIED, TOTALLY ENCLOSED NON -VENTED, WITH THERMAL OVERLOAD & SAME MANUFACTURER AS THE FINISH COATS. 4. EXECUTION INTERNAL ELECTROMAGNETIC BRAKE. C. PROVIDE LEAD FREE PRIME AND FINISH COATINGS. ALL TOP COATINGS SHALL BE MOLD AND MILDEW RESISTANT. 4.1 EXAMINATION 13. CONTROLS: CONTROL PANEL COMPLETE WITH PUSH BUTTONS, RED/GREEN LIGHTS, INSTRUCTION LABEL, AUDIBLE FAULT 2.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING: A VERIFY THAT ROUGH OPENINGS, CONGEALED BLOCKING. AND ANCHORS ARE CORRECTLY SIZED AND LOCATED. ALARM AND AUTOMATIC OPERATION. 14, COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: A. DELIVER MATERIALS TO THE PROJECT SITE IN MANUFACTURER'S ORIGINAL, UNOPENED PACKAGES AND CONTAINERS BEARING 0. VERIFY THAT FIELD MEASUREMENTS RE AS INDICATED ON DRAWINGS, 4.21NSTALLATION A, INSIDE: INSTRUCTION LABEL, 12-24VDC RED/GREEN LED LIGHTS INDICATE"VEHICLE RESTRAINED' OR'VEHICLE NOT MANUFACTURER'S NAME AND LABEL WITH THE FOLLOWING INFORMATION: i. PRODUCT NAME OR TILE OF MATERIAL A. INSTALL COMPONENTS IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS, LEVEL AND PLUMB, SECURED RIGIDLY IN POSITION TO WALL FRAMING MEMBERS ONLY, RESTRAINED' STATUS. AUDIBLE ALARM ANNOUNCES FAULT CONDITION, B. OUTSIDE CAUTION SIGN (FORWARD AND REVERSE FOR MIRROR VIEW), RED/GREEN LED LIGHTS INDICATE 2. PRODUCT DESCRIPTION (GENERIC CLASSIFICATION OR BINDER TYPE). 4.3TOLERANCES A MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM REQUIRED HEIGHT: 114 INCH. E INSTRUCTIONS ORVEHINLE DRIVER. 3. MANUFACTURER'S STOCK NUMBER AND DATE OF MANUFACTURE. B. MAXIMUM VARIATION FROM LEVEL OR PLANE FOR VISIBLE LENGTH: 1141NCH 1. AT EACH NEW OR EXISTING OH SECTIONAL DOORS: WARDEN TR 48' DOOR GUARDS. 4. CONTENTS BY VOLUME, FOR PIGMENT AND VEHICLE CONSTITUENTS, 2. AT EACH NEW OR EXISTING HIGH SPEED FABRIC DOORS: WARDEN FT 60" DOOR GUARDS. 5. THINNING INSTRUCTIONS 6. APPLICATION INSTRUCTIONS END OF SECTION F. TRAILER FAN: 1. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS AT EACH NEW OR EXISTING DOCK DOOR: 7. COLOR NAME AND NUMBER A APSRESOURCETURBO-ES FAN, 8. VOC CONTENT - B, COOLMAN 2500 TRAILER FAN WITH HD LED LIGHT KIT B. STORE MATERIALS NOT IN USE IN TIGHTLY COVERED CONTAINERS IN A WELL -VENTILATED AREA AT A MINIMUM AMBIENT G. DOCK LIGM: TEMPERATURE OF 45 DEGREES FIT DEGREES O. MAINTAIN CONTAINERS USED IN STORAGE IN A CLEAN CONDITION, FREE OF t. ACCEPTABLE PRODUCTS AT EACH NEW OR E%ISTINGDOCK DOOR: TABLE RODUC SAT EACHN W FOREIGN MATERIALS AND RESIDUE. A. DOCK LIGHT. 1. PROTECT FROM FREEZING. KEEP STORAGE AREA AND ORDERLY. REMOVE OILY RAGS AND WASTE DAILY. TAKE NECESSRY B. CQOLMAN 2110 TRAILER FAN WITH HD LED LIGHT KIT H. SAFETY BARRIER SVSTEM:t, AT BATTERY CHARGING AREA AND AS SHOWN ON PLANS ELSEWHERE: GUARDRITE MEASURES TO ENSURE THAT WORKERS AND WORK AREAS ARE PROTECTED FROM FIRE AND HEALTH HAZARDS RESULTING FROM STEEL BARRIERS OR EQUAL, HANDLING, MIXING AND APPLICATION. 2.3 ACCESSORIES 2.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS A ATTACHMENT HARDWARE: AS REQUIRED BY PROJECT CONDITIONS. A. APPLY WATER -BASED PAINTS ONLY THE TEMPERATURES OF SURFACE TO BE PAINTED AND SURROUNDING AIR TEMPERATURES B, TOUCH UP PALM FOR GALVANIZED SURFACES: ZINC RICH TYPE. RE BETWEEN SGAND SO DEGREES F (iD AND 32 DEGREES C) UNLESS OTHERWISE STATED ON THE TECHNICAL DATA BULLETIN. 2.4 FINISHES A. STEECL�+PRIME GOAT AND ENAMEL FINISH, COLOR TO BE SELECTED FROM MANUFACTURER'S FULL COLOR RANGE. ETEMPE TO BE PAINTED AND SURROUNDING AIR B. APPLYURESA PART -i UION EBETNEEN 46 ND 95 EGRESS 35DEG RESURFACES TEMPERATURES ARE BETWEEN 95 AND 95 DEGREES F (7.2 AND 35 DEGREES C). afie4 IIVb*"CAL�^ u1V C. DO NOT APPLY PAINT IN SNOW, RAIN, FOG OR MIST, OR W HEN THE RELATIVE HUMIDITY EXCEEDS 85 PERCENT, OR AT A. INSTALL IN ACCORDANCE WITH MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS AND APPROVED SHOP DRAWINGS. TEMPERATURES LESS THAN 5 DEGREES F (3 DEGREES C) ABOVE THE DEW POINT, OR TO DAMP OR WET SURFACES. B. SET PLUMB AND LEVEL: SECURE RIGIDLY TO SUPPORTING CONSTRUCTION. 1. PAINTING MAY CONTINUE DURING INCLEMENT WEATHER IF SURFACES AND AREAS TO BE PAINTED ARE ENCLOSED AND HEATED C. INSTALL WIRING, CONDUIT, JUNCTION BOXES,TRANSFORMERS, CIRCUIT BREAKERS, AND AUXILIARY COMPONENTS AS WITH TEMPERATURES LIMITS SPECIFIED BY MANUFACTURER DURING APPLICATION AND DRYING PERIODS. REQUIRED. 2,6 SUBMITTALS 3.2 ADJ USAIIuST OPERABLE EQUIPMENT FOR PROPER OPERATION. A. SEE SECTION 01 33 23- SHOP DRAWINGS, PRODUCT DATA, AND SAMPLES FOR SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES AND REQUIREMENTS. S. TOUCH UP ABRASIONS IN FINISH COAT WITH SAME COATING AS ORIGINALLY APPLIED. B. SUBMITTAL NOT REQUIRED. NO SUBSTITUTIONS TO THE SCHEDULED FINISHES WILL BE ACCEPTED, 3. PRODUCTS 3.1 MANUFACTURERS: ENDOFSECTION A PRODUCTS: SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH REQUIREMENTS, PROVIDE ONE OF THE PRODUCTS IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE. B. MANUFACTURERS NAMES: THE FOLLOWING MANUFACTURER IS REFERRED TO IN THE FINISH SCHEDULE BY USE OF SHORTENED VERSIONS OF THE NAME, WHICH IS SHOWN BELOW: 1. BENJAMIN MOORE 2. SHERWIN WILLIAMS 3. PPGINDUSTRIES 4. MATERIALS- NO SUBSTLTUTIONSALLOWED. REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 20 2019 ARCHITECT OF RECORD JAMES A. HAILEY 6700 ANTIC, H PLAZA SUITE 300 ' MERRIAM, KS 66204 www-brarch TEL: 913-262-909S FAX: 913-262-9044 CONSULTANT COPYRIGHT NOTICE This drawing was prepared far use an a specific site contemporaneously with Its Issue data antl it is not suitable for use on a different project site or at a later time. Use of this drawing for reference or example on another project requires the seryicas of properly Rotated architects antl engineers. Reproduction of this drawing for reuse on another project Is not authorized and may be contrary to the law, ISSUES & REVISIONS PROJE�C7 NNAME UWA5 TUKWILA, WA PROJECT ADDRESS 18323 ANDOVER PARK W. BLDG - SEATTLE, WA 98188 1,- - - - - - - - - - ( I�SSU�ED FOR P MIT ER PROJECT MANAGER: CHECKED BY: DRAWN BY: S7 DOCUMENT DATE: 06/21/19 PROJECT NO. 62300960 PROFESSIONAL SEAL FR03ECT NAME: UWA5, TUKWILA, WA BUILDING ADDRESS: 18323 ANDOVER PARK W. BLDG. 6, SEATTLE, WA 98188 FILENAME: City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION �.�� PROJECT VE4R: 2019 TODAYS DATE: 6/24/2019 nECEIVEn CITY OF TUKWILA nM BLDG N.00R: BURG MO R AUG ©2 2019 1 PERMIT CENTER BUILDING TYPE: UWAS SCALE: VARIES . - WW REGION: DRAWN BY: .S,) DRAWN DATE: 06/21/19 APPROVED BY: APPROVED DATE LJ AMAZON DISCLAIMER slI,,'.. SHEET: µ AS004 AB ANCHOR BOLT ACI AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE AFF ABOVE FINISHED FLOOR AISC AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF STEEL CONSTRUCTION AISI AMERICAN IRON AND STEEL INSTITUTE ARCH ARCHITECTURAL ASTM AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS AWS AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY BFF BELOW FINISHED FLOOR BL BLOCK LINTEL BM BEAM BO BOTTOM OF BOM BOTTOM OF MASONRY BOS BOTTOM OF STEEL BRG BEARING CJ CONTRACTION JOINT CL CENTER LINE CLR CLEAR CMU CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT COL COLUMN CONC CONCRETE COND CONDENSER UNIT CONST CONSTRUCTION CONT CONTINUOUS DIA DIAMETER EF EXHAUST FAN EIFS EXTERIOR INSULATION AND FINISH SYSTEM EJ EXPANSION JOINT EL ELEVATION / ELEC ELECTRICAL (\) EQ EQUAL EW EACH WAY FDN FOUNDATION FF FINISHED FLOOR FS FAR SIDE FTG FOOTING FV FIELD VERIFY GA GAUGE GC GENERAL CONTRACTOR H HEIGHT HORIZ HORIZONTAL HSA HEADED STUD ANCHOR HSS HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SHAPE INFO INFORMATION ISO ISOLATION JBE JOIST BEARING ELEVATION JST JOIST JT JOINT KSI KIPS PER SQUARE INCH L LENGTH LB POUNDS LLH LONG LEG HORIZONTAL LLV LONG LEG VERTICAL LONG LONGITUDINAL MAX MAXIMUM MECH MECHANICAL MFR MANUFACTURER MIN MINIMUM MISC MISCELLANOUS MO MASONRY OPENING MTL METAL NIC NOT IN CONTRACT NO NUMBER NS NEAR SIDE NTS NOT TO SCALE OC ON CENTER OD OUTSIDE DIAMETER OH OPPOSITE HAND PAF POWER ACTUATED FASTENER PCF POUNDS PER CUBIC FOOT PL PLATE PLF POUNDS PER LINEAR FOOT PLUMB PLUMBING PMEJ PREMOLDED EXPANSION JOINT PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FOOT PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCH QTY QUANITY RACK REFRIGERATION RACK REF REFER TO REINF REINFORCING REQD REQUIRED REV REVERSE RO ROUGH OPENING RTU ROOF TOP UNIT SCHED SCHEDULE SDI STEEL DECK INSTITUTE SIM SIMILAR SJI STEEL JOIST INSTITUTE SPCS SPACES SPECS SPECIFICATIONS STRUC STRUCTURAL T&B TOP AND BOTTOM THK THICKNESS TO TOP OF TOC TOP OF CONCRETE TOF TOP OF FOOTING TOM TOP OF MASONRY TOS TOP OF STEEL TOW TOP OF WALL TRANS TRANSVERSE TYP TYPICAL LINO UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE VERT VERTICAL W WIDTH WP WORK POINT 3 t-fill ' '• 11 1. FURNISH ALL LABOR, MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT NECESSARY TO COMPLETE THE WORK SHOWN OR IMPLIED BY THESE DRAWINGS. SHOP DRAWINGS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER FOR REVIEW AND APPROVAL PRIOR TO COMMENCING WORK. 2. EXISTING CONDITIONS SHOWN WERE TAKEN FROM EXISTING DRAWINGS AND/OR SITE SURVEYS AND MAY NOT REFLECT EXACT "AS -BUILT" CONDITIONS. PRIOR TO SUBMITTING FINAL BIDS CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY ALL EXISTING MATERIAL, MEASUREMENTS, AND ELEVATIONS AND SHALL NOTIFY THE ARCHITECT, STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD AND THE OWNERS CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OF ANY DISCREPANCIES OR FORESEEN PROBLEMS. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR COORDINATING ALL FIELD MEASUREMENTS, EXISTING CONDITIONS, AND KNOWN COMPLICATIONS WITH THE MATERIAL SUPPLIERS. 3. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL CAREFULLY COORDINATE DEMOLITION AND NEW CONSTRUCTION WITH ALL OTHER DISCIPLINES AND EXISTING CONDITIONS. 4. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROTECT EXISTING STRUCTURES, UTILITIES, PROPERTY, ETC DURING CONSTRUCTION. RESTORE ALL ITEMS DAMAGED TO THE OWNER'S SATISFACTION AT NO COST TO OWNER OR WITHOUT EXTENSION OF CONTRACT TIME. 5. BUILDING COMPONENTS ABANDONED BY THE SCOPE OF WORK SHALL BE SECURED TO PREVENT FALLING, LOOSENING OR CREATING DAMAGE OF ANY KIND IN THE FUTURE. 6. GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING TEMPORARY SUPPORT AND MAINTAINING STABILITY OF EXISTING STRUCTURE DURING ALL PHASES OF CONSTRUCTION. 7. BEFORE OR CONCURRENT WITH ANY EXCAVATIONS ADJACENT TO THE EXISTING BUILDING FOUNDA11ON OR SLAB, GENERAL CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR PROVIDING TEMPORARY SUPPORT FOR THE BASE AND SUBGRADE OF THE EXISTING SLAB AND FOUNDATIONS TO PREVENT UNDERMINING. 8. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE FIRE PROTECTION FOR THE EXISTING STRUCTURE AND BUILDING CONTENTS DURING WELDING OR ANY OTHER CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY THAT GENERATES SPARKS OR INTENSE HEAT. 9. GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE THE SIZE AND LOCATION OF EQUIPMENT PADS AND PENETRATIONS THROUGH THE STRUCTURE FOR MECHANICAL, ELECTRICAL AND PLUMBING WORK. 10. THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER OF RECORD, FOR THE WORK SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS, ASSUMES RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE DESIGN OF THE NEW ELEMENTS AND SYSTEMS SHOWN ON THESE DRAWINGS ONLY. THE SEOR HAS NOT DESIGNED, NOR REVIEWED THE DESIGN OF, THE EXISTING BUILDING IN AREAS UNAFFECTED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION AND ACCEPTS NO RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE STRUCTURAL ADEQUACY OR PERFORMANCE OF THE EXISTING BUILDING IN AREAS UNAFFECTED BY NEW CONSTRUCTION. 11. JOHNSTON BURKHOLDER ASSOCIATES SHALL NOT HAVE CONTROL OVER OR RESPONSIBILITY FOR CONSTRUCTION MEANS, TECHNIQUES, SEQUENCES OF OPERATIONS OR FOR SAFETY PROGRAMS AND PROCEDURES IN CONNECTION WITH CONSTRUCTION WORK. DCTIONS 1. ALL FOUNDATIONS ARE DESIGNED TO BEAR ON NATURALLY OCCURRING SOILS OR ENGINEERED FILL CAPABLE OF SAFELY SUSTAINING 1,500 PSF MINIMUM NET ALLOWABLE BEARING PRESSURE. IF SUITABLE BEARING CAPACITY AS DETERMINED BY A QUALIFIED GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER IS NOT ENCOUNTERED A THE ELEVATION INDICATED ON THE DRAWINGS, THE CONTRACTOR MAY, UPON THE RECOMMENDATION OF THE GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER, OVEREXCAVATE U1, SUITABLE BEARING MATERIAL IS ENCOUNTERED. OVEREXCAVATIONS MAY BE BACKFILLED WITH LEAN CONCRETE. 2. ALL EXTERIOR FOUNDATIONS SHALL HAVE A MINIMUM BEARING DEPTH OF 1'-6" BELOW EXTERIOR GRADE ELEVATION. 3. IT SHALL BE THE GENERAL CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO FIELD VERIFY THE LOCATIONS OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES. 2. ALL CONCRETE WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THE LATEST APPLICABLE RECOMMENDATIONS OF THE AMERICAN CONCRETE INSTITUTE MANUAL OF STANDARD PRACTICE. 3. MATERIALS SHALL CONFORM WITH: A. CEMENT - ASTM C150, TYPE I OR II B. AGGREGATE - ASTM C33 C. WATER - POTABLE 3. MINIMUM COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH (f'c) AT THE END OF 28 DAYS SHALL BE AS FOLLOWS: S A S-0 - IPM N P S 4 0 SI B. 0 TI GS OOPI 1� C. FOUNDATION WALLS 4000 PSI 4. 0 P C 1 0 S, I WITH A SLUMP OF 4" +/- 1". 5. ALL EXPOSED EXTERIOR CONCRETE FLATWORK SHALL CONTAIN 5% TO 7% AIR ENTRAINMENT. CHLORIDES IN ANY FORM OR CONCENTRATION SHALL NOT BE ADDED TO ANY CONCRETE. -IN-PLACE CONCRETE -EXECUTION: 1. ALL CONCRETE IS REINFORCED UNLESS SPECIFICALLY NOTED AS "UNREINFORCED". REINFORCE ALL CONCRETE NOT OTHERWISE SHOWN WITH THE SAME STEEL AS SHOWN IN SIMILAR SECTIONS. COMPLY WITH ACI 304, 'RECOMMENDED PRACTICE FOR MEASURING, MIXING, TRANSPORTING, AND PLACING CONCRETE". 2. COLD WEATHER CONDITIONS: WHEN THE AVERAGE DAILY AIR TEMPERATURE FOR 3 CONSECUTIVE DAYS IS EXPECTED TO BE BELOW 40' F AND THE AIR TEMPERATURE DOES NOT EXCEED 50' F FOR MORE THAN 12 CONSECUTIVE HOURS DURING THIS TIME, ALL CONCRETE PLACEMENT SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF ACI 306 AND AS HEREIN SPECIFIED. PROTECT CONCRETE WORK FROM PHYSICAL DAMAGE OR REDUCED STRENGTH THAT COULD BE CAUSED BY FROST, FREEZING ACTIONS, OR LOW TEMPERATURES. 3. HOT WEATHER CONDITIONS: WHEN ELEVATED TEMPERATURES, HUMIDITY, AND WIND FACTORS EXIST, ALL CONCRETE SHALL COMPLY WITH THE PROVISIONS OF ACI 305 AND AS HEREIN SPECIFIED. 4. PERFORM CURING OF CONCRETE BY CURING AND SEALING COMPOUND, BY MOIST CURING, MOISTURE -RETAINING COVER CURING, OR BY COMBINATIONS THEREOF. 5. MAINTAIN MINIMUM CONCRETE COVERAGE FOR REINFORCING AS INDICATED UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED IN THE DRAWINGS: A. EARTH FORMED/CAST DIRECTLY AGAINST SOIL ................................. 3 IN B. CAST AGAINST FORMS BUT EXPOSED TO EARTH OR WEATHER: #6 AND LARGER.................................................................................. 2 IN #5 AND SMALLER................................................................................ 1 1fz IN C. SLABS AND WALLS NOT EXPOSED TO EARTH/WEATHER .................... 3/4 IN D. OTHER................................................................................................... 2 IN 6. ALL VERTICAL STEEL AND CONTINUOUS STEEL SHALL BE LAP SPLICED USING CLASS B SPLICES, PER ACI 318, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE ON THE DRAWINGS. 7. CONTROL JOINTS IN SLAB -ON -GRADE SHALL BE AS SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS. WHERE NOT SHOWN, LIMIT CONTROLLED AREAS TO NOT MORE THAN 15 FEET ON ANY SIDE. DO NOT INTERCHANGE CONSTRUCTION AND SAW JOINTS WHERE A PARTICULAR JOINT DETAIL IS SPECIFIED ON THE DRAWINGS. A SAW 8. DESIGN, ERECT, SUPPORT, BRACE, AND MAINTAIN FORMWORK TO SUPPORT VERTICAL AND LATERAL, STATIC AND DYNAMIC LOADS THAT MIGH I BL APPLIED UNTIL CONCRETE STRUCTURE CAN SUPPORT SUCH LOADS. CONSTRUCT FORMWORK SO CONCRETE MEMBERS AND STRUCTURES ARE OF CORRECT SIZE, SHAPE, ALIGNMENT, ELEVATION, AND POSITION. MAINTAIN FORMWORK CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES COMPLYING WITH ACI 347. 9. REMOVAL OF FORMS A. GENERAL: FORMWORK NOT SUPPORTING WEIGHT OF CONCRETE, SUCH AS SIDES OF SLABS, AND SIMILAR PARTS OF THE WORK, MAY BE REMOVED AFTER CUMULATIVELY CURING AT NOT LESS THAN 50- F (10- C) FOR 24 HOURS AFTER PLACING CONCRETE, PROVIDED CONCRETE IS SUFFICIENTLY HARD TO NOT BE DAMAGED BY FORM -REMOVAL OPERATIONS, AND PROVIDED CURING AND PROTECTION OPERATIONS ARE MAINTAINED. 10. QUALITY CONTROL TESTING DURING CONSTRUCTION A. GENERAL: THE OWNER SHALL EMPLOY A TESTING LABORATORY TO PERFORM TESTS AND TO SUBMIT TEST REPORTS. B. SAMPLING AND TESTING FOR QUALITY CONTROL DURING PLACEMENT OF CONCRETE SHALL INCLUDE THE FOLLOWING, AS DIRECTED BY THE ARCHITECT. C. SAMPLING FRESH CONCRETE: ASTM C 172, EXCEPT MODIFIED FOR SLUMP TO COMPLY WITH ASTM C 94. 1. SLUMP: ASTM C 143; ONE TEST AT POINT OF DISCHARGE FOR EACH DAYS POUR OF EACH TYPE OF CONCRETE: ADDITIONAL TESTS WHEN CONCRETE CONSISTENCY APPEARS TO HAVE CHANGED. 2. AIR CONTENT: ASTM C 173, VOLUMETRIC METHOD FOR LIGHTWEIGHT OR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE; ASTM C 231 PRESSURE METHOD FOR NORMAL WEIGHT CONCRETE; ONE FOR EACH DAYS POUR OF EACH TYPE OF AIR -ENTRAINED CONCRETE. 3. CONCRETE TEMPERATURE: TEST HOURLY WHEN AIR TEMPERATURE IS 40' F (4' C) AND BELOW, WHEN 80' F (27' C) AND ABOVE, AND EACH TIME A SET OF COMPRESSION TEST SPECIMENS IS MADE. 4. COMPRESSION TEST SPECIMEN: ASTM C 31; ONE SET OF 4 STANDARD CYLINDERS FOR EACH COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TEST, UNLESS OTHERWISE DIRECTED. MOLD AND STORE CYLINDERS FOR LABORATORY -CURED TEST SPECIMENS EXCEPT WHEN FIELD -CURE TEST SPECIMENS ARE REQUIRED. 5. COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH TESTS: ASTM C 39; ONE SET FOR EACH DAYS POUR EXCEEDING 5 CU. YDS. PLUS ADDITIONAL SETS FOR EACH 50 CU. YDS. MORE THAN THE FIRST 25 CU. YDS. OF EACH CONCRETE CLASS PLACED IN ANY ONE DAY; ONE SPECIMEN TESTED AT 7 DAYS, TWO SPECIMENS TESTED AT 28 DAYS, AND ONE SPECIMEN RETAINED IN RESERVE FOR LATER TESTING IF REQUIRED. a. STRENGTH LEVEL OF CONCRETE WILL BE CONSIDERED SATISFACTORY IF AVERAGES OF SETS OF THREE CONSECUTIVE STRENGTH TEST RESULTS EQUAL OR EXCEED SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH, AND NO INDIVIDUAL STRENGTH TEST RESULT FALLS BELOW SPECIFIED COMPRESSIVE STRENGTH BY MORE THAN 500 PSI. 'ORCING STEEL: 1. ALL REINFORCING STEEL SHALL BE ASTM A615 GRADE 60. 2. ACCESSORIES SHALL BE AS SPECIFIED IN THE LATEST EDITION OF CONCRETE REINFORCING STEEL INSTITUTE DESIGN HANDBOOK 'PLACING REINFORCING BARS". LOCATE AND SUPPORT REINFORCING BY METAL CHAIRS, RUNNERS, BOLSTERS, SPACERS, AND HANGERS, AS REQUIRED TO SECURE AGAINST DISPLACEMENT. MAXIMUM ACCESSORY SPACING SHALL BE 4'-O" ON CENTER. 1. ALL DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE APPLICABLE BUILDING CODE AND THE ANSI/AF+PA NDS (THE NATIONAL DESIGN SPECIFICATIONS FOR WOOD CONSTRUCTION). 2. ALL FRAMING SHALL BE DOUGLAS FIR SOUTH NO. 2 (19% MAX MOISTURE CONTENT) OR BETTER. 3. MINIMUM NAILING SHALL CONFORM TO IBC TABLE 2304.10.1 UNLESS NOTED ON THE PLANS AND DETAILS. COMMON NAILS SHALL BE USED UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4. ALL NAILS SHALL BE "COMMON" UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. A. BD = 0.131" DIA. X 2 X" B. 10D = 0.148" DIA. X 3" C. 12D = 0.148" DIA. X 3 %" D. 16D = 0.162" DIA. X 3 36" 5. ALL STEEL CONNECTORS IDENTIFIED IN THE PLANS AND DETAILS ARE SIMPSON STRONG -TIE CONNECTORS. THE CONTRACTOR MAY SUBMIT CONNECTORS OF EQUAL CAPACITY BY AN ALTERNATE MANUFACTURER FOR APPROVAL. 6. FOR HANGER ATTACHMENTS, REFERENCE HANGER MANUFACTURER FOR PROPER NAIL SIZE, TYPE, LENGTH, QUANTITY AND PATTERN. 7. NEW LVL BEAMS TO BE 2.0E MICROLAM LVL FROM TRUS JOIST WITH THE FOLLOWING PROPERTIES: Fv = 285 psi Fb = 2600 psi STRUCTURAL STEEL 1. STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL MEET THE FOLLOWING MINIMUM YIELD STRENGTH AND SPECIFICATIONS. FABRICATION AND ERECTION SHALL BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LATEST EDITION OF THE "AISC CODE OF STANDARD PRACTICE". 2. STRUCTURAL STEEL YIELD ASTM SPECIFICATION A. PLATES, CHANNELS, ANGLES, & ANCHOR BOLTS: 36 KSI A 36, UNO B. SQUARE AND RECTANGULAR HOLLOW STRUCTURAL SHAPES 50 KSI A500, GRADE C 3. ALL STRUCTURAL STEEL SHALL HAVE ONE SHOP COAT OF RUST INHIBITOR PRIMER PAINT CONFORMING TO THE SPECIFICATIONS. FIELD TOUCH UP ALL UNPAINTED, NICKED AND WELDED AREAS. PAINT ALL STEEL EXPOSED TO VIEW TO MATCH EXISTING. 4. ALL UNPAINTED EXTERIOR STEEL SHALL BE GALVANIZED. 5. ALL WELDING SHALL CONFORM TO THE CURRENT AMERICAN WELDING SOCIETY SPECIFICATIONS AND BE PERFORMED BY CERTIFIED WELDERS. ELECTRODES SHALL BE 70KSI LOW HYDROGEN. POST -INSTALLED ANCHORS 1. POST -INSTALLED ANCHORS SHALL BE INSTALLED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE MANUFACTURERS PRINTED INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS (MPII). IF ANCHORS ARE TO BE INSTALLED IN A HORIZONTAL OR UPWARD DIRECTION PERSONNEL SHALL BE TRAINED TO INSTALL ADHESIVE ANCHORS THROUGH THE ACl/CRSI ADHESIVE ANCHOR INSTALLER CERTIFICATION PROGRAM. SUBGRADE AND BASE 1. PRIOR TO PLACEMENT OF SLABS, EXPOSED SUBGRADE SHALL BE COMPACTED TO AT LEAST 95% OF THE STANDARD PROCTOR MAXIMUM DRY DENSITY (ASTM D698). WHERE SOILS ARE DISTURBED TO A DEPTH GREATER THAN 1'-0", COMPACTION SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A MAXIMUM 8 INCH LOOSE LIFTS. 2. IN SLAB REMOVAL AREAS WHERE SUBGRADE IS NEEDED TO RAISE PAD TO PROPER ELEVATION, PROVIDE BASE MATERIAL AS INDICATED IN SPECS. 3. NOTIFY IMMEDIATELY THE OWNER'S REPRESENTATIVE AND ENGINEER IF UNUSUAL SOIL CONDITIONS ARE FOUND. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS: 1. SPECIAL INSPECTIONS SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH CHAPTER 17 OF THE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (IBC). ALL SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL BE QUALIFIED FOR INSPECTION OF THE PARTICULAR TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION AND MUST BE APPROVED BY THE BUILD OFFICIAL. SPECIAL INSPECTORS SHALL PERFORM THE DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES OUTLINED IN CHAPTER 17 OF THE 2015 EDITION OF BUILDING THE IBC. REPORTS SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO THE BUILDING OFFICIAL, ARCHITECT, AND ENGINEER OF RECORD IN A TIMELY MANNER. 2. TYPES OF WORK REQUIRING SPECIAL INSPECTION: A. CONCRETE PER SECTION 1705.3: a. CONTINUOUS INSPECTION OF THE PLACEMENT OF ANCHORS IN CONCRETE INCLUDING, SIZE, LENGTH, PROJECTION, AND LOCATION. b. PERIODIC INSPECTION OF ANCHORS INSTALLED VERTICALLY DOWNWARD AND CONTINUOUS INSPECTION OF ANCHORS INSTALLED HORIZONTAL OR OVERHEAD IN HARDENED CONCRETE. INSPECTIONS SHALL INCLUDE HOLE SIZE AND DEPTH, CLEANING PROCEDURE, MATERIALS, AND LOCATION. C. AIR CONTENT, AND TEMPERATURE. CAST SPECIMENS FOR STRENGTH TESTS CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE - EXECUTION NOTES). d. PERIODIC INSPECTION FOR MAINTENANCE OF CURING AND TEMPERATURE TECHNIQUES. B. STRUCTURAL STEEL PER SECTION 1705.2: a. PERIODIC INSPECTION FOR MATERIAL VERIFICATIONS. • STRUCTURAL STEEL IDENTIFICATION. b. QUALIFICATIONS OF WELDING PROCEDURES AND WELDERS SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO START OF WORK. PERIODIC INSPECTIONS SHALL BE MADE OF WORK IN PROGRESS AND A VISUAL INSPECTION OF ALL WELDS SHALL BE MADE PRIOR TO COMPLETION. C. SHOP FABRICATION PER SECTION 1704.2: a. SPECIAL INSPECTION IS REQUIRED FOR SHOP FABRICATED MEMBERS UNLESS THE FABRICATOR(S)IS REGISTERED AND APPROVED TO PERFORM WORK WITHOUT SPECIAL INSPECTIONS. APPROVAL SHALL BE BASED ON THE FABRICATOR'S WRITTEN PROCEDURAL AND QUALITY CONTROL MANUALS AND PERIODIC AUDITING OF FABRICATION PRACTICES BY AN APPROVED AGENCY. DESIGN LOADS BUILDING CODE A.BUILDING CODE 2015 INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE GRAVITY LOADS A. ROOF 1. DEAD LOAD 10 PSF (ASSUMED) 2. LIVE LOAD 20 PSF (REDUCIBLE) 3. GROUND SNOW LOAD 25 PSF LATERAL LOADS A. WIND LOADS 1. BASIC WIND SPEED (3-SECOND GUST) 110 MPH 2. WIND EXPOSURE CATEGORY B 3. RISK CATEGORY 11 B. SEISMIC LOADS 1. 5% DAMPED MAPPED ACCELERATION PARAMETER (Ss) 1.423 2. 1-SEC PERIOD MAPPED ACCELERATION PARAMETER (S1) 0.531 3. 5% DAMPED SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFF. (Sds) 0.949 4. 1-SEC PERIOD SPECTRAL RESPONSE COEFF. (Sd1) 0.531 5. SITE CLASS D 6. RISK CATEGORY II 7. IMPORTANCE FACTOR (le) 1.0 8. SEISMIC DESIGN CATEGORY D REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 20 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVEn CITY OF i'liKWILA ARCHITECT OF RECORD: BRR ARCHITECTURE, INC. 6700 ANTIOCH PLAZA SUITE 300 MERRIAM, KANSAS 66204 TEL: 913-262-9095 FAX: 913.262-9044 www.bnareh.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAViNG FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAINING FOR REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT IS NOT AUTHORIZED AND MAY BE CONTRARY TO THE LAW. CONSULTANTS "BAJOHNSTON BURKHOLDER ASSOCIATES onsultivg stry ctv rvl eng(ncors c 930 C`WKANSAS CITY, MO 64105 (816) 4214200 - www.IaneN-INm PROJECT#19253 is amazon UWAS TUKWILA 18323 ANDOVER PARK W. BLDG 6 SEATTLE, WA 98188 n FRESSHIPRIME NOWIUFF 2019 62300950 PH BCD GOI2112019 u At1. FLA WAS lC'RA, V SIO�'A1.�,C`T r 7125/ 15' ISSUED FOR PERMIT ONLY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION AUG 02 2019 PERMIT CENTER SHEET NAME: GENERAL NOTES SHEET NUMBER: s000 NEW/E CONC I ilk Ls WS \ 110 :4 Eel1- to s ill AT 16" OC EW REF ARCH FOR GUARDRAIL 4" SLAB WITH #4 AT 16" OC EW I 3/4" CHAMFER Ah VARIES H 1 NV FIN SLAB EL #4 CONT U v _D. #4 AT 16" OC -N�Al W N GRANULARM w Z) BACKFILL = cO io .I -I A V 1/2" EXP JT MAT'L (TYP) x = WHERE FOOTINGS INTERSECT WITH PAVING w w w RETAINING WALL ON x EA SIDE, COMBINE 1 1/2" __ z FOOTINGS CLR - #4 AT 12" OC - - — - #4 AT 12" OC DOWELS (6) #4 CONT w M NU 10 #4 AT 24" ------ 3„ 3» 2'-4" (SECT 5) g„ $LR(SECT 5) " CLR 10" (SECT :,A)8SE CT 5A 3'-8" (SECT 5) 2'-2" (SECT 5A) 5AI 5 ?-,`4'== N 3/4" CHAMFER EXISTING GRADE x 0 Q �* IIIIII FIN 6" SLAB WITH #4 AT 16" OC EW TOC ELNV 4" MIN AGGREGATE BASE (2) #4 BOTTOM CONT -�1 5'-0" (AI C12x20.7 STRINGER NEW CONC STAIR V) LANDING, REF ARCH I FOR EXACT SIZE *REF ARCH 3'-4"� EXISTING CONCRETE TILT WALL GRATING SPAN DIRECTION * IF EDGE OF OPENING IE LOCATED WITHIN 4'-0" OF CONC PANEL JOINT, CONTACT ENGINEER OF RECORD PRIOR $ TO CUTTING 6 PARTIAL SITE PLAN 1 2 #4x2'-0" AT 16" OC AT DOOR; D EMBED 4" INTO EXISTINGH LDRILL HIL11 HIT-HY 200 ADHESIVE PLAN NOTES — - - o OEXISTING 5 1/2" CONC SLAB ON GRADE, FIELD VERIFY P I I I I I L ---1 RAMP DOWN `------- i J THICKNESS AND SUBGRADE BASE. III I I--'t -J I ---------- - -iI OREMOVE AND REPLACE SLAB TO MATCH EXISTING WITH #4 AT 16" OC � ( � -� I F- o I EW, 2" BELOW TOP OF SLAB; REF 4-S100 FOR DETAILS. REF ARCH L----------- RAMP DOWN 15-S100 FOR EXTENTS. SLOPED SLAB, REF ARCH. - - - - - - - - - --J -----J 30 0 0 ONEW 4 EQUIPMENT PAD. REF ARCH/MEP FOR EXACT SIZE AND I I LOCATION. REF 2-S100 FOR DETAILS. D ONEW GENERATOR PAD. REF ARCH/ELEC FOR EXACT SIZE AND '1 A LOCATION. REF 3-S100 FOR DETAIL. OTRENCHING, REF ARCH/MEP FOR EXACT SIZE AND LOCATION. REF 4D-S100 FOR DETAIL. O7 #4x4'-O" DOWELS AT 12" OC; EMBED 4" INTO EXISTING WALL WITH HILTI-HY 200 ADHESIVE. NEW OPENING IN EXISTING CONCRETE TILT WALL. OPENING SHALL BE O8 SAW CUT TO THE EXACT DOOR SIZE. DO NOT OVER -CUT OPENING. ------------- 1 A U0 RESAW CONSTRUCTION JOINT 1/8" x T/4 DEEP TO PRODUCE VERTICAL SIDE WALL AND HORIZONTAL SHELF TO SUPPORT JOINT FILLER. FILL WITH JOINT FILLER AT Gall EXPOSED JOINTS, REF SPECIFICATIONS F NOTE: DOWELS MUST BE LEVEL AND SQUARE WITH JOINT. PLATE DOWELS AT 24" OC 4B CONSTRUCTION JOINT (CONST JOINT) SAWCUT CJ, FILL WITH JOINT FILLER AT EXPOSED JOINT, REF SPECIFICATIONS 1/8" x T/4 DEEP SAWCUT CONTRACTION JOINT FOR WET CUTTING OR EARLY ENTRY SAW CUTTING 4A CONTRACTION JOINT (CJ) SLAB REPLACEMENT DETAIL 3 /4"=1,-0" L4x4x1/4 x 0'-6" WITH (1) 1/2" DIA x 3" DEWALT SCREW ANCHOR OR APPROVED EQUAL- 3 SIDES 3 16 CONC PAD, REF 3-S100 ME TYP 6 S100 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 Q Q I I — I I i 1 I I I I ( _—_—_—_—_—_4 —_—_—_—_—__—_—_ _—_—_—_ I — _ H -- ----------�-- - - - - --------- - - - - -- - ----C� -----—--- 1 -------°--------- —'°------ ---------------- —-------1 l� ) I I I I I 1 I I I I ( I ( I I I 1 — - - - - — - — - -- - — - — -- - — - — --— - — - — - — - — -- - — -— - -- — - p---------------------fi------------------------- ------ C� E i I I 4 - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — - — L — - — - — - — -- - — - — - — - — - — - — - L - — - — - — - — - — - — - L - — - — - — - — - — - — — - — - — - — 6" N D CJ'. TYP 3 TYP SIDHS I EXISTING (INTERIOR I ( a- 0 5 I� 4C-S100 WALL TO REMAIN r (UNO), REF ARCH 7 ------- 6-- -- 4: T.- - - -�- - ----------- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 7 2 `\ TYP w 3 ` EXISTING 4C-S100 F T. 3 EQ SPACES CONC WALL CJ alp I I w a 1A S100 - — - — o— -- - - - - — - — - — - — L - — - - - - — - — — - — - — - — - — - — - - — -- - G 11 REF ARCH III i 1 I 1. SAW CUT EXISTING SLAB FULL DEPTH AT PERIMETER OF SLAB SECTION TO BE REPLACED. 2. EMBED SMOOTH DOWELS 5" INTO EXISTING CONCRETE SLAB, REFERENCE ADJACENT DETAILS. GREASE END IN NEW SLAB. USE TORPEDO LEVEL AND CARPENTER'S SQUARE TO INSURE DOWELS ARE ALIGNED LEVEL AND PERPENDICULAR TO EXISTING SLAB EDGE. 3.RECOMPACT DISTURBED SUBGRADE TO 95% STANDARD PROCTOR IN MAXIMUM OF 8" LIFTS. SURFACE OF SUBGRADE AFTER COMPACTION SHALL BE DRY, SMOOTH, FLAT AND DENSE. 4. REPLACEMENT SLAB SAW JOINT, REF PARTIAL SLAB PLANS FOR LOCATIONS. REPLACE CONCRETE TO MATCH ADJACENT FINISH, JOINTS AND DETAILING, REF SPECS. REF SPECS FOR CURING INFORMATION. 5. INSTALL PLATE DOWELS AT CONSTRUCTION JOINTS BETWEEN ADJACENT NEW REPLACEMENT SLABS AS REQD, REF 4B-S100. PLATES NOT REQUIRED AT SAW JOINTS. 6. IF EXISTING SLAB HAS A CONTINUOUS VAPOR BARRIER, INSTALL NEW VAPOR BARRIER TO MATCH EXISTING AT SAME LEVEL UNDER SLAB BEING REPLACED. LAP AND TAPE NEW VAPOR BARRIER WITH EXISTING. 7. AVOID SPALLING EDGES OF JOINTS WHEN RESAWING AFTER CONCRETE PLACEMENT. DAMAGED (SPALLED) CONCRETE SHALL BE REMOVED TO THE NEXT ALLOWABLE INCREMENT AND REPLACED AT THE CONTRACTOR'S EXPENSE, WITH NO EXTENSION OF THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 8. IF EDGE OF SLAB REMOVAL IS LESS THAN 2'-0" FROM EXSITING CONTRAC1ON JOINT, EXTEND SLAB REPLACEMENT TO CONTRACTION JOINT. 1/4" SHEAR PLATE WITH / (2) 3/4" A325 BOLTS � C10x15.3 REF PLAN FOR CHANNEL -EXISTING GRADE EXISTING SLAB TRENCH WIDTH AS REQUIRED EXISTING SLAB TO REMAIN 2'-0" MIN TO REMAIN #4 AT 16" OC IN REF 4C-S100 FOR ITEMS SHOWN BUT SHORT DIRECTION NOT NOTED. #4 AT 9" OC CONT IN LONG DIRECTION REF 4B-S100 REF 4C-S100 EXISTING SLAB � Vl Z I—' - -_ ivX— a1= �w w I ) EXIS.TING I x SUBGRADE In In w 4D TRENCHING AT EXISTING SLAB SAW -CUT EXISTING SLAB FULL DEPTH; APPLY BOND BREAK TO SLAB VERTICAL RESAW JT AND EDGE (AVOID APPLYING TO FILL, REF 4B-S100 TOP OF EXISTING SLAB) NEW SLAB EXISTING SLAB GREASE END IN NEW SLAB; 5/8" DIA x 0'-10" SMOOTH EMBED DOWEL 5" INTO EXISTING DOWEL AT 24" OC AND NOT SLAB WITH HILTI HY-200 OR MORE THAN 12" FROM A CORNER APPROVED EQUAL. Ifl CONSTRUCTION JOINT AT EXISTING SLAB EXISTING SLAB O TO REMAIN 0 n U) ~ I U U CJ . REF SPECIFICATIONS FOR MIX, TESTING, CURING, CARE, ETC 4;5....... .7... CJ y- EXISTING SLAB TO REMAIN GENERIC SLAB KEY PLAN 1/4" SHEAR PLATE WITH (2) 3/4" A325 BOLTS 1 1/4"xt/8" 11-W-4 GRATING BY GRATING PACIFIC; ATTACH TO STEEL SUPPORTS PER MANUFACTURER'S REF ARCH FOR GUARDRAIL, TYP RECOMMENDATION L3x3x1/4 x 0'-6" WITH (2) 1/2" 3416N TYP DIA THREADED ROD DRILL AND 3 16 EMBED 4 1/2" INTO EXISTING IZ_3 16 CONCRETE WITH HILTI HIT-HY 200 -CH EXISTING FF EL 3 16 OR APPROVED EQUAL -------------- - GRATING EL --------------------------- c J \-SAW CUT OPENING FLUSH ---------------- HSS3x3x1/4 WITH 1/4" WITH FINISH FLOOR 9" xx CAP PL SHOP WELDED C10x15.3 1 1/2" / - EXISTING CONCRETE TILT WALL 6 0 EXISTING GRADE; REMOVE AND REPLACE AS REQUIRED TO 3/4"x9" x 0'-9" BASE PL m (� ' D INSTALL FOOTING WITH (4) 1/2" CIA x 9" tom! EMBEDMENT A36 BOLTS 1 1/2" NON -SHRINK GROUT VERIFY - BELOW COLUMN BASE PL EL z_ - - - - - -1 -' (3) #5 EW T&B — !b N —� 0_ �43" CLR 3" CLR EXISTING WALL FOOTING 2'-0" (x2'-0") �1 LANDING FRAMING 3/4"=1'-O" I, -------- 0 S1-001 0 REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 20 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION RECEIVED CITY OF i't;MILA AUG 02 2019 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT OF RECORD: BRR ARCHITECTURE, INC. 6700 ANTIOCH PLAZA SUITE 300 MERRIAM, KANSAS 66204 TEL: 913-262.9095 FAX: 913-262-9044 W W W.b--h.com COPYRIGHT NOTICE: THIS DRAWING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY W1TI ITS ISSUE DATE AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAMNG FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT RE QUIRES THE SERMCES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS. REPRODUCTION H THIS PROJECT IS FOR REUSE IZ ANOTHER Y BE CONTRARY NOT AUTHORIZED LA AND MAY BE CONTRARY To THE Law. CONSULTANTS J014NSTON BURKHOLDER JBAASSOCIATES o"sulting strueu,rel cn8inecrs " 930CE"'AL KANSAS CM, MO 64105 (816)42142M WWW10ALh'GIICOM PROJECT#19253 ISSUES & REVISIONS NO. I DATE DESCRIPTION JAI 1 07/26/19 1 Revision 1 11' amazon UWAS TUKWILA 18323 ANDOVER PARK W. BLDG 6 SEATTLE, WA 98188 FRESHIPRIME NOW/UFF 2019 623009SO PH BCD osnvza+9 �15'c� wnsyrl.'y sro ,aT�--- , 7125/15' ISSUED FOR PERMIT ONLY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION SHEET NAME: SLAB PLAN AND DETAILS SHEET NUMBER: S100 4x4 (NEW)— U ) I 2x4 (ETR) NEW RTU ON NEW CURB 4x8 (NEW) - — -- — -- - — -- — -- — -- — -- — -- — - PROVIDE HANGER, TYP a_ 2x4 (ETR) 4x8 (NEW) F—DUCT OPENING 2x4 (ETR) PROVIDELUS24� LIJ HANGER Ll PROVIDE LUS44 Or HANGER, TYP 10 a- GLB GIRDER (ETR) Z Z 2x4 (ETR) F NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL REF MECH VERIFY THAT EXISTING FOR RTU CURB IS LEVEL PRIOR TO INSTALLING NEW UNIT, HOLD DOWN BRACKET; REF _OC MECH FOR SIZE, LOCATION AND ATTACHMENT; PROVIDE LL - LOC A MINIMUM OF 6 HOLD DOWNS PER RTU CURB ADAPTER REF SUPPLIER FOR CURB ADAPTER TO CURB CONNECTION, TYP; PROVIDE MIN CONN OF #12 TEK SCREWS AT 12" OC 11 NOTE: CURB ADAPTER SUPPLIER EXISTING SHALL PRE —DRILL HOLES AS CURB SHOWN IN CURB ADAPTER. TEK SCREWS MUST ATTACH TO EXISTING CURB AS SHOWN. RTU TO CURB Q_4 ADAPTER ATTACHMENT 5 NTSP n. MITER END OF POST AS ¢ REF 4—S101 REQD TO FIT FLUSH a0 FOR ANGLES WITH ANGLE, TYP---\ V1 ANGLE TOP OF ANGLE ANGLE TO 3 16 TUBE TO TOP OF ANGLE 3 16 37167--< ANGLE TUBE TC (3 SIDES) ANGLE ANGLE TO ANGLE 3:16 3 6 TUBE TO 3 1 6 (3 SIDE: 1 3 16 ANGLE 3REF TUBE TO 4—S101 FOR POST ANGLE ENLARGED CONNECTION DETA NEW RTL FOR ATT RTU TO REF MEC ATTACH 1/4"x3" SCREWS 4 SIDES 4x8 W111 LUS48 E EXISTING SHEATH S101-002 NTS REF MECH FOR RTU NOTE: CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THAT TOP OF NEW CURB IS LEVEL PRIOR TO INSTALLING NEW UNIT. L L HOLD DOWN BRACKET, REF MECH CURB FOR SIZE, LOCATION AND ATTACHMENT, PROVIDE A MINIMUM OF 6 HOLD DOWNS PER RTU R TU TO CURB ATTACHMENT __Q NTP 042911 8-1-06 08_z) 1 u I IL RCU FRAME BY SUPPLIER 1,2 (7 MAX) ISOLATION PADS AND PAD SPACING 7T BY CONTRACTOR�� FACE OF ANGLE 9A-Sl 01 1 1/2"=1'-0" 2�" /-62'-2" MIN, 2'-6" MAX NVTOS EL ABOVE SHEATHING Ili SIN I II L* + BASE PLATE II + 1/4"x3"xO'-8" — II 'IN (2) 3/8- LAC SCREW WITH 3" EMBEDMENT IAS 1 1/2"=1'—O" S101-007 \� NTS 6.75" x28.5" � GLB EKISTIN( I 6.75N28.5" I GLB , 6.75N28.5" GLB 10'_ 8,_O" TYP UNO 2x6 AT 24" OC, TYP FOR 10'-0" SPAN 2x4 AT 20" OC, TYP FOR 8'-0" SPAN — SIMPSON NTS TYP SIOI-003 REF MECH FOR CURB ATTACH CURB TO 4x4 WITH 1/4"xY SIMPSON SDS SCREWS AT 12" OC, TYP 4 SIDES FEASTING ROOF SHEATHING 4x4 7A-Sl 01 Is NOTES: 1. ATTACH UNIT TO STEEL SUPPORT FRAME WITH STAINLESS STEEL BOLTS. REF UNIT SUPPLIER FOR BOLT QUANTITY, SIZE AND LAYOUT. 2. TOP OF STEEL SUPPORT FRAME SHALL BE LEVEL. CONTRACTOR SHALL FIELD VERIFY SLOPE OF EXISTING ROOF STRUCTURE AND COORDINATE WITH STEEL SUPPLIER PRIOR TO FABRICATION. CONDENSING UNIT REF MECH FOR CURB REF 7A—S101 FOR ATTACHMENT OF CURB TO BLOCKING /—EXISTING ROOF SHEATHING SIMPSON LUS44—/ EXISITNG SUB PURLIN 7B-S101 ANGLE AT EDGE OF 8 � OH UNIT SHALL BE SET FLUSH WITH TOP OF S101 REF 4—S101 STEEL FRAME, COPE FOR POST HORIZ LEG OF ANGLE COL TO\ //-- EXISTING WOOD PLATE, TYP/ 3116V 1� 1 SHEATHING EXISTING WOOD PURLIN, TYP RIN NOTE: 0i KIR� UNIT DIMENSIONS MAY VARY. VERIFY DIMENSIONS WITH zlz 'UJlc�L UNIT SUPPLIER PRIOR TO I - I- (A 5Z F BR CAIING FRAME. FABRICATING V) 5Z 0 CL 9 _S101 _IAX4014, TYP _EXISTING GIRDER ------ 0 7-- 2 1/2' REF PLAN - FIELD LOCATE ANGLES Z BELOW UNIT FRAME, f=5 TYP; COPE HORIZ LEG Lf'�, x I- In U.1 I KI 0 cy Ld co 61 0 \—HSS21/2x2 1/2x 1 1/4 TYP REF PLAN —2 1/2" (FIELD VERIFY) (FIELD VERIFY) CL PURLIN CL PURLIN CL PURLIN CL POST CL POST CL POST aA ..CONDENSING UNIT SUPPORT FRAME 17 NTS S101-004 FIR r) I - I K ox 0 Qf 0 n (L Q_ ��3 FIELD 01 �m VERIFY —006 NOTE: PURLINS NOT SHOWN FOR CLARITY in 1.75"x14' LVL BEAM I I 1L 14'-6" 1 L 151-01, (�A GLB REINFORCING NOTE: PURLINS NOT SHOWN E3 FOR CLARITY 1.75"x7.25" LVL BEAM Z 77771 10'-6" 15'-0" GLB REINFORCING EXISTING ROOF SHEATHING� EXISTING 2x4 BLOCKING----/// EXISTING PURLIN BEYOND ATTACH WITH (2) 1/4" CIA x 3 1/2" ....... .. ... SOS SCREWS AT 16" OC; ....... ... ...... ....... CONNECTION AT ENDS OF LVL SHALL . ... ... ... .. .... . BE 4" FROM END OF MEMBER VV: NEW LVL BEAM, TYP EA I %. SIDE; REF A AND 0 FOR .......... . STING V V ........ .. ...... ..... .. SIZES AND LOCATIONS NG IE' ISTIN I 5" G 6 75 )c3 ;5 v EXISTING GLB GIRDER ...... .... �G. B. .......... ...... ..... 9 . .... ............. REINFORCING AT EXISTING GLULAM GIR .......... EXI ........... TIN ............ b. 3/4'=l'-O' NG _XISIIN' 3 ........ ...... ............. .. .... ..... ...... . — - — - — - . .... ..... .... ......... 5" G B I ' .... , I., .... ' ' ' �"' * ' '* ' 1 9'', 1 6.75'X31.5 GLB ........... _FE XISTIN $. NG E <ISTINC I �@ 5" GLB 6.75" x3l.5 GLB 6.75; x28.5" GLB FRAMING PLAN NOTES NG E <ISTINC E XIS'nN( NEW CONDENSING UNIT (2225#) ON NEW FRAME, REF 4-S101 FOR GL B 6.75'x33" 6.7! x30GLB NEW CONDENSING UNIT (2110#) ON NEW FRAME, REF 4-S101 FOR DETAILS. NEW RTU (767#) WITH NEW CURB, REF 2-S101 FOR SUPPORT FRAMING AND 6-S101 FOR ATTACHMENT TO CURB. -05 F-od f I NEW RTU (1291#) WITH NEW CURB, REF 2-S101 FOR SUPPORT FRAMING NG E14STINCroAfN 4XIST1N AND 6-S101 FOR ATTACHMENT TO CURB. GL B x x NEW RTU (1608#) WITH NEW CURB, REF 2-S101 FOR SUPPORT FRAMING AND 6-S101 FOR ATTACHMENT TO CURB. NEW RTU (1200#) ON EXISTING CURB WITH CURB ADAPTER, REF 5-S101 FOR ATTACHMENT TO CURB. JSTI G E <ISTING E ISTING NEW PIPE PENETRATION, REF 7-S101 FOR DETAILS; REF REFRIG x24 GLB 6.75 x33' LB 6.7! x30 GLB - — - — - — -- FOR EXACT LOCATION. NEW COOLER/FREEZER BELOW TO BE SUSPENDED FROM EXISTING PURLINS AT 8'-0" OC. NEW LVL BEAM EA SIDE OF EXISTING GLULAM GIRDER, REF 10-S101 FOR DETAILS AND REF GENERAL NOTES FOR PROPERTIES. - — - — --- Cjo- NEW EXHAUST FAN (150#), REF 7-S101 FOR DETAILS. REF MECH EXACT LOCATION. �5z_uui REVIEWED FOR CODE COMPLIANCE APPROVED AUG 20 2019 City of Tukwila BUILDING DIVISION, RECEIVED CITY OF TUKW,'LA AUG 02 2019 PERMIT CENTER ARCHITECT OF RECORD. BRR ARCHITECTURE, INC. 6700 ANTIOCH PLAZA SUITE 300 MERRIAM, KANSAS 66204 TEL: 913-262-9096 FAX: 913-262-90" —b—ch.c.. COPYRIGHT NOTICE- THIS CRANING WAS PREPARED FOR USE ON A SPECIFIC SITE CONTEMPORANEOUSLY WITH ITS ISSUE DATE AND IT IS NOT SUITABLE FOR USE ON A DIFFERENT PROJECT SITE OR AT A LATER TIME. USE OF THIS DRAWING FOR REFERENCE OR EXAMPLE ON ANOTHER PROJECT REQUIRES THE SERVICES OF PROPERLY LICENSED ARCHITECTS AND ENGINEERS. FOR REPRODUCTION OF THIS DRAWINGI REUSE ON ANOTHER PROJECT S NOT AUTHORIZED AND MAY BE CON ARY TO THE LAW. CONSULTANTS I JOHNSTON JBA BURKHOLDER ASSOCIATES 1 "gi .... 930 C"N—L KANSAS CITY, NO 64105 (816;421-4200 -A PROJECT# 19253 ISSUES & REVISIONS NO. DATE DESCRIPTION A 1 ()7/26/19 1 R.11.1w I amazon UWA5 TUKWILA 1- . . ..... ; 18323 ANDOVER PARK W. BLDG 6 SEATTLE, WA 98188 FRESHMRIME NOWIUFF 2019 62300950 P" BOB 0612112019 �4. FL'Al s065 7125119 ISSUED FOR PERMIT ONLY NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION SHEET NAME: FRAMING PLAN AND DETAILS - SHEET NUMBER: S1 01